[gtk/matthiasc/for-master: 22/41] gtk: Clean up docs syntax
- From: Matthias Clasen <matthiasc src gnome org>
- To: commits-list gnome org
- Cc:
- Subject: [gtk/matthiasc/for-master: 22/41] gtk: Clean up docs syntax
- Date: Sun, 23 May 2021 00:56:50 +0000 (UTC)
commit 91f7b9663fb17ebe26a28ec589a727397eef0967
Author: Matthias Clasen <mclasen redhat com>
Date: Thu May 20 09:17:04 2021 -0400
gtk: Clean up docs syntax
Replace leftover gtk-doc syntax (#Type) with backquotes.
gtk/a11y/gtkatspicontext.c | 6 +-
gtk/a11y/gtkatspipango.c | 35 +--
gtk/a11y/gtkatspiroot.c | 8 +-
gtk/a11y/gtkatspiutils.c | 8 +-
gtk/css/gtkcssdataurl.c | 4 +-
gtk/css/gtkcssenums.h | 2 +-
gtk/css/gtkcsserror.h | 4 +-
gtk/css/gtkcssparser.c | 36 ++--
gtk/css/gtkcsssection.c | 4 +-
gtk/css/gtkcsstokenizer.c | 4 +-
gtk/gskpango.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkaccessible.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtkaccessibleattributeset.c | 23 +-
gtk/gtkaccessiblevalue.c | 121 +++++------
gtk/gtkactionhelper.c | 10 +-
gtk/gtkactionmuxer.c | 42 ++--
gtk/gtkactionobservable.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtkactionobserver.c | 16 +-
gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkapplication.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkapplication.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkassistant.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkatcontext.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkborder.c | 14 +-
gtk/gtkbuildable.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtkbuildable.h | 28 +--
gtk/gtkbuilder.c | 22 +-
gtk/gtkbuilder.h | 16 +-
gtk/gtkbuilderparser.c | 18 +-
gtk/gtkbuilderprecompile.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkbuilderscope.h | 8 +-
gtk/gtkcalendar.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkcellarea.c | 390 +++++++++++++++++-----------------
gtk/gtkcellarea.h | 58 ++---
gtk/gtkcellareabox.c | 34 +--
gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c | 84 ++++----
gtk/gtkcelleditable.c | 44 ++--
gtk/gtkcelllayout.c | 62 +++---
gtk/gtkcelllayout.h | 12 +-
gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c | 166 +++++++--------
gtk/gtkcellrenderer.h | 6 +-
gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c | 34 +--
gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c | 30 +--
gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c | 20 +-
gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c | 16 +-
gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c | 30 +--
gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c | 30 +--
gtk/gtkcellview.c | 86 ++++----
gtk/gtkcolumnlistitemfactoryprivate.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkcolumnview.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkcombobox.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkconstraint.c | 22 +-
gtk/gtkconstraintexpression.c | 224 +++++++++----------
gtk/gtkconstraintexpressionprivate.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkconstraintlayout.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtkconstraintsolver.c | 86 ++++----
gtk/gtkconstrainttypesprivate.h | 6 +-
gtk/gtkcountingbloomfilterprivate.h | 6 +-
gtk/gtkcssprovider.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkcssstyle.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkcssvalue.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkcustomlayout.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkdialog.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkdragsource.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkdrawingarea.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkdroptarget.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkdroptargetasync.c | 12 +-
gtk/gtkeditable.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkeditablelabel.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtkentry.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtkentry.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkentrycompletion.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkenums.h | 28 +--
gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtkeventcontrollerkey.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtkeventcontrollerprivate.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkexpander.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkexpression.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtkexpression.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkfilechooser.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtkfilechooserentry.c | 33 +--
gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkfilechooserutils.c | 28 +--
gtk/gtkfilesystemmodel.c | 97 ++++-----
gtk/gtkfilter.c | 18 +-
gtk/gtkflowbox.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkfontchooser.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkfontchooserutils.c | 25 +--
gtk/gtkgesture.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkgesturedrag.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkglarea.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtkglarea.h | 6 +-
gtk/gtkgridlayout.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkheaderbar.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkicontheme.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkicontheme.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkiconview.c | 230 ++++++++++----------
gtk/gtkiconview.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkimage.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkimcontext.c | 28 +--
gtk/gtkimcontextsimple.c | 10 +-
gtk/gtkinfobar.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtklabel.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtklayoutchild.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtklayoutmanager.c | 22 +-
gtk/gtklayoutmanager.h | 18 +-
gtk/gtklevelbar.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtklevelbar.h | 6 +-
gtk/gtklinkbutton.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtklistbase.c | 18 +-
gtk/gtklistbox.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtklistitemmanager.c | 18 +-
gtk/gtklistlistmodel.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtkliststore.c | 148 ++++++-------
gtk/gtkmain.c | 33 +--
gtk/gtkmenubutton.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkmenubutton.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkmenutracker.c | 28 +--
gtk/gtkmenutrackeritem.c | 20 +-
gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c | 38 ++--
gtk/gtkmodelbuttonprivate.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtknativedialog.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtknativeprivate.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtknotebook.c | 20 +-
gtk/gtkoverlay.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkpadcontroller.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkpagesetup.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtkpaned.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkpango.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtkpasswordentrybuffer.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkpathbar.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c | 62 +++---
gtk/gtkplacessidebarprivate.h | 8 +-
gtk/gtkplacesview.c | 32 +--
gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c | 10 +-
gtk/gtkpopovermenubar.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkprintbackend.c | 3 +-
gtk/gtkprinter.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkprinter.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkprinteroptionset.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkprintjob.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkprintjob.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkprintoperation-unix.c | 20 +-
gtk/gtkprintoperation.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkprintoperationpreview.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkprintsettings.c | 10 +-
gtk/gtkprivate.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkprogressbar.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c | 28 +--
gtk/gtkrecentmanager.h | 6 +-
gtk/gtkrender.c | 65 +++---
gtk/gtkrootprivate.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkscale.c | 10 +-
gtk/gtkscale.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkscalebutton.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtksearchentry.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkselectionmodel.h | 8 +-
gtk/gtkseparator.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtksettings.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkshortcut.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkshortcutmanager.h | 11 +-
gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c | 12 +-
gtk/gtkshow.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtksignallistitemfactory.c | 10 +-
gtk/gtksizerequest.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtksnapshot.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtksorter.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtksorter.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtksortkeys.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkspinbutton.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkspinbutton.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkstack.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkstacksidebar.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkstylecontext.c | 10 +-
gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtkstyleprovider.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkstyleprovider.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtktestatcontext.c | 52 ++---
gtk/gtktestatcontext.h | 24 +--
gtk/gtktext.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtktextattributes.c | 18 +-
gtk/gtktextattributes.h | 36 +---
gtk/gtktextbtree.c | 34 +--
gtk/gtktextbuffer.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtktextbuffer.h | 32 +--
gtk/gtktextiter.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtktextlayout.c | 72 +++----
gtk/gtktextlinedisplaycache.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtktextprivate.h | 24 +--
gtk/gtktextutil.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtktextview.c | 18 +-
gtk/gtktextview.h | 30 +--
gtk/gtktextviewchild.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtktooltip.c | 26 +--
gtk/gtktrashmonitor.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtktreednd.c | 30 +--
gtk/gtktreednd.h | 10 +-
gtk/gtktreemodel.c | 264 +++++++++++------------
gtk/gtktreemodel.h | 18 +-
gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c | 86 ++++----
gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.h | 10 +-
gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c | 64 +++---
gtk/gtktreeselection.c | 112 +++++-----
gtk/gtktreeselection.h | 12 +-
gtk/gtktreesortable.c | 22 +-
gtk/gtktreesortable.h | 8 +-
gtk/gtktreestore.c | 143 +++++++------
gtk/gtktreeview.c | 336 ++++++++++++++---------------
gtk/gtktreeview.h | 20 +-
gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c | 183 ++++++++--------
gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.h | 8 +-
gtk/gtktypes.h | 13 +-
gtk/gtkwidget.c | 18 +-
gtk/gtkwidget.h | 26 +--
gtk/gtkwidgetprivate.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkwindow.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtkwindow.h | 4 +-
gtk/timsort/gtktimsort.c | 10 +-
230 files changed, 2640 insertions(+), 2623 deletions(-)
---
diff --git a/gtk/a11y/gtkatspicontext.c b/gtk/a11y/gtkatspicontext.c
index 7c5e967145..4804fe2f53 100644
--- a/gtk/a11y/gtkatspicontext.c
+++ b/gtk/a11y/gtkatspicontext.c
@@ -1821,11 +1821,11 @@ gtk_at_spi_context_get_context_path (GtkAtSpiContext *self)
/*< private >
* gtk_at_spi_context_to_ref:
- * @self: a #GtkAtSpiContext
+ * @self: a `GtkAtSpiContext`
*
- * Returns an ATSPI object reference for the #GtkAtSpiContext.
+ * Returns an ATSPI object reference for the `GtkAtSpiContext`.
*
- * Returns: (transfer floating): a #GVariant with the reference
+ * Returns: (transfer floating): a `GVariant` with the reference
*/
GVariant *
gtk_at_spi_context_to_ref (GtkAtSpiContext *self)
diff --git a/gtk/a11y/gtkatspipango.c b/gtk/a11y/gtkatspipango.c
index 2f3697c83e..4c71b03b96 100644
--- a/gtk/a11y/gtkatspipango.c
+++ b/gtk/a11y/gtkatspipango.c
@@ -139,14 +139,15 @@ gtk_pango_get_font_attributes (PangoFontDescription *font,
/*
* gtk_pango_get_default_attributes:
- * @attributes: a #AtkAttributeSet to add the attributes to
- * @layout: the #PangoLayout from which to get attributes
+ * @layout: the `PangoLayout` from which to get attributes
+ * @builder: a `GVariantBuilder` to add to
*
- * Adds the default text attributes from @layout to @attributes,
- * after translating them from Pango attributes to atspi attributes.
+ * Adds the default text attributes from @layout to @builder,
+ * after translating them from Pango attributes to atspi
+ * attributes.
*
* This is a convenience function that can be used to implement
- * support for the #AtkText interface in widgets using Pango
+ * support for the `AtkText` interface in widgets using Pango
* layouts.
*
* Returns: the modified @attributes
@@ -212,8 +213,8 @@ gtk_pango_get_default_attributes (PangoLayout *layout,
/*
* gtk_pango_get_run_attributes:
- * @layout: the #PangoLayout to get the attributes from
- * @builder: GVariantBuilder to add to
+ * @layout: the `PangoLayout` to get the attributes from
+ * @builder: `GVariantBuilder` to add to
* @offset: the offset at which the attributes are wanted
* @start_offset: return location for the starting offset
* of the current run
@@ -394,7 +395,7 @@ gtk_pango_get_run_attributes (PangoLayout *layout,
/*
* gtk_pango_move_chars:
- * @layout: a #PangoLayout
+ * @layout: a `PangoLayout`
* @offset: a character offset in @layout
* @count: the number of characters to move from @offset
*
@@ -438,7 +439,7 @@ gtk_pango_move_chars (PangoLayout *layout,
/*
* gtk_pango_move_words:
- * @layout: a #PangoLayout
+ * @layout: a `PangoLayout`
* @offset: a character offset in @layout
* @count: the number of words to move from @offset
*
@@ -484,7 +485,7 @@ gtk_pango_move_words (PangoLayout *layout,
/*
* gtk_pango_move_sentences:
- * @layout: a #PangoLayout
+ * @layout: a `PangoLayout`
* @offset: a character offset in @layout
* @count: the number of sentences to move from @offset
*
@@ -531,7 +532,7 @@ gtk_pango_move_sentences (PangoLayout *layout,
#if 0
/*
* gtk_pango_move_lines:
- * @layout: a #PangoLayout
+ * @layout: a `PangoLayout`
* @offset: a character offset in @layout
* @count: the number of lines to move from @offset
*
@@ -602,7 +603,7 @@ gtk_pango_move_lines (PangoLayout *layout,
/*
* gtk_pango_is_inside_word:
- * @layout: a #PangoLayout
+ * @layout: a `PangoLayout`
* @offset: a character offset in @layout
*
* Returns whether the given position is inside
@@ -631,7 +632,7 @@ gtk_pango_is_inside_word (PangoLayout *layout,
/*
* gtk_pango_is_inside_sentence:
- * @layout: a #PangoLayout
+ * @layout: a `PangoLayout`
* @offset: a character offset in @layout
*
* Returns whether the given position is inside
@@ -867,7 +868,7 @@ pango_layout_get_line_after (PangoLayout *layout,
/*
* gtk_pango_get_text_before:
- * @layout: a #PangoLayout
+ * @layout: a `PangoLayout`
* @offset: a character offset in @layout
* @boundary_type: a #AtspiTextBoundaryType
* @start_offset: return location for the start of the returned text
@@ -972,7 +973,7 @@ gtk_pango_get_text_before (PangoLayout *layout,
/*
* gtk_pango_get_text_after:
- * @layout: a #PangoLayout
+ * @layout: a `PangoLayout`
* @offset: a character offset in @layout
* @boundary_type: a #AtspiTextBoundaryType
* @start_offset: return location for the start of the returned text
@@ -1083,9 +1084,9 @@ gtk_pango_get_text_after (PangoLayout *layout,
/*
* gtk_pango_get_text_at:
- * @layout: a #PangoLayout
+ * @layout: a `PangoLayout`
* @offset: a character offset in @layout
- * @boundary_type: a #AtspiTextBoundaryType
+ * @boundary_type: a `AtspiTextBoundaryType`
* @start_offset: return location for the start of the returned text
* @end_offset: return location for the end of the return text
*
diff --git a/gtk/a11y/gtkatspiroot.c b/gtk/a11y/gtkatspiroot.c
index 1deafba927..5962361433 100644
--- a/gtk/a11y/gtkatspiroot.c
+++ b/gtk/a11y/gtkatspiroot.c
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ root_register (gpointer data)
/*< private >
* gtk_at_spi_root_queue_register:
- * @self: a #GtkAtSpiRoot
+ * @self: a `GtkAtSpiRoot`
*
* Queues the registration of the root object on the AT-SPI bus.
*/
@@ -761,11 +761,11 @@ gtk_at_spi_root_get_cache (GtkAtSpiRoot *self)
/*< private >
* gtk_at_spi_root_to_ref:
- * @self: a #GtkAtSpiRoot
+ * @self: a `GtkAtSpiRoot`
*
- * Returns an ATSPI object reference for the #GtkAtSpiRoot node.
+ * Returns an ATSPI object reference for the `GtkAtSpiRoot` node.
*
- * Returns: (transfer floating): a #GVariant with the root reference
+ * Returns: (transfer floating): a `GVariant` with the root reference
*/
GVariant *
gtk_at_spi_root_to_ref (GtkAtSpiRoot *self)
diff --git a/gtk/a11y/gtkatspiutils.c b/gtk/a11y/gtkatspiutils.c
index 9210d3754e..a39314a7e8 100644
--- a/gtk/a11y/gtkatspiutils.c
+++ b/gtk/a11y/gtkatspiutils.c
@@ -28,9 +28,9 @@
/*< private >
* gtk_accessible_role_to_atspi_role:
- * @role: a #GtkAccessibleRole
+ * @role: a `GtkAccessibleRole`
*
- * Converts a #GtkAccessibleRole value to the equivalent ATSPI role.
+ * Converts a `GtkAccessibleRole` value to the equivalent ATSPI role.
*
* Returns: an #AtspiRole
*/
@@ -282,10 +282,10 @@ gtk_accessible_role_to_atspi_role (GtkAccessibleRole role)
/*<private>
* gtk_atspi_role_for_context:
- * @context: a #GtkATContext
+ * @context: a `GtkATContext`
*
* Returns a suitable ATSPI role for a context, taking into account
- * both the #GtkAccessibleRole set on the context and the type
+ * both the `GtkAccessibleRole` set on the context and the type
* of accessible.
*
* Returns: an #AtspiRole
diff --git a/gtk/css/gtkcssdataurl.c b/gtk/css/gtkcssdataurl.c
index 77ab75687e..6645b4835d 100644
--- a/gtk/css/gtkcssdataurl.c
+++ b/gtk/css/gtkcssdataurl.c
@@ -42,8 +42,8 @@
*
* Decodes a data URL according to RFC2397 and returns the decoded data.
*
- * Returns: a new #GBytes with the decoded data
- **/
+ * Returns: a new `GBytes` with the decoded data
+ */
GBytes *
gtk_css_data_url_parse (const char *url,
char **out_mimetype,
diff --git a/gtk/css/gtkcssenums.h b/gtk/css/gtkcssenums.h
index e83797e11a..7c42f33194 100644
--- a/gtk/css/gtkcssenums.h
+++ b/gtk/css/gtkcssenums.h
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ typedef enum
*
* Warnings that can occur while parsing CSS.
*
- * Unlike #GtkCssParserErrors, warnings do not cause the parser to
+ * Unlike `GtkCssParserError`s, warnings do not cause the parser to
* skip any input, but they indicate issues that should be fixed.
*/
typedef enum
diff --git a/gtk/css/gtkcsserror.h b/gtk/css/gtkcsserror.h
index a9392a2317..91bf5908fb 100644
--- a/gtk/css/gtkcsserror.h
+++ b/gtk/css/gtkcsserror.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
/**
* GTK_CSS_PARSER_ERROR:
*
- * Domain for #GtkCssParser errors.
+ * Domain for `GtkCssParser` errors.
*/
#define GTK_CSS_PARSER_ERROR (gtk_css_parser_error_quark ())
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ GQuark gtk_css_parser_error_quark (void);
/**
* GTK_CSS_PARSER_WARNING:
*
- * Domain for #GtkCssParser warnings.
+ * Domain for `GtkCssParser` warnings.
*/
#define GTK_CSS_PARSER_WARNING (gtk_css_parser_warning_quark ())
diff --git a/gtk/css/gtkcssparser.c b/gtk/css/gtkcssparser.c
index f8b403c3d8..aa2e171aa1 100644
--- a/gtk/css/gtkcssparser.c
+++ b/gtk/css/gtkcssparser.c
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ gtk_css_parser_unref (GtkCssParser *self)
/**
* gtk_css_parser_get_file:
- * @self: a #GtkCssParser
+ * @self: a `GtkCssParser`
*
* Gets the file being parsed. If no file is associated with @self -
* for example when raw data is parsed - %NULL is returned.
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ gtk_css_parser_get_file (GtkCssParser *self)
/**
* gtk_css_parser_resolve_url:
- * @self: a #GtkCssParser
+ * @self: a `GtkCssParser`
* @url: the URL to resolve
*
* Resolves a given URL against the parser's location.
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ gtk_css_parser_resolve_url (GtkCssParser *self,
/**
* gtk_css_parser_get_start_location:
- * @self: a #GtkCssParser
+ * @self: a `GtkCssParser`
*
* Queries the location of the current token.
*
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ gtk_css_parser_get_start_location (GtkCssParser *self)
/**
* gtk_css_parser_get_end_location:
- * @self: a #GtkCssParser
+ * @self: a `GtkCssParser`
* @out_location: (caller-allocates) Place to store the location
*
* Queries the location of the current token.
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ gtk_css_parser_get_end_location (GtkCssParser *self)
/**
* gtk_css_parser_get_block_location:
- * @self: a #GtkCssParser
+ * @self: a `GtkCssParser`
*
* Queries the start location of the token that started the current
* block that is being parsed.
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ gtk_css_parser_end_block (GtkCssParser *self)
/*
* gtk_css_parser_skip:
- * @self: a #GtkCssParser
+ * @self: a `GtkCssParser`
*
* Skips a component value.
*
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ gtk_css_parser_skip (GtkCssParser *self)
/*
* gtk_css_parser_skip_until:
- * @self: a #GtkCssParser
+ * @self: a `GtkCssParser`
* @token_type: type of token to skip to
*
* Repeatedly skips a token until a certain type is reached.
@@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ gtk_css_parser_consume_function (GtkCssParser *self,
/**
* gtk_css_parser_has_token:
- * @self: a #GtkCssParser
+ * @self: a `GtkCssParser`
* @token_type: type of the token to check
*
* Checks if the next token is of @token_type.
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ gtk_css_parser_has_token (GtkCssParser *self,
/**
* gtk_css_parser_has_ident:
- * @self: a #GtkCssParser
+ * @self: a `GtkCssParser`
* @ident: name of identifier
*
* Checks if the next token is an identifier with the given @name.
@@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ gtk_css_parser_has_integer (GtkCssParser *self)
/**
* gtk_css_parser_has_function:
- * @self: a #GtkCssParser
+ * @self: a `GtkCssParser`
* @name: name of function
*
* Checks if the next token is a function with the given @name.
@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ gtk_css_parser_has_function (GtkCssParser *self,
/**
* gtk_css_parser_try_delim:
- * @self: a #GtkCssParser
+ * @self: a `GtkCssParser`
* @codepoint: unicode character codepoint to check
*
* Checks if the current token is a delimiter matching the given
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ gtk_css_parser_try_delim (GtkCssParser *self,
/**
* gtk_css_parser_try_ident:
- * @self: a #GtkCssParser
+ * @self: a `GtkCssParser`
* @ident: identifier to check for
*
* Checks if the current token is an identifier matching the given
@@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ gtk_css_parser_try_ident (GtkCssParser *self,
/**
* gtk_css_parser_try_at_keyword:
- * @self: a #GtkCssParser
+ * @self: a `GtkCssParser`
* @keyword: name of keyword to check for
*
* Checks if the current token is an at-keyword token with the
@@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ gtk_css_parser_try_at_keyword (GtkCssParser *self,
/**
* gtk_css_parser_try_token:
- * @self: a #GtkCssParser
+ * @self: a `GtkCssParser`
* @token_type: type of token to try
*
* Consumes the next token if it matches the given @token_type.
@@ -886,7 +886,7 @@ gtk_css_parser_try_token (GtkCssParser *self,
/**
* gtk_css_parser_consume_ident:
- * @self: a #GtkCssParser
+ * @self: a `GtkCssParser`
*
* If the current token is an identifier, consumes it and returns
* its name.
@@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ gtk_css_parser_consume_ident (GtkCssParser *self)
/**
* gtk_css_parser_consume_string:
- * @self: a #GtkCssParser
+ * @self: a `GtkCssParser`
*
* If the current token is a string, consumes it and return the string.
*
@@ -963,11 +963,11 @@ gtk_css_parser_parse_url_arg (GtkCssParser *parser,
/**
* gtk_css_parser_consume_url:
- * @self: a #GtkCssParser
+ * @self: a `GtkCssParser`
*
* If the parser matches the <url> token from the [CSS
* specification](https://drafts.csswg.org/css-values-4/#url-value),
- * consumes it, resolves the URL and returns the resulting #GFile.
+ * consumes it, resolves the URL and returns the resulting `GFile`.
* On failure, an error is emitted and %NULL is returned.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): the resulting URL
diff --git a/gtk/css/gtkcsssection.c b/gtk/css/gtkcsssection.c
index c0edb7e1ff..5851cc201c 100644
--- a/gtk/css/gtkcsssection.c
+++ b/gtk/css/gtkcsssection.c
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ gtk_css_section_get_end_location (const GtkCssSection *section)
/**
* gtk_css_section_print:
* @section: a section
- * @string: a #GString to print to
+ * @string: a `GString` to print to
*
* Prints the `section` into `string` in a human-readable form.
*
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ gtk_css_section_print (const GtkCssSection *section,
/**
* gtk_css_section_to_string:
- * @section: a #GtkCssSection
+ * @section: a `GtkCssSection`
*
* Prints the section into a human-readable text form using
* [method@Gtk.CssSection.print].
diff --git a/gtk/css/gtkcsstokenizer.c b/gtk/css/gtkcsstokenizer.c
index 34d29466b1..05fca8ed01 100644
--- a/gtk/css/gtkcsstokenizer.c
+++ b/gtk/css/gtkcsstokenizer.c
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ append_string (GString *string,
/*
* gtk_css_token_is_finite:
- * @token: a #GtkCssToken
+ * @token: a `GtkCssToken`
*
* A token is considered finite when it would stay the same no matter
* what bytes follow it in the data stream.
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ gtk_css_token_is_finite (const GtkCssToken *token)
/*
* gtk_css_token_is_preserved:
- * @token: a #GtkCssToken
+ * @token: a `GtkCssToken`
* @out_closing: (nullable): Type of the token that closes a block
* started with this token
*
diff --git a/gtk/gskpango.c b/gtk/gskpango.c
index 332e96f4dc..e96c84a2fc 100644
--- a/gtk/gskpango.c
+++ b/gtk/gskpango.c
@@ -453,8 +453,8 @@ gsk_pango_renderer_release (GskPangoRenderer *renderer)
/**
* gtk_snapshot_append_layout:
- * @snapshot: a #GtkSnapshot
- * @layout: the #PangoLayout to render
+ * @snapshot: a `GtkSnapshot`
+ * @layout: the `PangoLayout` to render
* @color: the foreground color to render the layout in
*
* Creates render nodes for rendering @layout in the given foregound @color
diff --git a/gtk/gtkaccessible.c b/gtk/gtkaccessible.c
index 0c6e4cca4f..a5a8797ddd 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkaccessible.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkaccessible.c
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ gtk_accessible_default_init (GtkAccessibleInterface *iface)
/*< private >
* gtk_accessible_get_at_context:
- * @self: a #GtkAccessible
+ * @self: a `GtkAccessible`
*
* Retrieves the `GtkATContext` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
*
@@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ gtk_accessible_platform_changed (GtkAccessible *self,
*
* This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
* implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
- * child widget, as is the case for #GtkText wrappers.
+ * child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
*
* Returns: the value of @state for the accessible
*/
@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ gtk_accessible_bounds_changed (GtkAccessible *self)
* By default, hidden widgets are are among these, but there can
* be other reasons to return %FALSE, e.g. for widgets that are
* purely presentations, or for widgets whose functionality is
- * represented elsewhere, as is the case for #GtkText widgets.
+ * represented elsewhere, as is the case for `GtkText` widgets.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget should be represented
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkaccessibleattributeset.c b/gtk/gtkaccessibleattributeset.c
index 2e7a072abc..fececf9bd1 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkaccessibleattributeset.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkaccessibleattributeset.c
@@ -98,9 +98,9 @@ gtk_accessible_attribute_set_unref (GtkAccessibleAttributeSet *self)
/*< private >
* gtk_accessible_attribute_set_add:
- * @self: a #GtkAccessibleAttributeSet
+ * @self: a `GtkAccessibleAttributeSet`
* @attribute: the attribute to set
- * @value: (nullable): a #GtkAccessibleValue
+ * @value: (nullable): a `GtkAccessibleValue`
*
* Adds @attribute to the attributes set, and sets its value.
*
@@ -143,10 +143,11 @@ gtk_accessible_attribute_set_add (GtkAccessibleAttributeSet *self,
/*< private >
* gtk_accessible_attribute_set_remove:
- * @self: a #GtkAccessibleAttributeSet
+ * @self: a `GtkAccessibleAttributeSet`
* @attribute: the attribute to be removed
*
- * Resets the @attribute in the given #GtkAccessibleAttributeSet to its default value.
+ * Resets the @attribute in the given `GtkAccessibleAttributeSet`
+ * to its default value.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the set was modified, and %FALSE otherwise
*/
@@ -178,7 +179,7 @@ gtk_accessible_attribute_set_contains (GtkAccessibleAttributeSet *self,
/*< private >
* gtk_accessible_attribute_set_get_value:
- * @self: a #GtkAccessibleAttributeSet
+ * @self: a `GtkAccessibleAttributeSet`
* @attribute: the attribute to retrieve
*
* Retrieves the value of the given @attribute in the set.
@@ -216,11 +217,11 @@ gtk_accessible_attribute_set_get_changed (GtkAccessibleAttributeSet *self)
/*< private >
* gtk_accessible_attribute_set_print:
- * @self: a #GtkAccessibleAttributeSet
+ * @self: a `GtkAccessibleAttributeSet`
* @only_set: %TRUE if only the set attributes should be printed
- * @buffer: a #GString
+ * @buffer: a `GString`
*
- * Prints the contents of the #GtkAccessibleAttributeSet into @buffer.
+ * Prints the contents of the `GtkAccessibleAttributeSet` into @buffer.
*/
void
gtk_accessible_attribute_set_print (GtkAccessibleAttributeSet *self,
@@ -254,12 +255,12 @@ gtk_accessible_attribute_set_print (GtkAccessibleAttributeSet *self,
/*< private >
* gtk_accessible_attribute_set_to_string:
- * @self: a #GtkAccessibleAttributeSet
+ * @self: a `GtkAccessibleAttributeSet`
*
- * Prints the contents of a #GtkAccessibleAttributeSet into a string.
+ * Prints the contents of a `GtkAccessibleAttributeSet` into a string.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a newly allocated string with the contents
- * of the #GtkAccessibleAttributeSet
+ * of the `GtkAccessibleAttributeSet`
*/
char *
gtk_accessible_attribute_set_to_string (GtkAccessibleAttributeSet *self)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkaccessiblevalue.c b/gtk/gtkaccessiblevalue.c
index 063d1e13f0..6a9534bd8e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkaccessiblevalue.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkaccessiblevalue.c
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
* GtkAccessibleValue:
*
* GtkAccessibleValue is a reference counted, generic container for values used
- * to represent the state and properties of a #GtkAccessible implementation.
+ * to represent the state and properties of a `GtkAccessible` implementation.
*
* There are two kinds of accessible value types:
*
@@ -59,12 +59,12 @@ G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GtkAccessibleValue, gtk_accessible_value,
/*< private >
* gtk_accessible_value_alloc:
- * @value_class: a #GtkAccessibleValueClass structure
+ * @value_class: a `GtkAccessibleValueClass` structure
*
- * Allocates a new #GtkAccessibleValue subclass using @value_class as the
+ * Allocates a new `GtkAccessibleValue` subclass using @value_class as the
* type definition.
*
- * Returns: (transfer full): the newly allocated #GtkAccessibleValue
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the newly allocated `GtkAccessibleValue`
*/
GtkAccessibleValue *
gtk_accessible_value_alloc (const GtkAccessibleValueClass *value_class)
@@ -89,9 +89,9 @@ gtk_accessible_value_alloc (const GtkAccessibleValueClass *value_class)
/*< private >
* gtk_accessible_value_ref:
- * @self: a #GtkAccessibleValue
+ * @self: a `GtkAccessibleValue`
*
- * Acquires a reference on the given #GtkAccessibleValue.
+ * Acquires a reference on the given `GtkAccessibleValue`.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): the value, with an additional reference
*/
@@ -107,9 +107,9 @@ gtk_accessible_value_ref (GtkAccessibleValue *self)
/*< private >
* gtk_accessible_value_unref:
- * @self: (transfer full): a #GtkAccessibleValue
+ * @self: (transfer full): a `GtkAccessibleValue`
*
- * Releases a reference on the given #GtkAccessibleValue.
+ * Releases a reference on the given `GtkAccessibleValue`.
*/
void
gtk_accessible_value_unref (GtkAccessibleValue *self)
@@ -128,10 +128,10 @@ gtk_accessible_value_unref (GtkAccessibleValue *self)
/*< private >
* gtk_accessible_value_print:
- * @self: a #GtkAccessibleValue
- * @buffer: a #GString
+ * @self: a `GtkAccessibleValue`
+ * @buffer: a `GString`
*
- * Prints the contents of a #GtkAccessibleValue into the given @buffer.
+ * Prints the contents of a `GtkAccessibleValue` into the given @buffer.
*/
void
gtk_accessible_value_print (const GtkAccessibleValue *self,
@@ -146,9 +146,9 @@ gtk_accessible_value_print (const GtkAccessibleValue *self,
/*< private >
* gtk_accessible_value_to_string:
- * @self: a #GtkAccessibleValue
+ * @self: a `GtkAccessibleValue`
*
- * Fills a string with the contents of the given #GtkAccessibleValue.
+ * Fills a string with the contents of the given `GtkAccessibleValue`.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a string with the contents of the value
*/
@@ -166,14 +166,14 @@ gtk_accessible_value_to_string (const GtkAccessibleValue *self)
/*< private >
* gtk_accessible_value_equal:
- * @value_a: (nullable): the first #GtkAccessibleValue
- * @value_b: (nullable): the second #GtkAccessibleValue
+ * @value_a: (nullable): the first `GtkAccessibleValue`
+ * @value_b: (nullable): the second `GtkAccessibleValue`
*
* Checks whether @value_a and @value_b are equal.
*
* This function is %NULL-safe.
*
- * Returns: %TRUE if the given #GtkAccessibleValue instances are equal,
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the given `GtkAccessibleValue` instances are equal,
* and %FALSE otherwise
*/
gboolean
@@ -556,9 +556,10 @@ static const GtkAccessibleValueClass GTK_REFERENCE_LIST_ACCESSIBLE_VALUE = {
* gtk_reference_list_accessible_value_new:
* @value: (element-type GtkAccessible) (transfer full): a list of accessible objects
*
- * Creates a new #GtkAccessible that stores a list of references to #GtkAccessible objects.
+ * Creates a new `GtkAccessible` that stores a list of references
+ * to `GtkAccessible` objects.
*
- * Returns: (transfer full): the newly created #GtkAccessible
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the newly created `GtkAccessible`
*/
GtkAccessibleValue *
gtk_reference_list_accessible_value_new (GList *value)
@@ -914,12 +915,12 @@ typedef void (* GtkAccessibleValueEnumInit) (GValue *va
/*< private >
* gtk_accessible_value_get_default_for_state:
- * @state: a #GtkAccessibleState
+ * @state: a `GtkAccessibleState`
*
- * Retrieves the #GtkAccessibleValue that contains the default for the
+ * Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleValue` that contains the default for the
* given @state.
*
- * Returns: (transfer full): the #GtkAccessibleValue
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the `GtkAccessibleValue`
*/
GtkAccessibleValue *
gtk_accessible_value_get_default_for_state (GtkAccessibleState state)
@@ -1542,19 +1543,19 @@ gtk_accessible_attribute_init_value (const GtkAccessibleCollect *cstate,
/*< private >
* gtk_accessible_value_collect_for_state:
- * @state: a #GtkAccessibleState
- * @error: return location for a #GError
+ * @state: a `GtkAccessibleState`
+ * @error: return location for a `GError`
* @args: a `va_list` reference
*
* Collects and consumes the next item in the @args variadic arguments list,
- * and returns a #GtkAccessibleValue for it.
+ * and returns a `GtkAccessibleValue` for it.
*
* If the collection fails, @error is set and %NULL is returned.
*
* The returned value could be %NULL even on success, in which case the state
* should be reset to its default value by the caller.
*
- * Returns: (transfer full) (nullable): a #GtkAccessibleValue
+ * Returns: (transfer full) (nullable): a `GtkAccessibleValue`
*/
GtkAccessibleValue *
gtk_accessible_value_collect_for_state (GtkAccessibleState state,
@@ -1570,11 +1571,11 @@ gtk_accessible_value_collect_for_state (GtkAccessibleState state,
/*< private >
* gtk_accessible_value_collect_for_state_value:
- * @state: a #GtkAccessibleState
- * @value: a #GValue
- * @error: return location for a #GError
+ * @state: a `GtkAccessibleState`
+ * @value: a `GValue`
+ * @error: return location for a `GError`
*
- * Retrieves the value stored inside @value and returns a #GtkAccessibleValue
+ * Retrieves the value stored inside @value and returns a `GtkAccessibleValue`
* for the given @state.
*
* If the collection fails, @error is set and %NULL is returned.
@@ -1582,7 +1583,7 @@ gtk_accessible_value_collect_for_state (GtkAccessibleState state,
* The returned value could be %NULL even on success, in which case the state
* should be reset to its default value by the caller.
*
- * Returns: (transfer full) (nullable): a #GtkAccessibleValue
+ * Returns: (transfer full) (nullable): a `GtkAccessibleValue`
*/
GtkAccessibleValue *
gtk_accessible_value_collect_for_state_value (GtkAccessibleState state,
@@ -1611,8 +1612,8 @@ gtk_accessible_value_parse_for_state (GtkAccessibleState state,
/**
* gtk_accessible_state_init_value:
- * @state: a #GtkAccessibleState
- * @value: an uninitialized #GValue
+ * @state: a `GtkAccessibleState`
+ * @value: an uninitialized `GValue`
*
* Initializes @value with the appropriate type for the @state.
*
@@ -1632,12 +1633,12 @@ gtk_accessible_state_init_value (GtkAccessibleState state,
/*< private >
* gtk_accessible_value_get_default_for_property:
- * @property: a #GtkAccessibleProperty
+ * @property: a `GtkAccessibleProperty`
*
- * Retrieves the #GtkAccessibleValue that contains the default for the
+ * Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleValue` that contains the default for the
* given @property.
*
- * Returns: (transfer full): the #GtkAccessibleValue
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the `GtkAccessibleValue`
*/
GtkAccessibleValue *
gtk_accessible_value_get_default_for_property (GtkAccessibleProperty property)
@@ -1696,16 +1697,16 @@ gtk_accessible_value_get_default_for_property (GtkAccessibleProperty property)
/*< private >
* gtk_accessible_value_collect_for_property:
- * @property: a #GtkAccessibleProperty
- * @error: return location for a #GError
+ * @property: a `GtkAccessibleProperty`
+ * @error: return location for a `GError`
* @args: a `va_list` reference
*
* Collects and consumes the next item in the @args variadic arguments list,
- * and returns a #GtkAccessibleValue for it.
+ * and returns a `GtkAccessibleValue` for it.
*
* If the collection fails, @error is set.
*
- * Returns: (transfer full) (nullable): a #GtkAccessibleValue
+ * Returns: (transfer full) (nullable): a `GtkAccessibleValue`
*/
GtkAccessibleValue *
gtk_accessible_value_collect_for_property (GtkAccessibleProperty property,
@@ -1721,11 +1722,11 @@ gtk_accessible_value_collect_for_property (GtkAccessibleProperty property,
/*< private >
* gtk_accessible_value_collect_for_property_value:
- * @property: a #GtkAccessibleProperty
- * @value: a #GValue
- * @error: return location for a #GError
+ * @property: a `GtkAccessibleProperty`
+ * @value: a `GValue`
+ * @error: return location for a `GError`
*
- * Retrieves the value stored inside @value and returns a #GtkAccessibleValue
+ * Retrieves the value stored inside @value and returns a `GtkAccessibleValue`
* for the given @property.
*
* If the collection fails, @error is set.
@@ -1733,7 +1734,7 @@ gtk_accessible_value_collect_for_property (GtkAccessibleProperty property,
* The returned value could be %NULL even on success, in which case the property
* should be reset to its default value by the caller.
*
- * Returns: (transfer full) (nullable): a #GtkAccessibleValue
+ * Returns: (transfer full) (nullable): a `GtkAccessibleValue`
*/
GtkAccessibleValue *
gtk_accessible_value_collect_for_property_value (GtkAccessibleProperty property,
@@ -1762,8 +1763,8 @@ gtk_accessible_value_parse_for_property (GtkAccessibleProperty property,
/**
* gtk_accessible_property_init_value:
- * @property: a #GtkAccessibleProperty
- * @value: an uninitialized #GValue
+ * @property: a `GtkAccessibleProperty`
+ * @value: an uninitialized `GValue`
*
* Initializes @value with the appropriate type for the @property.
*
@@ -1783,12 +1784,12 @@ gtk_accessible_property_init_value (GtkAccessibleProperty property,
/*< private >
* gtk_accessible_value_get_default_for_relation:
- * @relation: a #GtkAccessibleRelation
+ * @relation: a `GtkAccessibleRelation`
*
- * Retrieves the #GtkAccessibleValue that contains the default for the
+ * Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleValue` that contains the default for the
* given @relation.
*
- * Returns: (transfer full): the #GtkAccessibleValue
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the `GtkAccessibleValue`
*/
GtkAccessibleValue *
gtk_accessible_value_get_default_for_relation (GtkAccessibleRelation relation)
@@ -1836,19 +1837,19 @@ gtk_accessible_value_get_default_for_relation (GtkAccessibleRelation relation)
/*< private >
* gtk_accessible_value_collect_for_relation:
- * @relation: a #GtkAccessibleRelation
- * @error: return location for a #GError
+ * @relation: a `GtkAccessibleRelation`
+ * @error: return location for a `GError`
* @args: a `va_list` reference
*
* Collects and consumes the next item in the @args variadic arguments list,
- * and returns a #GtkAccessibleValue for it.
+ * and returns a `GtkAccessibleValue` for it.
*
* If the collection fails, @error is set and %NULL is returned.
*
* The returned value could be %NULL even on success, in which case the relation
* should be reset to its default value by the caller.
*
- * Returns: (transfer full) (nullable): a #GtkAccessibleValue
+ * Returns: (transfer full) (nullable): a `GtkAccessibleValue`
*/
GtkAccessibleValue *
gtk_accessible_value_collect_for_relation (GtkAccessibleRelation relation,
@@ -1864,11 +1865,11 @@ gtk_accessible_value_collect_for_relation (GtkAccessibleRelation relation,
/*< private >
* gtk_accessible_value_collect_for_relation_value:
- * @relation: a #GtkAccessibleRelation
- * @value: a #GValue
- * @error: return location for a #GError
+ * @relation: a `GtkAccessibleRelation`
+ * @value: a `GValue`
+ * @error: return location for a `GError`
*
- * Retrieves the value stored inside @value and returns a #GtkAccessibleValue
+ * Retrieves the value stored inside @value and returns a `GtkAccessibleValue`
* for the given @relation.
*
* If the collection fails, @error is set and %NULL is returned.
@@ -1876,7 +1877,7 @@ gtk_accessible_value_collect_for_relation (GtkAccessibleRelation relation,
* The returned value could be %NULL even on success, in which case the relation
* should be reset to its default value by the caller.
*
- * Returns: (transfer full) (nullable): a #GtkAccessibleValue
+ * Returns: (transfer full) (nullable): a `GtkAccessibleValue`
*/
GtkAccessibleValue *
gtk_accessible_value_collect_for_relation_value (GtkAccessibleRelation relation,
@@ -1905,8 +1906,8 @@ gtk_accessible_value_parse_for_relation (GtkAccessibleRelation relation,
/**
* gtk_accessible_relation_init_value:
- * @relation: a #GtkAccessibleRelation
- * @value: an uninitialized #GValue
+ * @relation: a `GtkAccessibleRelation`
+ * @value: an uninitialized `GValue`
*
* Initializes @value with the appropriate type for the @relation.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkactionhelper.c b/gtk/gtkactionhelper.c
index 36eaa7bf24..9f0573eca1 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkactionhelper.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkactionhelper.c
@@ -368,10 +368,10 @@ gtk_action_helper_observer_iface_init (GtkActionObserverInterface *iface)
/*< private >
* gtk_action_helper_new:
- * @widget: a #GtkWidget implementing #GtkActionable
+ * @widget: a `GtkWidget` implementing `GtkActionable`
*
* Creates a helper to track the state of a named action. This will
- * usually be used by widgets implementing #GtkActionable.
+ * usually be used by widgets implementing `GtkActionable`.
*
* This helper class is usually used by @widget itself. In order to
* avoid reference cycles, the helper does not hold a reference on
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ gtk_action_helper_observer_iface_init (GtkActionObserverInterface *iface)
* of the widget, you should take a ref on @widget for each ref you hold
* on the helper.
*
- * Returns: a new #GtkActionHelper
+ * Returns: a new `GtkActionHelper`
*/
GtkActionHelper *
gtk_action_helper_new (GtkActionable *widget)
@@ -478,8 +478,8 @@ gtk_action_helper_set_action_name (GtkActionHelper *helper,
/*< private >
* gtk_action_helper_set_action_target_value:
- * @helper: a #GtkActionHelper
- * @target_value: an action target, as per #GtkActionable
+ * @helper: a `GtkActionHelper`
+ * @target_value: an action target, as per `GtkActionable`
*
* This function consumes @action_target if it is floating.
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkactionmuxer.c b/gtk/gtkactionmuxer.c
index dc4eb5689b..d57e315daf 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkactionmuxer.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkactionmuxer.c
@@ -108,21 +108,21 @@ gtk_accels_remove (GtkAccels *accels,
*
* GtkActionMuxer aggregates and monitors actions from multiple sources.
*
- * #GtkActionMuxer is #GtkActionObservable and #GtkActionObserver that
- * offers a #GActionGroup-like api and is capable of containing other
- * #GActionGroup instances. #GtkActionMuxer does not implement the
- * #GActionGroup interface because it requires excessive signal emissions
- * and has poor scalability. We use the #GtkActionObserver machinery
+ * `GtkActionMuxer` is `GtkActionObservable` and `GtkActionObserver` that
+ * offers a `GActionGroup`-like api and is capable of containing other
+ * `GActionGroup` instances. `GtkActionMuxer` does not implement the
+ * `GActionGroup` interface because it requires excessive signal emissions
+ * and has poor scalability. We use the `GtkActionObserver` machinery
* instead to propagate changes between action muxer instances and
* to other users.
*
- * Beyond action groups, #GtkActionMuxer can incorporate actions that
+ * Beyond action groups, `GtkActionMuxer` can incorporate actions that
* are associated with widget classes (*class actions*) and actions
* that are associated with the parent widget, allowing for recursive
* lookup.
*
- * In addition to the action attributes provided by #GActionGroup,
- * #GtkActionMuxer maintains a *primary accelerator* string for
+ * In addition to the action attributes provided by `GActionGroup`,
+ * `GtkActionMuxer` maintains a *primary accelerator* string for
* actions that can be shown in menuitems.
*
* The typical use is aggregating all of the actions applicable to a
@@ -134,11 +134,11 @@ gtk_accels_remove (GtkAccels *accels,
* application (such as “fullscreen”).
*
* In this case, each of these action groups could be added to a
- * #GtkActionMuxer with the prefixes “app” and “win”, respectively.
+ * `GtkActionMuxer` with the prefixes “app” and “win”, respectively.
* This would expose the actions as “app.quit” and “win.fullscreen”
- * on the #GActionGroup-like interface presented by the #GtkActionMuxer.
+ * on the `GActionGroup`-like interface presented by the `GtkActionMuxer`.
*
- * Activations and state change requests on the #GtkActionMuxer are
+ * Activations and state change requests on the `GtkActionMuxer` are
* wired through to the underlying actions in the expected way.
*
* This class is typically only used at the site of “consumption” of
@@ -1223,9 +1223,9 @@ gtk_action_muxer_class_init (GObjectClass *class)
/*< private >
* gtk_action_muxer_insert:
- * @muxer: a #GtkActionMuxer
+ * @muxer: a `GtkActionMuxer`
* @prefix: the prefix string for the action group
- * @action_group: a #GActionGroup
+ * @action_group: a `GActionGroup`
*
* Adds the actions in @action_group to the list of actions provided by
* @muxer. @prefix is prefixed to each action name, such that for each
@@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@ gtk_action_muxer_class_init (GObjectClass *class)
* contains an action called “`quit`”, then @muxer will
* now contain an action called “`app.quit`”.
*
- * If any #GtkActionObservers are registered for actions in the group,
+ * If any `GtkActionObserver`s are registered for actions in the group,
* “action_added” notifications will be emitted, as appropriate.
*
* @prefix must not contain a dot ('.').
@@ -1280,12 +1280,12 @@ gtk_action_muxer_insert (GtkActionMuxer *muxer,
/*< private >
* gtk_action_muxer_remove:
- * @muxer: a #GtkActionMuxer
+ * @muxer: a `GtkActionMuxer`
* @prefix: the prefix of the action group to remove
*
- * Removes a #GActionGroup from the #GtkActionMuxer.
+ * Removes a `GActionGroup` from the `GtkActionMuxer`.
*
- * If any #GtkActionObservers are registered for actions in the group,
+ * If any `GtkActionObserver`s are registered for actions in the group,
* “action_removed” notifications will be emitted, as appropriate.
*/
void
@@ -1319,7 +1319,7 @@ gtk_action_muxer_remove (GtkActionMuxer *muxer,
* gtk_action_muxer_new:
* @widget: the widget to which the muxer belongs
*
- * Creates a new #GtkActionMuxer.
+ * Creates a new `GtkActionMuxer`.
*/
GtkActionMuxer *
gtk_action_muxer_new (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ gtk_action_muxer_new (GtkWidget *widget)
/*< private >
* gtk_action_muxer_get_parent:
- * @muxer: a #GtkActionMuxer
+ * @muxer: a `GtkActionMuxer`
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the parent of @muxer, or NULL.
*/
@@ -1345,8 +1345,8 @@ gtk_action_muxer_get_parent (GtkActionMuxer *muxer)
/*< private >
* gtk_action_muxer_set_parent:
- * @muxer: a #GtkActionMuxer
- * @parent: (nullable): the new parent #GtkActionMuxer
+ * @muxer: a `GtkActionMuxer`
+ * @parent: (nullable): the new parent `GtkActionMuxer`
*
* Sets the parent of @muxer to @parent.
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkactionobservable.c b/gtk/gtkactionobservable.c
index 01dac131a8..f5b429f8a3 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkactionobservable.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkactionobservable.c
@@ -30,9 +30,9 @@ gtk_action_observable_default_init (GtkActionObservableInterface *iface)
/**
* gtk_action_observable_register_observer:
- * @observable: a #GtkActionObservable
+ * @observable: a `GtkActionObservable`
* @action_name: the name of the action
- * @observer: the #GtkActionObserver to which the events will be reported
+ * @observer: the `GtkActionObserver` to which the events will be reported
*
* Registers @observer as being interested in changes to @action_name on
* @observable.
@@ -50,9 +50,9 @@ gtk_action_observable_register_observer (GtkActionObservable *observable,
/**
* gtk_action_observable_unregister_observer:
- * @observable: a #GtkActionObservable
+ * @observable: a `GtkActionObservable`
* @action_name: the name of the action
- * @observer: the #GtkActionObserver to which the events will be reported
+ * @observer: the `GtkActionObserver` to which the events will be reported
*
* Removes the registration of @observer as being interested in changes
* to @action_name on @observable.
diff --git a/gtk/gtkactionobserver.c b/gtk/gtkactionobserver.c
index 0929c6a83e..77faa7fcb7 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkactionobserver.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkactionobserver.c
@@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ G_DEFINE_INTERFACE (GtkActionObserver, gtk_action_observer, G_TYPE_OBJECT)
/*< private >
* GtkActionObserver:
*
- * GtkActionObserver is a simple interface allowing objects that wish to
+ * `GtkActionObserver` is a simple interface allowing objects that wish to
* be notified of changes to actions to be notified of those changes.
*
* It is also possible to monitor changes to action groups using
- * #GObject signals, but there are a number of reasons that this
+ * `GObject` signals, but there are a number of reasons that this
* approach could become problematic:
*
* - there are four separate signals that must be manually connected
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ G_DEFINE_INTERFACE (GtkActionObserver, gtk_action_observer, G_TYPE_OBJECT)
* to all observers: signal detail. In order to use signal detail,
* each action name must be quarked, which is not always practical.
*
- * - even if quarking is acceptable, #GObject signal details are
+ * - even if quarking is acceptable, `GObject` signal details are
* implemented by scanning a linked list, so there is no real
* decrease in complexity
*/
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ gtk_action_observer_default_init (GtkActionObserverInterface *class)
/*< private >
* gtk_action_observer_action_added:
- * @observer: a #GtkActionObserver
+ * @observer: a `GtkActionObserver`
* @observable: the source of the event
* @action_name: the name of the action
* @enabled: %TRUE if the action is now enabled
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ gtk_action_observer_action_added (GtkActionObserver *observer,
/*< private >
* gtk_action_observer_action_enabled_changed:
- * @observer: a #GtkActionObserver
+ * @observer: a `GtkActionObserver`
* @observable: the source of the event
* @action_name: the name of the action
* @enabled: %TRUE if the action is now enabled
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ gtk_action_observer_action_enabled_changed (GtkActionObserver *observer,
/*< private >
* gtk_action_observer_action_state_changed:
- * @observer: a #GtkActionObserver
+ * @observer: a `GtkActionObserver`
* @observable: the source of the event
* @action_name: the name of the action
* @state: the new state of the action
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ gtk_action_observer_action_state_changed (GtkActionObserver *observer,
/*< private >
* gtk_action_observer_action_removed:
- * @observer: a #GtkActionObserver
+ * @observer: a `GtkActionObserver`
* @observable: the source of the event
* @action_name: the name of the action
*
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ gtk_action_observer_action_removed (GtkActionObserver *observer,
/*< private >
* gtk_action_observer_primary_accel_changed:
- * @observer: a #GtkActionObserver
+ * @observer: a `GtkActionObserver`
* @observable: the source of the event
* @action_name: the name of the action
* @action_and_target: detailed action of the changed accel, in “action and target” format
diff --git a/gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c b/gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c
index e7c0bcf4f5..b8a5f829da 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c
@@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ gtk_app_chooser_widget_class_init (GtkAppChooserWidgetClass *klass)
/**
* GtkAppChooserWidget::application-selected:
* @self: the object which received the signal
- * @application: the selected #GAppInfo
+ * @application: the selected `GAppInfo`
*
* Emitted when an application item is selected from the widget's list.
*/
@@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ gtk_app_chooser_widget_class_init (GtkAppChooserWidgetClass *klass)
/**
* GtkAppChooserWidget::application-activated:
* @self: the object which received the signal
- * @application: the activated #GAppInfo
+ * @application: the activated `GAppInfo`
*
* Emitted when an application item is activated from the widget's list.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkapplication.c b/gtk/gtkapplication.c
index 6eef3b1ded..c26e15cadb 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkapplication.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkapplication.c
@@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@ gtk_application_handle_window_map (GtkApplication *application,
/**
* gtk_application_get_menu_by_id:
- * @application: a #GtkApplication
+ * @application: a `GtkApplication`
* @id: the id of the menu to look up
*
* Gets a menu from automatically loaded resources.
diff --git a/gtk/gtkapplication.h b/gtk/gtkapplication.h
index 56e51a18a6..ae354388e5 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkapplication.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkapplication.h
@@ -47,9 +47,9 @@ struct _GtkApplication
/**
* GtkApplicationClass:
* @parent_class: The parent class.
- * @window_added: Signal emitted when a #GtkWindow is added to
+ * @window_added: Signal emitted when a `GtkWindow` is added to
* application through gtk_application_add_window().
- * @window_removed: Signal emitted when a #GtkWindow is removed from
+ * @window_removed: Signal emitted when a `GtkWindow` is removed from
* application, either as a side-effect of being destroyed or
* explicitly through gtk_application_remove_window().
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkassistant.c b/gtk/gtkassistant.c
index 0f13eb29bb..891b821e6b 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkassistant.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkassistant.c
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ gtk_assistant_class_init (GtkAssistantClass *class)
/**
* GtkAssistant:use-header-bar:
*
- * %TRUE if the assistant uses a #GtkHeaderBar for action buttons
+ * %TRUE if the assistant uses a `GtkHeaderBar` for action buttons
* instead of the action-area.
*
* For technical reasons, this property is declared as an integer
diff --git a/gtk/gtkatcontext.c b/gtk/gtkatcontext.c
index 0d58350358..83aa94fe5d 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkatcontext.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkatcontext.c
@@ -596,9 +596,9 @@ gtk_at_context_create (GtkAccessibleRole accessible_role,
* @role: the accessible role of the clone, or %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_NONE to
* use the same accessible role of @self
* @accessible: (nullable): the accessible creating the context, or %NULL to
- * use the same #GtkAccessible of @self
+ * use the same `GtkAccessible` of @self
* @display: (nullable): the display connection, or %NULL to use the same
- * #GdkDisplay of @self
+ * `GdkDisplay` of @self
*
* Clones the state of the given `GtkATContext`, using @role, @accessible,
* and @display.
@@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ gtk_at_context_update (GtkATContext *self)
* gtk_at_context_set_accessible_state:
* @self: a `GtkATContext`
* @state: a `GtkAccessibleState`
- * @value: (nullable): #GtkAccessibleValue
+ * @value: (nullable): `GtkAccessibleValue`
*
* Sets the @value for the given @state of a `GtkATContext`.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c b/gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c
index 63e500a5af..08bd5f1bb5 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c
@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ gtk_bookmark_list_new (const char *filename,
* Sets the @attributes to be enumerated and starts the enumeration.
*
* If @attributes is %NULL, no attributes will be queried, but a list
- * of #GFileInfos will still be created.
+ * of `GFileInfo`s will still be created.
*/
void
gtk_bookmark_list_set_attributes (GtkBookmarkList *self,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkborder.c b/gtk/gtkborder.c
index 434f38e864..443a90687e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkborder.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkborder.c
@@ -29,10 +29,10 @@
/**
* gtk_border_new:
*
- * Allocates a new #GtkBorder-struct and initializes its elements to zero.
+ * Allocates a new `GtkBorder` struct and initializes its elements to zero.
*
- * Returns: (transfer full): a newly allocated #GtkBorder-struct.
- * Free with gtk_border_free()
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a newly allocated `GtkBorder` struct.
+ * Free with [method Gtk Border free]
*/
GtkBorder *
gtk_border_new (void)
@@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ gtk_border_new (void)
/**
* gtk_border_copy:
- * @border_: a #GtkBorder-struct
+ * @border_: a `GtkBorder` struct
*
- * Copies a #GtkBorder-struct.
+ * Copies a `GtkBorder`.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a copy of @border_.
*/
@@ -58,9 +58,9 @@ gtk_border_copy (const GtkBorder *border_)
/**
* gtk_border_free:
- * @border_: a #GtkBorder-struct
+ * @border_: a `GtkBorder` struct
*
- * Frees a #GtkBorder-struct.
+ * Frees a `GtkBorder`.
*/
void
gtk_border_free (GtkBorder *border_)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkbuildable.c b/gtk/gtkbuildable.c
index 1b384dac6c..1eb45c0308 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkbuildable.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkbuildable.c
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ gtk_buildable_default_init (GtkBuildableInterface *iface)
/*< private >
* gtk_buildable_set_buildable_id:
- * @buildable: a #GtkBuildable
+ * @buildable: a `GtkBuildable`
* @id: name to set
*
* Sets the ID of the @buildable object.
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ gtk_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
*
* Constructs a child of @buildable with the name @name.
*
- * #GtkBuilder calls this function if a “constructor” has been
+ * `GtkBuilder` calls this function if a “constructor” has been
* specified in the UI definition.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): the constructed child
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ gtk_buildable_construct_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
* @builder: a `GtkBuilder` used to construct this object
* @child: (nullable): child object or %NULL for non-child tags
* @tagname: name of tag
- * @parser: (out): a #GMarkupParser to fill in
+ * @parser: (out): a `GMarkupParser` to fill in
* @data: (out): return location for user data that will be passed in
* to parser functions
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkbuildable.h b/gtk/gtkbuildable.h
index e082706df1..0c005d71eb 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkbuildable.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkbuildable.h
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ struct _GtkBuildableParser
* @custom_tag_start: Implement this if the buildable needs to parse
* content below <child>. To handle an element, the implementation
* must fill in the @parser and @user_data and return %TRUE.
- * #GtkWidget implements this to parse accessible attributes specified
+ * `GtkWidget` implements this to parse accessible attributes specified
* in <accessibility> elements.
* Note that @user_data must be freed in @custom_tag_end or @custom_finished.
* @custom_tag_end: Called for the end tag of each custom element that is
@@ -124,8 +124,8 @@ struct _GtkBuildableParser
* when the builder finishes parsing (see @custom_tag_start)
* @parser_finished: Called when a builder finishes the parsing
* of a UI definition. It is normally not necessary to implement this,
- * unless you need to perform special cleanup actions. #GtkWindow sets
- * the #GtkWidget:visible property here.
+ * unless you need to perform special cleanup actions. `GtkWindow` sets
+ * the `GtkWidget:visible` property here.
* @get_internal_child: Returns an internal child of a buildable.
* `GtkDialog` implements this to give access to its @vbox, making
* it possible to add children to the vbox in a UI definition.
@@ -147,8 +147,8 @@ struct _GtkBuildableIface
/**
* GtkBuildableIface::add_child:
- * @buildable: a #GtkBuildable
- * @builder: a #GtkBuilder
+ * @buildable: a `GtkBuildable`
+ * @builder: a `GtkBuilder`
* @child: child to add
* @type: (nullable): kind of child or %NULL
*
@@ -169,11 +169,11 @@ struct _GtkBuildableIface
/**
* GtkBuildableIface::custom_tag_start:
- * @buildable: a #GtkBuildable
- * @builder: a #GtkBuilder used to construct this object
+ * @buildable: a `GtkBuildable`
+ * @builder: a `GtkBuilder` used to construct this object
* @child: (nullable): child object or %NULL for non-child tags
* @tagname: name of tag
- * @parser: (out): a #GtkBuildableParser to fill in
+ * @parser: (out): a `GtkBuildableParser` to fill in
* @data: (out): return location for user data that will be passed in
* to parser functions
*
@@ -190,8 +190,8 @@ struct _GtkBuildableIface
gpointer *data);
/**
* GtkBuildableIface::custom_tag_end:
- * @buildable: A #GtkBuildable
- * @builder: #GtkBuilder used to construct this object
+ * @buildable: A `GtkBuildable`
+ * @builder: `GtkBuilder` used to construct this object
* @child: (nullable): child object or %NULL for non-child tags
* @tagname: name of tag
* @data: user data that will be passed in to parser functions
@@ -206,8 +206,8 @@ struct _GtkBuildableIface
gpointer data);
/**
* GtkBuildableIface::custom_finished:
- * @buildable: a #GtkBuildable
- * @builder: a #GtkBuilder
+ * @buildable: a `GtkBuildable`
+ * @builder: a `GtkBuilder`
* @child: (nullable): child object or %NULL for non-child tags
* @tagname: the name of the tag
* @data: user data created in custom_tag_start
@@ -225,8 +225,8 @@ struct _GtkBuildableIface
/**
* GtkBuildableIface::get_internal_child:
- * @buildable: a #GtkBuildable
- * @builder: a #GtkBuilder
+ * @buildable: a `GtkBuildable`
+ * @builder: a `GtkBuilder`
* @childname: name of child
*
* Retrieves the internal child called @childname of the @buildable object.
diff --git a/gtk/gtkbuilder.c b/gtk/gtkbuilder.c
index cfb698fa40..dd867fc367 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkbuilder.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkbuilder.c
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
* been constructed by GTK as part of a composite widget, to set
* properties on them or to add further children (e.g. the content area
* of a `GtkDialog`). This can be achieved by setting the “internal-child”
- * property of the `<child>` element to a true value. Note that #GtkBuilder
+ * property of the `<child>` element to a true value. Note that `GtkBuilder`
* still requires an `<object>` element for the internal child, even if it
* has already been constructed.
*
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ gtk_builder_class_init (GtkBuilderClass *klass)
* The translation domain used when translating property values that
* have been marked as translatable.
*
- * If the translation domain is %NULL, #GtkBuilder uses gettext(),
+ * If the translation domain is %NULL, `GtkBuilder` uses gettext(),
* otherwise g_dgettext().
*/
builder_props[PROP_TRANSLATION_DOMAIN] =
@@ -2060,7 +2060,7 @@ error:
* @builder: a `GtkBuilder`
* @type: the `GType` of the value
* @string: the string representation of the value
- * @value: (out): the #GValue to store the result in
+ * @value: (out): the `GValue` to store the result in
* @error: (nullable): return location for an error
*
* Demarshals a value from a string.
@@ -2839,8 +2839,8 @@ gtk_builder_new_from_string (const char *string,
/*< private >
* _gtk_builder_prefix_error:
- * @builder: a #GtkBuilder
- * @context: the #GtkBuildableParseContext
+ * @builder: a `GtkBuilder`
+ * @context: the `GtkBuildableParseContext`
* @error: an error
*
* Calls g_prefix_error() to prepend a filename:line:column marker
@@ -2865,8 +2865,8 @@ _gtk_builder_prefix_error (GtkBuilder *builder,
/*< private >
* _gtk_builder_error_unhandled_tag:
- * @builder: a #GtkBuilder
- * @context: the #GtkBuildableParseContext
+ * @builder: a `GtkBuilder`
+ * @context: the `GtkBuildableParseContext`
* @object: name of the object that is being handled
* @element_name: name of the element whose start tag is being handled
* @error: return location for the error
@@ -2896,8 +2896,8 @@ _gtk_builder_error_unhandled_tag (GtkBuilder *builder,
}
/*< private >
- * @builder: a #GtkBuilder
- * @context: the #GtkBuildableParseContext
+ * @builder: a `GtkBuilder`
+ * @context: the `GtkBuildableParseContext`
* @parent_name: the name of the expected parent element
* @error: return location for an error
*
@@ -2963,7 +2963,7 @@ gtk_builder_lookup_object (GtkBuilder *builder,
}
/*< private >
- * @builder: a #GtkBuilder
+ * @builder: a `GtkBuilder`
* @name: object name to look up
* @line: line number where @name was encountered
* @col: column number where @name was encountered
@@ -3005,7 +3005,7 @@ _gtk_builder_lookup_object (GtkBuilder *builder,
/*< private >
* _gtk_builder_lookup_failed:
- * @GtkBuilder: a #GtkBuilder
+ * @GtkBuilder: a `GtkBuilder`
* @error: return location for error
*
* Finds whether any object lookups have failed.
diff --git a/gtk/gtkbuilder.h b/gtk/gtkbuilder.h
index ed0043c8a8..2e02114116 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkbuilder.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkbuilder.h
@@ -42,18 +42,18 @@ typedef struct _GtkBuilderClass GtkBuilderClass;
/**
* GtkBuilderError:
* @GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_TYPE_FUNCTION: A type-func attribute didn’t name
- * a function that returns a #GType.
- * @GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_UNHANDLED_TAG: The input contained a tag that #GtkBuilder
+ * a function that returns a `GType`.
+ * @GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_UNHANDLED_TAG: The input contained a tag that `GtkBuilder`
* can’t handle.
* @GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE: An attribute that is required by
- * #GtkBuilder was missing.
- * @GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE: #GtkBuilder found an attribute that
+ * `GtkBuilder` was missing.
+ * @GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE: `GtkBuilder` found an attribute that
* it doesn’t understand.
- * @GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_TAG: #GtkBuilder found a tag that
+ * @GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_TAG: `GtkBuilder` found a tag that
* it doesn’t understand.
* @GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_PROPERTY_VALUE: A required property value was
* missing.
- * @GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE: #GtkBuilder couldn’t parse
+ * @GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE: `GtkBuilder` couldn’t parse
* some attribute value.
* @GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_VERSION_MISMATCH: The input file requires a newer version
* of GTK.
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ typedef struct _GtkBuilderClass GtkBuilderClass;
* `gmodule-export-2.0` pkgconfig module can fix this problem.
*
* Error codes that identify various errors that can occur while using
- * #GtkBuilder.
+ * `GtkBuilder`.
*/
typedef enum
{
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ GClosure * gtk_builder_create_closure (GtkBuilder *builder,
/**
* GTK_BUILDER_WARN_INVALID_CHILD_TYPE:
- * @object: the #GtkBuildable on which the warning occurred
+ * @object: the `GtkBuildable` on which the warning occurred
* @type: the unexpected type value
*
* This macro should be used to emit a warning about and unexpected @type value
diff --git a/gtk/gtkbuilderparser.c b/gtk/gtkbuilderparser.c
index be030fd0a4..dcc8e75417 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkbuilderparser.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkbuilderparser.c
@@ -207,14 +207,14 @@ gtk_buildable_parse_context_parse (GtkBuildableParseContext *context,
/**
* gtk_buildable_parse_context_push:
- * @context: a #GtkBuildableParseContext
- * @parser: a #GtkBuildableParser
- * @user_data: user data to pass to #GtkBuildableParser functions
+ * @context: a `GtkBuildableParseContext`
+ * @parser: a `GtkBuildableParser`
+ * @user_data: user data to pass to `GtkBuildableParser` functions
*
* Temporarily redirects markup data to a sub-parser.
*
* This function may only be called from the start_element handler of
- * a #GtkBuildableParser. It must be matched with a corresponding call to
+ * a `GtkBuildableParser`. It must be matched with a corresponding call to
* gtk_buildable_parse_context_pop() in the matching end_element handler
* (except in the case that the parser aborts due to an error).
*
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ gtk_buildable_parse_context_push (GtkBuildableParseContext *context,
/**
* gtk_buildable_parse_context_pop:
- * @context: a #GtkBuildableParseContext
+ * @context: a `GtkBuildableParseContext`
*
* Completes the process of a temporary sub-parser redirection.
*
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ gtk_buildable_parse_context_pop (GtkBuildableParseContext *context)
/**
* gtk_buildable_parse_context_get_element:
- * @context: a #GtkBuildablParseContext
+ * @context: a `GtkBuildablParseContext`
*
* Retrieves the name of the currently open element.
*
@@ -321,11 +321,11 @@ gtk_buildable_parse_context_get_element (GtkBuildableParseContext *context)
/**
* gtk_buildable_parse_context_get_element_stack:
- * @context: a #GtkBuildableParseContext
+ * @context: a `GtkBuildableParseContext`
*
* Retrieves the element stack from the internal state of the parser.
*
- * The returned #GPtrArray is an array of strings where the last item is
+ * The returned `GPtrArray` is an array of strings where the last item is
* the currently open tag (as would be returned by
* gtk_buildable_parse_context_get_element()) and the previous item is its
* immediate parent.
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ gtk_buildable_parse_context_get_element_stack (GtkBuildableParseContext *context
/**
* gtk_buildable_parse_context_get_position:
- * @context: a #GtkBuildableParseContext
+ * @context: a `GtkBuildableParseContext`
* @line_number: (out) (optional): return location for a line number
* @char_number: (out) (optional): return location for a char-on-line number
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkbuilderprecompile.c b/gtk/gtkbuilderprecompile.c
index 4a06a2393e..a9b8ac164b 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkbuilderprecompile.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkbuilderprecompile.c
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ marshal_tree (GString *marshaled,
* binary form that is more efficient to parse. This is a custom
* format that is only supported by GtkBuilder.
*
- * returns: A #GByte with the precompiled data
+ * returns: A `GBytes` with the precompiled data
**/
GBytes *
_gtk_buildable_parser_precompile (const char *text,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkbuilderscope.h b/gtk/gtkbuilderscope.h
index fc5d9de14b..212555c527 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkbuilderscope.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkbuilderscope.h
@@ -51,15 +51,15 @@ typedef enum { /*< prefix=GTK_BUILDER_CLOSURE >*/
/**
* GtkBuilderScopeInterface:
- * @get_type_from_name: Try to lookup a #GType via the its name. See
+ * @get_type_from_name: Try to lookup a `GType` via the its name. See
* gtk_builder_get_type_from_name() for more details.
* The C implementation will use g_type_from_name() and if that fails try to guess the
* correct function name for registering the type and then use dlsym() to load it.
* The default implementation just tries g_type_from_name() and otherwise fails.
- * @get_type_from_function: Try to lookup a #GType via the given function name, specified
+ * @get_type_from_function: Try to lookup a `GType` via the given function name, specified
* explicitly in a GtkBuilder file, like via the "type-func" attribute in the "<object>" tag.
* This function is very rarely used.
- * The C implementation will use dlsym() and call the resulting function as a #GTypeFunc.
+ * The C implementation will use dlsym() and call the resulting function as a `GTypeFunc`.
* The default implementation will fail and just return %G_TYPE_INVALID.
* @create_closure: Create a closure with the given arguments. See gtk_builder_create_closure()
* for more details on those.
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ typedef enum { /*< prefix=GTK_BUILDER_CLOSURE >*/
* g_cclosure_new() to create a closure for the symbol.
* The default implementation just fails and returns %NULL.
*
- * The virtual function table to implement for #GtkBuilderScope implementations.
+ * The virtual function table to implement for `GtkBuilderScope` implementations.
* Default implementations for each function do exist, but they usually just fail,
* so it is suggested that implementations implement all of them.
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcalendar.c b/gtk/gtkcalendar.c
index a4360e1a78..41f70e05f3 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcalendar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcalendar.c
@@ -1353,7 +1353,7 @@ gtk_calendar_new (void)
/**
* gtk_calendar_select_day:
* @self: a `GtkCalendar`.
- * @date: (transfer none): a #GDateTime representing the day to select
+ * @date: (transfer none): a `GDateTime` representing the day to select
*
* Switches to @date's year and month and select its day.
*/
@@ -1608,7 +1608,7 @@ gtk_calendar_unmark_day (GtkCalendar *calendar,
* gtk_calendar_get_date:
* @self: a `GtkCalendar`
*
- * Returns a #GDateTime representing the shown
+ * Returns a `GDateTime` representing the shown
* year, month and the selected day.
*
* The returned date is in the local time zone.
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellarea.c b/gtk/gtkcellarea.c
index 5d7c328606..a46d50900b 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellarea.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellarea.c
@@ -24,15 +24,15 @@
*
* An abstract class for laying out GtkCellRenderers
*
- * The #GtkCellArea is an abstract class for #GtkCellLayout widgets
+ * The `GtkCellArea` is an abstract class for `GtkCellLayout` widgets
* (also referred to as "layouting widgets") to interface with an
- * arbitrary number of #GtkCellRenderers and interact with the user
- * for a given #GtkTreeModel row.
+ * arbitrary number of `GtkCellRenderer`s and interact with the user
+ * for a given `GtkTreeModel` row.
*
* The cell area handles events, focus navigation, drawing and
* size requests and allocations for a given row of data.
*
- * Usually users dont have to interact with the #GtkCellArea directly
+ * Usually users dont have to interact with the `GtkCellArea` directly
* unless they are implementing a cell-layouting widget themselves.
*
* # Requesting area sizes
@@ -41,13 +41,13 @@
* [GtkWidget’s geometry management section][geometry-management],
* GTK uses a height-for-width
* geometry management system to compute the sizes of widgets and user
- * interfaces. #GtkCellArea uses the same semantics to calculate the
- * size of an area for an arbitrary number of #GtkTreeModel rows.
+ * interfaces. `GtkCellArea` uses the same semantics to calculate the
+ * size of an area for an arbitrary number of `GtkTreeModel` rows.
*
* When requesting the size of a cell area one needs to calculate
* the size for a handful of rows, and this will be done differently by
- * different layouting widgets. For instance a #GtkTreeViewColumn
- * always lines up the areas from top to bottom while a #GtkIconView
+ * different layouting widgets. For instance a `GtkTreeViewColumn`
+ * always lines up the areas from top to bottom while a `GtkIconView`
* on the other hand might enforce that all areas received the same
* width and wrap the areas around, requesting height for more cell
* areas when allocated less width.
@@ -55,23 +55,23 @@
* It’s also important for areas to maintain some cell
* alignments with areas rendered for adjacent rows (cells can
* appear “columnized” inside an area even when the size of
- * cells are different in each row). For this reason the #GtkCellArea
- * uses a #GtkCellAreaContext object to store the alignments
+ * cells are different in each row). For this reason the `GtkCellArea`
+ * uses a `GtkCellArea`Context object to store the alignments
* and sizes along the way (as well as the overall largest minimum
* and natural size for all the rows which have been calculated
* with the said context).
*
- * The #GtkCellAreaContext is an opaque object specific to the
- * #GtkCellArea which created it (see gtk_cell_area_create_context()).
+ * The `GtkCellArea`Context is an opaque object specific to the
+ * `GtkCellArea` which created it (see gtk_cell_area_create_context()).
* The owning cell-layouting widget can create as many contexts as
* it wishes to calculate sizes of rows which should receive the
* same size in at least one orientation (horizontally or vertically),
- * However, it’s important that the same #GtkCellAreaContext which
- * was used to request the sizes for a given #GtkTreeModel row be
+ * However, it’s important that the same `GtkCellArea`Context which
+ * was used to request the sizes for a given `GtkTreeModel` row be
* used when rendering or processing events for that row.
*
* In order to request the width of all the rows at the root level
- * of a #GtkTreeModel one would do the following:
+ * of a `GtkTreeModel` one would do the following:
*
* |[<!-- language="C" -->
* GtkTreeIter iter;
@@ -93,17 +93,17 @@
* returned minimum and natural width of the area for each row
* unless the cell-layouting object is actually interested in the
* widths of individual rows. The overall width is however stored
- * in the accompanying #GtkCellAreaContext object and can be consulted
+ * in the accompanying `GtkCellArea`Context object and can be consulted
* at any time.
*
- * This can be useful since #GtkCellLayout widgets usually have to
+ * This can be useful since `GtkCellLayout` widgets usually have to
* support requesting and rendering rows in treemodels with an
- * exceedingly large amount of rows. The #GtkCellLayout widget in
+ * exceedingly large amount of rows. The `GtkCellLayout` widget in
* that case would calculate the required width of the rows in an
* idle or timeout source (see g_timeout_add()) and when the widget
* is requested its actual width in [vfunc@Gtk.Widget.measure]
* it can simply consult the width accumulated so far in the
- * #GtkCellAreaContext object.
+ * `GtkCellArea`Context object.
*
* A simple example where rows are rendered from top to bottom and
* take up the full width of the layouting widget would look like:
@@ -127,17 +127,17 @@
* row sizes have been calculated (the amount of rows that Foo judged
* was appropriate to request space for in a single timeout iteration)
* before simply returning the amount of space required by the area via
- * the #GtkCellAreaContext.
+ * the `GtkCellArea`Context.
*
* Requesting the height for width (or width for height) of an area is
- * a similar task except in this case the #GtkCellAreaContext does not
+ * a similar task except in this case the `GtkCellArea`Context does not
* store the data (actually, it does not know how much space the layouting
* widget plans to allocate it for every row. It’s up to the layouting
* widget to render each row of data with the appropriate height and
- * width which was requested by the #GtkCellArea).
+ * width which was requested by the `GtkCellArea`).
*
* In order to request the height for width of all the rows at the
- * root level of a #GtkTreeModel one would do the following:
+ * root level of a `GtkTreeModel` one would do the following:
*
* |[<!-- language="C" -->
* GtkTreeIter iter;
@@ -229,26 +229,26 @@
*
* Passing events to the area is as simple as handling events on any
* normal widget and then passing them to the gtk_cell_area_event()
- * API as they come in. Usually #GtkCellArea is only interested in
+ * API as they come in. Usually `GtkCellArea` is only interested in
* button events, however some customized derived areas can be implemented
* who are interested in handling other events. Handling an event can
- * trigger the #GtkCellArea::focus-changed signal to fire; as well as
- * #GtkCellArea::add-editable in the case that an editable cell was
+ * trigger the `GtkCellArea`::focus-changed signal to fire; as well as
+ * `GtkCellArea`::add-editable in the case that an editable cell was
* clicked and needs to start editing. You can call
* gtk_cell_area_stop_editing() at any time to cancel any cell editing
* that is currently in progress.
*
- * The #GtkCellArea drives keyboard focus from cell to cell in a way
- * similar to #GtkWidget. For layouting widgets that support giving
+ * The `GtkCellArea` drives keyboard focus from cell to cell in a way
+ * similar to `GtkWidget`. For layouting widgets that support giving
* focus to cells it’s important to remember to pass %GTK_CELL_RENDERER_FOCUSED
* to the area functions for the row that has focus and to tell the
* area to paint the focus at render time.
*
* Layouting widgets that accept focus on cells should implement the
* [vfunc@Gtk.Widget.focus] virtual method. The layouting widget is always
- * responsible for knowing where #GtkTreeModel rows are rendered inside
+ * responsible for knowing where `GtkTreeModel` rows are rendered inside
* the widget, so at [vfunc@Gtk.Widget.focus] time the layouting widget
- * should use the #GtkCellArea methods to navigate focus inside the area
+ * should use the `GtkCellArea` methods to navigate focus inside the area
* and then observe the GtkDirectionType to pass the focus to adjacent
* rows and areas.
*
@@ -318,13 +318,13 @@
*
* # Cell Properties
*
- * The #GtkCellArea introduces cell properties for #GtkCellRenderers.
+ * The `GtkCellArea` introduces cell properties for `GtkCellRenderer`s.
* This provides some general interfaces for defining the relationship
- * cell areas have with their cells. For instance in a #GtkCellAreaBox
+ * cell areas have with their cells. For instance in a `GtkCellArea`Box
* a cell might “expand” and receive extra space when the area is allocated
* more than its full natural request, or a cell might be configured to “align”
* with adjacent rows which were requested and rendered with the same
- * #GtkCellAreaContext.
+ * `GtkCellArea`Context.
*
* Use gtk_cell_area_class_install_cell_property() to install cell
* properties for a cell area class and gtk_cell_area_class_find_cell_property()
@@ -671,9 +671,9 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_init (GtkCellAreaClass *class)
/* Signals */
/**
* GtkCellArea::apply-attributes:
- * @area: the #GtkCellArea to apply the attributes to
- * @model: the #GtkTreeModel to apply the attributes from
- * @iter: the #GtkTreeIter indicating which row to apply the attributes of
+ * @area: the `GtkCellArea` to apply the attributes to
+ * @model: the `GtkTreeModel` to apply the attributes from
+ * @iter: the `GtkTreeIter` indicating which row to apply the attributes of
* @is_expander: whether the view shows children for this row
* @is_expanded: whether the view is currently showing the children of this row
*
@@ -696,12 +696,12 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_init (GtkCellAreaClass *class)
/**
* GtkCellArea::add-editable:
- * @area: the #GtkCellArea where editing started
- * @renderer: the #GtkCellRenderer that started the edited
- * @editable: the #GtkCellEditable widget to add
- * @cell_area: the #GtkWidget relative #GdkRectangle coordinates
+ * @area: the `GtkCellArea` where editing started
+ * @renderer: the `GtkCellRenderer` that started the edited
+ * @editable: the `GtkCellEditable` widget to add
+ * @cell_area: the `GtkWidget` relative `GdkRectangle` coordinates
* where @editable should be added
- * @path: the #GtkTreePath string this edit was initiated for
+ * @path: the `GtkTreePath` string this edit was initiated for
*
* Indicates that editing has started on @renderer and that @editable
* should be added to the owning cell-layouting widget at @cell_area.
@@ -722,9 +722,9 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_init (GtkCellAreaClass *class)
/**
* GtkCellArea::remove-editable:
- * @area: the #GtkCellArea where editing finished
- * @renderer: the #GtkCellRenderer that finished editeding
- * @editable: the #GtkCellEditable widget to remove
+ * @area: the `GtkCellArea` where editing finished
+ * @renderer: the `GtkCellRenderer` that finished editeding
+ * @editable: the `GtkCellEditable` widget to remove
*
* Indicates that editing finished on @renderer and that @editable
* should be removed from the owning cell-layouting widget.
@@ -742,9 +742,9 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_init (GtkCellAreaClass *class)
/**
* GtkCellArea::focus-changed:
- * @area: the #GtkCellArea where focus changed
- * @renderer: the #GtkCellRenderer that has focus
- * @path: the current #GtkTreePath string set for @area
+ * @area: the `GtkCellArea` where focus changed
+ * @renderer: the `GtkCellRenderer` that has focus
+ * @path: the current `GtkTreePath` string set for @area
*
* Indicates that focus changed on this @area. This signal
* is emitted either as a result of focus handling or event
@@ -1590,8 +1590,8 @@ gtk_cell_area_buildable_custom_tag_end (GtkBuildable *buildable,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_add:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @renderer: the #GtkCellRenderer to add to @area
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @renderer: the `GtkCellRenderer` to add to @area
*
* Adds @renderer to @area with the default child cell properties.
*/
@@ -1607,8 +1607,8 @@ gtk_cell_area_add (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_remove:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @renderer: the #GtkCellRenderer to remove from @area
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @renderer: the `GtkCellRenderer` to remove from @area
*
* Removes @renderer from @area.
*/
@@ -1659,8 +1659,8 @@ get_has_renderer (GtkCellRenderer *renderer,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_has_renderer:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @renderer: the #GtkCellRenderer to check
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @renderer: the `GtkCellRenderer` to check
*
* Checks if @area contains @renderer.
*
@@ -1682,11 +1682,11 @@ gtk_cell_area_has_renderer (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_foreach:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @callback: (scope call): the #GtkCellCallback to call
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @callback: (scope call): the `GtkCellCallback` to call
* @callback_data: user provided data pointer
*
- * Calls @callback for every #GtkCellRenderer in @area.
+ * Calls @callback for every `GtkCellRenderer` in @area.
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_foreach (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -1701,15 +1701,15 @@ gtk_cell_area_foreach (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_foreach_alloc:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @context: the #GtkCellAreaContext for this row of data.
- * @widget: the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering to
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @context: the `GtkCellArea`Context for this row of data.
+ * @widget: the `GtkWidget` that @area is rendering to
* @cell_area: the @widget relative coordinates and size for @area
* @background_area: the @widget relative coordinates of the background area
- * @callback: (scope call): the #GtkCellAllocCallback to call
+ * @callback: (scope call): the `GtkCellAllocCallback` to call
* @callback_data: user provided data pointer
*
- * Calls @callback for every #GtkCellRenderer in @area with the
+ * Calls @callback for every `GtkCellRenderer` in @area with the
* allocated rectangle inside @cell_area.
*/
void
@@ -1734,14 +1734,14 @@ gtk_cell_area_foreach_alloc (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_event:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @context: the #GtkCellAreaContext for this row of data.
- * @widget: the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering to
- * @event: the #GdkEvent to handle
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @context: the `GtkCellArea`Context for this row of data.
+ * @widget: the `GtkWidget` that @area is rendering to
+ * @event: the `GdkEvent` to handle
* @cell_area: the @widget relative coordinates for @area
- * @flags: the #GtkCellRendererState for @area in this row.
+ * @flags: the `GtkCellRenderer`State for @area in this row.
*
- * Delegates event handling to a #GtkCellArea.
+ * Delegates event handling to a `GtkCellArea`.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the event was handled by @area.
*/
@@ -1773,13 +1773,13 @@ gtk_cell_area_event (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_snapshot:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @context: the #GtkCellAreaContext for this row of data.
- * @widget: the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering to
- * @snapshot: the #GtkSnapshot to draw to
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @context: the `GtkCellArea`Context for this row of data.
+ * @widget: the `GtkWidget` that @area is rendering to
+ * @snapshot: the `GtkSnapshot` to draw to
* @background_area: the @widget relative coordinates for @area’s background
* @cell_area: the @widget relative coordinates for @area
- * @flags: the #GtkCellRendererState for @area in this row.
+ * @flags: the `GtkCellRenderer`State for @area in this row.
* @paint_focus: whether @area should paint focus on focused cells for focused rows or not.
*
* Snapshots @area’s cells according to @area’s layout onto at
@@ -1827,10 +1827,10 @@ get_cell_allocation (GtkCellRenderer *renderer,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_get_cell_allocation:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @context: the #GtkCellAreaContext used to hold sizes for @area.
- * @widget: the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering on
- * @renderer: the #GtkCellRenderer to get the allocation for
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @context: the `GtkCellArea`Context used to hold sizes for @area.
+ * @widget: the `GtkWidget` that @area is rendering on
+ * @renderer: the `GtkCellRenderer` to get the allocation for
* @cell_area: the whole allocated area for @area in @widget
* for this row
* @allocation: (out): where to store the allocation for @renderer
@@ -1879,9 +1879,9 @@ get_cell_by_position (GtkCellRenderer *renderer,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_get_cell_at_position:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @context: the #GtkCellAreaContext used to hold sizes for @area.
- * @widget: the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering on
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @context: the `GtkCellArea`Context used to hold sizes for @area.
+ * @widget: the `GtkWidget` that @area is rendering on
* @cell_area: the whole allocated area for @area in @widget
* for this row
* @x: the x position
@@ -1889,10 +1889,10 @@ get_cell_by_position (GtkCellRenderer *renderer,
* @alloc_area: (out) (optional): where to store the inner allocated area of the
* returned cell renderer
*
- * Gets the #GtkCellRenderer at @x and @y coordinates inside @area and optionally
+ * Gets the `GtkCellRenderer` at @x and @y coordinates inside @area and optionally
* returns the full cell allocation for it inside @cell_area.
*
- * Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkCellRenderer at @x and @y.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the `GtkCellRenderer` at @x and @y.
*/
GtkCellRenderer *
gtk_cell_area_get_cell_at_position (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -1926,16 +1926,16 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_cell_at_position (GtkCellArea *area,
*************************************************************/
/**
* gtk_cell_area_create_context:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
*
- * Creates a #GtkCellAreaContext to be used with @area for
- * all purposes. #GtkCellAreaContext stores geometry information
+ * Creates a `GtkCellArea`Context to be used with @area for
+ * all purposes. `GtkCellArea`Context stores geometry information
* for rows for which it was operated on, it is important to use
* the same context for the same row of data at all times (i.e.
- * one should render and handle events with the same #GtkCellAreaContext
+ * one should render and handle events with the same `GtkCellArea`Context
* which was used to request the size of those rows of data).
*
- * Returns: (transfer full): a newly created #GtkCellAreaContext which can be used with @area.
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a newly created `GtkCellArea`Context which can be used with @area.
*/
GtkCellAreaContext *
gtk_cell_area_create_context (GtkCellArea *area)
@@ -1947,22 +1947,22 @@ gtk_cell_area_create_context (GtkCellArea *area)
/**
* gtk_cell_area_copy_context:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @context: the #GtkCellAreaContext to copy
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @context: the `GtkCellArea`Context to copy
*
* This is sometimes needed for cases where rows need to share
* alignments in one orientation but may be separately grouped
* in the opposing orientation.
*
- * For instance, #GtkIconView creates all icons (rows) to have
+ * For instance, `GtkIconView` creates all icons (rows) to have
* the same width and the cells theirin to have the same
* horizontal alignments. However each row of icons may have
- * a separate collective height. #GtkIconView uses this to
+ * a separate collective height. `GtkIconView` uses this to
* request the heights of each row based on a context which
* was already used to request all the row widths that are
* to be displayed.
*
- * Returns: (transfer full): a newly created #GtkCellAreaContext copy of @context.
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a newly created `GtkCellArea`Context copy of @context.
*/
GtkCellAreaContext *
gtk_cell_area_copy_context (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -1976,12 +1976,12 @@ gtk_cell_area_copy_context (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_get_request_mode:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
*
* Gets whether the area prefers a height-for-width layout
* or a width-for-height layout.
*
- * Returns: The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by @area.
+ * Returns: The `GtkSizeRequestMode` preferred by @area.
*/
GtkSizeRequestMode
gtk_cell_area_get_request_mode (GtkCellArea *area)
@@ -1994,9 +1994,9 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_request_mode (GtkCellArea *area)
/**
* gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @context: the #GtkCellAreaContext to perform this request with
- * @widget: the #GtkWidget where @area will be rendering
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @context: the `GtkCellArea`Context to perform this request with
+ * @widget: the `GtkWidget` where @area will be rendering
* @minimum_width: (out) (optional): location to store the minimum width
* @natural_width: (out) (optional): location to store the natural width
*
@@ -2024,9 +2024,9 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height_for_width:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @context: the #GtkCellAreaContext which has already been requested for widths.
- * @widget: the #GtkWidget where @area will be rendering
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @context: the `GtkCellArea`Context which has already been requested for widths.
+ * @widget: the `GtkWidget` where @area will be rendering
* @width: the width for which to check the height of this area
* @minimum_height: (out) (optional): location to store the minimum height
* @natural_height: (out) (optional): location to store the natural height
@@ -2066,9 +2066,9 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height_for_width (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @context: the #GtkCellAreaContext to perform this request with
- * @widget: the #GtkWidget where @area will be rendering
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @context: the `GtkCellArea`Context to perform this request with
+ * @widget: the `GtkWidget` where @area will be rendering
* @minimum_height: (out) (optional): location to store the minimum height
* @natural_height: (out) (optional): location to store the natural height
*
@@ -2096,9 +2096,9 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width_for_height:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @context: the #GtkCellAreaContext which has already been requested for widths.
- * @widget: the #GtkWidget where @area will be rendering
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @context: the `GtkCellArea`Context which has already been requested for widths.
+ * @widget: the `GtkWidget` where @area will be rendering
* @height: the height for which to check the width of this area
* @minimum_width: (out) (optional): location to store the minimum width
* @natural_width: (out) (optional): location to store the natural width
@@ -2141,13 +2141,13 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_attribute_connect:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @renderer: the #GtkCellRenderer to connect an attribute for
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @renderer: the `GtkCellRenderer` to connect an attribute for
* @attribute: the attribute name
- * @column: the #GtkTreeModel column to fetch attribute values from
+ * @column: the `GtkTreeModel` column to fetch attribute values from
*
* Connects an @attribute to apply values from @column for the
- * #GtkTreeModel in use.
+ * `GtkTreeModel` in use.
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_attribute_connect (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -2207,8 +2207,8 @@ gtk_cell_area_attribute_connect (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_attribute_disconnect:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @renderer: the #GtkCellRenderer to disconnect an attribute for
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @renderer: the `GtkCellRenderer` to disconnect an attribute for
* @attribute: the attribute name
*
* Disconnects @attribute for the @renderer in @area so that
@@ -2249,8 +2249,8 @@ gtk_cell_area_attribute_disconnect (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_attribute_get_column:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @renderer: a #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @renderer: a `GtkCellRenderer`
* @attribute: an attribute on the renderer
*
* Returns the model column that an attribute has been mapped to,
@@ -2286,9 +2286,9 @@ gtk_cell_area_attribute_get_column (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_apply_attributes:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @tree_model: the #GtkTreeModel to pull values from
- * @iter: the #GtkTreeIter in @tree_model to apply values for
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @tree_model: the `GtkTreeModel` to pull values from
+ * @iter: the `GtkTreeIter` in @tree_model to apply values for
* @is_expander: whether @iter has children
* @is_expanded: whether @iter is expanded in the view and
* children are visible
@@ -2313,15 +2313,15 @@ gtk_cell_area_apply_attributes (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_get_current_path_string:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
*
- * Gets the current #GtkTreePath string for the currently
- * applied #GtkTreeIter, this is implicitly updated when
+ * Gets the current `GtkTreePath` string for the currently
+ * applied `GtkTreeIter`, this is implicitly updated when
* gtk_cell_area_apply_attributes() is called and can be
- * used to interact with renderers from #GtkCellArea
+ * used to interact with renderers from `GtkCellArea`
* subclasses.
*
- * Returns: The current #GtkTreePath string for the current
+ * Returns: The current `GtkTreePath` string for the current
* attributes applied to @area. This string belongs to the area and
* should not be freed.
*/
@@ -2341,9 +2341,9 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_current_path_string (GtkCellArea *area)
*************************************************************/
/**
* gtk_cell_area_class_install_cell_property:
- * @aclass: a #GtkCellAreaClass
+ * @aclass: a `GtkCellAreaClass`
* @property_id: the id for the property
- * @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the property
+ * @pspec: the `GParamSpec` for the property
*
* Installs a cell property on a cell area class.
*/
@@ -2376,12 +2376,12 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_install_cell_property (GtkCellAreaClass *aclass,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_class_find_cell_property:
- * @aclass: a #GtkCellAreaClass
+ * @aclass: a `GtkCellAreaClass`
* @property_name: the name of the child property to find
*
* Finds a cell property of a cell area class by name.
*
- * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the #GParamSpec of the child property
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the `GParamSpec` of the child property
*/
GParamSpec*
gtk_cell_area_class_find_cell_property (GtkCellAreaClass *aclass,
@@ -2398,13 +2398,13 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_find_cell_property (GtkCellAreaClass *aclass,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_class_list_cell_properties:
- * @aclass: a #GtkCellAreaClass
+ * @aclass: a `GtkCellAreaClass`
* @n_properties: (out): location to return the number of cell properties found
*
* Returns all cell properties of a cell area class.
*
* Returns: (array length=n_properties) (transfer container): a newly
- * allocated %NULL-terminated array of #GParamSpec*. The array
+ * allocated %NULL-terminated array of `GParamSpec`*. The array
* must be freed with g_free().
*/
GParamSpec**
@@ -2427,8 +2427,8 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_list_cell_properties (GtkCellAreaClass *aclass,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_add_with_properties:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @renderer: a #GtkCellRenderer to be placed inside @area
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @renderer: a `GtkCellRenderer` to be placed inside @area
* @first_prop_name: the name of the first cell property to set
* @...: a %NULL-terminated list of property names and values, starting
* with @first_prop_name
@@ -2466,8 +2466,8 @@ gtk_cell_area_add_with_properties (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_cell_set:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @renderer: a #GtkCellRenderer which is a cell inside @area
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @renderer: a `GtkCellRenderer` which is a cell inside @area
* @first_prop_name: the name of the first cell property to set
* @...: a %NULL-terminated list of property names and values, starting
* with @first_prop_name
@@ -2492,8 +2492,8 @@ gtk_cell_area_cell_set (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_cell_get:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @renderer: a #GtkCellRenderer which is inside @area
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @renderer: a `GtkCellRenderer` which is inside @area
* @first_prop_name: the name of the first cell property to get
* @...: return location for the first cell property, followed
* optionally by more name/return location pairs, followed by %NULL
@@ -2563,8 +2563,8 @@ area_set_cell_property (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_cell_set_valist:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @renderer: a #GtkCellRenderer which inside @area
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @renderer: a `GtkCellRenderer` which inside @area
* @first_property_name: the name of the first cell property to set
* @var_args: a %NULL-terminated list of property names and values, starting
* with @first_prop_name
@@ -2623,8 +2623,8 @@ gtk_cell_area_cell_set_valist (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_cell_get_valist:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @renderer: a #GtkCellRenderer inside @area
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @renderer: a `GtkCellRenderer` inside @area
* @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
* @var_args: return location for the first property, followed
* optionally by more name/return location pairs, followed by %NULL
@@ -2681,8 +2681,8 @@ gtk_cell_area_cell_get_valist (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_cell_set_property:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @renderer: a #GtkCellRenderer inside @area
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @renderer: a `GtkCellRenderer` inside @area
* @property_name: the name of the cell property to set
* @value: the value to set the cell property to
*
@@ -2717,8 +2717,8 @@ gtk_cell_area_cell_set_property (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_cell_get_property:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @renderer: a #GtkCellRenderer inside @area
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @renderer: a `GtkCellRenderer` inside @area
* @property_name: the name of the property to get
* @value: a location to return the value
*
@@ -2786,7 +2786,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_cell_get_property (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_is_activatable:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
*
* Returns whether the area can do anything when activated,
* after applying new attributes to @area.
@@ -2803,14 +2803,14 @@ gtk_cell_area_is_activatable (GtkCellArea *area)
/**
* gtk_cell_area_focus:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @direction: the #GtkDirectionType
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @direction: the `GtkDirectionType`
*
* This should be called by the @area’s owning layout widget
* when focus is to be passed to @area, or moved within @area
* for a given @direction and row data.
*
- * Implementing #GtkCellArea classes should implement this
+ * Implementing `GtkCellArea` classes should implement this
* method to receive and navigate focus in its own way particular
* to how it lays out cells.
*
@@ -2827,11 +2827,11 @@ gtk_cell_area_focus (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_activate:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @context: the #GtkCellAreaContext in context with the current row data
- * @widget: the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering on
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @context: the `GtkCellArea`Context in context with the current row data
+ * @widget: the `GtkWidget` that @area is rendering on
* @cell_area: the size and location of @area relative to @widget’s allocation
- * @flags: the #GtkCellRendererState flags for @area for this row of data.
+ * @flags: the `GtkCellRenderer`State flags for @area for this row of data.
* @edit_only: if %TRUE then only cell renderers that are %GTK_CELL_RENDERER_MODE_EDITABLE
* will be activated.
*
@@ -2857,13 +2857,13 @@ gtk_cell_area_activate (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_set_focus_cell:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @renderer: the #GtkCellRenderer to give focus to
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @renderer: the `GtkCellRenderer` to give focus to
*
* Explicitly sets the currently focused cell to @renderer.
*
* This is generally called by implementations of
- * #GtkCellAreaClass.focus() or #GtkCellAreaClass.event(),
+ * `GtkCellAreaClass.focus()` or `GtkCellAreaClass.event()`,
* however it can also be used to implement functions such
* as gtk_tree_view_set_cursor_on_cell().
*/
@@ -2899,7 +2899,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_set_focus_cell (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_get_focus_cell:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
*
* Retrieves the currently focused cell for @area
*
@@ -2922,9 +2922,9 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_focus_cell (GtkCellArea *area)
/**
* gtk_cell_area_add_focus_sibling:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @renderer: the #GtkCellRenderer expected to have focus
- * @sibling: the #GtkCellRenderer to add to @renderer’s focus area
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @renderer: the `GtkCellRenderer` expected to have focus
+ * @sibling: the `GtkCellRenderer` to add to @renderer’s focus area
*
* Adds @sibling to @renderer’s focusable area, focus will be drawn
* around @renderer and all of its siblings if @renderer can
@@ -2969,9 +2969,9 @@ gtk_cell_area_add_focus_sibling (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_remove_focus_sibling:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @renderer: the #GtkCellRenderer expected to have focus
- * @sibling: the #GtkCellRenderer to remove from @renderer’s focus area
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @renderer: the `GtkCellRenderer` expected to have focus
+ * @sibling: the `GtkCellRenderer` to remove from @renderer’s focus area
*
* Removes @sibling from @renderer’s focus sibling list
* (see gtk_cell_area_add_focus_sibling()).
@@ -3002,9 +3002,9 @@ gtk_cell_area_remove_focus_sibling (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_is_focus_sibling:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @renderer: the #GtkCellRenderer expected to have focus
- * @sibling: the #GtkCellRenderer to check against @renderer’s sibling list
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @renderer: the `GtkCellRenderer` expected to have focus
+ * @sibling: the `GtkCellRenderer` to check against @renderer’s sibling list
*
* Returns whether @sibling is one of @renderer’s focus siblings
* (see gtk_cell_area_add_focus_sibling()).
@@ -3038,12 +3038,12 @@ gtk_cell_area_is_focus_sibling (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_get_focus_siblings:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @renderer: the #GtkCellRenderer expected to have focus
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @renderer: the `GtkCellRenderer` expected to have focus
*
* Gets the focus sibling cell renderers for @renderer.
*
- * Returns: (element-type GtkCellRenderer) (transfer none): A #GList of #GtkCellRenderers.
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkCellRenderer) (transfer none): A `GList` of `GtkCellRenderer`s.
* The returned list is internal and should not be freed.
*/
const GList *
@@ -3060,19 +3060,19 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_focus_siblings (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_get_focus_from_sibling:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @renderer: the #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @renderer: the `GtkCellRenderer`
*
- * Gets the #GtkCellRenderer which is expected to be focusable
+ * Gets the `GtkCellRenderer` which is expected to be focusable
* for which @renderer is, or may be a sibling.
*
- * This is handy for #GtkCellArea subclasses when handling events,
+ * This is handy for `GtkCellArea` subclasses when handling events,
* after determining the renderer at the event location it can
* then chose to activate the focus cell for which the event
* cell may have been a sibling.
*
- * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the #GtkCellRenderer for which @renderer
- * is a sibling
+ * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the `GtkCellRenderer`
+ * for which @renderer is a sibling
*/
GtkCellRenderer *
gtk_cell_area_get_focus_from_sibling (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -3206,12 +3206,12 @@ gtk_cell_area_set_edit_widget (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_get_edited_cell:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
*
- * Gets the #GtkCellRenderer in @area that is currently
+ * Gets the `GtkCellRenderer` in @area that is currently
* being edited.
*
- * Returns: (transfer none): The currently edited #GtkCellRenderer
+ * Returns: (transfer none): The currently edited `GtkCellRenderer`
*/
GtkCellRenderer *
gtk_cell_area_get_edited_cell (GtkCellArea *area)
@@ -3225,12 +3225,12 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_edited_cell (GtkCellArea *area)
/**
* gtk_cell_area_get_edit_widget:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
*
- * Gets the #GtkCellEditable widget currently used
+ * Gets the `GtkCellEditable` widget currently used
* to edit the currently edited cell.
*
- * Returns: (transfer none): The currently active #GtkCellEditable widget
+ * Returns: (transfer none): The currently active `GtkCellEditable` widget
*/
GtkCellEditable *
gtk_cell_area_get_edit_widget (GtkCellArea *area)
@@ -3244,16 +3244,16 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_edit_widget (GtkCellArea *area)
/**
* gtk_cell_area_activate_cell:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @widget: the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering onto
- * @renderer: the #GtkCellRenderer in @area to activate
- * @event: the #GdkEvent for which cell activation should occur
- * @cell_area: the #GdkRectangle in @widget relative coordinates
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @widget: the `GtkWidget` that @area is rendering onto
+ * @renderer: the `GtkCellRenderer` in @area to activate
+ * @event: the `GdkEvent` for which cell activation should occur
+ * @cell_area: the `GdkRectangle` in @widget relative coordinates
* of @renderer for the current row.
- * @flags: the #GtkCellRendererState for @renderer
+ * @flags: the `GtkCellRenderer`State for @renderer
*
- * This is used by #GtkCellArea subclasses when handling events
- * to activate cells, the base #GtkCellArea class activates cells
+ * This is used by `GtkCellArea` subclasses when handling events
+ * to activate cells, the base `GtkCellArea` class activates cells
* for keyboard events for free in its own GtkCellArea->activate()
* implementation.
*
@@ -3340,7 +3340,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_activate_cell (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_stop_editing:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
* @canceled: whether editing was canceled.
*
* Explicitly stops the editing of the currently edited cell.
@@ -3394,14 +3394,14 @@ gtk_cell_area_stop_editing (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_inner_cell_area:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @widget: the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering onto
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @widget: the `GtkWidget` that @area is rendering onto
* @cell_area: the @widget relative coordinates where one of @area’s cells
* is to be placed
* @inner_area: (out): the return location for the inner cell area
*
- * This is a convenience function for #GtkCellArea implementations
- * to get the inner area where a given #GtkCellRenderer will be
+ * This is a convenience function for `GtkCellArea` implementations
+ * to get the inner area where a given `GtkCellRenderer` will be
* rendered. It removes any padding previously added by gtk_cell_area_request_renderer().
*/
void
@@ -3431,16 +3431,16 @@ gtk_cell_area_inner_cell_area (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_request_renderer:
- * @area: a #GtkCellArea
- * @renderer: the #GtkCellRenderer to request size for
- * @orientation: the #GtkOrientation in which to request size
- * @widget: the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering onto
+ * @area: a `GtkCellArea`
+ * @renderer: the `GtkCellRenderer` to request size for
+ * @orientation: the `GtkOrientation` in which to request size
+ * @widget: the `GtkWidget` that @area is rendering onto
* @for_size: the allocation contextual size to request for, or -1 if
* the base request for the orientation is to be returned.
* @minimum_size: (out) (optional): location to store the minimum size
* @natural_size: (out) (optional): location to store the natural size
*
- * This is a convenience function for #GtkCellArea implementations
+ * This is a convenience function for `GtkCellArea` implementations
* to request size for cell renderers. It’s important to use this
* function to request size and then use gtk_cell_area_inner_cell_area()
* at render and event time since this function will add padding
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellarea.h b/gtk/gtkcellarea.h
index 0046f6e3e4..1ec3bc429e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellarea.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellarea.h
@@ -45,10 +45,10 @@ typedef struct _GtkCellAreaContext GtkCellAreaContext;
/**
* GTK_CELL_AREA_WARN_INVALID_CELL_PROPERTY_ID:
- * @object: the #GObject on which set_cell_property() or get_cell_property()
+ * @object: the `GObject` on which set_cell_property() or get_cell_property()
* was called
* @property_id: the numeric id of the property
- * @pspec: the #GParamSpec of the property
+ * @pspec: the `GParamSpec` of the property
*
* This macro should be used to emit a standard warning about unexpected
* properties in set_cell_property() and get_cell_property() implementations.
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ typedef struct _GtkCellAreaContext GtkCellAreaContext;
* @data: (closure): user-supplied data
*
* The type of the callback functions used for iterating over
- * the cell renderers of a #GtkCellArea, see gtk_cell_area_foreach().
+ * the cell renderers of a `GtkCellArea`, see gtk_cell_area_foreach().
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop iterating over cells.
*/
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ typedef gboolean (*GtkCellCallback) (GtkCellRenderer *renderer,
* @data: (closure): user-supplied data
*
* The type of the callback functions used for iterating over the
- * cell renderers and their allocated areas inside a #GtkCellArea,
+ * cell renderers and their allocated areas inside a `GtkCellArea`,
* see gtk_cell_area_foreach_alloc().
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop iterating over cells.
@@ -99,73 +99,73 @@ struct _GtkCellArea
/**
* GtkCellAreaClass:
- * @add: adds a #GtkCellRenderer to the area.
- * @remove: removes a #GtkCellRenderer from the area.
- * @foreach: calls the #GtkCellCallback function on every #GtkCellRenderer in
+ * @add: adds a `GtkCellRenderer` to the area.
+ * @remove: removes a `GtkCellRenderer` from the area.
+ * @foreach: calls the `GtkCellCallback` function on every `GtkCellRenderer` in
* the area with the provided user data until the callback returns %TRUE.
- * @foreach_alloc: Calls the #GtkCellAllocCallback function on every
- * #GtkCellRenderer in the area with the allocated area for the cell
+ * @foreach_alloc: Calls the `GtkCellAllocCallback` function on every
+ * `GtkCellRenderer` in the area with the allocated area for the cell
* and the provided user data until the callback returns %TRUE.
* @event: Handle an event in the area, this is generally used to activate
* a cell at the event location for button events but can also be used
- * to generically pass events to #GtkWidgets drawn onto the area.
+ * to generically pass events to `GtkWidget`s drawn onto the area.
* @snapshot: Actually snapshot the area’s cells to the specified rectangle,
* @background_area should be correctly distributed to the cells
* corresponding background areas.
* @apply_attributes: Apply the cell attributes to the cells. This is
- * implemented as a signal and generally #GtkCellArea subclasses don't
+ * implemented as a signal and generally `GtkCellArea` subclasses don't
* need to implement it since it is handled by the base class.
- * @create_context: Creates and returns a class specific #GtkCellAreaContext
- * to store cell alignment and allocation details for a said #GtkCellArea
+ * @create_context: Creates and returns a class specific `GtkCellAreaContext`
+ * to store cell alignment and allocation details for a said `GtkCellArea`
* class.
- * @copy_context: Creates a new #GtkCellAreaContext in the same state as
+ * @copy_context: Creates a new `GtkCellAreaContext` in the same state as
* the passed @context with any cell alignment data and allocations intact.
* @get_request_mode: This allows an area to tell its layouting widget whether
* it prefers to be allocated in %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH or
* %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_WIDTH_FOR_HEIGHT mode.
* @get_preferred_width: Calculates the minimum and natural width of the
* areas cells with the current attributes applied while considering
- * the particular layouting details of the said #GtkCellArea. While
+ * the particular layouting details of the said `GtkCellArea`. While
* requests are performed over a series of rows, alignments and overall
* minimum and natural sizes should be stored in the corresponding
- * #GtkCellAreaContext.
+ * `GtkCellAreaContext`.
* @get_preferred_height_for_width: Calculates the minimum and natural height
* for the area if the passed @context would be allocated the given width.
* When implementing this virtual method it is safe to assume that @context
- * has already stored the aligned cell widths for every #GtkTreeModel row
+ * has already stored the aligned cell widths for every `GtkTreeModel` row
* that @context will be allocated for since this information was stored
- * at #GtkCellAreaClass.get_preferred_width() time. This virtual method
+ * at `GtkCellAreaClass.get_preferred_width()` time. This virtual method
* should also store any necessary alignments of cell heights for the
* case that the context is allocated a height.
* @get_preferred_height: Calculates the minimum and natural height of the
* areas cells with the current attributes applied. Essentially this is
- * the same as #GtkCellAreaClass.get_preferred_width() only for areas
+ * the same as `GtkCellAreaClass.get_preferred_width()` only for areas
* that are being requested as %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_WIDTH_FOR_HEIGHT.
* @get_preferred_width_for_height: Calculates the minimum and natural width
* for the area if the passed @context would be allocated the given
- * height. The same as #GtkCellAreaClass.get_preferred_height_for_width()
+ * height. The same as `GtkCellAreaClass.get_preferred_height_for_width()`
* only for handling requests in the %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_WIDTH_FOR_HEIGHT
* mode.
* @set_cell_property: This should be implemented to handle changes in child
- * cell properties for a given #GtkCellRenderer that were previously
- * installed on the #GtkCellAreaClass with gtk_cell_area_class_install_cell_property().
+ * cell properties for a given `GtkCellRenderer` that were previously
+ * installed on the `GtkCellAreaClass` with gtk_cell_area_class_install_cell_property().
* @get_cell_property: This should be implemented to report the values of
- * child cell properties for a given child #GtkCellRenderer.
+ * child cell properties for a given child `GtkCellRenderer`.
* @focus: This virtual method should be implemented to navigate focus from
- * cell to cell inside the #GtkCellArea. The #GtkCellArea should move
+ * cell to cell inside the `GtkCellArea`. The `GtkCellArea` should move
* focus from cell to cell inside the area and return %FALSE if focus
* logically leaves the area with the following exceptions: When the
* area contains no activatable cells, the entire area receives focus.
* Focus should not be given to cells that are actually “focus siblings”
* of other sibling cells (see gtk_cell_area_get_focus_from_sibling()).
* Focus is set by calling gtk_cell_area_set_focus_cell().
- * @is_activatable: Returns whether the #GtkCellArea can respond to
- * #GtkCellAreaClass.activate(), usually this does not need to be
+ * @is_activatable: Returns whether the `GtkCellArea` can respond to
+ * `GtkCellAreaClass.activate()`, usually this does not need to be
* implemented since the base class takes care of this however it can
- * be enhanced if the #GtkCellArea subclass can handle activation in
- * other ways than activating its #GtkCellRenderers.
+ * be enhanced if the `GtkCellArea` subclass can handle activation in
+ * other ways than activating its `GtkCellRenderers`.
* @activate: This is called when the layouting widget rendering the
- * #GtkCellArea activates the focus cell (see gtk_cell_area_get_focus_cell()).
+ * `GtkCellArea` activates the focus cell (see gtk_cell_area_get_focus_cell()).
*/
struct _GtkCellAreaClass
{
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellareabox.c b/gtk/gtkcellareabox.c
index 791e8e37cd..b1049a7dae 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellareabox.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellareabox.c
@@ -25,21 +25,21 @@
*
* A cell area that renders GtkCellRenderers into a row or a column
*
- * The #GtkCellAreaBox renders cell renderers into a row or a column
- * depending on its #GtkOrientation.
+ * The `GtkCellAreaBox` renders cell renderers into a row or a column
+ * depending on its `GtkOrientation`.
*
* GtkCellAreaBox uses a notion of packing. Packing
* refers to adding cell renderers with reference to a particular position
- * in a #GtkCellAreaBox. There are two reference positions: the
+ * in a `GtkCellAreaBox`. There are two reference positions: the
* start and the end of the box.
- * When the #GtkCellAreaBox is oriented in the %GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL
+ * When the `GtkCellAreaBox` is oriented in the %GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL
* orientation, the start is defined as the top of the box and the end is
* defined as the bottom. In the %GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL orientation
* start is defined as the left side and the end is defined as the right
* side.
*
- * Alignments of #GtkCellRenderers rendered in adjacent rows can be
- * configured by configuring the #GtkCellAreaBox align child cell property
+ * Alignments of `GtkCellRenderer`s rendered in adjacent rows can be
+ * configured by configuring the `GtkCellAreaBox` align child cell property
* with gtk_cell_area_cell_set_property() or by specifying the "align"
* argument to gtk_cell_area_box_pack_start() and gtk_cell_area_box_pack_end().
*/
@@ -2112,9 +2112,9 @@ _gtk_cell_area_box_group_visible (GtkCellAreaBox *box,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_box_new:
*
- * Creates a new #GtkCellAreaBox.
+ * Creates a new `GtkCellAreaBox`.
*
- * Returns: a newly created #GtkCellAreaBox
+ * Returns: a newly created `GtkCellAreaBox`
*/
GtkCellArea *
gtk_cell_area_box_new (void)
@@ -2124,8 +2124,8 @@ gtk_cell_area_box_new (void)
/**
* gtk_cell_area_box_pack_start:
- * @box: a #GtkCellAreaBox
- * @renderer: the #GtkCellRenderer to add
+ * @box: a `GtkCellAreaBox`
+ * @renderer: the `GtkCellRenderer` to add
* @expand: whether @renderer should receive extra space when the area receives
* more than its natural size
* @align: whether @renderer should be aligned in adjacent rows
@@ -2133,7 +2133,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_box_new (void)
*
* Adds @renderer to @box, packed with reference to the start of @box.
*
- * The @renderer is packed after any other #GtkCellRenderer packed
+ * The @renderer is packed after any other `GtkCellRenderer` packed
* with reference to the start of @box.
*/
void
@@ -2165,8 +2165,8 @@ gtk_cell_area_box_pack_start (GtkCellAreaBox *box,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_box_pack_end:
- * @box: a #GtkCellAreaBox
- * @renderer: the #GtkCellRenderer to add
+ * @box: a `GtkCellAreaBox`
+ * @renderer: the `GtkCellRenderer` to add
* @expand: whether @renderer should receive extra space when the area receives
* more than its natural size
* @align: whether @renderer should be aligned in adjacent rows
@@ -2175,7 +2175,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_box_pack_start (GtkCellAreaBox *box,
* Adds @renderer to @box, packed with reference to the end of @box.
*
* The @renderer is packed after (away from end of) any other
- * #GtkCellRenderer packed with reference to the end of @box.
+ * `GtkCellRenderer` packed with reference to the end of @box.
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_box_pack_end (GtkCellAreaBox *box,
@@ -2206,7 +2206,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_box_pack_end (GtkCellAreaBox *box,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_box_get_spacing:
- * @box: a #GtkCellAreaBox
+ * @box: a `GtkCellAreaBox`
*
* Gets the spacing added between cell renderers.
*
@@ -2224,8 +2224,8 @@ gtk_cell_area_box_get_spacing (GtkCellAreaBox *box)
/**
* gtk_cell_area_box_set_spacing:
- * @box: a #GtkCellAreaBox
- * @spacing: the space to add between #GtkCellRenderers
+ * @box: a `GtkCellAreaBox`
+ * @spacing: the space to add between `GtkCellRenderer`s
*
* Sets the spacing to add between cell renderers in @box.
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c b/gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c
index 058ee41e64..eec984c779 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c
@@ -24,15 +24,15 @@
*
* Stores geometrical information for a series of rows in a GtkCellArea
*
- * The #GtkCellAreaContext object is created by a given #GtkCellArea
- * implementation via its #GtkCellAreaClass.create_context() virtual
+ * The `GtkCellAreaContext` object is created by a given `GtkCellArea`
+ * implementation via its `GtkCellAreaClass.create_context()` virtual
* method and is used to store cell sizes and alignments for a series of
- * #GtkTreeModel rows that are requested and rendered in the same context.
+ * `GtkTreeModel` rows that are requested and rendered in the same context.
*
- * #GtkCellLayout widgets can create any number of contexts in which to
+ * `GtkCellLayout` widgets can create any number of contexts in which to
* request and render groups of data rows. However, it’s important that the
- * same context which was used to request sizes for a given #GtkTreeModel
- * row also be used for the same row when calling other #GtkCellArea APIs
+ * same context which was used to request sizes for a given `GtkTreeModel`
+ * row also be used for the same row when calling other `GtkCellArea` APIs
* such as gtk_cell_area_render() and gtk_cell_area_event().
*/
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_class_init (GtkCellAreaContextClass *class)
/**
* GtkCellAreaContext:area:
*
- * The #GtkCellArea this context was created by
+ * The `GtkCellArea` this context was created by
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_CELL_AREA,
@@ -118,8 +118,8 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_class_init (GtkCellAreaContextClass *class)
/**
* GtkCellAreaContext:minimum-width:
*
- * The minimum width for the #GtkCellArea in this context
- * for all #GtkTreeModel rows that this context was requested
+ * The minimum width for the `GtkCellArea` in this context
+ * for all `GtkTreeModel` rows that this context was requested
* for using gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width().
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
@@ -133,8 +133,8 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_class_init (GtkCellAreaContextClass *class)
/**
* GtkCellAreaContext:natural-width:
*
- * The natural width for the #GtkCellArea in this context
- * for all #GtkTreeModel rows that this context was requested
+ * The natural width for the `GtkCellArea` in this context
+ * for all `GtkTreeModel` rows that this context was requested
* for using gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width().
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
@@ -148,8 +148,8 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_class_init (GtkCellAreaContextClass *class)
/**
* GtkCellAreaContext:minimum-height:
*
- * The minimum height for the #GtkCellArea in this context
- * for all #GtkTreeModel rows that this context was requested
+ * The minimum height for the `GtkCellArea` in this context
+ * for all `GtkTreeModel` rows that this context was requested
* for using gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height().
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
@@ -163,8 +163,8 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_class_init (GtkCellAreaContextClass *class)
/**
* GtkCellAreaContext:natural-height:
*
- * The natural height for the #GtkCellArea in this context
- * for all #GtkTreeModel rows that this context was requested
+ * The natural height for the `GtkCellArea` in this context
+ * for all `GtkTreeModel` rows that this context was requested
* for using gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height().
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
@@ -303,20 +303,20 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_real_allocate (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
*************************************************************/
/**
* gtk_cell_area_context_get_area:
- * @context: a #GtkCellAreaContext
+ * @context: a `GtkCellAreaContext`
*
- * Fetches the #GtkCellArea this @context was created by.
+ * Fetches the `GtkCellArea` this @context was created by.
*
* This is generally unneeded by layouting widgets; however,
* it is important for the context implementation itself to
* fetch information about the area it is being used for.
*
- * For instance at #GtkCellAreaContextClass.allocate() time
+ * For instance at `GtkCellAreaContextClass.allocate()` time
* it’s important to know details about any cell spacing
- * that the #GtkCellArea is configured with in order to
+ * that the `GtkCellArea` is configured with in order to
* compute a proper allocation.
*
- * Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkCellArea this context was created by.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the `GtkCellArea` this context was created by.
*/
GtkCellArea *
gtk_cell_area_context_get_area (GtkCellAreaContext *context)
@@ -330,12 +330,12 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_get_area (GtkCellAreaContext *context)
/**
* gtk_cell_area_context_reset:
- * @context: a #GtkCellAreaContext
+ * @context: a `GtkCellAreaContext`
*
* Resets any previously cached request and allocation
* data.
*
- * When underlying #GtkTreeModel data changes its
+ * When underlying `GtkTreeModel` data changes its
* important to reset the context if the content
* size is allowed to shrink. If the content size
* is only allowed to grow (this is usually an option
@@ -365,10 +365,10 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_reset (GtkCellAreaContext *context)
/**
* gtk_cell_area_context_allocate:
- * @context: a #GtkCellAreaContext
- * @width: the allocated width for all #GtkTreeModel rows rendered
+ * @context: a `GtkCellAreaContext`
+ * @width: the allocated width for all `GtkTreeModel` rows rendered
* with @context, or -1
- * @height: the allocated height for all #GtkTreeModel rows rendered
+ * @height: the allocated height for all `GtkTreeModel` rows rendered
* with @context, or -1
*
* Allocates a width and/or a height for all rows which are to be
@@ -379,8 +379,8 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_reset (GtkCellAreaContext *context)
* side vertically or horizontally and share either the same width
* or the same height. Sometimes they are allocated in both horizontal
* and vertical orientations producing a homogeneous effect of the
- * rows. This is generally the case for #GtkTreeView when
- * #GtkTreeView:fixed-height-mode is enabled.
+ * rows. This is generally the case for `GtkTreeView` when
+ * `GtkTreeView:fixed-height-mode` is enabled.
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_context_allocate (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_allocate (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width:
- * @context: a #GtkCellAreaContext
+ * @context: a `GtkCellAreaContext`
* @minimum_width: (out) (optional): location to store the minimum width
* @natural_width: (out) (optional): location to store the natural width
*
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_allocate (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
* requested with this context.
*
* After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever
- * requesting the size of a #GtkCellArea, the returned values are 0.
+ * requesting the size of a `GtkCellArea`, the returned values are 0.
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height:
- * @context: a #GtkCellAreaContext
+ * @context: a `GtkCellAreaContext`
* @minimum_height: (out) (optional): location to store the minimum height
* @natural_height: (out) (optional): location to store the natural height
*
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
* requested with this context.
*
* After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever
- * requesting the size of a #GtkCellArea, the returned values are 0.
+ * requesting the size of a `GtkCellArea`, the returned values are 0.
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height_for_width:
- * @context: a #GtkCellAreaContext
+ * @context: a `GtkCellAreaContext`
* @width: a proposed width for allocation
* @minimum_height: (out) (optional): location to store the minimum height
* @natural_height: (out) (optional): location to store the natural height
@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
* which have been requested for the same said @width with this context.
*
* After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever
- * requesting the size of a #GtkCellArea, the returned values are -1.
+ * requesting the size of a `GtkCellArea`, the returned values are -1.
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height_for_width (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height_for_width (GtkCellAreaContext *contex
/**
* gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width_for_height:
- * @context: a #GtkCellAreaContext
+ * @context: a `GtkCellAreaContext`
* @height: a proposed height for allocation
* @minimum_width: (out) (optional): location to store the minimum width
* @natural_width: (out) (optional): location to store the natural width
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height_for_width (GtkCellAreaContext *contex
* have been requested for the same said @height with this context.
*
* After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever
- * requesting the size of a #GtkCellArea, the returned values are -1.
+ * requesting the size of a `GtkCellArea`, the returned values are -1.
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkCellAreaContext *contex
/**
* gtk_cell_area_context_get_allocation:
- * @context: a #GtkCellAreaContext
+ * @context: a `GtkCellAreaContext`
* @width: (out) (optional): location to store the allocated width
* @height: (out) (optional): location to store the allocated height
*
@@ -534,15 +534,15 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_get_allocation (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_context_push_preferred_width:
- * @context: a #GtkCellAreaContext
+ * @context: a `GtkCellAreaContext`
* @minimum_width: the proposed new minimum width for @context
* @natural_width: the proposed new natural width for @context
*
* Causes the minimum and/or natural width to grow if the new
* proposed sizes exceed the current minimum and natural width.
*
- * This is used by #GtkCellAreaContext implementations during
- * the request process over a series of #GtkTreeModel rows to
+ * This is used by `GtkCellAreaContext` implementations during
+ * the request process over a series of `GtkTreeModel` rows to
* progressively push the requested width over a series of
* gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width() requests.
*/
@@ -576,15 +576,15 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_push_preferred_width (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
/**
* gtk_cell_area_context_push_preferred_height:
- * @context: a #GtkCellAreaContext
+ * @context: a `GtkCellAreaContext`
* @minimum_height: the proposed new minimum height for @context
* @natural_height: the proposed new natural height for @context
*
* Causes the minimum and/or natural height to grow if the new
* proposed sizes exceed the current minimum and natural height.
*
- * This is used by #GtkCellAreaContext implementations during
- * the request process over a series of #GtkTreeModel rows to
+ * This is used by `GtkCellAreaContext` implementations during
+ * the request process over a series of `GtkTreeModel` rows to
* progressively push the requested height over a series of
* gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height() requests.
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcelleditable.c b/gtk/gtkcelleditable.c
index 3833dede31..9c413c4bd5 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcelleditable.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcelleditable.c
@@ -20,8 +20,8 @@
*
* Interface for widgets that can be used for editing cells
*
- * The #GtkCellEditable interface must be implemented for widgets to be usable
- * to edit the contents of a #GtkTreeView cell. It provides a way to specify how
+ * The `GtkCellEditable` interface must be implemented for widgets to be usable
+ * to edit the contents of a `GtkTreeView` cell. It provides a way to specify how
* temporary widgets should be configured for editing, get the new value, etc.
*/
@@ -57,14 +57,14 @@ gtk_cell_editable_default_init (GtkCellEditableInterface *iface)
* This signal is a sign for the cell renderer to update its
* value from the @cell_editable.
*
- * Implementations of #GtkCellEditable are responsible for
+ * Implementations of `GtkCellEditable` are responsible for
* emitting this signal when they are done editing, e.g.
- * #GtkEntry emits this signal when the user presses Enter. Typical things to
+ * `GtkEntry` emits this signal when the user presses Enter. Typical things to
* do in a handler for ::editing-done are to capture the edited value,
- * disconnect the @cell_editable from signals on the #GtkCellRenderer, etc.
+ * disconnect the @cell_editable from signals on the `GtkCellRenderer`, etc.
*
* gtk_cell_editable_editing_done() is a convenience method
- * for emitting #GtkCellEditable::editing-done.
+ * for emitting `GtkCellEditable::editing-done`.
*/
g_signal_new (I_("editing-done"),
GTK_TYPE_CELL_EDITABLE,
@@ -82,14 +82,14 @@ gtk_cell_editable_default_init (GtkCellEditableInterface *iface)
* editing, and the @cell_editable widget is being removed and may
* subsequently be destroyed.
*
- * Implementations of #GtkCellEditable are responsible for
+ * Implementations of `GtkCellEditable` are responsible for
* emitting this signal when they are done editing. It must
- * be emitted after the #GtkCellEditable::editing-done signal,
+ * be emitted after the `GtkCellEditable::editing-done` signal,
* to give the cell renderer a chance to update the cell's value
* before the widget is removed.
*
* gtk_cell_editable_remove_widget() is a convenience method
- * for emitting #GtkCellEditable::remove-widget.
+ * for emitting `GtkCellEditable::remove-widget`.
*/
g_signal_new (I_("remove-widget"),
GTK_TYPE_CELL_EDITABLE,
@@ -102,17 +102,17 @@ gtk_cell_editable_default_init (GtkCellEditableInterface *iface)
/**
* gtk_cell_editable_start_editing:
- * @cell_editable: A #GtkCellEditable
- * @event: (nullable): The #GdkEvent that began the editing process, or
+ * @cell_editable: A `GtkCellEditable`
+ * @event: (nullable): The `GdkEvent` that began the editing process, or
* %NULL if editing was initiated programmatically
- *
+ *
* Begins editing on a @cell_editable.
*
- * The #GtkCellRenderer for the cell creates and returns a #GtkCellEditable from
- * gtk_cell_renderer_start_editing(), configured for the #GtkCellRenderer type.
+ * The `GtkCellRenderer` for the cell creates and returns a `GtkCellEditable` from
+ * gtk_cell_renderer_start_editing(), configured for the `GtkCellRenderer` type.
*
* gtk_cell_editable_start_editing() can then set up @cell_editable suitably for
- * editing a cell, e.g. making the Esc key emit #GtkCellEditable::editing-done.
+ * editing a cell, e.g. making the Esc key emit `GtkCellEditable::editing-done`.
*
* Note that the @cell_editable is created on-demand for the current edit; its
* lifetime is temporary and does not persist across other edits and/or cells.
@@ -128,10 +128,10 @@ gtk_cell_editable_start_editing (GtkCellEditable *cell_editable,
/**
* gtk_cell_editable_editing_done:
- * @cell_editable: A #GtkCellEditable
- *
- * Emits the #GtkCellEditable::editing-done signal.
- **/
+ * @cell_editable: A `GtkCellEditable`
+ *
+ * Emits the `GtkCellEditable::editing-done` signal.
+ */
void
gtk_cell_editable_editing_done (GtkCellEditable *cell_editable)
{
@@ -142,9 +142,9 @@ gtk_cell_editable_editing_done (GtkCellEditable *cell_editable)
/**
* gtk_cell_editable_remove_widget:
- * @cell_editable: A #GtkCellEditable
- *
- * Emits the #GtkCellEditable::remove-widget signal.
+ * @cell_editable: A `GtkCellEditable`
+ *
+ * Emits the `GtkCellEditable::remove-widget` signal.
**/
void
gtk_cell_editable_remove_widget (GtkCellEditable *cell_editable)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcelllayout.c b/gtk/gtkcelllayout.c
index c30497daee..e8c9a0c805 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcelllayout.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcelllayout.c
@@ -20,12 +20,12 @@
*
* An interface for packing cells
*
- * #GtkCellLayout is an interface to be implemented by all objects which
- * want to provide a #GtkTreeViewColumn like API for packing cells,
+ * `GtkCellLayout` is an interface to be implemented by all objects which
+ * want to provide a `GtkTreeViewColumn` like API for packing cells,
* setting attributes and data funcs.
*
* One of the notable features provided by implementations of
- * GtkCellLayout are attributes. Attributes let you set the properties
+ * `GtkCellLayout` are attributes. Attributes let you set the properties
* in flexible ways. They can just be set to constant values like regular
* properties. But they can also be mapped to a column of the underlying
* tree model with gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes(), which means that the value
@@ -37,8 +37,8 @@
* # GtkCellLayouts as GtkBuildable
*
* Implementations of GtkCellLayout which also implement the GtkBuildable
- * interface (#GtkCellView, #GtkIconView, #GtkComboBox,
- * #GtkEntryCompletion, #GtkTreeViewColumn) accept GtkCellRenderer objects
+ * interface (`GtkCellView`, `GtkIconView`, `GtkComboBox`,
+ * `GtkEntryCompletion`, `GtkTreeViewColumn`) accept `GtkCellRenderer` objects
* as <child> elements in UI definitions. They support a custom <attributes>
* element for their children, which can contain multiple <attribute>
* elements. Each <attribute> element has a name attribute which specifies
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
* </object>
* ]|
*
- * Furthermore for implementations of GtkCellLayout that use a #GtkCellArea
+ * Furthermore for implementations of GtkCellLayout that use a `GtkCellArea`
* to lay out cells (all GtkCellLayouts in GTK use a GtkCellArea)
* [cell properties][cell-properties] can also be defined in the format by
* specifying the custom <cell-packing> attribute which can contain multiple
@@ -79,9 +79,9 @@
*
* # Subclassing GtkCellLayout implementations
*
- * When subclassing a widget that implements #GtkCellLayout like
- * #GtkIconView or #GtkComboBox, there are some considerations related
- * to the fact that these widgets internally use a #GtkCellArea.
+ * When subclassing a widget that implements `GtkCellLayout` like
+ * `GtkIconView` or `GtkComboBox`, there are some considerations related
+ * to the fact that these widgets internally use a `GtkCellArea`.
* The cell area is exposed as a construct-only property by these
* widgets. This means that it is possible to e.g. do
*
@@ -349,8 +349,8 @@ gtk_cell_layout_default_get_cells (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout)
/**
* gtk_cell_layout_pack_start:
- * @cell_layout: a #GtkCellLayout
- * @cell: a #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @cell_layout: a `GtkCellLayout`
+ * @cell: a `GtkCellRenderer`
* @expand: %TRUE if @cell is to be given extra space allocated to @cell_layout
*
* Packs the @cell into the beginning of @cell_layout. If @expand is %FALSE,
@@ -372,8 +372,8 @@ gtk_cell_layout_pack_start (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
/**
* gtk_cell_layout_pack_end:
- * @cell_layout: a #GtkCellLayout
- * @cell: a #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @cell_layout: a `GtkCellLayout`
+ * @cell: a `GtkCellRenderer`
* @expand: %TRUE if @cell is to be given extra space allocated to @cell_layout
*
* Adds the @cell to the end of @cell_layout. If @expand is %FALSE, then the
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ gtk_cell_layout_pack_end (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
/**
* gtk_cell_layout_clear:
- * @cell_layout: a #GtkCellLayout
+ * @cell_layout: a `GtkCellLayout`
*
* Unsets all the mappings on all renderers on @cell_layout and
* removes all renderers from @cell_layout.
@@ -432,8 +432,8 @@ gtk_cell_layout_set_attributesv (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
/**
* gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes:
- * @cell_layout: a #GtkCellLayout
- * @cell: a #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @cell_layout: a `GtkCellLayout`
+ * @cell: a `GtkCellRenderer`
* @...: a %NULL-terminated list of attributes
*
* Sets the attributes in list as the attributes of @cell_layout.
@@ -459,8 +459,8 @@ gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
/**
* gtk_cell_layout_add_attribute:
- * @cell_layout: a #GtkCellLayout
- * @cell: a #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @cell_layout: a `GtkCellLayout`
+ * @cell: a `GtkCellRenderer`
* @attribute: an attribute on the renderer
* @column: the column position on the model to get the attribute from
*
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
* The @column is the column of the model to get a value from, and the
* @attribute is the parameter on @cell to be set from the value. So for
* example if column 2 of the model contains strings, you could have the
- * “text” attribute of a #GtkCellRendererText get its values from column 2.
+ * “text” attribute of a `GtkCellRendererText` get its values from column 2.
*/
void
gtk_cell_layout_add_attribute (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
@@ -487,13 +487,13 @@ gtk_cell_layout_add_attribute (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
/**
* gtk_cell_layout_set_cell_data_func:
- * @cell_layout: a #GtkCellLayout
- * @cell: a #GtkCellRenderer
- * @func: (nullable): the #GtkCellLayoutDataFunc to use
+ * @cell_layout: a `GtkCellLayout`
+ * @cell: a `GtkCellRenderer`
+ * @func: (nullable): the `GtkCellLayout`DataFunc to use
* @func_data: (closure): user data for @func
* @destroy: destroy notify for @func_data
*
- * Sets the #GtkCellLayoutDataFunc to use for @cell_layout.
+ * Sets the `GtkCellLayout`DataFunc to use for @cell_layout.
*
* This function is used instead of the standard attributes mapping
* for setting the column value, and should set the value of @cell_layout’s
@@ -517,8 +517,8 @@ gtk_cell_layout_set_cell_data_func (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
/**
* gtk_cell_layout_clear_attributes:
- * @cell_layout: a #GtkCellLayout
- * @cell: a #GtkCellRenderer to clear the attribute mapping on
+ * @cell_layout: a `GtkCellLayout`
+ * @cell: a `GtkCellRenderer` to clear the attribute mapping on
*
* Clears all existing attributes previously set with
* gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes().
@@ -535,8 +535,8 @@ gtk_cell_layout_clear_attributes (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
/**
* gtk_cell_layout_reorder:
- * @cell_layout: a #GtkCellLayout
- * @cell: a #GtkCellRenderer to reorder
+ * @cell_layout: a `GtkCellLayout`
+ * @cell: a `GtkCellRenderer` to reorder
* @position: new position to insert @cell at
*
* Re-inserts @cell at @position.
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ gtk_cell_layout_reorder (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
/**
* gtk_cell_layout_get_cells:
- * @cell_layout: a #GtkCellLayout
+ * @cell_layout: a `GtkCellLayout`
*
* Returns the cell renderers which have been added to @cell_layout.
*
@@ -576,10 +576,10 @@ gtk_cell_layout_get_cells (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout)
/**
* gtk_cell_layout_get_area:
- * @cell_layout: a #GtkCellLayout
+ * @cell_layout: a `GtkCellLayout`
*
- * Returns the underlying #GtkCellArea which might be @cell_layout
- * if called on a #GtkCellArea or might be %NULL if no #GtkCellArea
+ * Returns the underlying `GtkCellArea` which might be @cell_layout
+ * if called on a `GtkCellArea` or might be %NULL if no `GtkCellArea`
* is used by @cell_layout.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the cell area used by @cell_layout
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcelllayout.h b/gtk/gtkcelllayout.h
index 5ec03ddf6a..47bc01dae3 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcelllayout.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkcelllayout.h
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ typedef struct _GtkCellLayoutIface GtkCellLayoutIface;
/* keep in sync with GtkTreeCellDataFunc */
/**
* GtkCellLayoutDataFunc:
- * @cell_layout: a #GtkCellLayout
+ * @cell_layout: a `GtkCellLayout`
* @cell: the cell renderer whose value is to be set
* @tree_model: the model
- * @iter: a #GtkTreeIter indicating the row to set the value for
+ * @iter: a `GtkTreeIter` indicating the row to set the value for
* @data: (closure): user data passed to gtk_cell_layout_set_cell_data_func()
*
* A function which should set the value of @cell_layout’s cell renderer(s)
@@ -63,16 +63,16 @@ typedef void (* GtkCellLayoutDataFunc) (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
* removes all renderers from cell_layout.
* @add_attribute: Adds an attribute mapping to the list in
* cell_layout.
- * @set_cell_data_func: Sets the #GtkCellLayoutDataFunc to use for
+ * @set_cell_data_func: Sets the `GtkCellLayout`DataFunc to use for
* cell_layout.
* @clear_attributes: Clears all existing attributes previously set
* with gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes().
* @reorder: Re-inserts cell at position.
* @get_cells: Get the cell renderers which have been added to
* cell_layout.
- * @get_area: Get the underlying #GtkCellArea which might be
- * cell_layout if called on a #GtkCellArea or might be NULL if no
- * #GtkCellArea is used by cell_layout.
+ * @get_area: Get the underlying `GtkCellArea` which might be
+ * cell_layout if called on a `GtkCellArea` or might be NULL if no
+ * `GtkCellArea` is used by cell_layout.
*/
struct _GtkCellLayoutIface
{
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c b/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c
index 72021a8f0e..c462c007c5 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c
@@ -32,38 +32,38 @@
*
* An object for rendering a single cell
*
- * The #GtkCellRenderer is a base class of a set of objects used for
- * rendering a cell to a #cairo_t. These objects are used primarily by
- * the #GtkTreeView widget, though they aren’t tied to them in any
- * specific way. It is worth noting that #GtkCellRenderer is not a
- * #GtkWidget and cannot be treated as such.
+ * The `GtkCellRenderer` is a base class of a set of objects used for
+ * rendering a cell to a `cairo_t`. These objects are used primarily by
+ * the `GtkTreeView` widget, though they aren’t tied to them in any
+ * specific way. It is worth noting that `GtkCellRenderer` is not a
+ * `GtkWidget` and cannot be treated as such.
*
- * The primary use of a #GtkCellRenderer is for drawing a certain graphical
- * elements on a #cairo_t. Typically, one cell renderer is used to
+ * The primary use of a `GtkCellRenderer` is for drawing a certain graphical
+ * elements on a `cairo_t`. Typically, one cell renderer is used to
* draw many cells on the screen. To this extent, it isn’t expected that a
* CellRenderer keep any permanent state around. Instead, any state is set
- * just prior to use using #GObjects property system. Then, the
+ * just prior to use using `GObject`s property system. Then, the
* cell is measured using gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_size(). Finally, the cell
* is rendered in the correct location using gtk_cell_renderer_snapshot().
*
* There are a number of rules that must be followed when writing a new
- * #GtkCellRenderer. First and foremost, it’s important that a certain set
+ * `GtkCellRenderer`. First and foremost, it’s important that a certain set
* of properties will always yield a cell renderer of the same size,
- * barring a style change. The #GtkCellRenderer also has a number of
+ * barring a style change. The `GtkCellRenderer` also has a number of
* generic properties that are expected to be honored by all children.
*
* Beyond merely rendering a cell, cell renderers can optionally
* provide active user interface elements. A cell renderer can be
- * “activatable” like #GtkCellRendererToggle,
+ * “activatable” like `GtkCellRenderer`Toggle,
* which toggles when it gets activated by a mouse click, or it can be
- * “editable” like #GtkCellRendererText, which
+ * “editable” like `GtkCellRenderer`Text, which
* allows the user to edit the text using a widget implementing the
- * #GtkCellEditable interface, e.g. #GtkEntry.
+ * `GtkCellEditable` interface, e.g. `GtkEntry`.
* To make a cell renderer activatable or editable, you have to
- * implement the #GtkCellRendererClass.activate or
- * #GtkCellRendererClass.start_editing virtual functions, respectively.
+ * implement the `GtkCellRenderer`Class.activate or
+ * `GtkCellRenderer`Class.start_editing virtual functions, respectively.
*
- * Many properties of #GtkCellRenderer and its subclasses have a
+ * Many properties of `GtkCellRenderer` and its subclasses have a
* corresponding “set” property, e.g. “cell-background-set” corresponds
* to “cell-background”. These “set” properties reflect whether a property
* has been set or not. You should not set them independently.
@@ -228,13 +228,13 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_class_init (GtkCellRendererClass *class)
/**
* GtkCellRenderer::editing-started:
* @renderer: the object which received the signal
- * @editable: the #GtkCellEditable
+ * @editable: the `GtkCellEditable`
* @path: the path identifying the edited cell
*
* This signal gets emitted when a cell starts to be edited.
* The intended use of this signal is to do special setup
- * on @editable, e.g. adding a #GtkEntryCompletion or setting
- * up additional columns in a #GtkComboBox.
+ * on @editable, e.g. adding a `GtkEntryCompletion` or setting
+ * up additional columns in a `GtkComboBox`.
*
* See gtk_cell_editable_start_editing() for information on the lifecycle of
* the @editable and a way to do setup that doesn’t depend on the @renderer.
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_class_init (GtkCellRendererClass *class)
/**
* GtkCellRenderer:cell-background-rgba:
*
- * Cell background as a #GdkRGBA
+ * Cell background as a `GdkRGBA`
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_CELL_BACKGROUND_RGBA,
@@ -654,17 +654,17 @@ set_cell_bg_color (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_snapshot:
- * @cell: a #GtkCellRenderer
- * @snapshot: a #GtkSnapshot to draw to
+ * @cell: a `GtkCellRenderer`
+ * @snapshot: a `GtkSnapshot` to draw to
* @widget: the widget owning @window
* @background_area: entire cell area (including tree expanders and maybe
* padding on the sides)
* @cell_area: area normally rendered by a cell renderer
* @flags: flags that affect rendering
*
- * Invokes the virtual render function of the #GtkCellRenderer. The three
+ * Invokes the virtual render function of the `GtkCellRenderer`. The three
* passed-in rectangles are areas in @cr. Most renderers will draw within
- * @cell_area; the xalign, yalign, xpad, and ypad fields of the #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @cell_area; the xalign, yalign, xpad, and ypad fields of the `GtkCellRenderer`
* should be honored with respect to @cell_area. @background_area includes the
* blank space around the cell, and also the area containing the tree expander;
* so the @background_area rectangles for all cells tile to cover the entire
@@ -728,17 +728,17 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_snapshot (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_activate:
- * @cell: a #GtkCellRenderer
- * @event: a #GdkEvent
+ * @cell: a `GtkCellRenderer`
+ * @event: a `GdkEvent`
* @widget: widget that received the event
- * @path: widget-dependent string representation of the event location;
- * e.g. for #GtkTreeView, a string representation of #GtkTreePath
+ * @path: widget-dependent string representation of the event location;
+ * e.g. for `GtkTreeView`, a string representation of `GtkTreePath`
* @background_area: background area as passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render()
* @cell_area: cell area as passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render()
* @flags: render flags
*
- * Passes an activate event to the cell renderer for possible processing.
- * Some cell renderers may use events; for example, #GtkCellRendererToggle
+ * Passes an activate event to the cell renderer for possible processing.
+ * Some cell renderers may use events; for example, `GtkCellRendererToggle`
* toggles when it gets a mouse click.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the event was consumed/handled
@@ -775,19 +775,19 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_activate (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_start_editing:
- * @cell: a #GtkCellRenderer
- * @event: (nullable): a #GdkEvent
+ * @cell: a `GtkCellRenderer`
+ * @event: (nullable): a `GdkEvent`
* @widget: widget that received the event
* @path: widget-dependent string representation of the event location;
- * e.g. for #GtkTreeView, a string representation of #GtkTreePath
+ * e.g. for `GtkTreeView`, a string representation of `GtkTreePath`
* @background_area: background area as passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render()
* @cell_area: cell area as passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render()
* @flags: render flags
*
- * Starts editing the contents of this @cell, through a new #GtkCellEditable
- * widget created by the #GtkCellRendererClass.start_editing virtual function.
+ * Starts editing the contents of this @cell, through a new `GtkCellEditable`
+ * widget created by the `GtkCellRenderer`Class.start_editing virtual function.
*
- * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): A new #GtkCellEditable for editing this
+ * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): A new `GtkCellEditable` for editing this
* @cell, or %NULL if editing is not possible
**/
GtkCellEditable *
@@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_start_editing (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_set_fixed_size:
- * @cell: A #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @cell: A `GtkCellRenderer`
* @width: the width of the cell renderer, or -1
* @height: the height of the cell renderer, or -1
*
@@ -876,12 +876,12 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_set_fixed_size (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_get_fixed_size:
- * @cell: A #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @cell: A `GtkCellRenderer`
* @width: (out) (optional): location to fill in with the fixed width of the cell
* @height: (out) (optional): location to fill in with the fixed height of the cell
*
* Fills in @width and @height with the appropriate size of @cell.
- **/
+ */
void
gtk_cell_renderer_get_fixed_size (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
int *width,
@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_fixed_size (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_set_alignment:
- * @cell: A #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @cell: A `GtkCellRenderer`
* @xalign: the x alignment of the cell renderer
* @yalign: the y alignment of the cell renderer
*
@@ -942,12 +942,12 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_set_alignment (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_get_alignment:
- * @cell: A #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @cell: A `GtkCellRenderer`
* @xalign: (out) (optional): location to fill in with the x alignment of the cell
* @yalign: (out) (optional): location to fill in with the y alignment of the cell
*
* Fills in @xalign and @yalign with the appropriate values of @cell.
- **/
+ */
void
gtk_cell_renderer_get_alignment (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
float *xalign,
@@ -967,7 +967,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_alignment (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_set_padding:
- * @cell: A #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @cell: A `GtkCellRenderer`
* @xpad: the x padding of the cell renderer
* @ypad: the y padding of the cell renderer
*
@@ -1007,12 +1007,12 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_set_padding (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_get_padding:
- * @cell: A #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @cell: A `GtkCellRenderer`
* @xpad: (out) (optional): location to fill in with the x padding of the cell
* @ypad: (out) (optional): location to fill in with the y padding of the cell
*
* Fills in @xpad and @ypad with the appropriate values of @cell.
- **/
+ */
void
gtk_cell_renderer_get_padding (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
int *xpad,
@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_padding (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_set_visible:
- * @cell: A #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @cell: A `GtkCellRenderer`
* @visible: the visibility of the cell
*
* Sets the cell renderer’s visibility.
@@ -1056,7 +1056,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_set_visible (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_get_visible:
- * @cell: A #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @cell: A `GtkCellRenderer`
*
* Returns the cell renderer’s visibility.
*
@@ -1072,7 +1072,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_visible (GtkCellRenderer *cell)
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_set_sensitive:
- * @cell: A #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @cell: A `GtkCellRenderer`
* @sensitive: the sensitivity of the cell
*
* Sets the cell renderer’s sensitivity.
@@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_set_sensitive (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_get_sensitive:
- * @cell: A #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @cell: A `GtkCellRenderer`
*
* Returns the cell renderer’s sensitivity.
*
@@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_sensitive (GtkCellRenderer *cell)
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_is_activatable:
- * @cell: A #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @cell: A `GtkCellRenderer`
*
* Checks whether the cell renderer can do something when activated.
*
@@ -1136,16 +1136,16 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_is_activatable (GtkCellRenderer *cell)
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_stop_editing:
- * @cell: A #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @cell: A `GtkCellRenderer`
* @canceled: %TRUE if the editing has been canceled
- *
+ *
* Informs the cell renderer that the editing is stopped.
- * If @canceled is %TRUE, the cell renderer will emit the
- * #GtkCellRenderer::editing-canceled signal.
+ * If @canceled is %TRUE, the cell renderer will emit the
+ * `GtkCellRenderer`::editing-canceled signal.
*
- * This function should be called by cell renderer implementations
- * in response to the #GtkCellEditable::editing-done signal of
- * #GtkCellEditable.
+ * This function should be called by cell renderer implementations
+ * in response to the `GtkCellEditable::editing-done` signal of
+ * `GtkCellEditable`.
**/
void
gtk_cell_renderer_stop_editing (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
@@ -1344,12 +1344,12 @@ _gtk_cell_renderer_calc_offset (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_get_request_mode:
- * @cell: a #GtkCellRenderer instance
+ * @cell: a `GtkCellRenderer` instance
*
* Gets whether the cell renderer prefers a height-for-width layout
* or a width-for-height layout.
*
- * Returns: The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by this renderer.
+ * Returns: The `GtkSizeRequestMode` preferred by this renderer.
*/
GtkSizeRequestMode
gtk_cell_renderer_get_request_mode (GtkCellRenderer *cell)
@@ -1361,8 +1361,8 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_request_mode (GtkCellRenderer *cell)
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_width:
- * @cell: a #GtkCellRenderer instance
- * @widget: the #GtkWidget this cell will be rendering to
+ * @cell: a `GtkCellRenderer` instance
+ * @widget: the `GtkWidget` this cell will be rendering to
* @minimum_size: (out) (optional): location to store the minimum size
* @natural_size: (out) (optional): location to store the natural size
*
@@ -1407,8 +1407,8 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_width (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_height:
- * @cell: a #GtkCellRenderer instance
- * @widget: the #GtkWidget this cell will be rendering to
+ * @cell: a `GtkCellRenderer` instance
+ * @widget: the `GtkWidget` this cell will be rendering to
* @minimum_size: (out) (optional): location to store the minimum size
* @natural_size: (out) (optional): location to store the natural size
*
@@ -1453,8 +1453,8 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_height (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_width_for_height:
- * @cell: a #GtkCellRenderer instance
- * @widget: the #GtkWidget this cell will be rendering to
+ * @cell: a `GtkCellRenderer` instance
+ * @widget: the `GtkWidget` this cell will be rendering to
* @height: the size which is available for allocation
* @minimum_width: (out) (optional): location for storing the minimum size
* @natural_width: (out) (optional): location for storing the preferred size
@@ -1501,8 +1501,8 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_height_for_width:
- * @cell: a #GtkCellRenderer instance
- * @widget: the #GtkWidget this cell will be rendering to
+ * @cell: a `GtkCellRenderer` instance
+ * @widget: the `GtkWidget` this cell will be rendering to
* @width: the size which is available for allocation
* @minimum_height: (out) (optional): location for storing the minimum size
* @natural_height: (out) (optional): location for storing the preferred size
@@ -1549,8 +1549,8 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_height_for_width (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_size:
- * @cell: a #GtkCellRenderer instance
- * @widget: the #GtkWidget this cell will be rendering to
+ * @cell: a `GtkCellRenderer` instance
+ * @widget: the `GtkWidget` this cell will be rendering to
* @minimum_size: (out) (optional): location for storing the minimum size
* @natural_size: (out) (optional): location for storing the natural size
*
@@ -1608,8 +1608,8 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_size (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_get_aligned_area:
- * @cell: a #GtkCellRenderer instance
- * @widget: the #GtkWidget this cell will be rendering to
+ * @cell: a `GtkCellRenderer` instance
+ * @widget: the `GtkWidget` this cell will be rendering to
* @flags: render flags
* @cell_area: cell area which would be passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render()
* @aligned_area: (out): the return location for the space inside @cell_area
@@ -1643,13 +1643,13 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_aligned_area (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_get_state:
- * @cell: (nullable): a #GtkCellRenderer
- * @widget: (nullable): a #GtkWidget
+ * @cell: (nullable): a `GtkCellRenderer`
+ * @widget: (nullable): a `GtkWidget`
* @cell_state: cell renderer state
*
- * Translates the cell renderer state to #GtkStateFlags,
+ * Translates the cell renderer state to `GtkStateFlags`,
* based on the cell renderer and widget sensitivity, and
- * the given #GtkCellRendererState.
+ * the given `GtkCellRenderer`State.
*
* Returns: the widget state flags applying to @cell
**/
@@ -1692,10 +1692,10 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_state (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_set_is_expander:
- * @cell: a #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @cell: a `GtkCellRenderer`
* @is_expander: whether @cell is an expander
*
- * Sets whether the given #GtkCellRenderer is an expander.
+ * Sets whether the given `GtkCellRenderer` is an expander.
*/
void
gtk_cell_renderer_set_is_expander (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
@@ -1717,9 +1717,9 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_set_is_expander (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_get_is_expander:
- * @cell: a #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @cell: a `GtkCellRenderer`
*
- * Checks whether the given #GtkCellRenderer is an expander.
+ * Checks whether the given `GtkCellRenderer` is an expander.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @cell is an expander, and %FALSE otherwise
*/
@@ -1735,10 +1735,10 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_is_expander (GtkCellRenderer *cell)
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_set_is_expanded:
- * @cell: a #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @cell: a `GtkCellRenderer`
* @is_expanded: whether @cell should be expanded
*
- * Sets whether the given #GtkCellRenderer is expanded.
+ * Sets whether the given `GtkCellRenderer` is expanded.
*/
void
gtk_cell_renderer_set_is_expanded (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
@@ -1760,9 +1760,9 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_set_is_expanded (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_get_is_expanded:
- * @cell: a #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @cell: a `GtkCellRenderer`
*
- * Checks whether the given #GtkCellRenderer is expanded.
+ * Checks whether the given `GtkCellRenderer` is expanded.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the cell renderer is expanded
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.h b/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.h
index ca59826a02..a0a5129c47 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.h
@@ -99,9 +99,9 @@ struct _GtkCellRenderer
* @get_preferred_height: Called to get a renderer’s natural height.
* @get_preferred_width_for_height: Called to get a renderer’s natural width for height.
* @get_aligned_area: Called to get the aligned area used by @cell inside @cell_area.
- * @snapshot: Called to snapshot the content of the #GtkCellRenderer.
- * @activate: Called to activate the content of the #GtkCellRenderer.
- * @start_editing: Called to initiate editing the content of the #GtkCellRenderer.
+ * @snapshot: Called to snapshot the content of the `GtkCellRenderer`.
+ * @activate: Called to activate the content of the `GtkCellRenderer`.
+ * @start_editing: Called to initiate editing the content of the `GtkCellRenderer`.
* @editing_canceled: Signal gets emitted when the user cancels the process of editing a cell.
* @editing_started: Signal gets emitted when a cell starts to be edited.
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c b/gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c
index 550b242b0e..c4762ad798 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
*
* Renders a keyboard accelerator in a cell
*
- * #GtkCellRendererAccel displays a keyboard accelerator (i.e. a key
+ * `GtkCellRendererAccel` displays a keyboard accelerator (i.e. a key
* combination like `Control + a`). If the cell renderer is editable,
* the accelerator can be changed by simply typing the new combination.
*/
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_accel_class_init (GtkCellRendererAccelClass *cell_accel_class)
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_accel_new:
*
- * Creates a new #GtkCellRendererAccel.
+ * Creates a new `GtkCellRendererAccel`.
*
* Returns: the new cell renderer
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c b/gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c
index 682ce5751a..d902da5f31 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c
@@ -33,16 +33,16 @@
*
* Renders a combobox in a cell
*
- * #GtkCellRendererCombo renders text in a cell like #GtkCellRendererText from
- * which it is derived. But while #GtkCellRendererText offers a simple entry to
- * edit the text, #GtkCellRendererCombo offers a #GtkComboBox
+ * `GtkCellRendererCombo` renders text in a cell like `GtkCellRendererText` from
+ * which it is derived. But while `GtkCellRendererText` offers a simple entry to
+ * edit the text, `GtkCellRendererCombo` offers a `GtkComboBox`
* widget to edit the text. The values to display in the combo box are taken from
- * the tree model specified in the #GtkCellRendererCombo:model property.
+ * the tree model specified in the `GtkCellRendererCombo`:model property.
*
* The combo cell renderer takes care of adding a text cell renderer to the combo
* box and sets it to display the column specified by its
- * #GtkCellRendererCombo:text-column property. Further properties of the combo box
- * can be set in a handler for the #GtkCellRenderer::editing-started signal.
+ * `GtkCellRendererCombo`:text-column property. Further properties of the combo box
+ * can be set in a handler for the `GtkCellRenderer::editing-started` signal.
*/
typedef struct _GtkCellRendererComboPrivate GtkCellRendererComboPrivate;
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_combo_class_init (GtkCellRendererComboClass *klass)
* not the model backing the tree view to which
* this cell renderer is attached.
*
- * #GtkCellRendererCombo automatically adds a text cell renderer for
+ * `GtkCellRendererCombo` automatically adds a text cell renderer for
* this column to its combo box.
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
@@ -221,16 +221,16 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_combo_init (GtkCellRendererCombo *self)
}
/**
- * gtk_cell_renderer_combo_new:
- *
- * Creates a new #GtkCellRendererCombo.
- * Adjust how text is drawn using object properties.
- * Object properties can be set globally (with g_object_set()).
- * Also, with #GtkTreeViewColumn, you can bind a property to a value
- * in a #GtkTreeModel. For example, you can bind the “text” property
- * on the cell renderer to a string value in the model, thus rendering
- * a different string in each row of the #GtkTreeView.
- *
+ * gtk_cell_renderer_combo_new:
+ *
+ * Creates a new `GtkCellRendererCombo`.
+ * Adjust how text is drawn using object properties.
+ * Object properties can be set globally (with g_object_set()).
+ * Also, with `GtkTreeViewColumn`, you can bind a property to a value
+ * in a `GtkTreeModel`. For example, you can bind the “text” property
+ * on the cell renderer to a string value in the model, thus rendering
+ * a different string in each row of the `GtkTreeView`.
+ *
* Returns: the new cell renderer
*/
GtkCellRenderer *
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c b/gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c
index 403595ef46..a90405458d 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c
@@ -35,17 +35,17 @@
*
* Renders a pixbuf in a cell
*
- * A #GtkCellRendererPixbuf can be used to render an image in a cell. It allows
- * to render either a given #GdkPixbuf (set via the
- * #GtkCellRendererPixbuf:pixbuf property) or a named icon (set via the
- * #GtkCellRendererPixbuf:icon-name property).
+ * A `GtkCellRendererPixbuf` can be used to render an image in a cell. It allows
+ * to render either a given `GdkPixbuf` (set via the
+ * `GtkCellRendererPixbuf:pixbuf` property) or a named icon (set via the
+ * `GtkCellRendererPixbuf:icon-name` property).
*
- * To support the tree view, #GtkCellRendererPixbuf also supports rendering two
- * alternative pixbufs, when the #GtkCellRenderer:is-expander property is %TRUE.
- * If the #GtkCellRenderer:is-expanded property is %TRUE and the
- * #GtkCellRendererPixbuf:pixbuf-expander-open property is set to a pixbuf, it
- * renders that pixbuf, if the #GtkCellRenderer:is-expanded property is %FALSE
- * and the #GtkCellRendererPixbuf:pixbuf-expander-closed property is set to a
+ * To support the tree view, `GtkCellRendererPixbuf` also supports rendering two
+ * alternative pixbufs, when the `GtkCellRenderer:is-expander` property is %TRUE.
+ * If the `GtkCellRenderer:is-expanded property` is %TRUE and the
+ * `GtkCellRendererPixbuf:pixbuf-expander-open` property is set to a pixbuf, it
+ * renders that pixbuf, if the `GtkCellRenderer:is-expanded` property is %FALSE
+ * and the `GtkCellRendererPixbuf:pixbuf-expander-closed` property is set to a
* pixbuf, it renders that one.
*/
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_class_init (GtkCellRendererPixbufClass *class)
/**
* GtkCellRendererPixbuf:icon-size:
*
- * The #GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon.
+ * The `GtkIconSize` value that specifies the size of the rendered icon.
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_ICON_SIZE,
@@ -415,13 +415,13 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_set_property (GObject *object,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_new:
*
- * Creates a new #GtkCellRendererPixbuf. Adjust rendering
+ * Creates a new `GtkCellRendererPixbuf`. Adjust rendering
* parameters using object properties. Object properties can be set
- * globally (with g_object_set()). Also, with #GtkTreeViewColumn, you
- * can bind a property to a value in a #GtkTreeModel. For example, you
+ * globally (with g_object_set()). Also, with `GtkTreeViewColumn`, you
+ * can bind a property to a value in a `GtkTreeModel`. For example, you
* can bind the “pixbuf” property on the cell renderer to a pixbuf value
* in the model, thus rendering a different image in each row of the
- * #GtkTreeView.
+ * `GtkTreeView`.
*
* Returns: the new cell renderer
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c b/gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c
index a2ce5a783d..8139a3b058 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
*
* Renders numbers as progress bars
*
- * #GtkCellRendererProgress renders a numeric value as a progress par in a cell.
+ * `GtkCellRendererProgress` renders a numeric value as a progress par in a cell.
* Additionally, it can display a text on top of the progress bar.
*/
@@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_progress_init (GtkCellRendererProgress *cellprogress)
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_progress_new:
*
- * Creates a new #GtkCellRendererProgress.
+ * Creates a new `GtkCellRendererProgress`.
*
* Returns: the new cell renderer
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c b/gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c
index 22a7bb6b5c..5636abbd41 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c
@@ -35,19 +35,19 @@
*
* Renders a spin button in a cell
*
- * #GtkCellRendererSpin renders text in a cell like #GtkCellRendererText from
- * which it is derived. But while #GtkCellRendererText offers a simple entry to
- * edit the text, #GtkCellRendererSpin offers a #GtkSpinButton widget. Of course,
+ * `GtkCellRendererSpin` renders text in a cell like `GtkCellRendererText` from
+ * which it is derived. But while `GtkCellRendererText` offers a simple entry to
+ * edit the text, `GtkCellRendererSpin` offers a `GtkSpinButton` widget. Of course,
* that means that the text has to be parseable as a floating point number.
*
* The range of the spinbutton is taken from the adjustment property of the
* cell renderer, which can be set explicitly or mapped to a column in the
- * tree model, like all properties of cell renders. #GtkCellRendererSpin
- * also has properties for the #GtkCellRendererSpin:climb-rate and the number
- * of #GtkCellRendererSpin:digits to display. Other #GtkSpinButton properties
- * can be set in a handler for the #GtkCellRenderer::editing-started signal.
+ * tree model, like all properties of cell renders. `GtkCellRendererSpin`
+ * also has properties for the `GtkCellRendererSpin:climb-rate` and the number
+ * of `GtkCellRendererSpin:digits` to display. Other `GtkSpinButton` properties
+ * can be set in a handler for the `GtkCellRenderer::editing-started` signal.
*
- * The #GtkCellRendererSpin cell renderer was added in GTK 2.10.
+ * The `GtkCellRendererSpin` cell renderer was added in GTK 2.10.
*/
typedef struct _GtkCellRendererSpinClass GtkCellRendererSpinClass;
@@ -372,9 +372,9 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_spin_start_editing (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_spin_new:
*
- * Creates a new #GtkCellRendererSpin.
+ * Creates a new `GtkCellRendererSpin`.
*
- * Returns: a new #GtkCellRendererSpin
+ * Returns: a new `GtkCellRendererSpin`
*/
GtkCellRenderer *
gtk_cell_renderer_spin_new (void)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c b/gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c
index 64a08c10af..a92488919f 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c
@@ -43,13 +43,13 @@
*
* Renders a spinning animation in a cell
*
- * GtkCellRendererSpinner renders a spinning animation in a cell, very
- * similar to #GtkSpinner. It can often be used as an alternative
- * to a #GtkCellRendererProgress for displaying indefinite activity,
+ * `GtkCellRendererSpinner` renders a spinning animation in a cell, very
+ * similar to `GtkSpinner`. It can often be used as an alternative
+ * to a `GtkCellRendererProgress` for displaying indefinite activity,
* instead of actual progress.
*
- * To start the animation in a cell, set the #GtkCellRendererSpinner:active
- * property to %TRUE and increment the #GtkCellRendererSpinner:pulse property
+ * To start the animation in a cell, set the `GtkCellRendererSpinner:active`
+ * property to %TRUE and increment the `GtkCellRendererSpinner:pulse` property
* at regular intervals. The usual way to set the cell renderer properties
* for each cell is to bind them to columns in your tree model using e.g.
* gtk_tree_view_column_add_attribute().
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_spinner_class_init (GtkCellRendererSpinnerClass *klass)
* Pulse of the spinner. Increment this value to draw the next frame of the
* spinner animation. Usually, you would update this value in a timeout.
*
- * By default, the #GtkSpinner widget draws one full cycle of the animation,
+ * By default, the `GtkSpinner` widget draws one full cycle of the animation,
* consisting of 12 frames, in 750 milliseconds.
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_spinner_class_init (GtkCellRendererSpinnerClass *klass)
/**
* GtkCellRendererSpinner:size:
*
- * The #GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner.
+ * The `GtkIconSize` value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner.
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_SIZE,
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_spinner_init (GtkCellRendererSpinner *cell)
* Returns a new cell renderer which will show a spinner to indicate
* activity.
*
- * Returns: a new #GtkCellRenderer
+ * Returns: a new `GtkCellRenderer`
*/
GtkCellRenderer *
gtk_cell_renderer_spinner_new (void)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c b/gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c
index 1fc2efb0b2..a7f347d72d 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c
@@ -38,12 +38,12 @@
*
* Renders text in a cell
*
- * A #GtkCellRendererText renders a given text in its cell, using the font, color and
+ * A `GtkCellRendererText` renders a given text in its cell, using the font, color and
* style information provided by its properties. The text will be ellipsized if it is
- * too long and the #GtkCellRendererText:ellipsize property allows it.
+ * too long and the `GtkCellRendererText:ellipsize` property allows it.
*
- * If the #GtkCellRenderer:mode is %GTK_CELL_RENDERER_MODE_EDITABLE,
- * the #GtkCellRendererText allows to edit its text using an entry.
+ * If the `GtkCellRenderer:mode` is %GTK_CELL_RENDERER_MODE_EDITABLE,
+ * the `GtkCellRendererText` allows to edit its text using an entry.
*/
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_text_class_init (GtkCellRendererTextClass *class)
/**
* GtkCellRendererText:background-rgba:
*
- * Background color as a #GdkRGBA
+ * Background color as a `GdkRGBA`
*/
text_cell_renderer_props[PROP_BACKGROUND_RGBA] =
g_param_spec_boxed ("background-rgba",
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_text_class_init (GtkCellRendererTextClass *class)
/**
* GtkCellRendererText:foreground-rgba:
*
- * Foreground color as a #GdkRGBA
+ * Foreground color as a `GdkRGBA`
*/
text_cell_renderer_props[PROP_FOREGROUND_RGBA] =
g_param_spec_boxed ("foreground-rgba",
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_text_class_init (GtkCellRendererTextClass *class)
* For cell renderers that ellipsize or wrap text; this property
* controls the maximum reported width of the cell. The
* cell should not receive any greater allocation unless it is
- * set to expand in its #GtkCellLayout and all of the cell's siblings
+ * set to expand in its `GtkCellLayout` and all of the cell's siblings
* have received their natural width.
**/
text_cell_renderer_props[PROP_MAX_WIDTH_CHARS] =
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_text_class_init (GtkCellRendererTextClass *class)
* Specifies how to align the lines of text with respect to each other.
*
* Note that this property describes how to align the lines of text in
- * case there are several of them. The "xalign" property of #GtkCellRenderer,
+ * case there are several of them. The "xalign" property of `GtkCellRenderer`,
* on the other hand, sets the horizontal alignment of the whole text.
*/
text_cell_renderer_props[PROP_ALIGN] =
@@ -536,8 +536,8 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_text_class_init (GtkCellRendererTextClass *class)
/**
* GtkCellRendererText:placeholder-text:
*
- * The text that will be displayed in the #GtkCellRenderer if
- * #GtkCellRendererText:editable is %TRUE and the cell is empty.
+ * The text that will be displayed in the `GtkCellRenderer` if
+ * `GtkCellRendererText:editable` is %TRUE and the cell is empty.
*/
text_cell_renderer_props[PROP_PLACEHOLDER_TEXT] =
g_param_spec_string ("placeholder-text",
@@ -1388,13 +1388,13 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_text_set_property (GObject *object,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_text_new:
*
- * Creates a new #GtkCellRendererText. Adjust how text is drawn using
+ * Creates a new `GtkCellRendererText`. Adjust how text is drawn using
* object properties. Object properties can be
- * set globally (with g_object_set()). Also, with #GtkTreeViewColumn,
- * you can bind a property to a value in a #GtkTreeModel. For example,
+ * set globally (with g_object_set()). Also, with `GtkTreeViewColumn`,
+ * you can bind a property to a value in a `GtkTreeModel`. For example,
* you can bind the “text” property on the cell renderer to a string
* value in the model, thus rendering a different string in each row
- * of the #GtkTreeView
+ * of the `GtkTreeView`.
*
* Returns: the new cell renderer
**/
@@ -1847,7 +1847,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_text_start_editing (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_text_set_fixed_height_from_font:
- * @renderer: A #GtkCellRendererText
+ * @renderer: A `GtkCellRendererText`
* @number_of_rows: Number of rows of text each cell renderer is allocated, or -1
*
* Sets the height of a renderer to explicitly be determined by the “font” and
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c b/gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c
index c1fa15e402..3f2f7e1556 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c
@@ -37,10 +37,10 @@
*
* Renders a toggle button in a cell
*
- * #GtkCellRendererToggle renders a toggle button in a cell. The
+ * `GtkCellRendererToggle` renders a toggle button in a cell. The
* button is drawn as a radio or a checkbutton, depending on the
- * #GtkCellRendererToggle:radio property.
- * When activated, it emits the #GtkCellRendererToggle::toggled signal.
+ * `GtkCellRendererToggle:radio` property.
+ * When activated, it emits the `GtkCellRendererToggle::toggled` signal.
*/
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_class_init (GtkCellRendererToggleClass *class)
/**
* GtkCellRendererToggle::toggled:
* @cell_renderer: the object which received the signal
- * @path: string representation of #GtkTreePath describing the
+ * @path: string representation of `GtkTreePath` describing the
* event location
*
* The ::toggled signal is emitted when the cell is toggled.
@@ -324,10 +324,10 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_property (GObject *object,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_new:
*
- * Creates a new #GtkCellRendererToggle. Adjust rendering
+ * Creates a new `GtkCellRendererToggle`. Adjust rendering
* parameters using object properties. Object properties can be set
- * globally (with g_object_set()). Also, with #GtkTreeViewColumn, you
- * can bind a property to a value in a #GtkTreeModel. For example, you
+ * globally (with g_object_set()). Also, with `GtkTreeViewColumn`, you
+ * can bind a property to a value in a `GtkTreeModel`. For example, you
* can bind the “active” property on the cell renderer to a boolean value
* in the model, thus causing the check button to reflect the state of
* the model.
@@ -531,15 +531,15 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_activate (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_radio:
- * @toggle: a #GtkCellRendererToggle
+ * @toggle: a `GtkCellRendererToggle`
* @radio: %TRUE to make the toggle look like a radio button
*
* If @radio is %TRUE, the cell renderer renders a radio toggle
* (i.e. a toggle in a group of mutually-exclusive toggles).
* If %FALSE, it renders a check toggle (a standalone boolean option).
* This can be set globally for the cell renderer, or changed just
- * before rendering each cell in the model (for #GtkTreeView, you set
- * up a per-row setting using #GtkTreeViewColumn to associate model
+ * before rendering each cell in the model (for `GtkTreeView`, you set
+ * up a per-row setting using `GtkTreeViewColumn` to associate model
* columns with cell renderer properties).
**/
void
@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_radio (GtkCellRendererToggle *toggle,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_radio:
- * @toggle: a #GtkCellRendererToggle
+ * @toggle: a `GtkCellRendererToggle`
*
* Returns whether we’re rendering radio toggles rather than checkboxes.
*
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_radio (GtkCellRendererToggle *toggle)
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_active:
- * @toggle: a #GtkCellRendererToggle
+ * @toggle: a `GtkCellRendererToggle`
*
* Returns whether the cell renderer is active. See
* gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_active().
@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_active (GtkCellRendererToggle *toggle)
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_active:
- * @toggle: a #GtkCellRendererToggle.
+ * @toggle: a `GtkCellRendererToggle`.
* @setting: the value to set.
*
* Activates or deactivates a cell renderer.
@@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_active (GtkCellRendererToggle *toggle,
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_activatable:
- * @toggle: a #GtkCellRendererToggle
+ * @toggle: a `GtkCellRendererToggle`
*
* Returns whether the cell renderer is activatable. See
* gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_activatable().
@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_activatable (GtkCellRendererToggle *toggle)
/**
* gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_activatable:
- * @toggle: a #GtkCellRendererToggle.
+ * @toggle: a `GtkCellRendererToggle`.
* @setting: the value to set.
*
* Makes the cell renderer activatable.
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellview.c b/gtk/gtkcellview.c
index 57a8b82b4e..29a8b3119e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellview.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellview.c
@@ -38,15 +38,15 @@
*
* A widget displaying a single row of a GtkTreeModel
*
- * A #GtkCellView displays a single row of a #GtkTreeModel using a #GtkCellArea
- * and #GtkCellAreaContext. A #GtkCellAreaContext can be provided to the
- * #GtkCellView at construction time in order to keep the cellview in context
+ * A `GtkCellView` displays a single row of a `GtkTreeModel` using a `GtkCellArea`
+ * and `GtkCellAreaContext`. A `GtkCellAreaContext` can be provided to the
+ * `GtkCellView` at construction time in order to keep the cellview in context
* of a group of cell views, this ensures that the renderers displayed will
* be properly aligned with each other (like the aligned cells in the menus
- * of #GtkComboBox).
+ * of `GtkComboBox`).
*
- * #GtkCellView is #GtkOrientable in order to decide in which orientation
- * the underlying #GtkCellAreaContext should be allocated. Taking the #GtkComboBox
+ * `GtkCellView` is `GtkOrientable` in order to decide in which orientation
+ * the underlying `GtkCellAreaContext` should be allocated. Taking the `GtkComboBox`
* menu as an example, cellviews should be oriented horizontally if the menus are
* listed top-to-bottom and thus all share the same width but may have separate
* individual heights (left-to-right menus should be allocated vertically since
@@ -205,10 +205,10 @@ gtk_cell_view_class_init (GtkCellViewClass *klass)
/**
* GtkCellView:cell-area:
*
- * The #GtkCellArea rendering cells
+ * The `GtkCellArea` rendering cells
*
* If no area is specified when creating the cell view with gtk_cell_view_new_with_context()
- * a horizontally oriented #GtkCellAreaBox will be used.
+ * a horizontally oriented `GtkCellArea`Box will be used.
*
* since 3.0
*/
@@ -223,13 +223,13 @@ gtk_cell_view_class_init (GtkCellViewClass *klass)
/**
* GtkCellView:cell-area-context:
*
- * The #GtkCellAreaContext used to compute the geometry of the cell view.
+ * The `GtkCellAreaContext` used to compute the geometry of the cell view.
*
* A group of cell views can be assigned the same context in order to
* ensure the sizes and cell alignments match across all the views with
* the same context.
*
- * #GtkComboBox menus uses this to assign the same context to all cell views
+ * `GtkComboBox` menus uses this to assign the same context to all cell views
* in the menu items for a single menu (each submenu creates its own
* context since the size of each submenu does not depend on parent
* or sibling menus).
@@ -817,9 +817,9 @@ row_changed_cb (GtkTreeModel *model,
/**
* gtk_cell_view_new:
*
- * Creates a new #GtkCellView widget.
+ * Creates a new `GtkCellView` widget.
*
- * Returns: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
+ * Returns: A newly created `GtkCellView` widget.
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_cell_view_new (void)
@@ -834,18 +834,18 @@ gtk_cell_view_new (void)
/**
* gtk_cell_view_new_with_context:
- * @area: the #GtkCellArea to layout cells
- * @context: the #GtkCellAreaContext in which to calculate cell geometry
+ * @area: the `GtkCellArea` to layout cells
+ * @context: the `GtkCellAreaContext` in which to calculate cell geometry
*
- * Creates a new #GtkCellView widget with a specific #GtkCellArea
- * to layout cells and a specific #GtkCellAreaContext.
+ * Creates a new `GtkCellView` widget with a specific `GtkCellArea`
+ * to layout cells and a specific `GtkCellAreaContext`.
*
* Specifying the same context for a handful of cells lets
* the underlying area synchronize the geometry for those cells,
* in this way alignments with cellviews for other rows are
* possible.
*
- * Returns: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
+ * Returns: A newly created `GtkCellView` widget.
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_cell_view_new_with_context (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -864,10 +864,10 @@ gtk_cell_view_new_with_context (GtkCellArea *area,
* gtk_cell_view_new_with_text:
* @text: the text to display in the cell view
*
- * Creates a new #GtkCellView widget, adds a #GtkCellRendererText
+ * Creates a new `GtkCellView` widget, adds a `GtkCellRendererText`
* to it, and makes it show @text.
*
- * Returns: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
+ * Returns: A newly created `GtkCellView` widget.
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_cell_view_new_with_text (const char *text)
@@ -894,11 +894,11 @@ gtk_cell_view_new_with_text (const char *text)
* gtk_cell_view_new_with_markup:
* @markup: the text to display in the cell view
*
- * Creates a new #GtkCellView widget, adds a #GtkCellRendererText
+ * Creates a new `GtkCellView` widget, adds a `GtkCellRendererText`
* to it, and makes it show @markup. The text can be
* marked up with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
*
- * Returns: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
+ * Returns: A newly created `GtkCellView` widget.
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_cell_view_new_with_markup (const char *markup)
@@ -925,10 +925,10 @@ gtk_cell_view_new_with_markup (const char *markup)
* gtk_cell_view_new_with_texture:
* @texture: the image to display in the cell view
*
- * Creates a new #GtkCellView widget, adds a #GtkCellRendererPixbuf
+ * Creates a new `GtkCellView` widget, adds a `GtkCellRendererPixbuf`
* to it, and makes it show @texture.
*
- * Returns: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
+ * Returns: A newly created `GtkCellView` widget.
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_cell_view_new_with_texture (GdkTexture *texture)
@@ -953,7 +953,7 @@ gtk_cell_view_new_with_texture (GdkTexture *texture)
/**
* gtk_cell_view_set_value:
- * @cell_view: a #GtkCellView widget
+ * @cell_view: a `GtkCellView` widget
* @renderer: one of the renderers of @cell_view
* @property: the name of the property of @renderer to set
* @value: the new value to set the property to
@@ -976,8 +976,8 @@ gtk_cell_view_set_value (GtkCellView *cell_view,
/**
* gtk_cell_view_set_model:
- * @cell_view: a #GtkCellView
- * @model: (nullable): a #GtkTreeModel
+ * @cell_view: a `GtkCellView`
+ * @model: (nullable): a `GtkTreeModel`
*
* Sets the model for @cell_view. If @cell_view already has a model
* set, it will remove it before setting the new model. If @model is
@@ -1018,12 +1018,12 @@ gtk_cell_view_set_model (GtkCellView *cell_view,
/**
* gtk_cell_view_get_model:
- * @cell_view: a #GtkCellView
+ * @cell_view: a `GtkCellView`
*
* Returns the model for @cell_view. If no model is used %NULL is
* returned.
*
- * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GtkTreeModel used
+ * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a `GtkTreeModel` used
*/
GtkTreeModel *
gtk_cell_view_get_model (GtkCellView *cell_view)
@@ -1037,15 +1037,15 @@ gtk_cell_view_get_model (GtkCellView *cell_view)
/**
* gtk_cell_view_set_displayed_row:
- * @cell_view: a #GtkCellView
- * @path: (nullable): a #GtkTreePath or %NULL to unset.
+ * @cell_view: a `GtkCellView`
+ * @path: (nullable): a `GtkTreePath` or %NULL to unset.
*
* Sets the row of the model that is currently displayed
- * by the #GtkCellView. If the path is unset, then the
+ * by the `GtkCellView`. If the path is unset, then the
* contents of the cellview “stick” at their last value;
* this is not normally a desired result, but may be
* a needed intermediate state if say, the model for
- * the #GtkCellView becomes temporarily empty.
+ * the `GtkCellView` becomes temporarily empty.
**/
void
gtk_cell_view_set_displayed_row (GtkCellView *cell_view,
@@ -1071,9 +1071,9 @@ gtk_cell_view_set_displayed_row (GtkCellView *cell_view,
/**
* gtk_cell_view_get_displayed_row:
- * @cell_view: a #GtkCellView
+ * @cell_view: a `GtkCellView`
*
- * Returns a #GtkTreePath referring to the currently
+ * Returns a `GtkTreePath` referring to the currently
* displayed row. If no row is currently displayed,
* %NULL is returned.
*
@@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ gtk_cell_view_get_displayed_row (GtkCellView *cell_view)
/**
* gtk_cell_view_get_draw_sensitive:
- * @cell_view: a #GtkCellView
+ * @cell_view: a `GtkCellView`
*
* Gets whether @cell_view is configured to draw all of its
* cells in a sensitive state.
@@ -1114,11 +1114,11 @@ gtk_cell_view_get_draw_sensitive (GtkCellView *cell_view)
/**
* gtk_cell_view_set_draw_sensitive:
- * @cell_view: a #GtkCellView
+ * @cell_view: a `GtkCellView`
* @draw_sensitive: whether to draw all cells in a sensitive state.
*
* Sets whether @cell_view should draw all of its
- * cells in a sensitive state, this is used by #GtkComboBox menus
+ * cells in a sensitive state, this is used by `GtkComboBox` menus
* to ensure that rows with insensitive cells that contain
* children appear sensitive in the parent menu item.
*/
@@ -1140,13 +1140,13 @@ gtk_cell_view_set_draw_sensitive (GtkCellView *cell_view,
/**
* gtk_cell_view_get_fit_model:
- * @cell_view: a #GtkCellView
+ * @cell_view: a `GtkCellView`
*
* Gets whether @cell_view is configured to request space
- * to fit the entire #GtkTreeModel.
+ * to fit the entire `GtkTreeModel`.
*
* Returns: whether @cell_view requests space to fit
- * the entire #GtkTreeModel.
+ * the entire `GtkTreeModel`.
*/
gboolean
gtk_cell_view_get_fit_model (GtkCellView *cell_view)
@@ -1160,12 +1160,12 @@ gtk_cell_view_get_fit_model (GtkCellView *cell_view)
/**
* gtk_cell_view_set_fit_model:
- * @cell_view: a #GtkCellView
+ * @cell_view: a `GtkCellView`
* @fit_model: whether @cell_view should request space for the whole model.
*
- * Sets whether @cell_view should request space to fit the entire #GtkTreeModel.
+ * Sets whether @cell_view should request space to fit the entire `GtkTreeModel`.
*
- * This is used by #GtkComboBox to ensure that the cell view displayed on
+ * This is used by `GtkComboBox` to ensure that the cell view displayed on
* the combo box’s button always gets enough space and does not resize
* when selection changes.
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcolumnlistitemfactoryprivate.h b/gtk/gtkcolumnlistitemfactoryprivate.h
index 557ca11875..acddf2f56e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcolumnlistitemfactoryprivate.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkcolumnlistitemfactoryprivate.h
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
/**
* GtkColumnListItemFactory:
*
- * The object for the #GtkColumnListItemFactory.
+ * The object for the `GtkColumnListItemFactory`.
**/
typedef struct _GtkColumnListItemFactory GtkColumnListItemFactory;
typedef struct _GtkColumnListItemFactoryClass GtkColumnListItemFactoryClass;
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcolumnview.c b/gtk/gtkcolumnview.c
index 5bb6f2e8d5..7aeb8a285a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcolumnview.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcolumnview.c
@@ -1371,7 +1371,7 @@ gtk_column_view_get_model (GtkColumnView *self)
/**
* gtk_column_view_set_model: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=model)
- * @self: a #GtkColumnView
+ * @self: a `GtkColumnView`
* @model: (nullable) (transfer none): the model to use
*
* Sets the model to use.
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c b/gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c
index 32eb8dd7b5..ad62b34eca 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c
@@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ gtk_column_view_column_set_header_menu (GtkColumnViewColumn *self,
* Gets the menu model that is used to create the context menu
* for the column header.
*
- * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the #GMenuModel
+ * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the `GMenuModel`
*/
GMenuModel *
gtk_column_view_column_get_header_menu (GtkColumnViewColumn *self)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcombobox.c b/gtk/gtkcombobox.c
index 69e8ea949a..e65ebf4ef1 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcombobox.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcombobox.c
@@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass)
P_("Entry Text Column"),
P_("The column in the combo box’s model to associate "
"with strings from the entry if the combo was "
- "created with #GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE"),
+ "created with GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE"),
-1, G_MAXINT, -1,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY));
diff --git a/gtk/gtkconstraint.c b/gtk/gtkconstraint.c
index 191015f232..b0fd0cceec 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkconstraint.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkconstraint.c
@@ -182,9 +182,9 @@ gtk_constraint_class_init (GtkConstraintClass *klass)
*
* The target of the constraint.
*
- * The constraint will set the #GtkConstraint:target-attribute of the
- * target using the #GtkConstraint:source-attribute of the source
- * widget.
+ * The constraint will set the [property@Gtk.Constraint:target-attribute]
+ * property of the target using the [property@Gtk.Constraint:source-attribute]
+ * property of the source widget.
*
*
*/
@@ -196,10 +196,11 @@ gtk_constraint_class_init (GtkConstraintClass *klass)
G_PARAM_READWRITE |
G_PARAM_STATIC_STRINGS |
G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY);
+
/**
* GtkConstraint:target-attribute: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_constraint_get_target_attribute)
*
- * The attribute of the #GtkConstraint:target set by the constraint.
+ * The attribute of the [property@Gtk.Constraint:target] set by the constraint.
*/
obj_props[PROP_TARGET_ATTRIBUTE] =
g_param_spec_enum ("target-attribute",
@@ -210,6 +211,7 @@ gtk_constraint_class_init (GtkConstraintClass *klass)
G_PARAM_READWRITE |
G_PARAM_STATIC_STRINGS |
G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY);
+
/**
* GtkConstraint:relation: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_constraint_get_relation)
*
@@ -224,14 +226,15 @@ gtk_constraint_class_init (GtkConstraintClass *klass)
G_PARAM_READWRITE |
G_PARAM_STATIC_STRINGS |
G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY);
+
/**
* GtkConstraint:source: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_constraint_get_source)
*
* The source of the constraint.
*
* The constraint will set the [property@Gtk.Constraint:target-attribute]
- * of the target using the [property@Gtk.Constraint:source-attribute]
- * of the source.
+ * property of the target using the [property@Gtk.Constraint:source-attribute]
+ * property of the source.
*/
obj_props[PROP_SOURCE] =
g_param_spec_object ("source",
@@ -256,6 +259,7 @@ gtk_constraint_class_init (GtkConstraintClass *klass)
G_PARAM_READWRITE |
G_PARAM_STATIC_STRINGS |
G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY);
+
/**
* GtkConstraint:multiplier: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_constraint_get_multiplier)
*
@@ -270,6 +274,7 @@ gtk_constraint_class_init (GtkConstraintClass *klass)
G_PARAM_READWRITE |
G_PARAM_STATIC_STRINGS |
G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY);
+
/**
* GtkConstraint:constant: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_constraint_get_constant)
*
@@ -283,6 +288,7 @@ gtk_constraint_class_init (GtkConstraintClass *klass)
G_PARAM_READWRITE |
G_PARAM_STATIC_STRINGS |
G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY);
+
/**
* GtkConstraint:strength: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_constraint_get_strength)
*
@@ -400,7 +406,7 @@ gtk_constraint_new_constant (gpointer target,
* If the targe is set to `NULL` at creation, the constraint will use
* the widget using the [class@Gtk.ConstraintLayout] as the target.
*
- * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): a #GtkConstraintTarget
+ * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): a `GtkConstraintTarget`
*/
GtkConstraintTarget *
gtk_constraint_get_target (GtkConstraint *constraint)
@@ -428,7 +434,7 @@ gtk_constraint_get_target_attribute (GtkConstraint *constraint)
/**
* gtk_constraint_get_source: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=source)
- * @constraint: a #GtkConstraint
+ * @constraint: a `GtkConstraint`
*
* Retrieves the [iface@Gtk.ConstraintTarget] used as the source for the
* constraint.
diff --git a/gtk/gtkconstraintexpression.c b/gtk/gtkconstraintexpression.c
index 42dffdc7d8..6c571ae14c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkconstraintexpression.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkconstraintexpression.c
@@ -70,14 +70,14 @@ gtk_constraint_variable_init (GtkConstraintVariable *variable,
* gtk_constraint_variable_new_dummy:
* @name: the name of the variable
*
- * Allocates and initializes a new #GtkConstraintVariable for a "dummy"
+ * Allocates and initializes a new `GtkConstraintVariable` for a "dummy"
* symbol. Dummy symbols are typically used as markers inside a solver,
* and will not be factored in the solution when pivoting the tableau
* of the constraint equations.
*
- * Only #GtkConstraintSolver should use this function.
+ * Only `GtkConstraintSolver` should use this function.
*
- * Returns: a newly allocated #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * Returns: a newly allocated `GtkConstraintVariable`
*/
GtkConstraintVariable *
gtk_constraint_variable_new_dummy (const char *name)
@@ -98,13 +98,13 @@ gtk_constraint_variable_new_dummy (const char *name)
* gtk_constraint_variable_new_objective:
* @name: the name of the variable
*
- * Allocates and initializes a new #GtkConstraintVariable for an objective
+ * Allocates and initializes a new `GtkConstraintVariable` for an objective
* symbol. This is the constant value we wish to find as the result of the
* simplex optimization.
*
- * Only #GtkConstraintSolver should use this function.
+ * Only `GtkConstraintSolver` should use this function.
*
- * Returns: a newly allocated #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * Returns: a newly allocated `GtkConstraintVariable`
*/
GtkConstraintVariable *
gtk_constraint_variable_new_objective (const char *name)
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ gtk_constraint_variable_new_objective (const char *name)
* gtk_constraint_variable_new_slack:
* @name: the name of the variable
*
- * Allocates and initializes a new #GtkConstraintVariable for a "slack"
+ * Allocates and initializes a new `GtkConstraintVariable` for a "slack"
* symbol. Slack variables are introduced inside the tableau to turn
* inequalities, like:
*
@@ -139,9 +139,9 @@ gtk_constraint_variable_new_objective (const char *name)
* expr - slack = 0
* ]|
*
- * Only #GtkConstraintSolver should use this function.
+ * Only `GtkConstraintSolver` should use this function.
*
- * Returns: a newly allocated #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * Returns: a newly allocated `GtkConstraintVariable`
*/
GtkConstraintVariable *
gtk_constraint_variable_new_slack (const char *name)
@@ -163,15 +163,15 @@ gtk_constraint_variable_new_slack (const char *name)
* @prefix: (nullable): an optional prefix string for @name
* @name: (nullable): an optional name for the variable
*
- * Allocates and initializes a new #GtkConstraintVariable for a regular
+ * Allocates and initializes a new `GtkConstraintVariable` for a regular
* symbol. All variables introduced by constraints are regular variables.
*
- * Only #GtkConstraintSolver should use this function; a constraint layout
- * manager should ask the #GtkConstraintSolver to create a variable, using
+ * Only `GtkConstraintSolver` should use this function; a constraint layout
+ * manager should ask the `GtkConstraintSolver` to create a variable, using
* gtk_constraint_solver_create_variable(), which will insert the variable
* in the solver's tableau.
*
- * Returns: a newly allocated #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * Returns: a newly allocated `GtkConstraintVariable`
*/
GtkConstraintVariable *
gtk_constraint_variable_new (const char *prefix,
@@ -191,11 +191,11 @@ gtk_constraint_variable_new (const char *prefix,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_variable_ref:
- * @variable: a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @variable: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
*
* Acquires a reference to @variable.
*
- * Returns: (transfer full): the given #GtkConstraintVariable, with its reference
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the given `GtkConstraintVariable`, with its reference
* count increased
*/
GtkConstraintVariable *
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ gtk_constraint_variable_ref (GtkConstraintVariable *variable)
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_variable_unref:
- * @variable: (transfer full): a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @variable: (transfer full): a `GtkConstraintVariable`
*
* Releases a reference to @variable.
*/
@@ -222,9 +222,9 @@ gtk_constraint_variable_unref (GtkConstraintVariable *variable)
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_variable_set_value:
- * @variable: a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @variable: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
*
- * Sets the current value of a #GtkConstraintVariable.
+ * Sets the current value of a `GtkConstraintVariable`.
*/
void
gtk_constraint_variable_set_value (GtkConstraintVariable *variable,
@@ -235,9 +235,9 @@ gtk_constraint_variable_set_value (GtkConstraintVariable *variable,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_variable_get_value:
- * @variable: a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @variable: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
*
- * Retrieves the current value of a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * Retrieves the current value of a `GtkConstraintVariable`
*
* Returns: the value of the variable
*/
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ gtk_constraint_variable_get_value (const GtkConstraintVariable *variable)
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_variable_to_string:
- * @variable: a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @variable: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
*
* Turns @variable into a string, for debugging purposes.
*
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ gtk_constraint_variable_to_string (const GtkConstraintVariable *variable)
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_variable_is_external:
- * @variable: a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @variable: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
*
* Checks whether the @variable was introduced from outside the solver.
*
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ gtk_constraint_variable_is_external (const GtkConstraintVariable *variable)
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_variable_is_pivotable:
- * @variable: a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @variable: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
*
* Checks whether the @variable can be used as a pivot.
*
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ gtk_constraint_variable_is_pivotable (const GtkConstraintVariable *variable)
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_variable_is_restricted:
- * @variable: a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @variable: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
*
* Checks whether the @variable's use is restricted.
*
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ gtk_constraint_variable_is_restricted (const GtkConstraintVariable *variable)
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_variable_is_dummy:
- * @variable: a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @variable: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
*
* Checks whether the @variable is a dummy symbol.
*
@@ -380,9 +380,9 @@ struct _GtkConstraintVariableSet {
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_variable_set_free:
- * @set: a #GtkConstraintVariableSet
+ * @set: a `GtkConstraintVariable`Set
*
- * Frees the resources associated to a #GtkConstraintVariableSet/
+ * Frees the resources associated to a `GtkConstraintVariable`Set/
*/
void
gtk_constraint_variable_set_free (GtkConstraintVariableSet *set)
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ gtk_constraint_variable_set_free (GtkConstraintVariableSet *set)
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_variable_set_new:
*
- * Creates a new #GtkConstraintVariableSet.
+ * Creates a new `GtkConstraintVariable`Set.
*
* Returns: the newly created variable set
*/
@@ -428,8 +428,8 @@ sort_by_variable_id (gconstpointer a,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_variable_set_add:
- * @set: a #GtkConstraintVariableSet
- * @variable: a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @set: a `GtkConstraintVariable`Set
+ * @variable: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
*
* Adds @variable to the given @set, if the @variable is not already
* in it.
@@ -463,8 +463,8 @@ gtk_constraint_variable_set_add (GtkConstraintVariableSet *set,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_variable_set_remove:
- * @set: a #GtkConstraintVariableSet
- * @variable: a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @set: a `GtkConstraintVariable`Set
+ * @variable: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
*
* Removes @variable from the @set.
*
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ gtk_constraint_variable_set_remove (GtkConstraintVariableSet *set,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_variable_set_size:
- * @set: a #GtkConstraintVariableSet
+ * @set: a `GtkConstraintVariable`Set
*
* Retrieves the size of the @set.
*
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ gtk_constraint_variable_set_is_singleton (GtkConstraintVariableSet *set)
/*< private >
* GtkConstraintVariableSetIter:
*
- * An iterator type for #GtkConstraintVariableSet.
+ * An iterator type for `GtkConstraintVariable`Set.
*/
/* Keep in sync with GtkConstraintVariableSetIter */
typedef struct {
@@ -533,8 +533,8 @@ typedef struct {
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_variable_set_iter_init:
- * @iter: a #GtkConstraintVariableSetIter
- * @set: the #GtkConstraintVariableSet to iterate
+ * @iter: a `GtkConstraintVariable`SetIter
+ * @set: the `GtkConstraintVariable`Set to iterate
*
* Initializes @iter for iterating over @set.
*/
@@ -554,10 +554,10 @@ gtk_constraint_variable_set_iter_init (GtkConstraintVariableSetIter *iter,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_variable_set_iter_next:
- * @iter: a #GtkConstraintVariableSetIter
+ * @iter: a `GtkConstraintVariable`SetIter
* @variable_p: (out): the next variable in the set
*
- * Advances the @iter to the next variable in the #GtkConstraintVariableSet.
+ * Advances the @iter to the next variable in the `GtkConstraintVariable`Set.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the iterator was advanced, and %FALSE otherwise
*/
@@ -583,15 +583,15 @@ gtk_constraint_variable_set_iter_next (GtkConstraintVariableSetIter *iter,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_variable_pair_new:
- * @first: a #GtkConstraintVariable
- * @second: a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @first: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
+ * @second: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
*
- * Creates a new #GtkConstraintVariablePair, containing @first and @second.
+ * Creates a new `GtkConstraintVariable`Pair, containing @first and @second.
*
- * The #GtkConstraintVariablePair acquires a reference over the two
- * given #GtkConstraintVariables.
+ * The `GtkConstraintVariable`Pair acquires a reference over the two
+ * given `GtkConstraintVariable`s.
*
- * Returns: a new #GtkConstraintVariablePair
+ * Returns: a new `GtkConstraintVariable`Pair
*/
GtkConstraintVariablePair *
gtk_constraint_variable_pair_new (GtkConstraintVariable *first,
@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ gtk_constraint_variable_pair_new (GtkConstraintVariable *first,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_variable_pair_free:
- * @pair: a #GtkConstraintVariablePair
+ * @pair: a `GtkConstraintVariable`Pair
*
* Frees the resources associated by @pair.
*/
@@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ gtk_constraint_variable_pair_free (GtkConstraintVariablePair *pair)
/*< private >
* Term:
- * @variable: a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @variable: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
* @coefficient: the coefficient applied to the @variable
* @next: the next term in the expression
* @prev: the previous term in the expression;
@@ -692,12 +692,12 @@ struct _GtkConstraintExpression
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_add_term:
- * @self: a #GtkConstraintExpression
- * @variable: a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @self: a `GtkConstraintExpression`
+ * @variable: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
* @coefficient: a coefficient for @variable
*
* Adds a new term formed by (@variable, @coefficient) into a
- * #GtkConstraintExpression.
+ * `GtkConstraintExpression`.
*
* The @expression acquires a reference on @variable.
*/
@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_remove_term (GtkConstraintExpression *self,
* gtk_constraint_expression_new:
* @constant: a constant for the expression
*
- * Creates a new #GtkConstraintExpression with the given @constant.
+ * Creates a new `GtkConstraintExpression` with the given @constant.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): the newly created expression
*/
@@ -810,9 +810,9 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_new (double constant)
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_new_from_variable:
- * @variable: a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @variable: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
*
- * Creates a new #GtkConstraintExpression with the given @variable.
+ * Creates a new `GtkConstraintExpression` with the given @variable.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): the newly created expression
*/
@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_new_from_variable (GtkConstraintVariable *variable)
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_ref:
- * @expression: a #GtkConstraintExpression
+ * @expression: a `GtkConstraintExpression`
*
* Acquires a reference on @expression.
*
@@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_clear (gpointer data)
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_unref:
- * @expression: (transfer full): a #GtkConstraintExpression
+ * @expression: (transfer full): a `GtkConstraintExpression`
*
* Releases a reference on @expression.
*/
@@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_unref (GtkConstraintExpression *expression)
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_is_constant:
- * @expression: a #GtkConstraintExpression
+ * @expression: a `GtkConstraintExpression`
*
* Checks whether @expression is a constant value, with no variable terms.
*
@@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_is_constant (const GtkConstraintExpression *expression
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_set_constant:
- * @expression: a #GtkConstraintExpression
+ * @expression: a `GtkConstraintExpression`
* @constant: the value of the constant
*
* Sets the value of the constant part of @expression.
@@ -900,7 +900,7 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_set_constant (GtkConstraintExpression *expression,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_get_constant:
- * @expression: a #GtkConstraintExpression
+ * @expression: a `GtkConstraintExpression`
*
* Retrieves the constant value of @expression.
*
@@ -935,11 +935,11 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_clone (GtkConstraintExpression *expression)
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_add_variable:
- * @expression: a #GtkConstraintExpression
- * @variable: a #GtkConstraintVariable to add to @expression
+ * @expression: a `GtkConstraintExpression`
+ * @variable: a `GtkConstraintVariable` to add to @expression
* @coefficient: the coefficient of @variable
- * @subject: (nullable): a #GtkConstraintVariable
- * @solver: (nullable): a #GtkConstraintSolver
+ * @subject: (nullable): a `GtkConstraintVariable`
+ * @solver: (nullable): a `GtkConstraintSolver`
*
* Adds a `(@coefficient × @variable)` term to @expression.
*
@@ -998,8 +998,8 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_add_variable (GtkConstraintExpression *expression,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_remove_variable:
- * @expression: a #GtkConstraintExpression
- * @variable: a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @expression: a `GtkConstraintExpression`
+ * @variable: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
*
* Removes @variable from @expression.
*/
@@ -1015,8 +1015,8 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_remove_variable (GtkConstraintExpression *expression,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_set_variable:
- * @expression: a #GtkConstraintExpression
- * @variable: a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @expression: a `GtkConstraintExpression`
+ * @variable: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
* @coefficient: a coefficient for @variable
*
* Sets the @coefficient for @variable inside an @expression.
@@ -1048,8 +1048,8 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_set_variable (GtkConstraintExpression *expression,
* @a_expr: first operand
* @b_expr: second operand
* @n: the multiplication factor for @b_expr
- * @subject: (nullable): a #GtkConstraintVariable
- * @solver: (nullable): a #GtkConstraintSolver
+ * @subject: (nullable): a `GtkConstraintVariable`
+ * @solver: (nullable): a `GtkConstraintSolver`
*
* Adds `(@n × @b_expr)` to @a_expr.
*
@@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_set_variable (GtkConstraintExpression *expression,
* a.x + a.width - b.x - b.width = 0
* ]|
*
- * If @solver is not %NULL, this function will notify a #GtkConstraintSolver
+ * If @solver is not %NULL, this function will notify a `GtkConstraintSolver`
* of every variable that was added or removed from @a_expr.
*/
void
@@ -1096,12 +1096,12 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_add_expression (GtkConstraintExpression *a_expr,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_plus_constant:
- * @expression: a #GtkConstraintExpression
+ * @expression: a `GtkConstraintExpression`
* @constant: a constant value
*
* Adds a @constant value to the @expression.
*
- * This is the equivalent of creating a new #GtkConstraintExpression for
+ * This is the equivalent of creating a new `GtkConstraintExpression` for
* the @constant and calling gtk_constraint_expression_add_expression().
*
* Returns: the @expression
@@ -1121,12 +1121,12 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_plus_constant (GtkConstraintExpression *expression,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_minus_constant:
- * @expression: a #GtkConstraintExpression
+ * @expression: a `GtkConstraintExpression`
* @constant: a constant value
*
* Removes a @constant value from the @expression.
*
- * This is the equivalent of creating a new #GtkConstraintExpression for
+ * This is the equivalent of creating a new `GtkConstraintExpression` for
* the inverse of @constant and calling gtk_constraint_expression_add_expression().
*
* Returns: the @expression
@@ -1140,8 +1140,8 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_minus_constant (GtkConstraintExpression *expression,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_plus_variable:
- * @expression: a #GtkConstraintExpression
- * @variable: a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @expression: a `GtkConstraintExpression`
+ * @variable: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
*
* Adds a @variable to the @expression.
*
@@ -1162,8 +1162,8 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_plus_variable (GtkConstraintExpression *expression,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_minus_variable:
- * @expression: a #GtkConstraintExpression
- * @variable: a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @expression: a `GtkConstraintExpression`
+ * @variable: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
*
* Subtracts a @variable from the @expression.
*
@@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_minus_variable (GtkConstraintExpression *expression,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_multiply_by:
- * @expression: a #GtkConstraintExpression
+ * @expression: a `GtkConstraintExpression`
* @factor: the multiplication factor
*
* Multiplies the constant part and the coefficient of all terms
@@ -1217,7 +1217,7 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_multiply_by (GtkConstraintExpression *expression,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_divide_by:
- * @expression: a #GtkConstraintExpression
+ * @expression: a `GtkConstraintExpression`
* @factor: the division factor
*
* Divides the constant part and the coefficient of all terms
@@ -1237,12 +1237,12 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_divide_by (GtkConstraintExpression *expression,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_new_subject:
- * @expression: a #GtkConstraintExpression
- * @subject: a #GtkConstraintVariable part of @expression
+ * @expression: a `GtkConstraintExpression`
+ * @subject: a `GtkConstraintVariable` part of @expression
*
* Modifies @expression to have a new @subject.
*
- * A #GtkConstraintExpression is a linear expression in the form of
+ * A `GtkConstraintExpression` is a linear expression in the form of
* `@expression = 0`. If @expression contains @subject, for instance:
*
* |[
@@ -1283,9 +1283,9 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_new_subject (GtkConstraintExpression *expression,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_change_subject:
- * @expression: a #GtkConstraintExpression
- * @old_subject: the old subject #GtkConstraintVariable of @expression
- * @new_subject: the new subject #GtkConstraintVariable of @expression
+ * @expression: a `GtkConstraintExpression`
+ * @old_subject: the old subject `GtkConstraintVariable` of @expression
+ * @new_subject: the new subject `GtkConstraintVariable` of @expression
*
* Turns an @expression in the form of:
*
@@ -1318,8 +1318,8 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_change_subject (GtkConstraintExpression *expression,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_get_coefficient:
- * @expression: a #GtkConstraintExpression
- * @variable: a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @expression: a `GtkConstraintExpression`
+ * @variable: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
*
* Retrieves the coefficient of the term for @variable inside @expression.
*
@@ -1346,15 +1346,15 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_get_coefficient (GtkConstraintExpression *expression,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_substitute_out:
- * @expression: a #GtkConstraintExpression
+ * @expression: a `GtkConstraintExpression`
* @out_var: the variable to replace
* @expr: the expression used to replace @out_var
- * @subject: (nullable): a #GtkConstraintVariable
- * @solver: (nullable): a #GtkConstraintSolver
+ * @subject: (nullable): a `GtkConstraintVariable`
+ * @solver: (nullable): a `GtkConstraintSolver`
*
* Replaces every term containing @out_var inside @expression with @expr.
*
- * If @solver is not %NULL, this function will notify the #GtkConstraintSolver
+ * If @solver is not %NULL, this function will notify the `GtkConstraintSolver`
* for every variable added to or removed from @expression.
*/
void
@@ -1412,12 +1412,12 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_substitute_out (GtkConstraintExpression *expression,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_get_pivotable_variable:
- * @expression: a #GtkConstraintExpression
+ * @expression: a `GtkConstraintExpression`
*
- * Retrieves the first #GtkConstraintVariable in @expression that
+ * Retrieves the first `GtkConstraintVariable` in @expression that
* is marked as pivotable.
*
- * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): a `GtkConstraintVariable`
*/
GtkConstraintVariable *
gtk_constraint_expression_get_pivotable_variable (GtkConstraintExpression *expression)
@@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_get_pivotable_variable (GtkConstraintExpression *expre
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_to_string:
- * @expression: a #GtkConstraintExpression
+ * @expression: a `GtkConstraintExpression`
*
* Creates a string containing @expression.
*
@@ -1513,8 +1513,8 @@ typedef struct {
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_iter_init:
- * @iter: a #GtkConstraintExpressionIter
- * @expression: a #GtkConstraintExpression
+ * @iter: a `GtkConstraintExpression`Iter
+ * @expression: a `GtkConstraintExpression`
*
* Initializes an iterator over @expression.
*/
@@ -1531,11 +1531,11 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_iter_init (GtkConstraintExpressionIter *iter,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_iter_next:
- * @iter: a valid #GtkConstraintExpressionIter
+ * @iter: a valid `GtkConstraintExpression`Iter
* @variable: (out): the variable of the next term
* @coefficient: (out): the coefficient of the next term
*
- * Moves the given #GtkConstraintExpressionIter forwards to the next
+ * Moves the given `GtkConstraintExpression`Iter forwards to the next
* term in the expression, starting from the first term.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the iterator was moved, and %FALSE if the iterator
@@ -1566,11 +1566,11 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_iter_next (GtkConstraintExpressionIter *iter,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_iter_prev:
- * @iter: a valid #GtkConstraintExpressionIter
+ * @iter: a valid `GtkConstraintExpression`Iter
* @variable: (out): the variable of the previous term
* @coefficient: (out): the coefficient of the previous term
*
- * Moves the given #GtkConstraintExpressionIter backwards to the previous
+ * Moves the given `GtkConstraintExpression`Iter backwards to the previous
* term in the expression, starting from the last term.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the iterator was moved, and %FALSE if the iterator
@@ -1618,11 +1618,11 @@ typedef struct
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_builder_init:
- * @builder: a #GtkConstraintExpressionBuilder
- * @solver: a #GtkConstraintSolver
+ * @builder: a `GtkConstraintExpression`Builder
+ * @solver: a `GtkConstraintSolver`
*
- * Initializes the given #GtkConstraintExpressionBuilder for the
- * given #GtkConstraintSolver.
+ * Initializes the given `GtkConstraintExpression`Builder for the
+ * given `GtkConstraintSolver`.
*
* You can use the @builder to construct expressions to be added to the
* @solver, in the form of constraints.
@@ -1666,8 +1666,8 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_builder_init (GtkConstraintExpressionBuilder *builder,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_builder_term:
- * @builder: a #GtkConstraintExpressionBuilder
- * @term: a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @builder: a `GtkConstraintExpression`Builder
+ * @term: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
*
* Adds a variable @term to the @builder.
*/
@@ -1712,7 +1712,7 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_builder_term (GtkConstraintExpressionBuilder *builder,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_builder_plus:
- * @builder: a #GtkConstraintExpressionBuilder
+ * @builder: a `GtkConstraintExpression`Builder
*
* Adds a plus operator to the @builder.
*/
@@ -1726,7 +1726,7 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_builder_plus (GtkConstraintExpressionBuilder *builder)
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_builder_minus:
- * @builder: a #GtkConstraintExpressionBuilder
+ * @builder: a `GtkConstraintExpression`Builder
*
* Adds a minus operator to the @builder.
*/
@@ -1740,7 +1740,7 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_builder_minus (GtkConstraintExpressionBuilder *builder
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_builder_divide_by:
- * @builder: a #GtkConstraintExpressionBuilder
+ * @builder: a `GtkConstraintExpression`Builder
*
* Adds a division operator to the @builder.
*/
@@ -1754,7 +1754,7 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_builder_divide_by (GtkConstraintExpressionBuilder *bui
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_builder_multiply_by:
- * @builder: a #GtkConstraintExpressionBuilder
+ * @builder: a `GtkConstraintExpression`Builder
*
* Adds a multiplication operator to the @builder.
*/
@@ -1769,7 +1769,7 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_builder_multiply_by (GtkConstraintExpressionBuilder *b
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_builder_constant:
- * @builder: a #GtkConstraintExpressionBuilder
+ * @builder: a `GtkConstraintExpression`Builder
* @value: a constant value
*
* Adds a constant value to the @builder.
@@ -1811,7 +1811,7 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_builder_constant (GtkConstraintExpressionBuilder *buil
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_expression_builder_finish:
- * @builder: a #GtkConstraintExpressionBuilder
+ * @builder: a `GtkConstraintExpression`Builder
*
* Closes the given expression builder, and returns the expression.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkconstraintexpressionprivate.h b/gtk/gtkconstraintexpressionprivate.h
index 942915ad38..a35d3ddb2f 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkconstraintexpressionprivate.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkconstraintexpressionprivate.h
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ gtk_constraint_expression_builder_finish (GtkConstraintExpressionBuilder *builde
/*< private >
* GtkConstraintExpressionIter:
*
- * An iterator object for terms inside a #GtkConstraintExpression.
+ * An iterator object for terms inside a `GtkConstraintExpression`.
*/
typedef struct {
/*< private >*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkconstraintlayout.c b/gtk/gtkconstraintlayout.c
index fed8b7431d..d819bef364 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkconstraintlayout.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkconstraintlayout.c
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
* There can be "constant" and "multiplier" attributes.
*
* Additionally, the "constraints" element can also contain a description
- * of the #GtkConstraintGuides used by the layout:
+ * of the `GtkConstraintGuides` used by the layout:
*
* ```xml
* <constraints>
@@ -736,10 +736,10 @@ get_layout_attribute (GtkConstraintLayout *self,
* @self: a `GtkConstraintLayout`
* @constraint: a [class@Gtk.Constraint]
*
- * Turns a #GtkConstraint into a #GtkConstraintRef inside the
+ * Turns a `GtkConstraint` into a `GtkConstraintRef` inside the
* constraint solver associated to @self.
*
- * If @self does not have a #GtkConstraintSolver, because it
+ * If @self does not have a `GtkConstraintSolver`, because it
* has not been rooted yet, we just store the @constraint instance,
* and we're going to call this function when the layout manager
* gets rooted.
diff --git a/gtk/gtkconstraintsolver.c b/gtk/gtkconstraintsolver.c
index 5f1d0abce2..14117e08ba 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkconstraintsolver.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkconstraintsolver.c
@@ -637,9 +637,9 @@ gtk_constraint_solver_remove_row (GtkConstraintSolver *self,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_solver_substitute_out:
- * @self: a #GtkConstraintSolver
- * @old_variable: a #GtkConstraintVariable
- * @expression: a #GtkConstraintExpression
+ * @self: a `GtkConstraintSolver`
+ * @old_variable: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
+ * @expression: a `GtkConstraintExpression`
*
* Replaces @old_variable in every row of the tableau with @expression.
*/
@@ -678,11 +678,11 @@ gtk_constraint_solver_substitute_out (GtkConstraintSolver *self,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_solver_pivot:
- * @self: a #GtkConstraintSolver
- * @entry_var: a #GtkConstraintVariable
- * @exit_var: a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @self: a `GtkConstraintSolver`
+ * @entry_var: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
+ * @exit_var: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
*
- * Pivots the #GtkConstraintSolver.
+ * Pivots the `GtkConstraintSolver`.
*
* This function will move @entry_var into the basis of the tableau,
* making it a basic variable; and move @exit_var out of the basis of
@@ -824,8 +824,8 @@ gtk_constraint_solver_optimize (GtkConstraintSolver *self,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_solver_new_expression:
- * @self: a #GtkConstraintSolver
- * @constraint: a #GtkConstraintRef
+ * @self: a `GtkConstraintSolver`
+ * @constraint: a `GtkConstraintRef`
* @eplus_p: (out) (optional): the positive error variable
* @eminus_p: (out) (optional): the negative error variable
* @prev_constant_p: the constant part of the @constraint's expression
@@ -1368,9 +1368,9 @@ gtk_constraint_solver_add_constraint_internal (GtkConstraintSolver *self,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_solver_new:
*
- * Creates a new #GtkConstraintSolver instance.
+ * Creates a new `GtkConstraintSolver` instance.
*
- * Returns: the newly created #GtkConstraintSolver
+ * Returns: the newly created `GtkConstraintSolver`
*/
GtkConstraintSolver *
gtk_constraint_solver_new (void)
@@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@ gtk_constraint_solver_new (void)
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_solver_freeze:
- * @solver: a #GtkConstraintSolver
+ * @solver: a `GtkConstraintSolver`
*
* Freezes the solver; any constraint addition or removal will not
* be automatically solved until gtk_constraint_solver_thaw() is
@@ -1399,9 +1399,9 @@ gtk_constraint_solver_freeze (GtkConstraintSolver *solver)
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_solver_thaw:
- * @solver: a #GtkConstraintSolver
+ * @solver: a `GtkConstraintSolver`
*
- * Thaws a frozen #GtkConstraintSolver.
+ * Thaws a frozen `GtkConstraintSolver`.
*/
void
gtk_constraint_solver_thaw (GtkConstraintSolver *solver)
@@ -1420,13 +1420,13 @@ gtk_constraint_solver_thaw (GtkConstraintSolver *solver)
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_solver_note_added_variable:
- * @self: a #GtkConstraintSolver
- * @variable: a #GtkConstraintVariable
- * @subject: a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @self: a `GtkConstraintSolver`
+ * @variable: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
+ * @subject: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
*
- * Adds a new @variable into the tableau of a #GtkConstraintSolver.
+ * Adds a new @variable into the tableau of a `GtkConstraintSolver`.
*
- * This function is typically called by #GtkConstraintExpression, and
+ * This function is typically called by `GtkConstraintExpression`, and
* should never be directly called.
*/
void
@@ -1440,13 +1440,13 @@ gtk_constraint_solver_note_added_variable (GtkConstraintSolver *self,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_solver_note_removed_variable:
- * @self: a #GtkConstraintSolver
- * @variable: a #GtkConstraintVariable
- * @subject: a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @self: a `GtkConstraintSolver`
+ * @variable: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
+ * @subject: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
*
- * Removes a @variable from the tableau of a #GtkConstraintSolver.
+ * Removes a @variable from the tableau of a `GtkConstraintSolver`.
*
- * This function is typically called by #GtkConstraintExpression, and
+ * This function is typically called by `GtkConstraintExpression`, and
* should never be directly called.
*/
void
@@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@ gtk_constraint_solver_note_removed_variable (GtkConstraintSolver *self,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_solver_create_variable:
- * @self: a #GtkConstraintSolver
+ * @self: a `GtkConstraintSolver`
* @prefix: (nullable): the prefix of the variable
* @name: (nullable): the name of the variable
* @value: the initial value of the variable
@@ -1490,7 +1490,7 @@ gtk_constraint_solver_create_variable (GtkConstraintSolver *self,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_solver_resolve:
- * @solver: a #GtkConstraintSolver
+ * @solver: a `GtkConstraintSolver`
*
* Resolves the constraints currently stored in @solver.
*/
@@ -1519,7 +1519,7 @@ gtk_constraint_solver_resolve (GtkConstraintSolver *solver)
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_solver_add_constraint:
- * @self: a #GtkConstraintSolver
+ * @self: a `GtkConstraintSolver`
* @variable: the subject of the constraint
* @relation: the relation of the constraint
* @expression: the expression of the constraint
@@ -1531,7 +1531,7 @@ gtk_constraint_solver_resolve (GtkConstraintSolver *solver)
* variable relation expression (strength)
* |]
*
- * into the #GtkConstraintSolver.
+ * into the `GtkConstraintSolver`.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a reference to the newly created
* constraint; you can use the reference to remove the
@@ -1597,8 +1597,8 @@ gtk_constraint_solver_add_constraint (GtkConstraintSolver *self,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_solver_add_stay_variable:
- * @self: a #GtkConstraintSolver
- * @variable: a stay #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @self: a `GtkConstraintSolver`
+ * @variable: a stay `GtkConstraintVariable`
* @strength: the strength of the constraint
*
* Adds a constraint on a stay @variable with the given @strength.
@@ -1646,7 +1646,7 @@ gtk_constraint_solver_add_stay_variable (GtkConstraintSolver *self,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_solver_remove_stay_variable:
- * @self: a #GtkConstraintSolver
+ * @self: a `GtkConstraintSolver`
* @variable: a stay variable
*
* Removes the stay constraint associated to @variable.
@@ -1675,14 +1675,14 @@ gtk_constraint_solver_remove_stay_variable (GtkConstraintSolver *self,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_solver_add_edit_variable:
- * @self: a #GtkConstraintSolver
+ * @self: a `GtkConstraintSolver`
* @variable: an edit variable
* @strength: the strength of the constraint
*
* Adds an editable constraint to the @solver.
*
* Editable constraints can be used to suggest values to a
- * #GtkConstraintSolver inside an edit phase, for instance: if
+ * `GtkConstraintSolver` inside an edit phase, for instance: if
* you want to change the value of a variable without necessarily
* insert a new constraint every time.
*
@@ -1717,7 +1717,7 @@ gtk_constraint_solver_add_edit_variable (GtkConstraintSolver *self,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_solver_remove_edit_variable:
- * @self: a #GtkConstraintSolver
+ * @self: a `GtkConstraintSolver`
* @variable: an edit variable
*
* Removes the edit constraint associated to @variable.
@@ -1746,7 +1746,7 @@ gtk_constraint_solver_remove_edit_variable (GtkConstraintSolver *self,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_solver_remove_constraint:
- * @self: a #GtkConstraintSolver
+ * @self: a `GtkConstraintSolver`
* @constraint: a constraint reference
*
* Removes a @constraint from the @solver.
@@ -1956,8 +1956,8 @@ no_columns:
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_solver_suggest_value:
- * @self: a #GtkConstraintSolver
- * @variable: a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @self: a `GtkConstraintSolver`
+ * @variable: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
* @value: the suggested value for @variable
*
* Suggests a new @value for an edit @variable.
@@ -1995,8 +1995,8 @@ gtk_constraint_solver_suggest_value (GtkConstraintSolver *self,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_solver_has_stay_variable:
- * @solver: a #GtkConstraintSolver
- * @variable: a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @solver: a `GtkConstraintSolver`
+ * @variable: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
*
* Checks whether @variable is a stay variable.
*
@@ -2014,8 +2014,8 @@ gtk_constraint_solver_has_stay_variable (GtkConstraintSolver *solver,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_solver_has_edit_variable:
- * @solver: a #GtkConstraintSolver
- * @variable: a #GtkConstraintVariable
+ * @solver: a `GtkConstraintSolver`
+ * @variable: a `GtkConstraintVariable`
*
* Checks whether @variable is an edit variable.
*
@@ -2033,7 +2033,7 @@ gtk_constraint_solver_has_edit_variable (GtkConstraintSolver *solver,
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_solver_begin_edit:
- * @solver: a #GtkConstraintSolver
+ * @solver: a `GtkConstraintSolver`
*
* Begins the edit phase for a constraint system.
*
@@ -2073,7 +2073,7 @@ edit_info_free (gpointer data)
/*< private >
* gtk_constraint_solver_end_edit:
- * @solver: a #GtkConstraintSolver
+ * @solver: a `GtkConstraintSolver`
*
* Ends the edit phase for a constraint system, and clears
* all the edit variables introduced.
diff --git a/gtk/gtkconstrainttypesprivate.h b/gtk/gtkconstrainttypesprivate.h
index 052280ae98..8f6bd5e0ed 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkconstrainttypesprivate.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkconstrainttypesprivate.h
@@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ typedef struct _GtkConstraintExpressionBuilder GtkConstraintExpressionBuilder;
/*< private >
* GtkConstraintRef:
*
- * A reference to a constraint stored inside the solver; while #GtkConstraint
- * represent the public API, a #GtkConstraintRef represents data stored inside
- * the solver. A #GtkConstraintRef is completely opaque, and should only be
+ * A reference to a constraint stored inside the solver; while `GtkConstraint`
+ * represent the public API, a `GtkConstraintRef` represents data stored inside
+ * the solver. A `GtkConstraintRef` is completely opaque, and should only be
* used to remove a constraint from the solver.
*/
typedef struct _GtkConstraintRef GtkConstraintRef;
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcountingbloomfilterprivate.h b/gtk/gtkcountingbloomfilterprivate.h
index 9d7078a587..73cc429d20 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcountingbloomfilterprivate.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkcountingbloomfilterprivate.h
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ static inline gboolean gtk_counting_bloom_filter_may_contain (const GtkCounti
/*
* gtk_counting_bloom_filter_add:
- * @self: a #GtkCountingBloomFilter
+ * @self: a `GtkCountingBloomFilter`
* @hash: a hash value to add to the filter
*
* Adds the hash value to the filter.
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ gtk_counting_bloom_filter_add (GtkCountingBloomFilter *self,
/*
* gtk_counting_bloom_filter_remove:
- * @self: a #GtkCountingBloomFilter
+ * @self: a `GtkCountingBloomFilter`
* @hash: a hash value to remove from the filter
*
* Removes a hash value from the filter that has previously
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ gtk_counting_bloom_filter_remove (GtkCountingBloomFilter *self,
/*
* gtk_counting_bloom_filter_may_contain:
- * @self: a #GtkCountingBloomFilter
+ * @self: a `GtkCountingBloomFilter`
* @hash: the hash value to check
*
* Checks if @hash may be contained in @self.
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcssprovider.c b/gtk/gtkcssprovider.c
index 0baa6f9b68..c81132e6e8 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcssprovider.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcssprovider.c
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
* [method@Gtk.CssProvider.load_from_file] or
* [method@Gtk.CssProvider.load_from_resource]
* and adding the provider with [method@Gtk.StyleContext.add_provider] or
- * [func@Gtk.StyleContext.add_provider_for_display].
+ * [type_func@Gtk.StyleContext.add_provider_for_display].
* In addition, certain files will be read when GTK is initialized.
* First, the file `$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/gtk-4.0/gtk.css` is loaded if it
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcssstyle.c b/gtk/gtkcssstyle.c
index 91830266a5..0f890a005d 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcssstyle.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcssstyle.c
@@ -308,8 +308,8 @@ gtk_css_style_get_static_style (GtkCssStyle *style)
/*
* gtk_css_style_print:
- * @style: a #GtkCssStyle
- * @string: the #GString to print to
+ * @style: a `GtkCssStyle`
+ * @string: the `GString` to print to
* @indent: level of indentation to use
* @skip_initial: %TRUE to skip properties that have their initial value
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcssvalue.c b/gtk/gtkcssvalue.c
index fc79819ee1..e7f41fdac9 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcssvalue.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcssvalue.c
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ _gtk_css_value_print (const GtkCssValue *value,
/**
* gtk_css_value_is_dynamic:
- * @value: a #GtkCssValue
+ * @value: a `GtkCssValue`
*
* A "dynamic" value has a different value at different times. This means that
* the value needs to be animated when time is progressing.
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ gtk_css_value_is_dynamic (const GtkCssValue *value)
/**
* gtk_css_value_get_dynamic_value:
- * @value: a #GtkCssValue
+ * @value: a `GtkCssValue`
* @monotonic_time: the timestamp for which to get the dynamic value
*
* Gets the dynamic value for a given timestamp. If @monotonic_time is 0,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcustomlayout.h b/gtk/gtkcustomlayout.h
index 0dccb7d718..6c5ade39a1 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcustomlayout.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkcustomlayout.h
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ typedef GtkSizeRequestMode (* GtkCustomRequestModeFunc) (GtkWidget *widget);
* @minimum_baseline: (out): the measured minimum baseline of the widget
* @natural_baseline: (out): the measured natural baseline of the widget
*
- * A function to be used by #GtkCustomLayout to measure a widget.
+ * A function to be used by `GtkCustomLayout` to measure a widget.
*/
typedef void (* GtkCustomMeasureFunc) (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c b/gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c
index 815d2d262e..62218142f6 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ gtk_custom_paper_unix_dialog_finalize (GObject *object)
*
* Creates a new custom paper dialog.
*
- * Returns: the new #GtkCustomPaperUnixDialog
+ * Returns: the new `GtkCustomPaperUnixDialog`
*/
GtkWidget *
_gtk_custom_paper_unix_dialog_new (GtkWindow *parent,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkdialog.c b/gtk/gtkdialog.c
index 31e7f98684..db3ecb60e0 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkdialog.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkdialog.c
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
* on the “use-header-bar“ property. The response id has to be associated
* with the action widget using the <action-widgets> element.
*
- * An example of a #GtkDialog UI definition fragment:
+ * An example of a `GtkDialog` UI definition fragment:
* ```xml
* <object class="GtkDialog" id="dialog1">
* <child type="action">
@@ -1414,7 +1414,7 @@ gtk_dialog_get_header_bar (GtkDialog *dialog)
*
* Returns the content area of @dialog.
*
- * Returns: (type Gtk.Box) (transfer none): the content area #GtkBox.
+ * Returns: (type Gtk.Box) (transfer none): the content area `GtkBox`.
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_dialog_get_content_area (GtkDialog *dialog)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c b/gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c
index b83721f504..25aa6cf67c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c
@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ gtk_directory_list_update_monitoring (GtkDirectoryList *self)
/**
* gtk_directory_list_set_file: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=file)
* @self: a `GtkDirectoryList`
- * @file: (nullable): the #GFile to be enumerated
+ * @file: (nullable): the `GFile` to be enumerated
*
* Sets the @file to be enumerated and starts the enumeration.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkdragsource.c b/gtk/gtkdragsource.c
index ef70d6793c..b3df700065 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkdragsource.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkdragsource.c
@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ gtk_drag_source_set_actions (GtkDragSource *source,
/**
* gtk_drag_source_set_icon:
* @source: a `GtkDragSource`
- * @paintable: (nullable): the #GdkPaintable to use as icon
+ * @paintable: (nullable): the `GdkPaintable` to use as icon
* @hot_x: the hotspot X coordinate on the icon
* @hot_y: the hotspot Y coordinate on the icon
*
@@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ gtk_drag_source_drag_cancel (GtkDragSource *source)
/**
* gtk_drag_check_threshold: (method)
- * @widget: a #GtkWidget
+ * @widget: a `GtkWidget`
* @start_x: X coordinate of start of drag
* @start_y: Y coordinate of start of drag
* @current_x: current X coordinate
diff --git a/gtk/gtkdrawingarea.h b/gtk/gtkdrawingarea.h
index 4d49c3f27e..3f0ee3eab0 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkdrawingarea.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkdrawingarea.h
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ typedef struct _GtkDrawingAreaClass GtkDrawingAreaClass;
/**
* GtkDrawingAreaDrawFunc:
- * @drawing_area: the #GtkDrawingArea to redraw
+ * @drawing_area: the `GtkDrawingArea` to redraw
* @cr: the context to draw to
* @width: the actual width of the contents. This value will be at least
* as wide as GtkDrawingArea:width.
diff --git a/gtk/gtkdroptarget.c b/gtk/gtkdroptarget.c
index b2dc6f0eed..24ff0427c2 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkdroptarget.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkdroptarget.c
@@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ gtk_drop_target_class_init (GtkDropTargetClass *class)
/**
* GtkDropTarget::drop:
* @self: the `GtkDropTarget`
- * @value: the #GValue being dropped
+ * @value: the `GValue` being dropped
* @x: the x coordinate of the current pointer position
* @y: the y coordinate of the current pointer position
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkdroptargetasync.c b/gtk/gtkdroptargetasync.c
index b8f360d1da..1afd86d922 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkdroptargetasync.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkdroptargetasync.c
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ gtk_drop_target_async_class_init (GtkDropTargetAsyncClass *class)
/**
* GtkDropTargetAsync::accept:
* @self: the `GtkDropTargetAsync`
- * @drop: the #GdkDrop
+ * @drop: the `GdkDrop`
*
* Emitted on the drop site when a drop operation is about to begin.
*
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ gtk_drop_target_async_class_init (GtkDropTargetAsyncClass *class)
/**
* GtkDropTargetAsync::drag-enter:
* @self: the `GtkDropTargetAsync`
- * @drop: the #GdkDrop
+ * @drop: the `GdkDrop`
* @x: the x coordinate of the current pointer position
* @y: the y coordinate of the current pointer position
*
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ gtk_drop_target_async_class_init (GtkDropTargetAsyncClass *class)
/**
* GtkDropTargetAsync::drag-motion:
* @self: the `GtkDropTargetAsync`
- * @drop: the #GdkDrop
+ * @drop: the `GdkDrop`
* @x: the x coordinate of the current pointer position
* @y: the y coordinate of the current pointer position
*
@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ gtk_drop_target_async_class_init (GtkDropTargetAsyncClass *class)
/**
* GtkDropTargetAsync::drag-leave:
* @self: the `GtkDropTargetAsync`
- * @drop: the #GdkDrop
+ * @drop: the `GdkDrop`
*
* Emitted on the drop site when the pointer leaves the widget.
*
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ gtk_drop_target_async_class_init (GtkDropTargetAsyncClass *class)
/**
* GtkDropTargetAsync::drop:
* @self: the `GtkDropTargetAsync`
- * @drop: the #GdkDrop
+ * @drop: the `GdkDrop`
* @x: the x coordinate of the current pointer position
* @y: the y coordinate of the current pointer position
*
@@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ gtk_drop_target_async_get_actions (GtkDropTargetAsync *self)
/**
* gtk_drop_target_async_reject_drop:
* @self: a `GtkDropTargetAsync`
- * @drop: the #GdkDrop of an ongoing drag operation
+ * @drop: the `GdkDrop` of an ongoing drag operation
*
* Sets the @drop as not accepted on this drag site.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkeditable.c b/gtk/gtkeditable.c
index 8095bca07f..c8386afe21 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkeditable.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkeditable.c
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
* ## Implementing GtkEditable
*
* The most likely scenario for implementing `GtkEditable` on your own widget
- * is that you will embed a #GtkText inside a complex widget, and want to
+ * is that you will embed a `GtkText` inside a complex widget, and want to
* delegate the editable functionality to that text widget. `GtkEditable`
* provides some utility functions to make this easy.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkeditablelabel.c b/gtk/gtkeditablelabel.c
index c993350e92..b75b6a531d 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkeditablelabel.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkeditablelabel.c
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ gtk_editable_label_class_init (GtkEditableLabelClass *class)
* The default bindings for this action are clicking
* on the widget and the Enter key.
*
- * This action is disabled when #GtkEditableLabel:editing
+ * This action is disabled when `GtkEditableLabel:editing`
* is %FALSE.
*/
gtk_widget_class_install_action (widget_class, "editing.start", NULL, start_editing);
@@ -397,12 +397,12 @@ gtk_editable_label_class_init (GtkEditableLabelClass *class)
*
* Switch the widget out of editing mode. If @commit
* is %TRUE, then the results of the editing are taken
- * as the new value of #GtkEditable:text.
+ * as the new value of `GtkEditable:text`.
*
* The default binding for this action is the Escape
* key.
*
- * This action is disabled when #GtkEditableLabel:editing
+ * This action is disabled when `GtkEditableLabel:editing`
* is %FALSE.
*/
gtk_widget_class_install_action (widget_class, "editing.stop", "b", stop_editing);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkentry.c b/gtk/gtkentry.c
index 267b174e5b..3210426350 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkentry.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkentry.c
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
* The `GtkEntry` implementation of the `GtkBuildable` interface supports a
* custom <attributes> element, which supports any number of <attribute>
* elements. The <attribute> element has attributes named “name“, “value“,
- * “start“ and “end“ and allows you to specify #PangoAttribute values for
+ * “start“ and “end“ and allows you to specify `PangoAttribute` values for
* this label.
*
* An example of a UI definition fragment specifying Pango attributes:
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ G_DEFINE_TYPE_WITH_CODE (GtkEntry, gtk_entry, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET,
gtk_entry_cell_editable_init))
/* Implement the GtkAccessible interface, in order to obtain focus
- * state from the #GtkText widget that we are wrapping. The GtkText
+ * state from the GtkText widget that we are wrapping. The GtkText
* widget is ignored for accessibility purposes (it has role NONE),
* and any a11y text functionality is implemented for GtkEntry and
* similar wrappers (GtkPasswordEntry, GtkSpinButton, etc).
@@ -957,7 +957,7 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
*
* This is mainly useful to change the size or weight of the text.
*
- * The #PangoAttribute's @start_index and @end_index must refer to the
+ * The `PangoAttribute`'s @start_index and @end_index must refer to the
* [class@Gtk.EntryBuffer] text, i.e. without the preedit string.
*/
entry_props[PROP_ATTRIBUTES] =
@@ -2918,7 +2918,7 @@ gtk_entry_get_icon_at_pos (GtkEntry *entry,
* gtk_entry_set_icon_drag_source:
* @entry: a `GtkEntry`
* @icon_pos: icon position
- * @provider: a #GdkContentProvider
+ * @provider: a `GdkContentProvider`
* @actions: a bitmask of the allowed drag actions
*
* Sets up the icon at the given position as drag source.
diff --git a/gtk/gtkentry.h b/gtk/gtkentry.h
index c256fb24bf..c55538f57a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkentry.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkentry.h
@@ -75,10 +75,10 @@ struct _GtkEntry
/**
* GtkEntryClass:
* @parent_class: The parent class.
- * @activate: Class handler for the #GtkEntry::activate signal. The default
+ * @activate: Class handler for the `GtkEntry::activate` signal. The default
* implementation activates the gtk.activate-default action.
*
- * Class structure for #GtkEntry. All virtual functions have a default
+ * Class structure for `GtkEntry`. All virtual functions have a default
* implementation. Derived classes may set the virtual function pointers for the
* signal handlers to %NULL, but must keep @get_text_area_size and
* @get_frame_size non-%NULL; either use the default implementation, or provide
diff --git a/gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c b/gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c
index b96b895742..2d2f68b3d8 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_class_init (GtkEntryBufferClass *klass)
/**
* GtkEntryBuffer::inserted-text:
- * @buffer: a #GtkEntryBuffer
+ * @buffer: a `GtkEntryBuffer`
* @position: the position the text was inserted at.
* @chars: The text that was inserted.
* @n_chars: The number of characters that were inserted.
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_class_init (GtkEntryBufferClass *klass)
/**
* GtkEntryBuffer::deleted-text:
- * @buffer: a #GtkEntryBuffer
+ * @buffer: a `GtkEntryBuffer`
* @position: the position the text was deleted at.
* @n_chars: The number of characters that were deleted.
*
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_get_length (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer)
/**
* gtk_entry_buffer_get_bytes:
- * @buffer: a #GtkEntryBuffer
+ * @buffer: a `GtkEntryBuffer`
*
* Retrieves the length in bytes of the buffer.
*
@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_set_max_length (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer,
* Retrieves the maximum allowed length of the text in @buffer.
*
* Returns: the maximum allowed number of characters
- * in #GtkEntryBuffer, or 0 if there is no maximum.
+ * in `GtkEntryBuffer`, or 0 if there is no maximum.
*/
int
gtk_entry_buffer_get_max_length (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c b/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c
index f64b851a30..ff3c41dee8 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass)
*
* Applications may connect to this signal in order to insert only a
* smaller part of the @prefix into the entry - e.g. the entry used in
- * the #GtkFileChooser inserts only the part of the prefix up to the
+ * the `GtkFileChooser` inserts only the part of the prefix up to the
* next '/'.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_new (void)
/**
* gtk_entry_completion_new_with_area:
- * @area: the #GtkCellArea used to layout cells
+ * @area: the `GtkCellArea` used to layout cells
*
* Creates a new `GtkEntryCompletion` object using the
* specified @area.
diff --git a/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.h b/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.h
index de5024363f..90347b25ac 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.h
@@ -39,9 +39,9 @@ typedef struct _GtkEntryCompletion GtkEntryCompletion;
/**
* GtkEntryCompletionMatchFunc:
- * @completion: the #GtkEntryCompletion
+ * @completion: the `GtkEntryCompletion`
* @key: the string to match, normalized and case-folded
- * @iter: a #GtkTreeIter indicating the row to match
+ * @iter: a `GtkTreeIter` indicating the row to match
* @user_data: user data given to gtk_entry_completion_set_match_func()
*
* A function which decides whether the row indicated by @iter matches
diff --git a/gtk/gtkenums.h b/gtk/gtkenums.h
index 60dc3e431d..31b0c8fb46 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkenums.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkenums.h
@@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ typedef enum
* @GTK_LIMIT_NONE: Events are handled regardless of what their
* target is.
* @GTK_LIMIT_SAME_NATIVE: Events are only handled if their target
- * is in the same #GtkNative as the event controllers widget. Note
+ * is in the same `GtkNative` as the event controllers widget. Note
* that some event types have two targets (origin and destination).
*
* Describes limits of a `GtkEventController` for handling events
@@ -976,7 +976,7 @@ typedef enum
* @GTK_SHORTCUT_SCOPE_LOCAL: Shortcuts are handled inside
* the widget the controller belongs to.
* @GTK_SHORTCUT_SCOPE_MANAGED: Shortcuts are handled by
- * the first ancestor that is a #GtkShortcutManager
+ * the first ancestor that is a `GtkShortcutManager`
* @GTK_SHORTCUT_SCOPE_GLOBAL: Shortcuts are handled by
* the root widget.
*
@@ -994,7 +994,7 @@ typedef enum
* GtkPickFlags:
* @GTK_PICK_DEFAULT: The default behavior, include widgets that are receiving events
* @GTK_PICK_INSENSITIVE: Include widgets that are insensitive
- * @GTK_PICK_NON_TARGETABLE: Include widgets that are marked as non-targetable. See #GtkWidget:can-target
+ * @GTK_PICK_NON_TARGETABLE: Include widgets that are marked as non-targetable. See `GtkWidget:can-target`
*
* Flags that influence the behavior of gtk_widget_pick().
*/
@@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@ typedef enum {
*
* The strength of a constraint, expressed as a symbolic constant.
*
- * The strength of a #GtkConstraint can be expressed with any positive
+ * The strength of a `GtkConstraint` can be expressed with any positive
* integer; the values of this enumeration can be used for readability.
*/
typedef enum {
@@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@ typedef enum {
* @GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GRID: A grid of items.
* @GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GRID_CELL: An item in a grid or tree grid.
* @GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GROUP: An element that groups multiple widgets. GTK uses
- * this role for various containers, like #GtkBox, #GtkViewport, and #GtkHeaderBar.
+ * this role for various containers, like `GtkBox`, `GtkViewport`, and `GtkHeaderBar`.
* @GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_HEADING: Unused
* @GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_IMG: An image.
* @GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_INPUT: Abstract role.
@@ -1322,22 +1322,22 @@ typedef enum {
* GtkAccessibleState:
* @GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_BUSY: A “busy” state. This state has boolean values
* @GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_CHECKED: A “checked” state; indicates the current
- * state of a #GtkCheckButton. Value type: #GtkAccessibleTristate
+ * state of a `GtkCheckButton`. Value type: `GtkAccessibleTristate`
* @GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_DISABLED: A “disabled” state; corresponds to the
- * #GtkWidget:sensitive property on #GtkWidget. It indicates a UI element
+ * `GtkWidget:sensitive` property on `GtkWidget`. It indicates a UI element
* that is perceivable, but not editable or operable. Value type: boolean
* @GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_EXPANDED: An “expanded” state; corresponds to the
- * #GtkExpander:expanded property on #GtkExpander. Value type: boolean
+ * `GtkExpander:expanded` property on `GtkExpander`. Value type: boolean
* or undefined
* @GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_HIDDEN: A “hidden” state; corresponds to the
- * #GtkWidget:visible property on #GtkWidget. You can use this state
+ * `GtkWidget:visible` property on `GtkWidget`. You can use this state
* explicitly on UI elements that should not be exposed to an assistive
* technology. Value type: boolean
* See also: %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_DISABLED
* @GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_INVALID: An “invalid” state; set when a widget
- * is showing an error. Value type: #GtkAccessibleInvalidState
+ * is showing an error. Value type: `GtkAccessibleInvalidState`
* @GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_PRESSED: A “pressed” state; indicates the current
- * state of a #GtkToggleButton. Value type: #GtkAccessibleTristate
+ * state of a `GtkToggleButton`. Value type: `GtkAccessibleTristate`
* enumeration
* @GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_SELECTED: A “selected” state; set when a widget
* is selected. Value type: boolean or undefined
@@ -1368,7 +1368,7 @@ typedef enum {
* @GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_AUTOCOMPLETE: Indicates whether inputting text
* could trigger display of one or more predictions of the user's intended
* value for a combobox, searchbox, or textbox and specifies how predictions
- * would be presented if they were made. Value type: #GtkAccessibleAutocomplete
+ * would be presented if they were made. Value type: `GtkAccessibleAutocomplete`
* @GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_DESCRIPTION: Defines a string value that describes
* or annotates the current element. Value type: string
* @GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_HAS_POPUP: Indicates the availability and type of
@@ -1390,7 +1390,7 @@ typedef enum {
* boolean
* @GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_ORIENTATION: Indicates whether the element's
* orientation is horizontal, vertical, or unknown/ambiguous. Value type:
- * #GtkOrientation
+ * `GtkOrientation`
* @GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_PLACEHOLDER: Defines a short hint (a word or short
* phrase) intended to aid the user with data entry when the control has no
* value. A hint could be a sample value or a brief description of the expected
@@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ typedef enum {
* author-localized description for the role of an element. Value type: string
* @GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_SORT: Indicates if items in a table or grid are
* sorted in ascending or descending order. Possible property values are in
- * the #GtkAccessibleSort enumeration. Value type: #GtkAccessibleSort
+ * the `GtkAccessibleSort` enumeration. Value type: `GtkAccessibleSort`
* @GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_VALUE_MAX: Defines the maximum allowed value for a
* range widget. Value type: double
* @GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_VALUE_MIN: Defines the minimum allowed value for a
diff --git a/gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c b/gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c
index b4841c10fa..987bfcd7ae 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c
@@ -377,8 +377,8 @@ gtk_event_controller_handle_event (GtkEventController *controller,
/*< private >
* gtk_event_controller_handle_crossing:
- * @controller: a #GtkEventController
- * @crossing: a #GtkCrossingData
+ * @controller: a `GtkEventController`
+ * @crossing: a `GtkCrossingData`
* @x: translated event coordinates
* @y: translated event coordinates
*
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ gtk_event_controller_handle_crossing (GtkEventController *controller,
* gtk_event_controller_get_widget: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=widget)
* @controller: a `GtkEventController`
*
- * Returns the #GtkWidget this controller relates to.
+ * Returns the `GtkWidget` this controller relates to.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a `GtkWidget`
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerkey.c b/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerkey.c
index f9c9797863..bf5f8f5dcb 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerkey.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerkey.c
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ gtk_event_controller_key_class_init (GtkEventControllerKeyClass *klass)
* @controller: the object which received the signal.
* @keyval: the pressed key.
* @keycode: the raw code of the pressed key.
- * @state: the bitmask, representing the state of modifier keys and pointer buttons. See #GdkModifierType.
+ * @state: the bitmask, representing the state of modifier keys and pointer buttons. See `GdkModifierType`.
*
* Emitted whenever a key is pressed.
*
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ gtk_event_controller_key_class_init (GtkEventControllerKeyClass *klass)
* @controller: the object which received the signal.
* @keyval: the released key.
* @keycode: the raw code of the released key.
- * @state: the bitmask, representing the state of modifier keys and pointer buttons. See #GdkModifierType.
+ * @state: the bitmask, representing the state of modifier keys and pointer buttons. See `GdkModifierType`.
*
* Emitted whenever a key is released.
*/
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ gtk_event_controller_key_class_init (GtkEventControllerKeyClass *klass)
* @controller: the object which received the signal.
* @keyval: the released key.
* @state: the bitmask, representing the new state of modifier keys and
- * pointer buttons. See #GdkModifierType.
+ * pointer buttons. See `GdkModifierType`.
*
* Emitted whenever the state of modifier keys and pointer buttons change.
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerprivate.h b/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerprivate.h
index 50349cc366..8ca60b0218 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerprivate.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerprivate.h
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ typedef struct _GtkCrossingData GtkCrossingData;
* @new_descendent: the direct child of the receiving widget that
* is an ancestor of @new_target, or %NULL if @new_target is not
* a descendent of the receiving widget
- * @drop: the #GdkDrop if this is info for a drop operation
+ * @drop: the `GdkDrop` if this is info for a drop operation
*
* The struct that is passed to gtk_event_controller_handle_crossing().
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkexpander.c b/gtk/gtkexpander.c
index 173726ea2f..e3c5203abe 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkexpander.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkexpander.c
@@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ gtk_expander_set_expanded (GtkExpander *expander,
* gtk_expander_get_expanded: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=expanded)
* @expander:a `GtkExpander`
*
- * Queries a #GtkExpander and returns its current state.
+ * Queries a `GtkExpander` and returns its current state.
*
* Returns %TRUE if the child widget is revealed.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkexpression.c b/gtk/gtkexpression.c
index 17a511ff4f..bb8bdb177f 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkexpression.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkexpression.c
@@ -244,14 +244,14 @@ G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GtkExpressionWatch, gtk_expression_watch,
* GTK_DEFINE_EXPRESSION_TYPE:
* @TypeName: the type name, in camel case
* @type_name: the type name, in snake case
- * @type_info: the address of the #GtkExpressionTypeInfo for the expression type
+ * @type_info: the address of the `GtkExpressionTypeInfo` for the expression type
*
- * Registers a new #GtkExpression subclass with the given @TypeName and @type_info.
+ * Registers a new `GtkExpression` subclass with the given @TypeName and @type_info.
*
* Similarly to %G_DEFINE_TYPE, this macro will generate a `get_type()`
* function that registers the event type.
*
- * You can specify code to be run after the type registration; the #GType of
+ * You can specify code to be run after the type registration; the `GType` of
* the event is available in the `gtk_define_expression_type_id` variable.
*/
#define GTK_DEFINE_EXPRESSION_TYPE(TypeName, type_name, type_info) \
diff --git a/gtk/gtkexpression.h b/gtk/gtkexpression.h
index a2c2421cad..4cea8fb57a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkexpression.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkexpression.h
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ GtkExpression * gtk_cclosure_expression_new (GType
/**
* GTK_VALUE_HOLDS_EXPRESSION:
- * @value: a #GValue
+ * @value: a `GValue`
*
* Evaluates to %TRUE if @value was initialized with %GTK_TYPE_EXPRESSION.
*/
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ GtkExpression * gtk_value_dup_expression (const GValue *value);
/**
* GtkParamSpecExpression:
*
- * A #GParamSpec for properties holding a #GtkExpression.
+ * A `GParamSpec` for properties holding a `GtkExpression`.
*/
typedef struct {
/*< private >*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilechooser.c b/gtk/gtkfilechooser.c
index cfe31e8899..44931a54dc 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfilechooser.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfilechooser.c
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_unselect_all (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* @file: the `GFile` for the new folder
* @error: location to store error
*
- * Sets the current folder for @chooser from a #GFile.
+ * Sets the current folder for @chooser from a `GFile`.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the folder could be changed successfully, %FALSE
* otherwise.
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder:
* @chooser: a `GtkFileChooser`
*
- * Gets the current folder of @chooser as #GFile.
+ * Gets the current folder of @chooser as `GFile`.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): the `GFile` for the current folder.
*/
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_unselect_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* @chooser: a `GtkFileChooser`
*
* Lists all the selected files and subfolders in the current folder
- * of @chooser as #GFile.
+ * of @chooser as `GFile`.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a list model containing a `GFile` for each
* selected file and subfolder in the current folder. Free the returned
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilechooserentry.c b/gtk/gtkfilechooserentry.c
index 7e9f1ec473..2bf47a067e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfilechooserentry.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfilechooserentry.c
@@ -798,12 +798,12 @@ delete_text_callback (GtkFileChooserEntry *chooser_entry,
* @eat_tabs: If %FALSE, allow focus navigation with the tab key.
* @eat_escape: If %TRUE, capture Escape key presses and emit ::hide-entry
*
- * Creates a new #GtkFileChooserEntry object. #GtkFileChooserEntry
+ * Creates a new `GtkFileChooserEntry` object. `GtkFileChooserEntry`
* is an internal implementation widget for the GTK file chooser
* which is an entry with completion with respect to a
- * #GtkFileSystem object.
+ * `GtkFileSystem` object.
*
- * Returns: the newly created #GtkFileChooserEntry
+ * Returns: the newly created `GtkFileChooserEntry`
**/
GtkWidget *
_gtk_file_chooser_entry_new (gboolean eat_tabs,
@@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ _gtk_file_chooser_entry_new (gboolean eat_tabs,
/**
* _gtk_file_chooser_entry_set_base_folder:
- * @chooser_entry: a #GtkFileChooserEntry
+ * @chooser_entry: a `GtkFileChooserEntry`
* @file: file for a folder in the chooser entries current file system.
*
* Sets the folder with respect to which completions occur.
@@ -850,13 +850,14 @@ _gtk_file_chooser_entry_set_base_folder (GtkFileChooserEntry *chooser_entry,
/**
* _gtk_file_chooser_entry_get_current_folder:
- * @chooser_entry: a #GtkFileChooserEntry
+ * @chooser_entry: a `GtkFileChooserEntry`
*
- * Gets the current folder for the #GtkFileChooserEntry. If the
- * user has only entered a filename, this will be in the base folder
- * (see _gtk_file_chooser_entry_set_base_folder()), but if the
- * user has entered a relative or absolute path, then it will
- * be different. If the user has entered unparsable text, or text which
+ * Gets the current folder for the `GtkFileChooserEntry`.
+ *
+ * If the user has only entered a filename, this will be in the base
+ * folder (see _gtk_file_chooser_entry_set_base_folder()), but if the
+ * user has entered a relative or absolute path, then it will be
+ * different. If the user has entered unparsable text, or text which
* the entry cannot handle, this will return %NULL.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): the file for the current folder
@@ -873,7 +874,7 @@ _gtk_file_chooser_entry_get_current_folder (GtkFileChooserEntry *chooser_entry)
/**
* _gtk_file_chooser_entry_get_file_part:
- * @chooser_entry: a #GtkFileChooserEntry
+ * @chooser_entry: a `GtkFileChooserEntry`
*
* Gets the non-folder portion of whatever the user has entered
* into the file selector. What is returned is a UTF-8 string,
@@ -902,11 +903,11 @@ _gtk_file_chooser_entry_get_file_part (GtkFileChooserEntry *chooser_entry)
/**
* _gtk_file_chooser_entry_set_action:
- * @chooser_entry: a #GtkFileChooserEntry
+ * @chooser_entry: a `GtkFileChooserEntry`
* @action: the action which is performed by the file selector using this entry
*
- * Sets action which is performed by the file selector using this entry.
- * The #GtkFileChooserEntry will use different completion strategies for
+ * Sets action which is performed by the file selector using this entry.
+ * The `GtkFileChooserEntry` will use different completion strategies for
* different actions.
**/
void
@@ -949,7 +950,7 @@ _gtk_file_chooser_entry_set_action (GtkFileChooserEntry *chooser_entry,
/**
* _gtk_file_chooser_entry_get_action:
- * @chooser_entry: a #GtkFileChooserEntry
+ * @chooser_entry: a `GtkFileChooserEntry`
*
* Gets the action for this entry.
*
@@ -986,7 +987,7 @@ _gtk_file_chooser_entry_get_is_folder (GtkFileChooserEntry *chooser_entry,
/*
* _gtk_file_chooser_entry_select_filename:
- * @chooser_entry: a #GtkFileChooserEntry
+ * @chooser_entry: a `GtkFileChooserEntry`
*
* Selects the filename (without the extension) for user edition.
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c b/gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c
index 0a9cce88e1..af89e65e1a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
* and %GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL if he pressed cancel. It can also return
* %GTK_RESPONSE_DELETE_EVENT if the window was unexpectedly closed.
*
- * ## Differences from #GtkFileChooserDialog
+ * ## Differences from `GtkFileChooserDialog`
*
* There are a few things in the [iface@Gtk.FileChooser] interface that
* are not possible to use with `GtkFileChooserNative`, as such use would
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilechooserutils.c b/gtk/gtkfilechooserutils.c
index af319303a0..556859a4a1 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfilechooserutils.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfilechooserutils.c
@@ -71,15 +71,16 @@ static const char * delegate_get_choice (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
/**
* _gtk_file_chooser_install_properties:
- * @klass: the class structure for a type deriving from #GObject
+ * @klass: the class structure for a type deriving from `GObject`
*
* Installs the necessary properties for a class implementing
- * #GtkFileChooser. A #GtkParamSpecOverride property is installed
- * for each property, using the values from the #GtkFileChooserProp
- * enumeration. The caller must make sure itself that the enumeration
- * values don’t collide with some other property values they
- * are using.
- **/
+ * `GtkFileChooser`.
+ *
+ * A `GtkParamSpecOverride` property is installed for each property,
+ * using the values from the `GtkFileChooserProp` enumeration. The
+ * caller must make sure itself that the enumeration values don’t
+ * collide with some other property values they are using.
+ */
void
_gtk_file_chooser_install_properties (GObjectClass *klass)
{
@@ -105,11 +106,12 @@ _gtk_file_chooser_install_properties (GObjectClass *klass)
/**
* _gtk_file_chooser_delegate_iface_init:
- * @iface: a #GtkFileChoserIface structure
+ * @iface: a `GtkFileChoserIface` structure
*
* An interface-initialization function for use in cases where
* an object is simply delegating the methods, signals of
- * the #GtkFileChooser interface to another object.
+ * the `GtkFileChooser` interface to another object.
+ *
* _gtk_file_chooser_set_delegate() must be called on each
* instance of the object so that the delegate object can
* be found.
@@ -140,12 +142,12 @@ _gtk_file_chooser_delegate_iface_init (GtkFileChooserIface *iface)
/**
* _gtk_file_chooser_set_delegate:
- * @receiver: a #GObject implementing #GtkFileChooser
- * @delegate: another #GObject implementing #GtkFileChooser
+ * @receiver: a `GObject` implementing `GtkFileChooser`
+ * @delegate: another `GObject` implementing `GtkFileChooser`
*
- * Establishes that calls on @receiver for #GtkFileChooser
+ * Establishes that calls on @receiver for `GtkFileChooser`
* methods should be delegated to @delegate, and that
- * #GtkFileChooser signals emitted on @delegate should be
+ * `GtkFileChooser` signals emitted on @delegate should be
* forwarded to @receiver. Must be used in conjunction with
* _gtk_file_chooser_delegate_iface_init().
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilesystemmodel.c b/gtk/gtkfilesystemmodel.c
index 73e6b3afe0..dc1be31795 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfilesystemmodel.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfilesystemmodel.c
@@ -1340,13 +1340,13 @@ _gtk_file_system_model_new_valist (GtkFileSystemModelGetValue get_func,
* @get_func: function to call for getting a value
* @get_data: user data argument passed to @get_func
* @n_columns: number of columns
- * @...: @n_columns #GType types for the columns
+ * @...: @n_columns `GType` types for the columns
*
- * Creates a new #GtkFileSystemModel object. You need to add files
+ * Creates a new `GtkFileSystemModel` object. You need to add files
* to the list using _gtk_file_system_model_add_and_query_file()
* or _gtk_file_system_model_update_file().
*
- * Returns: the newly created #GtkFileSystemModel
+ * Returns: the newly created `GtkFileSystemModel`
**/
GtkFileSystemModel *
_gtk_file_system_model_new (GtkFileSystemModelGetValue get_func,
@@ -1374,16 +1374,17 @@ _gtk_file_system_model_new (GtkFileSystemModelGetValue get_func,
* @get_func: function that the model should call to query data about a file
* @get_data: user data to pass to the @get_func
* @n_columns: number of columns
- * @...: @n_columns #GType types for the columns
+ * @...: @n_columns `GType` types for the columns
*
- * Creates a new #GtkFileSystemModel object. The #GtkFileSystemModel
- * object wraps the given @directory as a #GtkTreeModel.
- * The model will query the given directory with the given @attributes
- * and add all files inside the directory automatically. If supported,
- * it will also monitor the drectory and update the model's
+ * Creates a new `GtkFileSystemModel` object.
+ *
+ * The `GtkFileSystemModel` object wraps the given @directory as a
+ * `GtkTreeModel`. The model will query the given directory with the
+ * given @attributes and add all files inside the directory automatically.
+ * If supported, it will also monitor the drectory and update the model's
* contents to reflect changes, if the @directory supports monitoring.
- *
- * Returns: the newly created #GtkFileSystemModel
+ *
+ * Returns: the newly created `GtkFileSystemModel`
**/
GtkFileSystemModel *
_gtk_file_system_model_new_for_directory (GFile * dir,
@@ -1432,10 +1433,10 @@ gtk_file_system_model_refilter_all (GtkFileSystemModel *model)
/**
* _gtk_file_system_model_set_show_hidden:
- * @model: a #GtkFileSystemModel
+ * @model: a `GtkFileSystemModel`
* @show_hidden: whether hidden files should be displayed
- *
- * Sets whether hidden files should be included in the #GtkTreeModel
+ *
+ * Sets whether hidden files should be included in the `GtkTreeModel`
* for display.
**/
void
@@ -1455,12 +1456,12 @@ _gtk_file_system_model_set_show_hidden (GtkFileSystemModel *model,
/**
* _gtk_file_system_model_set_show_folders:
- * @model: a #GtkFileSystemModel
+ * @model: a `GtkFileSystemModel`
* @show_folders: whether folders should be displayed
- *
- * Sets whether folders should be included in the #GtkTreeModel for
- * display.
- **/
+ *
+ * Sets whether folders should be included in the `GtkTreeModel`
+ * for display.
+ */
void
_gtk_file_system_model_set_show_folders (GtkFileSystemModel *model,
gboolean show_folders)
@@ -1478,12 +1479,12 @@ _gtk_file_system_model_set_show_folders (GtkFileSystemModel *model,
/**
* _gtk_file_system_model_set_show_files:
- * @model: a #GtkFileSystemModel
+ * @model: a `GtkFileSystemModel`
* @show_files: whether files (as opposed to folders) should be displayed.
*
* Sets whether files (as opposed to folders) should be included
- * in the #GtkTreeModel for display.
- **/
+ * in the `GtkTreeModel` for display.
+ */
void
_gtk_file_system_model_set_show_files (GtkFileSystemModel *model,
gboolean show_files)
@@ -1501,13 +1502,13 @@ _gtk_file_system_model_set_show_files (GtkFileSystemModel *model,
/**
* _gtk_file_system_model_set_filter_folders:
- * @model: a #GtkFileSystemModel
+ * @model: a `GtkFileSystemModel`
* @filter_folders: whether the filter applies to folders
- *
+ *
* Sets whether the filter set by _gtk_file_system_model_set_filter()
* applies to folders. By default, it does not and folders are always
* visible.
- **/
+ */
void
_gtk_file_system_model_set_filter_folders (GtkFileSystemModel *model,
gboolean filter_folders)
@@ -1548,8 +1549,9 @@ _gtk_file_system_model_get_cancellable (GtkFileSystemModel *model)
* @iter: a valid iterator
*
* Checks if the iterator is visible. A visible iterator references
- * a row that is currently exposed using the #GtkTreeModel API. If
- * the iterator is invisible, it references a file that is not shown
+ * a row that is currently exposed using the `GtkTreeModel` API.
+ *
+ * If the iterator is invisible, it references a file that is not shown
* for some reason, such as being filtered out by the current filter or
* being a hidden file.
*
@@ -1596,18 +1598,17 @@ _gtk_file_system_model_iter_is_filtered_out (GtkFileSystemModel *model,
/**
* _gtk_file_system_model_get_info:
- * @model: a #GtkFileSystemModel
- * @iter: a #GtkTreeIter pointing to a row of @model
- *
- * Gets the #GFileInfo-struct for a particular row
+ * @model: a `GtkFileSystemModel`
+ * @iter: a `GtkTreeIter` pointing to a row of @model
+ *
+ * Gets the `GFileInfo` for a particular row
* of @model.
- *
- * Returns: a #GFileInfo-struct. This value
- * is owned by @model and must not be modified or freed.
- * If you want to keep the information for later use,
- * you must take a reference, since the #GFileInfo-struct may be
- * freed on later changes to the file system.
- **/
+ *
+ * Returns: a `GFileInfo`. This value is owned by @model and must not
+ * be modified or freed. If you want to keep the information for
+ * later use, you must take a reference, since the `GFileInfo` may
+ * be freed on later changes to the file system.
+ */
GFileInfo *
_gtk_file_system_model_get_info (GtkFileSystemModel *model,
GtkTreeIter *iter)
@@ -1624,9 +1625,9 @@ _gtk_file_system_model_get_info (GtkFileSystemModel *model,
/**
* _gtk_file_system_model_get_file:
- * @model: a #GtkFileSystemModel
- * @iter: a #GtkTreeIter pointing to a row of @model
- *
+ * @model: a `GtkFileSystemModel`
+ * @iter: a `GtkTreeIter` pointing to a row of @model
+ *
* Gets the file for a particular row in @model.
*
* Returns: the file. This object is owned by @model and
@@ -1648,8 +1649,8 @@ _gtk_file_system_model_get_file (GtkFileSystemModel *model,
/**
* _gtk_file_system_model_get_value:
- * @model: a #GtkFileSystemModel
- * @iter: a #GtkTreeIter pointing to a row of @model
+ * @model: a `GtkFileSystemModel`
+ * @iter: a `GtkTreeIter` pointing to a row of @model
* @column: the column to get the value for
*
* Gets the value associated with the given row @iter and @column.
@@ -1932,7 +1933,7 @@ _gtk_file_system_model_update_files (GtkFileSystemModel *model,
/**
* _gtk_file_system_model_set_filter:
- * @mode: a #GtkFileSystemModel
+ * @mode: a `GtkFileSystemModel`
* @filter: (nullable): %NULL or filter to use
*
* Sets a filter to be used for deciding if a row should be visible or not.
@@ -1962,7 +1963,7 @@ _gtk_file_system_model_set_filter (GtkFileSystemModel *model,
/**
* freeze_updates:
- * @model: a #GtkFileSystemModel
+ * @model: a `GtkFileSystemModel`
*
* Freezes most updates on the model, so that performing multiple operations on
* the files in the model do not cause any events. Use thaw_updates() to resume
@@ -1979,7 +1980,7 @@ freeze_updates (GtkFileSystemModel *model)
/**
* thaw_updates:
- * @model: a #GtkFileSystemModel
+ * @model: a `GtkFileSystemModel`
*
* Undoes the effect of a previous call to freeze_updates()
**/
@@ -2019,7 +2020,7 @@ thaw_updates (GtkFileSystemModel *model)
/**
* _gtk_file_system_model_clear_cache:
- * @model: a #GtkFileSystemModel
+ * @model: a `GtkFileSystemModel`
* @column: the column to clear or -1 for all columns
*
* Clears the cached values in the model for the given @column. Use
@@ -2072,7 +2073,7 @@ _gtk_file_system_model_clear_cache (GtkFileSystemModel *model,
/**
* _gtk_file_system_model_add_and_query_file:
- * @model: a #GtkFileSystemModel
+ * @model: a `GtkFileSystemModel`
* @file: the file to add
* @attributes: attributes to query before adding the file
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilter.c b/gtk/gtkfilter.c
index ca6e0e9463..fe6e5c0756 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfilter.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfilter.c
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
* various widgets to easily allow searches.
*
* However, in particular for large lists or complex search methods, it is
- * also possible to subclass #GtkFilter and provide one's own filter.
+ * also possible to subclass `GtkFilter` and provide one's own filter.
*/
enum {
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ gtk_filter_class_init (GtkFilterClass *class)
/**
* GtkFilter::changed:
- * @self: The #GtkFilter
+ * @self: The `GtkFilter`
* @change: how the filter changed
*
* Emitted whenever the filter changed.
@@ -136,15 +136,15 @@ gtk_filter_match (GtkFilter *self,
/**
* gtk_filter_get_strictness:
- * @self: a #GtkFilter
+ * @self: a `GtkFilter`
*
* Gets the known strictness of @filters. If the strictness is not known,
* %GTK_FILTER_MATCH_SOME is returned.
*
- * This value may change after emission of the #GtkFilter::changed signal.
+ * This value may change after emission of the `GtkFilter::changed` signal.
*
* This function is meant purely for optimization purposes, filters can
- * choose to omit implementing it, but #GtkFilterListModel uses it.
+ * choose to omit implementing it, but `GtkFilterListModel` uses it.
*
* Returns: the strictness of @self
**/
@@ -158,17 +158,17 @@ gtk_filter_get_strictness (GtkFilter *self)
/**
* gtk_filter_changed:
- * @self: a #GtkFilter
+ * @self: a `GtkFilter`
* @change: How the filter changed
*
- * Emits the #GtkFilter::changed signal to notify all users of the filter that
+ * Emits the `GtkFilter::changed` signal to notify all users of the filter that
* the filter changed. Users of the filter should then check items again via
* gtk_filter_match().
*
* Depending on the @change parameter, not all items need to be changed, but
- * only some. Refer to the #GtkFilterChange documentation for details.
+ * only some. Refer to the `GtkFilterChange` documentation for details.
*
- * This function is intended for implementors of #GtkFilter subclasses and
+ * This function is intended for implementors of `GtkFilter` subclasses and
* should not be called from other functions.
*/
void
diff --git a/gtk/gtkflowbox.c b/gtk/gtkflowbox.c
index 76b8657502..d994e69d08 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkflowbox.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkflowbox.c
@@ -3782,7 +3782,7 @@ gtk_flow_box_class_init (GtkFlowBoxClass *class)
/**
* GtkFlowBox::move-cursor:
* @box: the `GtkFlowBox` on which the signal is emitted
- * @step: the granularity fo the move, as a #GtkMovementStep
+ * @step: the granularity fo the move, as a `GtkMovementStep`
* @count: the number of @step units to move
* @extend: whether to extend the selection
* @modify: whether to modify the selection
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfontchooser.h b/gtk/gtkfontchooser.h
index 07ca206c1a..2ce7897d03 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfontchooser.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkfontchooser.h
@@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
/**
* GtkFontFilterFunc:
- * @family: a #PangoFontFamily
- * @face: a #PangoFontFace belonging to @family
+ * @family: a `PangoFontFamily`
+ * @face: a `PangoFontFace` belonging to @family
* @data: (closure): user data passed to gtk_font_chooser_set_filter_func()
*
* The type of function that is used for deciding what fonts get
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfontchooserutils.c b/gtk/gtkfontchooserutils.c
index 2d484a2b06..6dd2a3fd9d 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfontchooserutils.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfontchooserutils.c
@@ -110,14 +110,15 @@ _gtk_font_chooser_delegate_get_quark (void)
/**
* _gtk_font_chooser_install_properties:
- * @klass: the class structure for a type deriving from #GObject
+ * @klass: the class structure for a type deriving from `GObject`
*
* Installs the necessary properties for a class implementing
- * #GtkFontChooser. A #GtkParamSpecOverride property is installed
- * for each property, using the values from the #GtkFontChooserProp
- * enumeration. The caller must make sure itself that the enumeration
- * values don’t collide with some other property values they
- * are using.
+ * `GtkFontChooser`.
+ *
+ * A `GtkParamSpecOverride` property is installed for each property,
+ * using the values from the `GtkFontChooserProp` enumeration. The
+ * caller must make sure itself that the enumeration values don’t
+ * collide with some other property values they are using.
*/
void
_gtk_font_chooser_install_properties (GObjectClass *klass)
@@ -147,11 +148,11 @@ _gtk_font_chooser_install_properties (GObjectClass *klass)
/**
* _gtk_font_chooser_delegate_iface_init:
- * @iface: a #GtkFontChooserIface
+ * @iface: a `GtkFontChooserIface`
*
* An interface-initialization function for use in cases where
* an object is simply delegating the methods, signals of
- * the #GtkFontChooser interface to another object.
+ * the `GtkFontChooser` interface to another object.
* _gtk_font_chooser_set_delegate() must be called on each
* instance of the object so that the delegate object can
* be found.
@@ -169,12 +170,12 @@ _gtk_font_chooser_delegate_iface_init (GtkFontChooserIface *iface)
/**
* _gtk_font_chooser_set_delegate:
- * @receiver: a #GObject implementing #GtkFontChooser
- * @delegate: another #GObject implementing #GtkFontChooser
+ * @receiver: a `GObject` implementing `GtkFontChooser`
+ * @delegate: another `GObject` implementing `GtkFontChooser`
*
- * Establishes that calls on @receiver for #GtkFontChooser
+ * Establishes that calls on @receiver for `GtkFontChooser`
* methods should be delegated to @delegate, and that
- * #GtkFontChooser signals emitted on @delegate should be
+ * `GtkFontChooser` signals emitted on @delegate should be
* forwarded to @receiver. Must be used in conjunction with
* _gtk_font_chooser_delegate_iface_init().
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesture.c b/gtk/gtkgesture.c
index 2dc5b3756c..71a0300ea1 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkgesture.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkgesture.c
@@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ gtk_gesture_get_device (GtkGesture *gesture)
/**
* gtk_gesture_get_sequence_state:
* @gesture: a `GtkGesture`
- * @sequence: a #GdkEventSequence
+ * @sequence: a `GdkEventSequence`
*
* Returns the @sequence state, as seen by @gesture.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturedrag.c b/gtk/gtkgesturedrag.c
index a44cfd6013..65b196ae7d 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkgesturedrag.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkgesturedrag.c
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ gtk_gesture_drag_get_start_point (GtkGestureDrag *gesture,
/**
* gtk_gesture_drag_get_offset:
- * @gesture: a #GtkGesture
+ * @gesture: a `GtkGesture`
* @x: (out) (nullable): X offset for the current point
* @y: (out) (nullable): Y offset for the current point
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkglarea.c b/gtk/gtkglarea.c
index 8782ff7e8a..610ac97c4f 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkglarea.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkglarea.c
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
* render (GtkGLArea *area, GdkGLContext *context)
* {
* // inside this function it's safe to use GL; the given
- * // #GdkGLContext has been made current to the drawable
+ * // GdkGLContext has been made current to the drawable
* // surface used by the `GtkGLArea` and the viewport has
* // already been set to be the size of the allocation
*
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
*
* // If there were errors during the initialization or
* // when trying to make the context current, this
- * // function will return a #GError for you to catch
+ * // function will return a GError for you to catch
* if (gtk_gl_area_get_error (area) != NULL)
* return;
*
@@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ gtk_gl_area_set_error (GtkGLArea *area,
*
* Gets the current error set on the @area.
*
- * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the #GError
+ * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the `GError`
*/
GError *
gtk_gl_area_get_error (GtkGLArea *area)
@@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@ gtk_gl_area_get_error (GtkGLArea *area)
*
* Sets whether the @area should create an OpenGL or an OpenGL ES context.
*
- * You should check the capabilities of the #GdkGLContext before drawing
+ * You should check the capabilities of the `GdkGLContext` before drawing
* with either API.
*/
void
diff --git a/gtk/gtkglarea.h b/gtk/gtkglarea.h
index b7bf7a6c09..70589ef56c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkglarea.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkglarea.h
@@ -47,9 +47,9 @@ struct _GtkGLArea
/**
* GtkGLAreaClass:
- * @render: class closure for the #GtkGLArea::render signal
- * @resize: class closeure for the #GtkGLArea::resize signal
- * @create_context: class closure for the #GtkGLArea::create-context signal
+ * @render: class closure for the `GtkGLArea::render` signal
+ * @resize: class closeure for the `GtkGLArea::resize` signal
+ * @create_context: class closure for the `GtkGLArea::create-context` signal
*
* The `GtkGLAreaClass` structure contains only private data.
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkgridlayout.c b/gtk/gtkgridlayout.c
index 9207748fdf..fcf067adba 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkgridlayout.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkgridlayout.c
@@ -1711,7 +1711,7 @@ gtk_grid_layout_class_init (GtkGridLayoutClass *klass)
/**
* GtkGridLayout:baseline-row: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_grid_layout_get_baseline_row
org.gtk.Property.set=gtk_grid_layout_set_baseline_row)
*
- * The row to align to the baseline, when #GtkWidget:valign is set
+ * The row to align to the baseline, when `GtkWidget:valign` is set
* to %GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE.
*/
layout_props[PROP_BASELINE_ROW] =
diff --git a/gtk/gtkheaderbar.c b/gtk/gtkheaderbar.c
index 12f24ee1c0..7668d7fe5b 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkheaderbar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkheaderbar.c
@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ gtk_header_bar_buildable_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface)
/**
* gtk_header_bar_pack_start:
* @bar: A `GtkHeaderBar`
- * @child: the #GtkWidget to be added to @bar
+ * @child: the `GtkWidget` to be added to @bar
*
* Adds @child to @bar, packed with reference to the
* start of the @bar.
@@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ gtk_header_bar_pack_start (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
/**
* gtk_header_bar_pack_end:
* @bar: A `GtkHeaderBar`
- * @child: the #GtkWidget to be added to @bar
+ * @child: the `GtkWidget` to be added to @bar
*
* Adds @child to @bar, packed with reference to the
* end of the @bar.
diff --git a/gtk/gtkicontheme.c b/gtk/gtkicontheme.c
index 3e03c231b1..ac43018cd6 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkicontheme.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkicontheme.c
@@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ gtk_icon_theme_class_init (GtkIconThemeClass *klass)
* The name of the icon theme that is being used.
*
* Unless set to a different value, this will be the value of
- * the #GtkSettings:gtk-icon-theme-name property of the #GtkSettings
+ * the `GtkSettings:gtk-icon-theme-name` property of the `GtkSettings`
* object associated to the display of the icontheme object.
*/
props[PROP_THEME_NAME] =
@@ -3677,7 +3677,7 @@ new_resource_file (const char *filename)
*
* Returns %NULL if the icon was not loaded from a file.
*
- * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): the #GFile for the icon
+ * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): the `GFile` for the icon
*/
GFile *
gtk_icon_paintable_get_file (GtkIconPaintable *icon)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkicontheme.h b/gtk/gtkicontheme.h
index 183c7249aa..bc591c12a5 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkicontheme.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkicontheme.h
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ typedef enum
/**
* GTK_ICON_THEME_ERROR:
*
- * The #GQuark used for #GtkIconThemeError errors.
+ * The `GQuark` used for `GtkIconThemeError` errors.
*/
#define GTK_ICON_THEME_ERROR gtk_icon_theme_error_quark ()
diff --git a/gtk/gtkiconview.c b/gtk/gtkiconview.c
index 095c19a271..0c9a1add77 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkiconview.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkiconview.c
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
*
* Note that if the tree model is backed by an actual tree store (as
* opposed to a flat list where the mapping to icons is obvious),
- * #GtkIconView will only display the first level of the tree and
+ * `GtkIconView` will only display the first level of the tree and
* ignore the tree’s branches.
*
* # CSS nodes
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass)
* GtkIconView:selection-mode:
*
* The ::selection-mode property specifies the selection mode of
- * icon view. If the mode is #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubberband selection
+ * icon view. If the mode is %GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubberband selection
* is enabled, for the other modes, only keyboard selection is possible.
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass)
*
* The ::pixbuf-column property contains the number of the model column
* containing the pixbufs which are displayed. The pixbuf column must be
- * of type #GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF. Setting this property to -1 turns off the
+ * of type `GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF`. Setting this property to -1 turns off the
* display of pixbufs.
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass)
*
* The ::text-column property contains the number of the model column
* containing the texts which are displayed. The text column must be
- * of type #G_TYPE_STRING. If this property and the :markup-column
+ * of type `G_TYPE_STRING`. If this property and the :markup-column
* property are both set to -1, no texts are displayed.
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass)
*
* The ::markup-column property contains the number of the model column
* containing markup information to be displayed. The markup column must be
- * of type #G_TYPE_STRING. If this property and the :text-column property
+ * of type `G_TYPE_STRING`. If this property and the :text-column property
* are both set to column numbers, it overrides the text column.
* If both are set to -1, no texts are displayed.
*/
@@ -564,10 +564,10 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass)
/**
* GtkIconView:cell-area:
*
- * The #GtkCellArea used to layout cell renderers for this view.
+ * The `GtkCellArea` used to layout cell renderers for this view.
*
* If no area is specified when creating the icon view with gtk_icon_view_new_with_area()
- * a #GtkCellAreaBox will be used.
+ * a `GtkCellAreaBox` will be used.
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_CELL_AREA,
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass)
/**
* GtkIconView::item-activated:
* @iconview: the object on which the signal is emitted
- * @path: the #GtkTreePath for the activated item
+ * @path: the `GtkTreePath` for the activated item
*
* The ::item-activated signal is emitted when the method
* gtk_icon_view_item_activated() is called, when the user double
@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass)
/**
* GtkIconView::move-cursor:
* @iconview: the object which received the signal
- * @step: the granularity of the move, as a #GtkMovementStep
+ * @step: the granularity of the move, as a `GtkMovementStep`
* @count: the number of @step units to move
* @extend: whether to extend the selection
* @modify: whether to modify the selection
@@ -1953,8 +1953,8 @@ gtk_icon_view_remove_editable (GtkCellArea *area,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_set_cursor:
- * @icon_view: A #GtkIconView
- * @path: A #GtkTreePath
+ * @icon_view: A `GtkIconView`
+ * @path: A `GtkTreePath`
* @cell: (nullable): One of the cell renderers of @icon_view
* @start_editing: %TRUE if the specified cell should start being edited.
*
@@ -2008,7 +2008,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_cursor (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_get_cursor:
- * @icon_view: A #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: A `GtkIconView`
* @path: (out) (optional) (transfer full): Return location for the current
* cursor path
* @cell: (out) (optional) (transfer none): Return location the current
@@ -2018,7 +2018,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_cursor (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* If the cursor isn’t currently set, then *@path will be %NULL.
* If no cell currently has focus, then *@cell will be %NULL.
*
- * The returned #GtkTreePath must be freed with gtk_tree_path_free().
+ * The returned `GtkTreePath` must be freed with gtk_tree_path_free().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the cursor is set.
**/
@@ -3826,7 +3826,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_move_cursor_start_end (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_scroll_to_path:
- * @icon_view: A #GtkIconView.
+ * @icon_view: A `GtkIconView`
* @path: The path of the item to move to.
* @use_align: whether to use alignment arguments, or %FALSE.
* @row_align: The vertical alignment of the item specified by @path.
@@ -4035,9 +4035,9 @@ _gtk_icon_view_set_cell_data (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_new:
*
- * Creates a new #GtkIconView widget
+ * Creates a new `GtkIconView` widget
*
- * Returns: A newly created #GtkIconView widget
+ * Returns: A newly created `GtkIconView` widget
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_icon_view_new (void)
@@ -4047,12 +4047,12 @@ gtk_icon_view_new (void)
/**
* gtk_icon_view_new_with_area:
- * @area: the #GtkCellArea to use to layout cells
+ * @area: the `GtkCellArea` to use to layout cells
*
- * Creates a new #GtkIconView widget using the
+ * Creates a new `GtkIconView` widget using the
* specified @area to layout cells inside the icons.
*
- * Returns: A newly created #GtkIconView widget
+ * Returns: A newly created `GtkIconView` widget
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_icon_view_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area)
@@ -4064,9 +4064,9 @@ gtk_icon_view_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area)
* gtk_icon_view_new_with_model:
* @model: The model.
*
- * Creates a new #GtkIconView widget with the model @model.
+ * Creates a new `GtkIconView` widget with the model @model.
*
- * Returns: A newly created #GtkIconView widget.
+ * Returns: A newly created `GtkIconView` widget.
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_icon_view_new_with_model (GtkTreeModel *model)
@@ -4076,13 +4076,13 @@ gtk_icon_view_new_with_model (GtkTreeModel *model)
/**
* gtk_icon_view_get_path_at_pos:
- * @icon_view: A #GtkIconView.
+ * @icon_view: A `GtkIconView`.
* @x: The x position to be identified
* @y: The y position to be identified
*
* Gets the path for the icon at the given position.
*
- * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): The #GtkTreePath corresponding
+ * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): The `GtkTreePath` corresponding
* to the icon or %NULL if no icon exists at that position.
**/
GtkTreePath *
@@ -4107,7 +4107,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_path_at_pos (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_get_item_at_pos:
- * @icon_view: A #GtkIconView.
+ * @icon_view: A `GtkIconView`.
* @x: The x position to be identified
* @y: The y position to be identified
* @path: (out) (optional): Return location for the path
@@ -4148,9 +4148,9 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_item_at_pos (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_get_cell_rect:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
- * @path: a #GtkTreePath
- * @cell: (nullable): a #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
+ * @path: a `GtkTreePath`
+ * @cell: (nullable): a `GtkCellRenderer`
* @rect: (out): rectangle to fill with cell rect
*
* Fills the bounding rectangle in widget coordinates for the cell specified by
@@ -4201,9 +4201,9 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_cell_rect (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_item:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
- * @tooltip: a #GtkTooltip
- * @path: a #GtkTreePath
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
+ * @tooltip: a `GtkTooltip`
+ * @path: a `GtkTreePath`
*
* Sets the tip area of @tooltip to be the area covered by the item at @path.
* See also gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative.
@@ -4222,10 +4222,10 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_item (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_cell:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
- * @tooltip: a #GtkTooltip
- * @path: a #GtkTreePath
- * @cell: (nullable): a #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
+ * @tooltip: a `GtkTooltip`
+ * @path: a `GtkTreePath`
+ * @cell: (nullable): a `GtkCellRenderer`
*
* Sets the tip area of @tooltip to the area which @cell occupies in
* the item pointed to by @path. See also gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area().
@@ -4253,7 +4253,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_cell (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_get_tooltip_context:
- * @icon_view: an #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: an `GtkIconView`
* @x: the x coordinate (relative to widget coordinates)
* @y: the y coordinate (relative to widget coordinates)
* @keyboard_tip: whether this is a keyboard tooltip or not
@@ -4261,8 +4261,8 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_cell (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* @path: (out) (optional): a pointer to receive a `GtkTreePath`
* @iter: (out) (optional): a pointer to receive a `GtkTreeIter`
*
- * This function is supposed to be used in a #GtkWidget::query-tooltip
- * signal handler for #GtkIconView. The @x, @y and @keyboard_tip values
+ * This function is supposed to be used in a `GtkWidget::query-tooltip`
+ * signal handler for `GtkIconView`. The @x, @y and @keyboard_tip values
* which are received in the signal handler, should be passed to this
* function without modification.
*
@@ -4355,16 +4355,16 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_query_cb (GtkWidget *widget,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_column:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
* @column: an integer, which is a valid column number for @icon_view’s model
*
* If you only plan to have simple (text-only) tooltips on full items, you
- * can use this function to have #GtkIconView handle these automatically
+ * can use this function to have `GtkIconView` handle these automatically
* for you. @column should be set to the column in @icon_view’s model
* containing the tooltip texts, or -1 to disable this feature.
*
- * When enabled, #GtkWidget:has-tooltip will be set to %TRUE and
- * @icon_view will connect a #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal handler.
+ * When enabled, `GtkWidget:has-tooltip` will be set to %TRUE and
+ * @icon_view will connect a `GtkWidget::query-tooltip` signal handler.
*
* Note that the signal handler sets the text with gtk_tooltip_set_markup(),
* so &, <, etc have to be escaped in the text.
@@ -4401,7 +4401,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_column (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_get_tooltip_column:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
*
* Returns the column of @icon_view’s model which is being used for
* displaying tooltips on @icon_view’s rows.
@@ -4419,7 +4419,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_tooltip_column (GtkIconView *icon_view)
/**
* gtk_icon_view_get_visible_range:
- * @icon_view: A #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: A `GtkIconView`
* @start_path: (out) (optional): Return location for start of region
* @end_path: (out) (optional): Return location for end of region
*
@@ -4478,7 +4478,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_visible_range (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_selected_foreach:
- * @icon_view: A #GtkIconView.
+ * @icon_view: A `GtkIconView`.
* @func: (scope call): The function to call for each selected icon.
* @data: User data to pass to the function.
*
@@ -4506,7 +4506,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_selected_foreach (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_set_selection_mode:
- * @icon_view: A #GtkIconView.
+ * @icon_view: A `GtkIconView`.
* @mode: The selection mode
*
* Sets the selection mode of the @icon_view.
@@ -4531,7 +4531,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_selection_mode (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_get_selection_mode:
- * @icon_view: A #GtkIconView.
+ * @icon_view: A `GtkIconView`.
*
* Gets the selection mode of the @icon_view.
*
@@ -4547,10 +4547,10 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_selection_mode (GtkIconView *icon_view)
/**
* gtk_icon_view_set_model:
- * @icon_view: A #GtkIconView.
+ * @icon_view: A `GtkIconView`.
* @model: (nullable): The model.
*
- * Sets the model for a #GtkIconView.
+ * Sets the model for a `GtkIconView`.
* If the @icon_view already has a model set, it will remove
* it before setting the new model. If @model is %NULL, then
* it will unset the old model.
@@ -4660,9 +4660,9 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_model (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_get_model:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
*
- * Returns the model the #GtkIconView is based on. Returns %NULL if the
+ * Returns the model the `GtkIconView` is based on. Returns %NULL if the
* model is unset.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): The currently used `GtkTreeModel`
@@ -4773,11 +4773,11 @@ update_pixbuf_cell (GtkIconView *icon_view)
/**
* gtk_icon_view_set_text_column:
- * @icon_view: A #GtkIconView.
+ * @icon_view: A `GtkIconView`.
* @column: A column in the currently used model, or -1 to display no text
*
* Sets the column with text for @icon_view to be @column. The text
- * column must be of type #G_TYPE_STRING.
+ * column must be of type `G_TYPE_STRING`.
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_set_text_column (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -4810,7 +4810,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_text_column (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_get_text_column:
- * @icon_view: A #GtkIconView.
+ * @icon_view: A `GtkIconView`.
*
* Returns the column with text for @icon_view.
*
@@ -4826,11 +4826,11 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_text_column (GtkIconView *icon_view)
/**
* gtk_icon_view_set_markup_column:
- * @icon_view: A #GtkIconView.
+ * @icon_view: A `GtkIconView`.
* @column: A column in the currently used model, or -1 to display no text
*
* Sets the column with markup information for @icon_view to be
- * @column. The markup column must be of type #G_TYPE_STRING.
+ * @column. The markup column must be of type `G_TYPE_STRING`.
* If the markup column is set to something, it overrides
* the text column set by gtk_icon_view_set_text_column().
**/
@@ -4865,7 +4865,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_markup_column (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_get_markup_column:
- * @icon_view: A #GtkIconView.
+ * @icon_view: A `GtkIconView`.
*
* Returns the column with markup text for @icon_view.
*
@@ -4881,11 +4881,11 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_markup_column (GtkIconView *icon_view)
/**
* gtk_icon_view_set_pixbuf_column:
- * @icon_view: A #GtkIconView.
+ * @icon_view: A `GtkIconView`.
* @column: A column in the currently used model, or -1 to disable
*
* Sets the column with pixbufs for @icon_view to be @column. The pixbuf
- * column must be of type #GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF
+ * column must be of type `GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF`
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_set_pixbuf_column (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -4919,7 +4919,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_pixbuf_column (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_get_pixbuf_column:
- * @icon_view: A #GtkIconView.
+ * @icon_view: A `GtkIconView`.
*
* Returns the column with pixbufs for @icon_view.
*
@@ -4935,8 +4935,8 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_pixbuf_column (GtkIconView *icon_view)
/**
* gtk_icon_view_select_path:
- * @icon_view: A #GtkIconView.
- * @path: The #GtkTreePath to be selected.
+ * @icon_view: A `GtkIconView`.
+ * @path: The `GtkTreePath` to be selected.
*
* Selects the row at @path.
**/
@@ -4960,8 +4960,8 @@ gtk_icon_view_select_path (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_unselect_path:
- * @icon_view: A #GtkIconView.
- * @path: The #GtkTreePath to be unselected.
+ * @icon_view: A `GtkIconView`.
+ * @path: The `GtkTreePath` to be unselected.
*
* Unselects the row at @path.
**/
@@ -4986,11 +4986,11 @@ gtk_icon_view_unselect_path (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_get_selected_items:
- * @icon_view: A #GtkIconView.
+ * @icon_view: A `GtkIconView`.
*
* Creates a list of paths of all selected items. Additionally, if you are
* planning on modifying the model after calling this function, you may
- * want to convert the returned list into a list of #GtkTreeRowReferences.
+ * want to convert the returned list into a list of `GtkTreeRowReferences`.
* To do this, you can use gtk_tree_row_reference_new().
*
* To free the return value, use:
@@ -4998,7 +4998,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_unselect_path (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* g_list_free_full (list, (GDestroyNotify) gtk_tree_path_free);
* ]|
*
- * Returns: (element-type GtkTreePath) (transfer full): A #GList containing a #GtkTreePath for each selected
row.
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkTreePath) (transfer full): A `GList` containing a `GtkTreePath` for each
selected row.
**/
GList *
gtk_icon_view_get_selected_items (GtkIconView *icon_view)
@@ -5025,10 +5025,10 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_selected_items (GtkIconView *icon_view)
/**
* gtk_icon_view_select_all:
- * @icon_view: A #GtkIconView.
+ * @icon_view: A `GtkIconView`.
*
* Selects all the icons. @icon_view must has its selection mode set
- * to #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE.
+ * to %GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE.
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_select_all (GtkIconView *icon_view)
@@ -5059,7 +5059,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_select_all (GtkIconView *icon_view)
/**
* gtk_icon_view_unselect_all:
- * @icon_view: A #GtkIconView.
+ * @icon_view: A `GtkIconView`.
*
* Unselects all the icons.
**/
@@ -5081,8 +5081,8 @@ gtk_icon_view_unselect_all (GtkIconView *icon_view)
/**
* gtk_icon_view_path_is_selected:
- * @icon_view: A #GtkIconView.
- * @path: A #GtkTreePath to check selection on.
+ * @icon_view: A `GtkIconView`.
+ * @path: A `GtkTreePath` to check selection on.
*
* Returns %TRUE if the icon pointed to by @path is currently
* selected. If @path does not point to a valid location, %FALSE is returned.
@@ -5110,8 +5110,8 @@ gtk_icon_view_path_is_selected (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_get_item_row:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
- * @path: the #GtkTreePath of the item
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
+ * @path: the `GtkTreePath` of the item
*
* Gets the row in which the item @path is currently
* displayed. Row numbers start at 0.
@@ -5139,8 +5139,8 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_item_row (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_get_item_column:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
- * @path: the #GtkTreePath of the item
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
+ * @path: the `GtkTreePath` of the item
*
* Gets the column in which the item @path is currently
* displayed. Column numbers start at 0.
@@ -5168,8 +5168,8 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_item_column (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_item_activated:
- * @icon_view: A #GtkIconView
- * @path: The #GtkTreePath to be activated
+ * @icon_view: A `GtkIconView`
+ * @path: The `GtkTreePath` to be activated
*
* Activates the item determined by @path.
**/
@@ -5185,7 +5185,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_item_activated (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_set_item_orientation:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
* @orientation: the relative position of texts and icons
*
* Sets the ::item-orientation property which determines whether the labels
@@ -5221,7 +5221,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_item_orientation (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_get_item_orientation:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
*
* Returns the value of the ::item-orientation property which determines
* whether the labels are drawn beside the icons instead of below.
@@ -5239,7 +5239,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_item_orientation (GtkIconView *icon_view)
/**
* gtk_icon_view_set_columns:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
* @columns: the number of columns
*
* Sets the ::columns property which determines in how
@@ -5268,7 +5268,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_columns (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_get_columns:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
*
* Returns the value of the ::columns property.
*
@@ -5284,7 +5284,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_columns (GtkIconView *icon_view)
/**
* gtk_icon_view_set_item_width:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
* @item_width: the width for each item
*
* Sets the ::item-width property which specifies the width
@@ -5314,7 +5314,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_item_width (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_get_item_width:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
*
* Returns the value of the ::item-width property.
*
@@ -5331,7 +5331,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_item_width (GtkIconView *icon_view)
/**
* gtk_icon_view_set_spacing:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
* @spacing: the spacing
*
* Sets the ::spacing property which specifies the space
@@ -5359,7 +5359,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_get_spacing:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
*
* Returns the value of the ::spacing property.
*
@@ -5375,7 +5375,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view)
/**
* gtk_icon_view_set_row_spacing:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
* @row_spacing: the row spacing
*
* Sets the ::row-spacing property which specifies the space
@@ -5402,7 +5402,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_row_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_get_row_spacing:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
*
* Returns the value of the ::row-spacing property.
*
@@ -5418,7 +5418,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_row_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view)
/**
* gtk_icon_view_set_column_spacing:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
* @column_spacing: the column spacing
*
* Sets the ::column-spacing property which specifies the space
@@ -5445,7 +5445,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_column_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_get_column_spacing:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
*
* Returns the value of the ::column-spacing property.
*
@@ -5461,7 +5461,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_column_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view)
/**
* gtk_icon_view_set_margin:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
* @margin: the margin
*
* Sets the ::margin property which specifies the space
@@ -5489,7 +5489,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_margin (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_get_margin:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
*
* Returns the value of the ::margin property.
*
@@ -5505,10 +5505,10 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_margin (GtkIconView *icon_view)
/**
* gtk_icon_view_set_item_padding:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
* @item_padding: the item padding
*
- * Sets the #GtkIconView:item-padding property which specifies the padding
+ * Sets the `GtkIconView`:item-padding property which specifies the padding
* around each of the icon view’s items.
*/
void
@@ -5532,7 +5532,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_item_padding (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_get_item_padding:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
*
* Returns the value of the ::item-padding property.
*
@@ -6253,14 +6253,14 @@ gtk_icon_view_drag_data_received (GObject *source,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_source:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
* @start_button_mask: Mask of allowed buttons to start drag
* @formats: the formats that the drag will support
* @actions: the bitmask of possible actions for a drag from this
* widget
*
* Turns @icon_view into a drag source for automatic DND. Calling this
- * method sets #GtkIconView:reorderable to %FALSE.
+ * method sets `GtkIconView`:reorderable to %FALSE.
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_source (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -6280,13 +6280,13 @@ gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_source (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_dest:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
* @formats: the formats that the drag will support
* @actions: the bitmask of possible actions for a drag to this
* widget
*
* Turns @icon_view into a drop destination for automatic DND. Calling this
- * method sets #GtkIconView:reorderable to %FALSE.
+ * method sets `GtkIconView`:reorderable to %FALSE.
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_dest (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -6320,10 +6320,10 @@ gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_dest (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_unset_model_drag_source:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
*
* Undoes the effect of gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_source(). Calling this
- * method sets #GtkIconView:reorderable to %FALSE.
+ * method sets `GtkIconView`:reorderable to %FALSE.
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_unset_model_drag_source (GtkIconView *icon_view)
@@ -6341,10 +6341,10 @@ gtk_icon_view_unset_model_drag_source (GtkIconView *icon_view)
/**
* gtk_icon_view_unset_model_drag_dest:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
*
* Undoes the effect of gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_dest(). Calling this
- * method sets #GtkIconView:reorderable to %FALSE.
+ * method sets `GtkIconView`:reorderable to %FALSE.
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_unset_model_drag_dest (GtkIconView *icon_view)
@@ -6367,7 +6367,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_unset_model_drag_dest (GtkIconView *icon_view)
/* These are useful to implement your own custom stuff. */
/**
* gtk_icon_view_set_drag_dest_item:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
* @path: (nullable): The path of the item to highlight
* @pos: Specifies where to drop, relative to the item
*
@@ -6424,7 +6424,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_drag_dest_item (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_get_drag_dest_item:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
* @path: (out) (optional): Return location for the path of
* the highlighted item
* @pos: (out) (optional): Return location for the drop position
@@ -6452,7 +6452,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_drag_dest_item (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_get_dest_item_at_pos:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
* @drag_x: the position to determine the destination item for
* @drag_y: the position to determine the destination item for
* @path: (out) (optional): Return location for the path of the item
@@ -6513,10 +6513,10 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_dest_item_at_pos (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_create_drag_icon:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
- * @path: a #GtkTreePath in @icon_view
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
+ * @path: a `GtkTreePath` in @icon_view
*
- * Creates a #cairo_surface_t representation of the item at @path.
+ * Creates a `cairo_surface_t` representation of the item at @path.
* This image is used for a drag icon.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a newly-allocated surface of the drag icon.
@@ -6563,7 +6563,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_create_drag_icon (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_get_reorderable:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
*
* Retrieves whether the user can reorder the list via drag-and-drop.
* See gtk_icon_view_set_reorderable().
@@ -6580,12 +6580,12 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_reorderable (GtkIconView *icon_view)
/**
* gtk_icon_view_set_reorderable:
- * @icon_view: A #GtkIconView.
+ * @icon_view: A `GtkIconView`.
* @reorderable: %TRUE, if the list of items can be reordered.
*
* This function is a convenience function to allow you to reorder models that
- * support the #GtkTreeDragSourceIface and the #GtkTreeDragDestIface. Both
- * #GtkTreeStore and #GtkListStore support these. If @reorderable is %TRUE, then
+ * support the `GtkTreeDragSourceIface` and the `GtkTreeDragDestIface`. Both
+ * `GtkTreeStore` and `GtkListStore` support these. If @reorderable is %TRUE, then
* the user can reorder the model by dragging and dropping rows. The
* developer can listen to these changes by connecting to the model's
* row_inserted and row_deleted signals. The reordering is implemented by setting up
@@ -6632,10 +6632,10 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_reorderable (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_set_activate_on_single_click:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
* @single: %TRUE to emit item-activated on a single click
*
- * Causes the #GtkIconView::item-activated signal to be emitted on
+ * Causes the `GtkIconView`::item-activated signal to be emitted on
* a single click instead of a double click.
**/
void
@@ -6655,7 +6655,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkIconView *icon_view,
/**
* gtk_icon_view_get_activate_on_single_click:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
*
* Gets the setting set by gtk_icon_view_set_activate_on_single_click().
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkiconview.h b/gtk/gtkiconview.h
index 3bdf57f0c8..087670df20 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkiconview.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkiconview.h
@@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ typedef struct _GtkIconView GtkIconView;
/**
* GtkIconViewForeachFunc:
- * @icon_view: a #GtkIconView
- * @path: The #GtkTreePath of a selected row
+ * @icon_view: a `GtkIconView`
+ * @path: The `GtkTreePath` of a selected row
* @data: (closure): user data
*
* A function used by gtk_icon_view_selected_foreach() to map all
diff --git a/gtk/gtkimage.h b/gtk/gtkimage.h
index c63b37a1c1..21852258e8 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkimage.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkimage.h
@@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ typedef struct _GtkImage GtkImage;
* GtkImageType:
* @GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY: there is no image displayed by the widget
* @GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME: the widget contains a named icon
- * @GTK_IMAGE_GICON: the widget contains a #GIcon
- * @GTK_IMAGE_PAINTABLE: the widget contains a #GdkPaintable
+ * @GTK_IMAGE_GICON: the widget contains a `GIcon`
+ * @GTK_IMAGE_PAINTABLE: the widget contains a `GdkPaintable`
*
* Describes the image data representation used by a [class@Gtk.Image].
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkimcontext.c b/gtk/gtkimcontext.c
index add57517fb..10e883e6ca 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkimcontext.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkimcontext.c
@@ -123,15 +123,15 @@ G_DEFINE_ABSTRACT_TYPE_WITH_PRIVATE (GtkIMContext, gtk_im_context, G_TYPE_OBJECT
/**
* GtkIMContextClass:
- * @preedit_start: Default handler of the #GtkIMContext::preedit-start signal.
- * @preedit_end: Default handler of the #GtkIMContext::preedit-end signal.
- * @preedit_changed: Default handler of the #GtkIMContext::preedit-changed
+ * @preedit_start: Default handler of the `GtkIMContext::preedit-start` signal.
+ * @preedit_end: Default handler of the `GtkIMContext::preedit-end` signal.
+ * @preedit_changed: Default handler of the `GtkIMContext::preedit-changed`
* signal.
- * @commit: Default handler of the #GtkIMContext::commit signal.
+ * @commit: Default handler of the `GtkIMContext::commit` signal.
* @retrieve_surrounding: Default handler of the
- * #GtkIMContext::retrieve-surrounding signal.
+ * `GtkIMContext::retrieve-surrounding` signal.
* @delete_surrounding: Default handler of the
- * #GtkIMContext::delete-surrounding signal.
+ * `GtkIMContext::delete-surrounding` signal.
* @set_client_widget: Called via gtk_im_context_set_client_widget() when the
* input window where the entered text will appear changes. Override this to
* keep track of the current input window, for instance for the purpose of
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ G_DEFINE_ABSTRACT_TYPE_WITH_PRIVATE (GtkIMContext, gtk_im_context, G_TYPE_OBJECT
* key press or release event. Every non-trivial input method needs to
* override this in order to implement the mapping from key events to text.
* A return value of %TRUE indicates to the caller that the event was
- * consumed by the input method. In that case, the #GtkIMContext::commit
+ * consumed by the input method. In that case, the `GtkIMContext::commit`
* signal should be emitted upon completion of a key sequence to pass the
* resulting text back to the input widget. Alternatively, %FALSE may be
* returned to indicate that the event wasn’t handled by the input method.
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ G_DEFINE_ABSTRACT_TYPE_WITH_PRIVATE (GtkIMContext, gtk_im_context, G_TYPE_OBJECT
* the use of the preedit string. Override this to display feedback by some
* other means if turned off.
* @set_surrounding: Called via gtk_im_context_set_surrounding() in response
- * to signal #GtkIMContext::retrieve-surrounding to update the input
+ * to signal `GtkIMContext::retrieve-surrounding` to update the input
* method’s idea of the context around the cursor. It is not necessary to
* override this method even with input methods which implement
* context-dependent behavior. The base implementation is sufficient for
@@ -175,10 +175,10 @@ G_DEFINE_ABSTRACT_TYPE_WITH_PRIVATE (GtkIMContext, gtk_im_context, G_TYPE_OBJECT
* the context around the cursor location. It is not necessary to override
* this method even with input methods which implement context-dependent
* behavior. The base implementation emits
- * #GtkIMContext::retrieve-surrounding and records the context received
+ * `GtkIMContext::retrieve-surrounding` and records the context received
* by the subsequent invocation of @get_surrounding.
* @set_surrounding_with_selection: Called via gtk_im_context_set_surrounding_with_selection()
- * in response to signal #GtkIMContext::retrieve-surrounding to update the input
+ * in response to signal `GtkIMContext::retrieve-surrounding` to update the input
* method’s idea of the context around the cursor. It is not necessary to
* override this method even with input methods which implement
* context-dependent behavior. The base implementation is sufficient for
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ G_DEFINE_ABSTRACT_TYPE_WITH_PRIVATE (GtkIMContext, gtk_im_context, G_TYPE_OBJECT
* to update the context around the cursor location. It is not necessary to override
* this method even with input methods which implement context-dependent
* behavior. The base implementation emits
- * #GtkIMContext::retrieve-surrounding and records the context received
+ * `GtkIMContext::retrieve-surrounding` and records the context received
* by the subsequent invocation of @get_surrounding.
*/
static void
@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ gtk_im_context_set_surrounding (GtkIMContext *context,
/**
* gtk_im_context_set_surrounding_with_selection:
- * @context: a #GtkIMContext
+ * @context: a `GtkIMContext`
* @text: text surrounding the insertion point, as UTF-8.
* the preedit string should not be included within @text
* @len: the length of @text, or -1 if @text is nul-terminated
@@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ gtk_im_context_get_surrounding (GtkIMContext *context,
/**
* gtk_im_context_get_surrounding_with_selection:
- * @context: a #GtkIMContext
+ * @context: a `GtkIMContext`
* @text: (out) (transfer full): location to store a UTF-8 encoded
* string of text holding context around the insertion point.
* If the function returns %TRUE, then you must free the result
@@ -905,7 +905,7 @@ gtk_im_context_get_surrounding_with_selection (GtkIMContext *context,
* GtkIMContext::delete_surrounding signal.
*
* Note that @offset and @n_chars are in characters not in bytes
- * which differs from the usage other places in #GtkIMContext.
+ * which differs from the usage other places in `GtkIMContext`.
*
* In order to use this function, you should first call
* gtk_im_context_get_surrounding() to get the current context, and
diff --git a/gtk/gtkimcontextsimple.c b/gtk/gtkimcontextsimple.c
index 1cbb64cf45..761aa66efd 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkimcontextsimple.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkimcontextsimple.c
@@ -302,10 +302,10 @@ gtk_im_context_simple_finalize (GObject *obj)
/**
* gtk_im_context_simple_new:
*
- * Creates a new #GtkIMContextSimple.
+ * Creates a new `GtkIMContextSimple`.
*
- * Returns: a new #GtkIMContextSimple.
- **/
+ * Returns: a new `GtkIMContextSimple`
+ */
GtkIMContext *
gtk_im_context_simple_new (void)
{
@@ -1183,7 +1183,7 @@ gtk_im_context_simple_get_preedit_string (GtkIMContext *context,
/**
* gtk_im_context_simple_add_table: (skip)
- * @context_simple: A #GtkIMContextSimple
+ * @context_simple: A `GtkIMContextSimple`
* @data: (array): the table
* @max_seq_len: Maximum length of a sequence in the table
* @n_seqs: number of sequences in the table
@@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@ gtk_im_context_simple_add_table (GtkIMContextSimple *context_simple,
/**
* gtk_im_context_simple_add_compose_file:
- * @context_simple: A #GtkIMContextSimple
+ * @context_simple: A `GtkIMContextSimple`
* @compose_file: The path of compose file
*
* Adds an additional table from the X11 compose file.
diff --git a/gtk/gtkinfobar.c b/gtk/gtkinfobar.c
index 0389ba5e0c..2823f8afc1 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkinfobar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkinfobar.c
@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ gtk_info_bar_buildable_add_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
/**
* gtk_info_bar_set_message_type: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=message-type)
* @info_bar: a `GtkInfoBar`
- * @message_type: a #GtkMessageType
+ * @message_type: a `GtkMessageType`
*
* Sets the message type of the message area.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtklabel.c b/gtk/gtklabel.c
index 8e1570b47e..d75c7caf2c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtklabel.c
+++ b/gtk/gtklabel.c
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
*
* # Accessibility
*
- * `GtkLabel` uses the #GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_LABEL role.
+ * `GtkLabel` uses the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_LABEL role.
*
* # Mnemonics
*
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ struct _GtkLabelClass
* to ensure that pressing inside a link and releasing outside of it
* does not activate the link.
*
- * Links are rendered with the #GTK_STATE_FLAG_LINK/#GTK_STATE_FLAG_VISITED
+ * Links are rendered with the %GTK_STATE_FLAG_LINK/%GTK_STATE_FLAG_VISITED
* state flags. When the mouse pointer is over a link, the pointer is changed
* to indicate the link.
*
@@ -2079,7 +2079,7 @@ gtk_label_class_init (GtkLabelClass *class)
/**
* GtkLabel::move-cursor:
* @entry: the object which received the signal
- * @step: the granularity of the move, as a #GtkMovementStep
+ * @step: the granularity of the move, as a `GtkMovementStep`
* @count: the number of @step units to move
* @extend_selection: %TRUE if the move should extend the selection
*
@@ -2814,7 +2814,7 @@ label_mnemonic_widget_weak_notify (gpointer data,
/**
* gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=mnemonic-widget)
* @self: a `GtkLabel`
- * @widget: (nullable): the target #GtkWidget, or %NULL to unset
+ * @widget: (nullable): the target `GtkWidget`, or %NULL to unset
*
* Associate the label with its mnemonic target.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtklayoutchild.c b/gtk/gtklayoutchild.c
index 6de457a8c0..b04a37bea1 100644
--- a/gtk/gtklayoutchild.c
+++ b/gtk/gtklayoutchild.c
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ gtk_layout_child_get_layout_manager (GtkLayoutChild *layout_child)
*
* Retrieves the `GtkWidget` associated to the given @layout_child.
*
- * Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkWidget
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a `GtkWidget`
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_layout_child_get_child_widget (GtkLayoutChild *layout_child)
diff --git a/gtk/gtklayoutmanager.c b/gtk/gtklayoutmanager.c
index 1c8ac2be68..2d6901103c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtklayoutmanager.c
+++ b/gtk/gtklayoutmanager.c
@@ -234,8 +234,8 @@ gtk_layout_manager_init (GtkLayoutManager *self)
/*< private >
* gtk_layout_manager_set_widget:
- * @layout_manager: a #GtkLayoutManager
- * @widget: (nullable): a #GtkWidget
+ * @layout_manager: a `GtkLayoutManager`
+ * @widget: (nullable): a `GtkWidget`
*
* Sets a back pointer from @widget to @layout_manager.
*/
@@ -263,14 +263,14 @@ gtk_layout_manager_set_widget (GtkLayoutManager *layout_manager,
/*< private >
* gtk_layout_manager_set_root:
- * @layout_manager: a #GtkLayoutManager
- * @root: (nullable): a #GtkWidget implementing #GtkRoot
+ * @layout_manager: a i`GtkLayoutManager`
+ * @root: (nullable): a `GtkWidget` implementing `GtkRoot`
*
* Sets a back pointer from @root to @layout_manager.
*
- * This function is called by #GtkWidget when getting rooted and unrooted,
- * and will call #GtkLayoutManagerClass.root() or #GtkLayoutManagerClass.unroot()
- * depending on whether @root is a #GtkWidget or %NULL.
+ * This function is called by `GtkWidget` when getting rooted and unrooted,
+ * and will call `GtkLayoutManagerClass.root()` or `GtkLayoutManagerClass.unroot()`
+ * depending on whether @root is a `GtkWidget` or %NULL.
*/
void
gtk_layout_manager_set_root (GtkLayoutManager *layout_manager,
@@ -470,11 +470,11 @@ gtk_layout_manager_layout_changed (GtkLayoutManager *manager)
/*< private >
* gtk_layout_manager_remove_layout_child:
- * @manager: a #GtkLayoutManager
- * @widget: a #GtkWidget
+ * @manager: a `GtkLayoutManager`
+ * @widget: a `GtkWidget`
*
- * Removes the #GtkLayoutChild associated with @widget from the
- * given #GtkLayoutManager, if any is set.
+ * Removes the `GtkLayoutChild` associated with @widget from the
+ * given `GtkLayoutManager`, if any is set.
*/
void
gtk_layout_manager_remove_layout_child (GtkLayoutManager *manager,
diff --git a/gtk/gtklayoutmanager.h b/gtk/gtklayoutmanager.h
index 314d4a0625..676edcd4ff 100644
--- a/gtk/gtklayoutmanager.h
+++ b/gtk/gtklayoutmanager.h
@@ -34,22 +34,22 @@ G_DECLARE_DERIVABLE_TYPE (GtkLayoutManager, gtk_layout_manager, GTK, LAYOUT_MANA
* GtkLayoutManagerClass:
* @get_request_mode: a virtual function, used to return the preferred
* request mode for the layout manager; for instance, "width for height"
- * or "height for width"; see #GtkSizeRequestMode
+ * or "height for width"; see `GtkSizeRequestMode`
* @measure: a virtual function, used to measure the minimum and preferred
* sizes of the widget using the layout manager for a given orientation
* @allocate: a virtual function, used to allocate the size of the widget
* using the layout manager
- * @layout_child_type: the type of #GtkLayoutChild used by this layout manager
- * @create_layout_child: a virtual function, used to create a #GtkLayoutChild
+ * @layout_child_type: the type of `GtkLayoutChild` used by this layout manager
+ * @create_layout_child: a virtual function, used to create a `GtkLayoutChild`
* meta object for the layout properties
* @root: a virtual function, called when the widget using the layout
- * manager is attached to a #GtkRoot
+ * manager is attached to a `GtkRoot`
* @unroot: a virtual function, called when the widget using the layout
- * manager is detached from a #GtkRoot
+ * manager is detached from a `GtkRoot`
*
* The `GtkLayoutManagerClass` structure contains only private data, and
* should only be accessed through the provided API, or when subclassing
- * #GtkLayoutManager.
+ * `GtkLayoutManager`.
*/
struct _GtkLayoutManagerClass
{
@@ -79,13 +79,13 @@ struct _GtkLayoutManagerClass
/**
* GtkLayoutManagerClass::create_layout_child:
- * @manager: the #GtkLayoutManager
+ * @manager: the `GtkLayoutManager`
* @widget: the widget using the @manager
* @for_child: the child of @widget
*
- * Create a #GtkLayoutChild instance for the given @for_child widget.
+ * Create a `GtkLayoutChild` instance for the given @for_child widget.
*
- * Returns: (transfer full): a #GtkLayoutChild
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a `GtkLayoutChild`
*/
GtkLayoutChild * (* create_layout_child) (GtkLayoutManager *manager,
GtkWidget *widget,
diff --git a/gtk/gtklevelbar.c b/gtk/gtklevelbar.c
index ad19f57c46..94e2e2b3d4 100644
--- a/gtk/gtklevelbar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtklevelbar.c
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
* [method@Gtk.LevelBar.set_max_value]. The value will be always drawn in
* proportion to the admissible interval, i.e. a value of 15 with a specified
* interval between 10 and 20 is equivalent to a value of 0.5 with an interval
- * between 0 and 1. When #GTK_LEVEL_BAR_MODE_DISCRETE is used, the bar level
+ * between 0 and 1. When %GTK_LEVEL_BAR_MODE_DISCRETE is used, the bar level
* is rendered as a finite number of separated blocks instead of a single one.
* The number of blocks that will be rendered is equal to the number of units
* specified by the admissible interval.
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
*
* # Accessibility
*
- * `GtkLevelBar` uses the #GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_METER role.
+ * `GtkLevelBar` uses the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_METER role.
*/
#include "config.h"
@@ -977,9 +977,9 @@ gtk_level_bar_class_init (GtkLevelBarClass *klass)
* Determines the way `GtkLevelBar` interprets the value properties to draw the
* level fill area.
*
- * Specifically, when the value is #GTK_LEVEL_BAR_MODE_CONTINUOUS,
+ * Specifically, when the value is %GTK_LEVEL_BAR_MODE_CONTINUOUS,
* `GtkLevelBar` will draw a single block representing the current value in
- * that area; when the value is #GTK_LEVEL_BAR_MODE_DISCRETE,
+ * that area; when the value is %GTK_LEVEL_BAR_MODE_DISCRETE,
* the widget will draw a succession of separate blocks filling the
* draw area, with the number of blocks being equal to the units separating
* the integral roundings of [property@Gtk.LevelBar:min-value] and
diff --git a/gtk/gtklevelbar.h b/gtk/gtklevelbar.h
index 4444eadfb5..52c9857698 100644
--- a/gtk/gtklevelbar.h
+++ b/gtk/gtklevelbar.h
@@ -36,21 +36,21 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
/**
* GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_LOW:
*
- * The name used for the stock low offset included by #GtkLevelBar.
+ * The name used for the stock low offset included by `GtkLevelBar`.
*/
#define GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_LOW "low"
/**
* GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_HIGH:
*
- * The name used for the stock high offset included by #GtkLevelBar.
+ * The name used for the stock high offset included by `GtkLevelBar`.
*/
#define GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_HIGH "high"
/**
* GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_FULL:
*
- * The name used for the stock full offset included by #GtkLevelBar.
+ * The name used for the stock full offset included by `GtkLevelBar`.
*/
#define GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_FULL "full"
diff --git a/gtk/gtklinkbutton.c b/gtk/gtklinkbutton.c
index 62d2985b24..05234ccd00 100644
--- a/gtk/gtklinkbutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtklinkbutton.c
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
*
* # Accessibility
*
- * `GtkLinkButton` uses the #GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_LINK role.
+ * `GtkLinkButton` uses the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_LINK role.
*/
#include "config.h"
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ gtk_link_button_class_init (GtkLinkButtonClass *klass)
/**
* GtkLinkButton::activate-link:
- * @button: the #GtkLinkButton that emitted the signal
+ * @button: the `GtkLinkButton` that emitted the signal
*
* Emitted each time the `GtkLinkButton` is clicked.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtklistbase.c b/gtk/gtklistbase.c
index b529967c44..5362faf22c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtklistbase.c
+++ b/gtk/gtklistbase.c
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ static GParamSpec *properties[N_PROPS] = { NULL, };
/*
* gtk_list_base_get_position_from_allocation:
- * @self: a #GtkListBase
+ * @self: a `GtkListBase`
* @across: position in pixels in the direction cross to the list
* @along: position in pixels in the direction of the list
* @pos: (out caller-allocates): set to the looked up position
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ gtk_list_base_clear_adjustment (GtkListBase *self,
/*
* gtk_list_base_move_focus_along:
- * @self: a #GtkListBase
+ * @self: a `GtkListBase`
* @pos: position from which to move focus
* @steps: steps to move focus - negative numbers move focus backwards
*
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ gtk_list_base_move_focus_along (GtkListBase *self,
/*
* gtk_list_base_move_focus_across:
- * @self: a #GtkListBase
+ * @self: a `GtkListBase`
* @pos: position from which to move focus
* @steps: steps to move focus - negative numbers move focus backwards
*
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ gtk_list_base_move_focus (GtkListBase *self,
/*
* gtk_list_base_get_allocation_along:
- * @self: a #GtkListBase
+ * @self: a `GtkListBase`
* @pos: item to get the size of
* @offset: (out caller-allocates) (optional): set to the offset
* of the top/left of the item
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ gtk_list_base_get_allocation_along (GtkListBase *self,
/*
* gtk_list_base_get_allocation_across:
- * @self: a #GtkListBase
+ * @self: a `GtkListBase`
* @pos: item to get the size of
* @offset: (out caller-allocates) (optional): set to the offset
* of the top/left of the item
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ gtk_list_base_get_allocation_across (GtkListBase *self,
/*
* gtk_list_base_select_item:
- * @self: a #GtkListBase
+ * @self: a `GtkListBase`
* @pos: item to select
* @modify: %TRUE if the selection should be modified, %FALSE
* if a new selection should be done. This is usually set
@@ -1939,7 +1939,7 @@ gtk_list_base_get_anchor (GtkListBase *self)
/*
* gtk_list_base_set_anchor:
- * @self: a #GtkListBase
+ * @self: a `GtkListBase`
* @anchor_pos: position of the item to anchor
* @anchor_align_across: how far in the across direction to anchor
* @anchor_side_across: if the anchor should side to start or end of item
@@ -1999,7 +1999,7 @@ gtk_list_base_set_anchor (GtkListBase *self,
/**
* gtk_list_base_set_anchor_max_widgets:
- * @self: a #GtkListBase
+ * @self: a `GtkListBase`
* @center: the number of widgets in the middle
* @above_below: extra widgets above and below
*
@@ -2039,7 +2039,7 @@ gtk_list_base_set_anchor_max_widgets (GtkListBase *self,
/*
* gtk_list_base_grab_focus_on_item:
- * @self: a #GtkListBase
+ * @self: a `GtkListBase`
* @pos: position of the item to focus
* @select: %TRUE to select the item
* @modify: if selecting, %TRUE to modify the selected
diff --git a/gtk/gtklistbox.c b/gtk/gtklistbox.c
index 4513892e32..95120f8cef 100644
--- a/gtk/gtklistbox.c
+++ b/gtk/gtklistbox.c
@@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@ gtk_list_box_get_selected_rows (GtkListBox *box)
/**
* gtk_list_box_set_placeholder:
* @box: a `GtkListBox`
- * @placeholder: (nullable): a #GtkWidget
+ * @placeholder: (nullable): a `GtkWidget`
*
* Sets the placeholder widget that is shown in the list when
* it doesn't display any visible children.
diff --git a/gtk/gtklistitemmanager.c b/gtk/gtklistitemmanager.c
index 02772f7c58..5f263b24ab 100644
--- a/gtk/gtklistitemmanager.c
+++ b/gtk/gtklistitemmanager.c
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ gtk_list_item_manager_get_root (GtkListItemManager *self)
/*
* gtk_list_item_manager_get_nth:
- * @self: a #GtkListItemManager
+ * @self: a `GtkListItemManager`
* @position: position of the item
* @offset: (out): offset into the returned item
*
@@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ gtk_list_item_manager_get_model (GtkListItemManager *self)
/*
* gtk_list_item_manager_acquire_list_item:
- * @self: a #GtkListItemManager
+ * @self: a `GtkListItemManager`
* @position: the row in the model to create a list item for
* @prev_sibling: the widget this widget should be inserted before or %NULL
* if it should be the first widget
@@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ gtk_list_item_manager_get_model (GtkListItemManager *self)
* yet exist that is used for @position.
*
* When the returned item is no longer needed, the caller is responsible
- * for calling gtk_list_item_manager_release_list_item().
+ * for calling gtk_list_item_manager_release_list_item().
* A particular case is when the row at @position is removed. In that case,
* all list items in the removed range must be released before
* gtk_list_item_manager_model_changed() is called.
@@ -942,7 +942,7 @@ gtk_list_item_manager_acquire_list_item (GtkListItemManager *self,
/**
* gtk_list_item_manager_try_acquire_list_item_from_change:
- * @self: a #GtkListItemManager
+ * @self: a `GtkListItemManager`
* @position: the row in the model to create a list item for
* @prev_sibling: the widget this widget should be inserted after or %NULL
* if it should be the first widget
@@ -991,8 +991,8 @@ gtk_list_item_manager_try_reacquire_list_item (GtkListItemManager *self,
/**
* gtk_list_item_manager_move_list_item:
- * @self: a #GtkListItemManager
- * @list_item: an acquired #GtkListItem that should be moved to represent
+ * @self: a `GtkListItemManager`
+ * @list_item: an acquired `GtkListItem` that should be moved to represent
* a different row
* @position: the new position of that list item
* @prev_sibling: the new previous sibling
@@ -1023,8 +1023,8 @@ gtk_list_item_manager_move_list_item (GtkListItemManager *self,
/**
* gtk_list_item_manager_update_list_item:
- * @self: a #GtkListItemManager
- * @item: a #GtkListItem that has been acquired
+ * @self: a `GtkListItemManager`
+ * @item: a `GtkListItem` that has been acquired
* @position: the new position of that list item
*
* Updates the position of the given @item. This function must be called whenever
@@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ gtk_list_item_manager_update_list_item (GtkListItemManager *self,
/*
* gtk_list_item_manager_release_list_item:
- * @self: a #GtkListItemManager
+ * @self: a `GtkListItemManager`
* @change: (nullable): The change associated with this release or
* %NULL if this is a final removal
* @item: an item previously acquired with
diff --git a/gtk/gtklistlistmodel.c b/gtk/gtklistlistmodel.c
index 3f5e54ee0d..e7e5f6de5f 100644
--- a/gtk/gtklistlistmodel.c
+++ b/gtk/gtklistlistmodel.c
@@ -21,9 +21,9 @@
/*
* GtkListListModel:
*
- * #GtkListListModel is a #GListModel implementation that takes a list API
- * and provides it as a GListModel.
- **/
+ * `GtkListListModel` is a `GListModel` implementation that takes a list API
+ * and provides it as a `GListModel`.
+ */
#include "config.h"
diff --git a/gtk/gtkliststore.c b/gtk/gtkliststore.c
index 32af78e5e2..df38e404fa 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkliststore.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkliststore.c
@@ -34,23 +34,23 @@
*
* A list-like data structure that can be used with the GtkTreeView
*
- * The #GtkListStore object is a list model for use with a #GtkTreeView
- * widget. It implements the #GtkTreeModel interface, and consequentialy,
+ * The `GtkListStore` object is a list model for use with a `GtkTreeView`
+ * widget. It implements the `GtkTreeModel` interface, and consequentialy,
* can use all of the methods available there. It also implements the
- * #GtkTreeSortable interface so it can be sorted by the view.
+ * `GtkTreeSortable` interface so it can be sorted by the view.
* Finally, it also implements the tree
* [drag and drop][gtk4-GtkTreeView-drag-and-drop]
* interfaces.
*
- * The #GtkListStore can accept most GObject types as a column type, though
+ * The `GtkListStore` can accept most GObject types as a column type, though
* it can’t accept all custom types. Internally, it will keep a copy of
* data passed in (such as a string or a boxed pointer). Columns that
- * accept #GObjects are handled a little differently. The
- * #GtkListStore will keep a reference to the object instead of copying the
+ * accept `GObject`s are handled a little differently. The
+ * `GtkListStore` will keep a reference to the object instead of copying the
* value. As a result, if the object is modified, it is up to the
* application writer to call gtk_tree_model_row_changed() to emit the
- * #GtkTreeModel::row_changed signal. This most commonly affects lists with
- * #GdkTextures stored.
+ * `GtkTreeModel`::row_changed signal. This most commonly affects lists with
+ * `GdkTexture`s stored.
*
* An example for creating a simple list store:
* |[<!-- language="C" -->
@@ -105,10 +105,10 @@
*
* # Performance Considerations
*
- * Internally, the #GtkListStore was originally implemented with a linked list
+ * Internally, the `GtkListStore` was originally implemented with a linked list
* with a tail pointer. As a result, it was fast at data insertion and deletion,
- * and not fast at random data access. The #GtkListStore sets the
- * #GTK_TREE_MODEL_ITERS_PERSIST flag, which means that #GtkTreeIters can be
+ * and not fast at random data access. The `GtkListStore` sets the
+ * %GTK_TREE_MODEL_ITERS_PERSIST flag, which means that `GtkTreeIter`s can be
* cached while the row exists. Thus, if access to a particular row is needed
* often and your code is expected to run on older versions of GTK, it is worth
* keeping the iter around.
@@ -118,16 +118,16 @@
* It is important to note that only the methods
* gtk_list_store_insert_with_values() and gtk_list_store_insert_with_valuesv()
* are atomic, in the sense that the row is being appended to the store and the
- * values filled in in a single operation with regard to #GtkTreeModel signaling.
+ * values filled in in a single operation with regard to `GtkTreeModel` signaling.
* In contrast, using e.g. gtk_list_store_append() and then gtk_list_store_set()
- * will first create a row, which triggers the #GtkTreeModel::row-inserted signal
- * on #GtkListStore. The row, however, is still empty, and any signal handler
- * connecting to #GtkTreeModel::row-inserted on this particular store should be prepared
+ * will first create a row, which triggers the `GtkTreeModel`::row-inserted signal
+ * on `GtkListStore`. The row, however, is still empty, and any signal handler
+ * connecting to `GtkTreeModel`::row-inserted on this particular store should be prepared
* for the situation that the row might be empty. This is especially important
- * if you are wrapping the #GtkListStore inside a #GtkTreeModelFilter and are
- * using a #GtkTreeModelFilterVisibleFunc. Using any of the non-atomic operations
- * to append rows to the #GtkListStore will cause the
- * #GtkTreeModelFilterVisibleFunc to be visited with an empty row first; the
+ * if you are wrapping the `GtkListStore` inside a `GtkTreeModel`Filter and are
+ * using a `GtkTreeModel`FilterVisibleFunc. Using any of the non-atomic operations
+ * to append rows to the `GtkListStore` will cause the
+ * `GtkTreeModel`FilterVisibleFunc to be visited with an empty row first; the
* function must be prepared for that.
*
* # GtkListStore as GtkBuildable
@@ -398,17 +398,17 @@ iter_is_valid (GtkTreeIter *iter,
/**
* gtk_list_store_new:
* @n_columns: number of columns in the list store
- * @...: all #GType types for the columns, from first to last
+ * @...: all `GType` types for the columns, from first to last
*
* Creates a new list store as with @n_columns columns each of the types passed
* in. Note that only types derived from standard GObject fundamental types
* are supported.
*
* As an example, `gtk_list_store_new (3, G_TYPE_INT, G_TYPE_STRING,
- * GDK_TYPE_TEXTURE);` will create a new #GtkListStore with three columns, of type
- * int, string and #GdkTexture, respectively.
+ * GDK_TYPE_TEXTURE);` will create a new `GtkListStore` with three columns, of type
+ * int, string and `GdkTexture`, respectively.
*
- * Returns: a new #GtkListStore
+ * Returns: a new `GtkListStore`
*/
GtkListStore *
gtk_list_store_new (int n_columns,
@@ -449,11 +449,11 @@ gtk_list_store_new (int n_columns,
/**
* gtk_list_store_newv: (rename-to gtk_list_store_new)
* @n_columns: number of columns in the list store
- * @types: (array length=n_columns): an array of #GType types for the columns, from first to last
+ * @types: (array length=n_columns): an array of `GType` types for the columns, from first to last
*
* Non-vararg creation function. Used primarily by language bindings.
*
- * Returns: (transfer full): a new #GtkListStore
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a new `GtkListStore`
**/
GtkListStore *
gtk_list_store_newv (int n_columns,
@@ -484,13 +484,13 @@ gtk_list_store_newv (int n_columns,
/**
* gtk_list_store_set_column_types:
- * @list_store: A #GtkListStore
+ * @list_store: A `GtkListStore`
* @n_columns: Number of columns for the list store
- * @types: (array length=n_columns): An array length n of #GTypes
+ * @types: (array length=n_columns): An array length n of `GType`s
*
- * This function is meant primarily for #GObjects that inherit from #GtkListStore,
- * and should only be used when constructing a new #GtkListStore. It will not
- * function after a row has been added, or a method on the #GtkTreeModel
+ * This function is meant primarily for `GObject`s that inherit from `GtkListStore`,
+ * and should only be used when constructing a new `GtkListStore`. It will not
+ * function after a row has been added, or a method on the `GtkTreeModel`
* interface is called.
**/
void
@@ -910,8 +910,8 @@ gtk_list_store_real_set_value (GtkListStore *list_store,
/**
* gtk_list_store_set_value:
- * @list_store: A #GtkListStore
- * @iter: A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified
+ * @list_store: A `GtkListStore`
+ * @iter: A valid `GtkTreeIter` for the row being modified
* @column: column number to modify
* @value: new value for the cell
*
@@ -1061,8 +1061,8 @@ gtk_list_store_set_valist_internal (GtkListStore *list_store,
/**
* gtk_list_store_set_valuesv: (rename-to gtk_list_store_set)
- * @list_store: A #GtkListStore
- * @iter: A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified
+ * @list_store: A `GtkListStore`
+ * @iter: A valid `GtkTreeIter` for the row being modified
* @columns: (array length=n_values): an array of column numbers
* @values: (array length=n_values): an array of GValues
* @n_values: the length of the @columns and @values arrays
@@ -1109,8 +1109,8 @@ gtk_list_store_set_valuesv (GtkListStore *list_store,
/**
* gtk_list_store_set_valist:
- * @list_store: A #GtkListStore
- * @iter: A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified
+ * @list_store: A `GtkListStore`
+ * @iter: A valid `GtkTreeIter` for the row being modified
* @var_args: va_list of column/value pairs
*
* See gtk_list_store_set(); this version takes a va_list for use by language
@@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@ gtk_list_store_set_valist (GtkListStore *list_store,
/**
* gtk_list_store_set:
- * @list_store: a #GtkListStore
+ * @list_store: a `GtkListStore`
* @iter: row iterator
* @...: pairs of column number and value, terminated with -1
*
@@ -1179,8 +1179,8 @@ gtk_list_store_set (GtkListStore *list_store,
/**
* gtk_list_store_remove:
- * @list_store: A #GtkListStore
- * @iter: A valid #GtkTreeIter
+ * @list_store: A `GtkListStore`
+ * @iter: A valid `GtkTreeIter`
*
* Removes the given row from the list store. After being removed,
* @iter is set to be the next valid row, or invalidated if it pointed
@@ -1229,8 +1229,8 @@ gtk_list_store_remove (GtkListStore *list_store,
/**
* gtk_list_store_insert:
- * @list_store: A #GtkListStore
- * @iter: (out): An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row
+ * @list_store: A `GtkListStore`
+ * @iter: (out): An unset `GtkTreeIter` to set to the new row
* @position: position to insert the new row, or -1 for last
*
* Creates a new row at @position. @iter will be changed to point to this new
@@ -1282,9 +1282,9 @@ gtk_list_store_insert (GtkListStore *list_store,
/**
* gtk_list_store_insert_before:
- * @list_store: A #GtkListStore
- * @iter: (out): An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row
- * @sibling: (nullable): A valid #GtkTreeIter
+ * @list_store: A `GtkListStore`
+ * @iter: (out): An unset `GtkTreeIter` to set to the new row
+ * @sibling: (nullable): A valid `GtkTreeIter`
*
* Inserts a new row before @sibling. If @sibling is %NULL, then the row will
* be appended to the end of the list. @iter will be changed to point to this
@@ -1318,9 +1318,9 @@ gtk_list_store_insert_before (GtkListStore *list_store,
/**
* gtk_list_store_insert_after:
- * @list_store: A #GtkListStore
- * @iter: (out): An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row
- * @sibling: (nullable): A valid #GtkTreeIter
+ * @list_store: A `GtkListStore`
+ * @iter: (out): An unset `GtkTreeIter` to set to the new row
+ * @sibling: (nullable): A valid `GtkTreeIter`
*
* Inserts a new row after @sibling. If @sibling is %NULL, then the row will be
* prepended to the beginning of the list. @iter will be changed to point to
@@ -1354,8 +1354,8 @@ gtk_list_store_insert_after (GtkListStore *list_store,
/**
* gtk_list_store_prepend:
- * @list_store: A #GtkListStore
- * @iter: (out): An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the prepend row
+ * @list_store: A `GtkListStore`
+ * @iter: (out): An unset `GtkTreeIter` to set to the prepend row
*
* Prepends a new row to @list_store. @iter will be changed to point to this new
* row. The row will be empty after this function is called. To fill in
@@ -1374,8 +1374,8 @@ gtk_list_store_prepend (GtkListStore *list_store,
/**
* gtk_list_store_append:
- * @list_store: A #GtkListStore
- * @iter: (out): An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the appended row
+ * @list_store: A `GtkListStore`
+ * @iter: (out): An unset `GtkTreeIter` to set to the appended row
*
* Appends a new row to @list_store. @iter will be changed to point to this new
* row. The row will be empty after this function is called. To fill in
@@ -1406,7 +1406,7 @@ gtk_list_store_increment_stamp (GtkListStore *list_store)
/**
* gtk_list_store_clear:
- * @list_store: a #GtkListStore.
+ * @list_store: a `GtkListStore`.
*
* Removes all rows from the list store.
*
@@ -1433,13 +1433,13 @@ gtk_list_store_clear (GtkListStore *list_store)
/**
* gtk_list_store_iter_is_valid:
- * @list_store: A #GtkListStore.
- * @iter: A #GtkTreeIter.
+ * @list_store: A `GtkListStore`.
+ * @iter: A `GtkTreeIter`
*
* > This function is slow. Only use it for debugging and/or testing
* > purposes.
*
- * Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this #GtkListStore.
+ * Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this `GtkListStore`.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the iter is valid, %FALSE if the iter is invalid.
**/
@@ -1678,7 +1678,7 @@ gtk_list_store_reorder_func (GSequenceIter *a,
/**
* gtk_list_store_reorder:
- * @store: A #GtkListStore.
+ * @store: A `GtkListStore`.
* @new_order: (array zero-terminated=1): an array of integers mapping the new
* position of each child to its old position before the re-ordering,
* i.e. @new_order`[newpos] = oldpos`. It must have
@@ -1772,9 +1772,9 @@ generate_order (GSequence *seq,
/**
* gtk_list_store_swap:
- * @store: A #GtkListStore.
- * @a: A #GtkTreeIter.
- * @b: Another #GtkTreeIter.
+ * @store: A `GtkListStore`.
+ * @a: A `GtkTreeIter`
+ * @b: Another `GtkTreeIter`
*
* Swaps @a and @b in @store. Note that this function only works with
* unsorted stores.
@@ -1838,9 +1838,9 @@ gtk_list_store_move_to (GtkListStore *store,
/**
* gtk_list_store_move_before:
- * @store: A #GtkListStore.
- * @iter: A #GtkTreeIter.
- * @position: (nullable): A #GtkTreeIter
+ * @store: A `GtkListStore`.
+ * @iter: A `GtkTreeIter`
+ * @position: (nullable): A `GtkTreeIter`
*
* Moves @iter in @store to the position before @position. Note that this
* function only works with unsorted stores. If @position is %NULL, @iter
@@ -1869,9 +1869,9 @@ gtk_list_store_move_before (GtkListStore *store,
/**
* gtk_list_store_move_after:
- * @store: A #GtkListStore.
- * @iter: A #GtkTreeIter.
- * @position: (nullable): A #GtkTreeIter
+ * @store: A `GtkListStore`.
+ * @iter: A `GtkTreeIter`
+ * @position: (nullable): A `GtkTreeIter`
*
* Moves @iter in @store to the position after @position. Note that this
* function only works with unsorted stores. If @position is %NULL, @iter
@@ -2147,8 +2147,8 @@ gtk_list_store_has_default_sort_func (GtkTreeSortable *sortable)
/**
* gtk_list_store_insert_with_values:
- * @list_store: A #GtkListStore
- * @iter: (out) (optional): An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row
+ * @list_store: A `GtkListStore`
+ * @iter: (out) (optional): An unset `GtkTreeIter` to set to the new row
* @position: position to insert the new row, or -1 to append after existing
* rows
* @...: pairs of column number and value, terminated with -1
@@ -2176,12 +2176,12 @@ gtk_list_store_has_default_sort_func (GtkTreeSortable *sortable)
* }
* ]|
*
- * with the difference that the former will only emit #GtkTreeModel::row-inserted
- * once, while the latter will emit #GtkTreeModel::row-inserted,
- * #GtkTreeModel::row-changed and, if the list store is sorted,
- * #GtkTreeModel::rows-reordered for every inserted value.
+ * with the difference that the former will only emit `GtkTreeModel`::row-inserted
+ * once, while the latter will emit `GtkTreeModel`::row-inserted,
+ * `GtkTreeModel`::row-changed and, if the list store is sorted,
+ * `GtkTreeModel`::rows-reordered for every inserted value.
*
- * Since emitting the #GtkTreeModel::rows-reordered signal repeatedly can
+ * Since emitting the `GtkTreeModel::rows-reordered` signal repeatedly can
* affect the performance of the program, gtk_list_store_insert_with_values()
* should generally be preferred when inserting rows in a sorted list store.
*/
@@ -2248,8 +2248,8 @@ gtk_list_store_insert_with_values (GtkListStore *list_store,
/**
* gtk_list_store_insert_with_valuesv: (rename-to gtk_list_store_insert_with_values)
- * @list_store: A #GtkListStore
- * @iter: (out) (optional): An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row
+ * @list_store: A `GtkListStore`
+ * @iter: (out) (optional): An unset `GtkTreeIter` to set to the new row
* @position: position to insert the new row, or -1 for last
* @columns: (array length=n_values): an array of column numbers
* @values: (array length=n_values): an array of GValues
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmain.c b/gtk/gtkmain.c
index 6ea63ab6d3..accaee07c1 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmain.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkmain.c
@@ -607,8 +607,8 @@ gtk_init_check (void)
* applications. It will initialize everything needed to operate the
* toolkit and parses some standard command line options.
*
- * If you are using #GtkApplication, you don't have to call gtk_init()
- * or gtk_init_check(); the #GApplication::startup handler
+ * If you are using `GtkApplication`, you don't have to call gtk_init()
+ * or gtk_init_check(); the `GApplication::startup` handler
* does it for you.
*
* This function will terminate your program if it was unable to
@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ gtk_is_initialized (void)
* gtk_widget_set_default_direction (direction);
* ]|
*
- * Returns: the #GtkTextDirection of the current locale
+ * Returns: the `GtkTextDirection` of the current locale
*/
GtkTextDirection
gtk_get_locale_direction (void)
@@ -762,17 +762,22 @@ gtk_get_locale_direction (void)
/**
* gtk_get_default_language:
*
- * Returns the #PangoLanguage for the default language currently in
- * effect. (Note that this can change over the life of an
- * application.) The default language is derived from the current
- * locale. It determines, for example, whether GTK uses the
- * right-to-left or left-to-right text direction.
+ * Returns the `PangoLanguage` for the default language
+ * currently in effect.
*
- * This function is equivalent to pango_language_get_default().
+ * Note that this can change over the life of an
+ * application.
+ *
+ * The default language is derived from the current
+ * locale. It determines, for example, whether GTK uses
+ * the right-to-left or left-to-right text direction.
+ *
+ * This function is equivalent to
+ * [func@Pango.Language.get_default].
* See that function for details.
*
- * Returns: (transfer none): the default language as a #PangoLanguage,
- * must not be freed
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the default language as a
+ * `PangoLanguage`
*/
PangoLanguage *
gtk_get_default_language (void)
@@ -1782,7 +1787,7 @@ gtk_get_current_event_time (void)
/**
* gtk_get_event_widget:
- * @event: a #GdkEvent
+ * @event: a `GdkEvent`
*
* If @event is %NULL or the event was not associated with any widget,
* returns %NULL, otherwise returns the widget that received the event
@@ -1892,14 +1897,14 @@ gtk_propagate_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
/**
* gtk_propagate_event:
- * @widget: a #GtkWidget
+ * @widget: a `GtkWidget`
* @event: an event
*
* Sends an event to a widget, propagating the event to parent widgets
* if the event remains unhandled. This function will emit the event
* through all the hierarchy of @widget through all propagation phases.
*
- * Events received by GTK from GDK normally begin at a #GtkRoot widget.
+ * Events received by GTK from GDK normally begin at a `GtkRoot` widget.
* Depending on the type of event, existence of modal dialogs, grabs, etc.,
* the event may be propagated; if so, this function is used.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenubutton.c b/gtk/gtkmenubutton.c
index 2566c7cb00..d3b85ea72a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmenubutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkmenubutton.c
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
*
* # Accessibility
*
- * `GtkMenuButton` uses the #GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_BUTTON role.
+ * `GtkMenuButton` uses the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_BUTTON role.
*/
#include "config.h"
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenubutton.h b/gtk/gtkmenubutton.h
index efe985fcb7..4ac9da798b 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmenubutton.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkmenubutton.h
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ typedef struct _GtkMenuButton GtkMenuButton;
/**
* GtkMenuButtonCreatePopupFunc:
- * @menu_button: the #GtkMenuButton
+ * @menu_button: the `GtkMenuButton`
* @user_data: User data passed to gtk_menu_button_set_create_popup_func()
*
* User-provided callback function to create a popup for a
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenutracker.c b/gtk/gtkmenutracker.c
index 224abafaa7..4fccce4a02 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmenutracker.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkmenutracker.c
@@ -24,32 +24,32 @@
/*< private >
* GtkMenuTracker:
*
- * #GtkMenuTracker is a simple object to ease implementations of #GMenuModel.
- * Given a #GtkActionObservable (usually a #GActionMuxer) along with a
- * #GMenuModel, it will tell you which menu items to create and where to place
+ * GtkMenuTracker is a simple object to ease implementations of GMenuModel.
+ * Given a GtkActionObservable (usually a GActionMuxer) along with a
+ * GMenuModel, it will tell you which menu items to create and where to place
* them. If a menu item is removed, it will tell you the position of the menu
* item to remove.
*
- * Using #GtkMenuTracker is fairly simple. The only guarantee you must make
- * to #GtkMenuTracker is that you must obey all insert signals and track the
- * position of items that #GtkMenuTracker gives you. That is, #GtkMenuTracker
+ * Using GtkMenuTracker is fairly simple. The only guarantee you must make
+ * to GtkMenuTracker is that you must obey all insert signals and track the
+ * position of items that GtkMenuTracker gives you. That is, GtkMenuTracker
* expects positions of all the latter items to change when it calls your
* insertion callback with an early position, as it may ask you to remove
* an item with a readjusted position later.
*
- * #GtkMenuTracker will give you a #GtkMenuTrackerItem in your callback. You
+ * GtkMenuTracker will give you a GtkMenuTrackerItem in your callback. You
* must hold onto this object until a remove signal is emitted. This item
* represents a single menu item, which can be one of three classes: normal item,
* separator, or submenu.
*
- * Certain properties on the #GtkMenuTrackerItem are mutable, and you must
+ * Certain properties on the GtkMenuTrackerItem are mutable, and you must
* listen for changes in the item. For more details, see the documentation
- * for #GtkMenuTrackerItem along with https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GLib/GApplication/GMenuModel.
+ * for GtkMenuTrackerItem along with https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GLib/GApplication/GMenuModel.
*
* The idea of @with_separators is for special cases where menu models may
* be tracked in places where separators are not available, like in toplevel
- * "File", “Edit” menu bars. Ignoring separator items is wrong, as #GtkMenuTracker
- * expects the position to change, so we must tell #GtkMenuTracker to ignore
+ * "File", “Edit” menu bars. Ignoring separator items is wrong, as GtkMenuTracker
+ * expects the position to change, so we must tell GtkMenuTracker to ignore
* separators itself.
*/
@@ -540,10 +540,10 @@ gtk_menu_tracker_section_new (GtkMenuTracker *tracker,
* this case -- to the section menu item corresponding to the separator.
* This is useful if the section specifies a label, for example. If
* there is an “action-namespace” attribute on this menu item then it
- * should be ignored by the consumer because #GtkMenuTracker has already
+ * should be ignored by the consumer because GtkMenuTracker has already
* handled it.
*
- * When using #GtkMenuTracker there is no need to hold onto @model or
+ * When using GtkMenuTracker there is no need to hold onto @model or
* monitor it for changes. The model will be unreffed when
* gtk_menu_tracker_free() is called.
*/
@@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ gtk_menu_tracker_new_for_item_link (GtkMenuTrackerItem *item,
/*< private >
* gtk_menu_tracker_free:
- * @tracker: a #GtkMenuTracker
+ * @tracker: a GtkMenuTracker
*
* Frees the tracker, ...
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenutrackeritem.c b/gtk/gtkmenutrackeritem.c
index 59d3b19af4..1f621ed3d1 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmenutrackeritem.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkmenutrackeritem.c
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
/*< private >
* GtkMenuTrackerItem:
*
- * A #GtkMenuTrackerItem is a small helper class used by #GtkMenuTracker to
+ * A GtkMenuTrackerItem is a small helper class used by GtkMenuTracker to
* represent menu items. It has one of three classes: normal item, separator,
* or submenu.
*
@@ -50,11 +50,11 @@
* GtkMenuTrackerItem::is-separator and GtkMenuTrackerItem::has-submenu are
* allowed to change, so listen to the notify signals to update your item's
* appearance. When using a GObject library, this can conveniently be done
- * with g_object_bind_property() and #GBinding, and this is how this is
- * implemented in GTK; the appearance side is implemented in #GtkModelMenuItem.
+ * with g_object_bind_property() and GBinding, and this is how this is
+ * implemented in GTK; the appearance side is implemented in GtkModelMenuItem.
*
* When an item is clicked, simply call gtk_menu_tracker_item_activated() in
- * response. The #GtkMenuTrackerItem will take care of everything related to
+ * response. The GtkMenuTrackerItem will take care of everything related to
* activating the item and will itself update the state of all items in
* response.
*
@@ -577,11 +577,11 @@ _gtk_menu_tracker_item_get_observable (GtkMenuTrackerItem *self)
/*< private >
* gtk_menu_tracker_item_get_is_separator:
- * @self: A #GtkMenuTrackerItem instance
+ * @self: A GtkMenuTrackerItem instance
*
* Returns: whether the menu item is a separator. If so, only
* certain properties may need to be obeyed. See the documentation
- * for #GtkMenuTrackerItem.
+ * for GtkMenuTrackerItem.
*/
gboolean
gtk_menu_tracker_item_get_is_separator (GtkMenuTrackerItem *self)
@@ -591,11 +591,11 @@ gtk_menu_tracker_item_get_is_separator (GtkMenuTrackerItem *self)
/*< private >
* gtk_menu_tracker_item_get_has_submenu:
- * @self: A #GtkMenuTrackerItem instance
+ * @self: A GtkMenuTrackerItem instance
*
* Returns: whether the menu item has a submenu. If so, only
* certain properties may need to be obeyed. See the documentation
- * for #GtkMenuTrackerItem.
+ * for GtkMenuTrackerItem.
*/
gboolean
gtk_menu_tracker_item_get_has_link (GtkMenuTrackerItem *self,
@@ -972,7 +972,7 @@ gtk_menu_tracker_item_request_submenu_shown (GtkMenuTrackerItem *self,
/*
* gtk_menu_tracker_item_get_is_visible:
- * @self: A #GtkMenuTrackerItem instance
+ * @self: A GtkMenuTrackerItem instance
*
* Don't use this unless you're tracking items for yourself -- normally
* the tracker will emit add/remove automatically when this changes.
@@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ gtk_menu_tracker_item_get_is_visible (GtkMenuTrackerItem *self)
/*
* gtk_menu_tracker_item_may_disappear:
- * @self: A #GtkMenuTrackerItem instance
+ * @self: A GtkMenuTrackerItem instance
*
* Returns: if the item may disappear (ie: is-visible property may change)
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c b/gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c
index 531fa25dea..b3bfd0b05c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c
@@ -50,33 +50,33 @@
/*< private >
* GtkModelButton:
*
- * GtkModelButton is a button class that can use a #GAction as its model.
- * In contrast to #GtkToggleButton or #GtkCheckButton, which can also
- * be backed by a #GAction via the #GtkActionable:action-name property,
+ * GtkModelButton is a button class that can use a GAction as its model.
+ * In contrast to GtkToggleButton or GtkCheckButton, which can also
+ * be backed by a GAction via the GtkActionable:action-name property,
* GtkModelButton will adapt its appearance according to the kind of
* action it is backed by, and appear either as a plain, check or
* radio button.
*
* Model buttons are used when popovers from a menu model with
* gtk_popover_menu_new_from_model(); they can also be used manually in
- * a #GtkPopoverMenu.
+ * a GtkPopoverMenu.
*
- * When the action is specified via the #GtkActionable:action-name
- * and #GtkActionable:action-target properties, the role of the button
+ * When the action is specified via the GtkActionable:action-name
+ * and GtkActionable:action-target properties, the role of the button
* (i.e. whether it is a plain, check or radio button) is determined by
* the type of the action and doesn't have to be explicitly specified
- * with the #GtkModelButton:role property.
+ * with the GtkModelButton:role property.
*
- * The content of the button is specified by the #GtkModelButton:text
- * and #GtkModelButton:icon properties.
+ * The content of the button is specified by the GtkModelButton:text
+ * and GtkModelButton:icon properties.
*
* The appearance of model buttons can be influenced with the
- * #GtkModelButton:iconic property.
+ * GtkModelButton:iconic property.
*
- * Model buttons have built-in support for submenus in #GtkPopoverMenu.
+ * Model buttons have built-in support for submenus in GtkPopoverMenu.
* To make a GtkModelButton that opens a submenu when activated, set
- * the #GtkModelButton:menu-name property. To make a button that goes
- * back to the parent menu, you should set the #GtkModelButton:inverted
+ * the GtkModelButton:menu-name property. To make a button that goes
+ * back to the parent menu, you should set the GtkModelButton:inverted
* property to place the submenu indicator at the opposite side.
*
* # Example
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
* ╰── check
* ]|
*
- * Iconic model buttons (see #GtkModelButton:iconic) change the name of
+ * Iconic model buttons (see GtkModelButton:iconic) change the name of
* their main node to button and add a .model style class to it. The indicator
* subnode is invisible in this case.
*/
@@ -1162,7 +1162,7 @@ gtk_model_button_class_init (GtkModelButtonClass *class)
* GtkModelButton:role:
*
* Specifies whether the button is a plain, check or radio button.
- * When #GtkActionable:action-name is set, the role will be determined
+ * When GtkActionable:action-name is set, the role will be determined
* from the action and does not have to be set explicitly.
*/
properties[PROP_ROLE] =
@@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ gtk_model_button_class_init (GtkModelButtonClass *class)
/**
* GtkModelButton:icon:
*
- * A #GIcon that will be used if iconic appearance for the button is
+ * A GIcon that will be used if iconic appearance for the button is
* desired.
*/
properties[PROP_ICON] =
@@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@ gtk_model_button_class_init (GtkModelButtonClass *class)
* GtkModelButton:active:
*
* The state of the button. This is reflecting the state of the associated
- * #GAction.
+ * GAction.
*/
properties[PROP_ACTIVE] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("active",
@@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@ gtk_model_button_class_init (GtkModelButtonClass *class)
/**
* GtkModelButton:indicator-size-group:
*
- * Containers like #GtkPopoverMenu can provide a size group
+ * Containers like GtkPopoverMenu can provide a size group
* in this property to align the checks and radios of all
* the model buttons in a menu.
*/
@@ -1499,7 +1499,7 @@ gtk_model_button_init (GtkModelButton *self)
*
* Creates a new GtkModelButton.
*
- * Returns: the newly created #GtkModelButton widget
+ * Returns: the newly created GtkModelButton widget
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_model_button_new (void)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmodelbuttonprivate.h b/gtk/gtkmodelbuttonprivate.h
index db10e01476..2c0f0a5610 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmodelbuttonprivate.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkmodelbuttonprivate.h
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ typedef struct _GtkModelButton GtkModelButton;
* @GTK_BUTTON_ROLE_RADIO: A radio button
* @GTK_BUTTON_ROLE_TITLE: The title for a submenu
*
- * The role specifies the desired appearance of a #GtkModelButton.
+ * The role specifies the desired appearance of a GtkModelButton.
*/
typedef enum {
GTK_BUTTON_ROLE_NORMAL,
diff --git a/gtk/gtknativedialog.h b/gtk/gtknativedialog.h
index a4e75680d4..8015386496 100644
--- a/gtk/gtknativedialog.h
+++ b/gtk/gtknativedialog.h
@@ -34,9 +34,9 @@ G_DECLARE_DERIVABLE_TYPE (GtkNativeDialog, gtk_native_dialog, GTK, NATIVE_DIALOG
/**
* GtkNativeDialogClass:
- * @response: class handler for the #GtkNativeDialog::response signal
+ * @response: class handler for the `GtkNativeDialog::response` signal
*
- * Class structure for #GtkNativeDialog.
+ * Class structure for `GtkNativeDialog`.
*/
struct _GtkNativeDialogClass
{
diff --git a/gtk/gtknativeprivate.h b/gtk/gtknativeprivate.h
index df9b9ffaa6..021402dcbf 100644
--- a/gtk/gtknativeprivate.h
+++ b/gtk/gtknativeprivate.h
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
/**
* GtkNativeIface:
*
- * The list of functions that must be implemented for the #GtkNative interface.
+ * The list of functions that must be implemented for the `GtkNative` interface.
*/
struct _GtkNativeInterface
{
diff --git a/gtk/gtknotebook.c b/gtk/gtknotebook.c
index d62c38f2aa..cf2a7a9310 100644
--- a/gtk/gtknotebook.c
+++ b/gtk/gtknotebook.c
@@ -1298,7 +1298,7 @@ gtk_notebook_class_init (GtkNotebookClass *class)
/**
* GtkNotebook::page-reordered:
* @notebook: the `GtkNotebook`
- * @child: the child #GtkWidget affected
+ * @child: the child `GtkWidget` affected
* @page_num: the new page number for @child
*
* the ::page-reordered signal is emitted in the notebook
@@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ gtk_notebook_class_init (GtkNotebookClass *class)
/**
* GtkNotebook::page-removed:
* @notebook: the `GtkNotebook`
- * @child: the child #GtkWidget affected
+ * @child: the child `GtkWidget` affected
* @page_num: the @child page number
*
* the ::page-removed signal is emitted in the notebook
@@ -1342,7 +1342,7 @@ gtk_notebook_class_init (GtkNotebookClass *class)
/**
* GtkNotebook::page-added:
* @notebook: the `GtkNotebook`
- * @child: the child #GtkWidget affected
+ * @child: the child `GtkWidget` affected
* @page_num: the new page number for @child
*
* the ::page-added signal is emitted in the notebook
@@ -5705,7 +5705,7 @@ gtk_notebook_append_page (GtkNotebook *notebook,
* for the page, or %NULL to use the default label, “page N”
* @menu_label: (nullable): the widget to use as a label for the
* page-switch menu, if that is enabled. If %NULL, and @tab_label
- * is a #GtkLabel or %NULL, then the menu label will be a newly
+ * is a `GtkLabel` or %NULL, then the menu label will be a newly
* created label with the same text as @tab_label; if @tab_label
* is not a `GtkLabel`, @menu_label must be specified if the
* page-switch menu is to be used.
@@ -5734,7 +5734,7 @@ gtk_notebook_append_page_menu (GtkNotebook *notebook,
* gtk_notebook_prepend_page:
* @notebook: a `GtkNotebook`
* @child: the `GtkWidget` to use as the contents of the page
- * @tab_label: (nullable): the #GtkWidget to be used as the label
+ * @tab_label: (nullable): the `GtkWidget` to be used as the label
* for the page, or %NULL to use the default label, “page N”
*
* Prepends a page to @notebook.
@@ -5762,9 +5762,9 @@ gtk_notebook_prepend_page (GtkNotebook *notebook,
* for the page, or %NULL to use the default label, “page N”
* @menu_label: (nullable): the widget to use as a label for the
* page-switch menu, if that is enabled. If %NULL, and @tab_label
- * is a #GtkLabel or %NULL, then the menu label will be a newly
+ * is a `GtkLabel` or %NULL, then the menu label will be a newly
* created label with the same text as @tab_label; if @tab_label
- * is not a #GtkLabel, @menu_label must be specified if the
+ * is not a `GtkLabel`, @menu_label must be specified if the
* page-switch menu is to be used.
*
* Prepends a page to @notebook, specifying the widget to use as the
@@ -5852,9 +5852,9 @@ gtk_notebook_mnemonic_activate_switch_page (GtkWidget *child,
* for the page, or %NULL to use the default label, “page N”
* @menu_label: (nullable): the widget to use as a label for the
* page-switch menu, if that is enabled. If %NULL, and @tab_label
- * is a #GtkLabel or %NULL, then the menu label will be a newly
+ * is a `GtkLabel` or %NULL, then the menu label will be a newly
* created label with the same text as @tab_label; if @tab_label
- * is not a #GtkLabel, @menu_label must be specified if the
+ * is not a `GtkLabel`, @menu_label must be specified if the
* page-switch menu is to be used.
* @position: the index (starting at 0) at which to insert the page,
* or -1 to append the page after all other pages.
@@ -7113,7 +7113,7 @@ gtk_notebook_get_action_widget (GtkNotebook *notebook,
/**
* gtk_notebook_set_action_widget:
* @notebook: a `GtkNotebook`
- * @widget: a #GtkWidget
+ * @widget: a `GtkWidget`
* @pack_type: pack type of the action widget
*
* Sets @widget as one of the action widgets.
diff --git a/gtk/gtkoverlay.c b/gtk/gtkoverlay.c
index 04ec0093a6..4fba2b476a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkoverlay.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkoverlay.c
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ gtk_overlay_class_init (GtkOverlayClass *klass)
/**
* GtkOverlay::get-child-position:
- * @overlay: the #GtkOverlay
+ * @overlay: the `GtkOverlay`
* @widget: the child widget to position
* @allocation: (type Gdk.Rectangle) (out caller-allocates): return
* location for the allocation
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c b/gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c
index ddee7931e6..49e7ae512e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ gtk_pad_controller_set_action_entries (GtkPadController *controller,
* @mode: the mode that will trigger this action, or -1 for all modes.
* @label: Human readable description of this action, this string should
* be deemed user-visible.
- * @action_name: action name that will be activated in the #GActionGroup
+ * @action_name: action name that will be activated in the `GActionGroup`
*
* Adds an individual action to @controller.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpadcontroller.h b/gtk/gtkpadcontroller.h
index c1163d13c3..c544305734 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpadcontroller.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkpadcontroller.h
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ typedef enum {
* @mode: the mode that will trigger this action entry, or -1 for all modes.
* @label: Human readable description of this action entry, this string should
* be deemed user-visible.
- * @action_name: action name that will be activated in the #GActionGroup.
+ * @action_name: action name that will be activated in the `GActionGroup`.
*
* Struct defining a pad action entry.
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpagesetup.c b/gtk/gtkpagesetup.c
index d106edab9a..97c23beef9 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpagesetup.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkpagesetup.c
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ gtk_page_setup_get_orientation (GtkPageSetup *setup)
/**
* gtk_page_setup_set_orientation:
* @setup: a `GtkPageSetup`
- * @orientation: a #GtkPageOrientation value
+ * @orientation: a `GtkPageOrientation` value
*
* Sets the page orientation of the `GtkPageSetup`.
*/
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ gtk_page_setup_get_paper_size (GtkPageSetup *setup)
/**
* gtk_page_setup_set_paper_size:
* @setup: a `GtkPageSetup`
- * @size: a #GtkPaperSize
+ * @size: a `GtkPaperSize`
*
* Sets the paper size of the `GtkPageSetup` without
* changing the margins.
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ gtk_page_setup_set_paper_size (GtkPageSetup *setup,
/**
* gtk_page_setup_set_paper_size_and_default_margins:
* @setup: a `GtkPageSetup`
- * @size: a #GtkPaperSize
+ * @size: a `GtkPaperSize`
*
* Sets the paper size of the `GtkPageSetup` and modifies
* the margins according to the new paper size.
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ gtk_page_setup_to_key_file (GtkPageSetup *setup,
*
* Serialize page setup to an a{sv} variant.
*
- * Return: (transfer none): a new, floating, #GVariant
+ * Return: (transfer none): a new, floating, `GVariant`
*/
GVariant *
gtk_page_setup_to_gvariant (GtkPageSetup *setup)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpaned.c b/gtk/gtkpaned.c
index bbef9d0ac5..e12c8e5c9c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpaned.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkpaned.c
@@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ gtk_paned_class_init (GtkPanedClass *class)
/**
* GtkPaned::move-handle:
* @widget: the object that received the signal
- * @scroll_type: a #GtkScrollType
+ * @scroll_type: a `GtkScrollType`
*
* Emitted to move the handle with key bindings.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpango.c b/gtk/gtkpango.c
index a712944170..8a176b56aa 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpango.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkpango.c
@@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ attr_list_merge_filter (PangoAttribute *attribute,
/*
* _gtk_pango_attr_list_merge:
- * @into: (nullable): a #PangoAttrList where attributes are merged
- * @from: (nullable): a #PangoAttrList with the attributes to merge
+ * @into: (nullable): a `PangoAttrList` where attributes are merged
+ * @from: (nullable): a `PangoAttrList` with the attributes to merge
*
* Merges attributes from @from into @into.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c b/gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c
index 1ea23a9704..1c11f5cb6a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ focus_changed (GtkWidget *widget)
/*< private >
* gtk_password_entry_toggle_peek:
- * @entry: a #GtkPasswordEntry
+ * @entry: a `GtkPasswordEntry`
*
* Toggles the text visibility.
*/
@@ -549,11 +549,11 @@ gtk_password_entry_accessible_init (GtkAccessibleInterface *iface)
/*< private >
* gtk_password_entry_get_text_widget
- * @entry: a #GtkPasswordEntry
+ * @entry: a `GtkPasswordEntry`
*
- * Retrieves the #GtkText delegate of the #GtkPasswordEntry.
+ * Retrieves the `GtkText` delegate of the `GtkPasswordEntry`.
*
- * Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkText delegate widget
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the `GtkText` delegate widget
*/
GtkText *
gtk_password_entry_get_text_widget (GtkPasswordEntry *entry)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpasswordentrybuffer.c b/gtk/gtkpasswordentrybuffer.c
index bc9cc0daa9..bbb51311c7 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpasswordentrybuffer.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkpasswordentrybuffer.c
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ gtk_password_entry_buffer_init (GtkPasswordEntryBuffer *self)
/*< private >
* gtk_password_entry_buffer_new:
*
- * Creates a new #GtkEntryBuffer using secure memory allocations.
+ * Creates a new `GtkEntryBuffer` using secure memory allocations.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): the newly created instance
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpathbar.c b/gtk/gtkpathbar.c
index def05495d4..ee1b1be68d 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpathbar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkpathbar.c
@@ -1318,7 +1318,7 @@ _gtk_path_bar_set_file (GtkPathBar *path_bar,
/**
* _gtk_path_bar_up:
- * @path_bar: a #GtkPathBar
+ * @path_bar: a `GtkPathBar`
*
* If the selected button in the pathbar is not the furthest button “up” (in the
* root direction), act as if the user clicked on the next button up.
@@ -1345,7 +1345,7 @@ _gtk_path_bar_up (GtkPathBar *path_bar)
/**
* _gtk_path_bar_down:
- * @path_bar: a #GtkPathBar
+ * @path_bar: a `GtkPathBar`
*
* If the selected button in the pathbar is not the furthest button “down” (in the
* leaf direction), act as if the user clicked on the next button down.
diff --git a/gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c b/gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c
index e64e3df699..d4a1f74e5d 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c
@@ -66,9 +66,9 @@
/*< private >
* GtkPlacesSidebar:
*
- * #GtkPlacesSidebar is a widget that displays a list of frequently-used places in the
+ * GtkPlacesSidebar is a widget that displays a list of frequently-used places in the
* file system: the user’s home directory, the user’s bookmarks, and volumes and drives.
- * This widget is used as a sidebar in #GtkFileChooser and may be used by file managers
+ * This widget is used as a sidebar in GtkFileChooser and may be used by file managers
* and similar programs.
*
* The places sidebar displays drives and volumes, and will automatically mount
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
* for a Clipart folder. You can do this with gtk_places_sidebar_add_shortcut().
*
* To make use of the places sidebar, an application at least needs to connect
- * to the #GtkPlacesSidebar::open-location signal. This is emitted when the
+ * to the GtkPlacesSidebar::open-location signal. This is emitted when the
* user selects in the sidebar a location to open. The application should also
* call gtk_places_sidebar_set_location() when it changes the currently-viewed
* location.
@@ -4101,8 +4101,8 @@ gtk_places_sidebar_class_init (GtkPlacesSidebarClass *class)
/*
* GtkPlacesSidebar::open-location:
* @sidebar: the object which received the signal.
- * @location: (type Gio.File): #GFile to which the caller should switch.
- * @open_flags: a single value from #GtkPlacesOpenFlags specifying how the @location should be opened.
+ * @location: (type Gio.File): GFile to which the caller should switch.
+ * @open_flags: a single value from GtkPlacesOpenFlags specifying how the @location should be opened.
*
* The places sidebar emits this signal when the user selects a location
* in it. The calling application should display the contents of that
@@ -4163,10 +4163,10 @@ gtk_places_sidebar_class_init (GtkPlacesSidebarClass *class)
/*
* GtkPlacesSidebar::drag-action-requested:
* @sidebar: the object which received the signal.
- * @drop: (type Gdk.Drop): #GdkDrop with information about the drag operation
- * @dest_file: (type Gio.File): #GFile with the tentative location that is being hovered for a drop
+ * @drop: (type Gdk.Drop): GdkDrop with information about the drag operation
+ * @dest_file: (type Gio.File): GFile with the tentative location that is being hovered for a drop
* @source_file_list: (type GLib.SList) (element-type GFile) (transfer none):
- * List of #GFile that are being dragged
+ * List of GFile that are being dragged
*
* When the user starts a drag-and-drop operation and the sidebar needs
* to ask the application for which drag action to perform, then the
@@ -4178,8 +4178,8 @@ gtk_places_sidebar_class_init (GtkPlacesSidebarClass *class)
*
* The drag action to use must be the return value of the signal handler.
*
- * Returns: The drag action to use, for example, #GDK_ACTION_COPY
- * or #GDK_ACTION_MOVE, or 0 if no action is allowed here (i.e. drops
+ * Returns: The drag action to use, for example, GDK_ACTION_COPY
+ * or GDK_ACTION_MOVE, or 0 if no action is allowed here (i.e. drops
* are not allowed in the specified @dest_file).
*/
places_sidebar_signals [DRAG_ACTION_REQUESTED] =
@@ -4217,9 +4217,9 @@ gtk_places_sidebar_class_init (GtkPlacesSidebarClass *class)
/*
* GtkPlacesSidebar::drag-perform-drop:
* @sidebar: the object which received the signal.
- * @dest_file: (type Gio.File): Destination #GFile.
+ * @dest_file: (type Gio.File): Destination GFile.
* @source_file_list: (type GLib.SList) (element-type GFile) (transfer none):
- * #GSList of #GFile that got dropped.
+ * GSList of GFile that got dropped.
* @action: Drop action to perform.
*
* The places sidebar emits this signal when the user completes a
@@ -4243,7 +4243,7 @@ gtk_places_sidebar_class_init (GtkPlacesSidebarClass *class)
/*
* GtkPlacesSidebar::show-other-locations-with-flags:
* @sidebar: the object which received the signal.
- * @open_flags: a single value from #GtkPlacesOpenFlags specifying how it should be opened.
+ * @open_flags: a single value from GtkPlacesOpenFlags specifying how it should be opened.
*
* The places sidebar emits this signal when it needs the calling
* application to present a way to show other locations e.g. drives
@@ -4264,11 +4264,11 @@ gtk_places_sidebar_class_init (GtkPlacesSidebarClass *class)
/*
* GtkPlacesSidebar::mount:
* @sidebar: the object which received the signal.
- * @mount_operation: the #GMountOperation that is going to start.
+ * @mount_operation: the GMountOperation that is going to start.
*
* The places sidebar emits this signal when it starts a new operation
* because the user clicked on some location that needs mounting.
- * In this way the application using the #GtkPlacesSidebar can track the
+ * In this way the application using the GtkPlacesSidebar can track the
* progress of the operation and, for example, show a notification.
*/
places_sidebar_signals [MOUNT] =
@@ -4284,11 +4284,11 @@ gtk_places_sidebar_class_init (GtkPlacesSidebarClass *class)
/*
* GtkPlacesSidebar::unmount:
* @sidebar: the object which received the signal.
- * @mount_operation: the #GMountOperation that is going to start.
+ * @mount_operation: the GMountOperation that is going to start.
*
* The places sidebar emits this signal when it starts a new operation
* because the user for example ejected some drive or unmounted a mount.
- * In this way the application using the #GtkPlacesSidebar can track the
+ * In this way the application using the GtkPlacesSidebar can track the
* progress of the operation and, for example, show a notification.
*/
places_sidebar_signals [UNMOUNT] =
@@ -4380,13 +4380,13 @@ gtk_places_sidebar_class_init (GtkPlacesSidebarClass *class)
/*
* gtk_places_sidebar_new:
*
- * Creates a new #GtkPlacesSidebar widget.
+ * Creates a new GtkPlacesSidebar widget.
*
* The application should connect to at least the
- * #GtkPlacesSidebar::open-location signal to be notified
+ * GtkPlacesSidebar::open-location signal to be notified
* when the user makes a selection in the sidebar.
*
- * Returns: a newly created #GtkPlacesSidebar
+ * Returns: a newly created GtkPlacesSidebar
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_places_sidebar_new (void)
@@ -4408,11 +4408,11 @@ gtk_places_sidebar_new (void)
* application can open new locations, so that the sidebar can display (or not)
* the “Open in new tab” and “Open in new window” menu items as appropriate.
*
- * When the #GtkPlacesSidebar::open-location signal is emitted, its flags
+ * When the GtkPlacesSidebar::open-location signal is emitted, its flags
* argument will be set to one of the @flags that was passed in
* gtk_places_sidebar_set_open_flags().
*
- * Passing 0 for @flags will cause #GTK_PLACES_OPEN_NORMAL to always be sent
+ * Passing 0 for @flags will cause GTK_PLACES_OPEN_NORMAL to always be sent
* to callbacks for the “open-location” signal.
*/
void
@@ -4430,11 +4430,11 @@ gtk_places_sidebar_set_open_flags (GtkPlacesSidebar *sidebar,
/*
* gtk_places_sidebar_get_open_flags:
- * @sidebar: a #GtkPlacesSidebar
+ * @sidebar: a GtkPlacesSidebar
*
* Gets the open flags.
*
- * Returns: the #GtkPlacesOpenFlags of @sidebar
+ * Returns: the GtkPlacesOpenFlags of @sidebar
*/
GtkPlacesOpenFlags
gtk_places_sidebar_get_open_flags (GtkPlacesSidebar *sidebar)
@@ -4514,7 +4514,7 @@ gtk_places_sidebar_set_location (GtkPlacesSidebar *sidebar,
*
* You can use this function to get the selection in the @sidebar.
*
- * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): a #GFile with the selected location, or
+ * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): a GFile with the selected location, or
* %NULL if nothing is visually selected.
*/
GFile *
@@ -4657,7 +4657,7 @@ gtk_places_sidebar_get_show_desktop (GtkPlacesSidebar *sidebar)
* entering URLs is an expected user action.
*
* If you enable this, you should connect to the
- * #GtkPlacesSidebar::show-enter-location signal.
+ * GtkPlacesSidebar::show-enter-location signal.
*/
void
gtk_places_sidebar_set_show_enter_location (GtkPlacesSidebar *sidebar,
@@ -4702,7 +4702,7 @@ gtk_places_sidebar_get_show_enter_location (GtkPlacesSidebar *sidebar)
* see and interact with drives and network servers directly.
*
* If you enable this, you should connect to the
- * #GtkPlacesSidebar::show-other-locations-with-flags signal.
+ * GtkPlacesSidebar::show-other-locations-with-flags signal.
*/
void
gtk_places_sidebar_set_show_other_locations (GtkPlacesSidebar *sidebar,
@@ -4840,12 +4840,12 @@ gtk_places_sidebar_remove_shortcut (GtkPlacesSidebar *sidebar,
* gtk_places_sidebar_list_shortcuts:
* @sidebar: a places sidebar
*
- * Gets the list of shortcuts, as a list model containing #GFile objects.
+ * Gets the list of shortcuts, as a list model containing GFile objects.
*
* You should not modify the returned list model. Future changes to
* @sidebar may or may not affect the returned model.
*
- * Returns: (transfer full): a list model of #GFiles that have been added as
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a list model of GFiles that have been added as
* application-specific shortcuts with gtk_places_sidebar_add_shortcut()
*/
GListModel *
@@ -4862,7 +4862,7 @@ gtk_places_sidebar_get_shortcuts (GtkPlacesSidebar *sidebar)
* @n: index of the bookmark to query
*
* This function queries the bookmarks added by the user to the places sidebar,
- * and returns one of them. This function is used by #GtkFileChooser to implement
+ * and returns one of them. This function is used by GtkFileChooser to implement
* the “Alt-1”, “Alt-2”, etc. shortcuts, which activate the corresponding bookmark.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): The bookmark specified by the index @n, or
@@ -4965,7 +4965,7 @@ gtk_places_sidebar_set_drop_targets_visible (GtkPlacesSidebar *sidebar,
* @show_starred_location: whether to show an item for Starred files
*
* If you enable this, you should connect to the
- * #GtkPlacesSidebar::show-starred-location signal.
+ * GtkPlacesSidebar::show-starred-location signal.
*/
void
gtk_places_sidebar_set_show_starred_location (GtkPlacesSidebar *sidebar,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkplacessidebarprivate.h b/gtk/gtkplacessidebarprivate.h
index 55003b499d..9fbf22f035 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkplacessidebarprivate.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkplacessidebarprivate.h
@@ -39,12 +39,12 @@ typedef struct _GtkPlacesSidebarClass GtkPlacesSidebarClass;
/*
* GtkPlacesOpenFlags:
- * @GTK_PLACES_OPEN_NORMAL: This is the default mode that #GtkPlacesSidebar uses if no other flags
+ * @GTK_PLACES_OPEN_NORMAL: This is the default mode that GtkPlacesSidebar uses if no other flags
* are specified. It indicates that the calling application should open the selected location
* in the normal way, for example, in the folder view beside the sidebar.
* @GTK_PLACES_OPEN_NEW_TAB: When passed to gtk_places_sidebar_set_open_flags(), this indicates
* that the application can open folders selected from the sidebar in new tabs. This value
- * will be passed to the #GtkPlacesSidebar::open-location signal when the user selects
+ * will be passed to the GtkPlacesSidebar::open-location signal when the user selects
* that a location be opened in a new tab instead of in the standard fashion.
* @GTK_PLACES_OPEN_NEW_WINDOW: Similar to @GTK_PLACES_OPEN_NEW_TAB, but indicates that the application
* can open folders in new windows.
@@ -55,13 +55,13 @@ typedef struct _GtkPlacesSidebarClass GtkPlacesSidebarClass;
* addition to the normal mode.
*
* Second, when one of these values gets passed back to the application in the
- * #GtkPlacesSidebar::open-location signal, it means that the application should
+ * GtkPlacesSidebar::open-location signal, it means that the application should
* open the selected location in the normal way, in a new tab, or in a new
* window. The sidebar takes care of determining the desired way to open the location,
* based on the modifier keys that the user is pressing at the time the selection is made.
*
* If the application never calls gtk_places_sidebar_set_open_flags(), then the sidebar will only
- * use #GTK_PLACES_OPEN_NORMAL in the #GtkPlacesSidebar::open-location signal. This is the
+ * use GTK_PLACES_OPEN_NORMAL in the GtkPlacesSidebar::open-location signal. This is the
* default mode of operation.
*/
typedef enum {
diff --git a/gtk/gtkplacesview.c b/gtk/gtkplacesview.c
index 9a57a18492..cb13276513 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkplacesview.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkplacesview.c
@@ -35,8 +35,8 @@
/*< private >
* GtkPlacesView:
*
- * #GtkPlacesView is a widget that displays a list of persistent drives
- * such as harddisk partitions and networks. #GtkPlacesView does not monitor
+ * GtkPlacesView is a widget that displays a list of persistent drives
+ * such as harddisk partitions and networks. GtkPlacesView does not monitor
* removable devices.
*
* The places view displays drives and networks, and will automatically mount
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
* shown at the network list.
*
* To make use of the places view, an application at least needs to connect
- * to the #GtkPlacesView::open-location signal. This is emitted when the user
+ * to the GtkPlacesView::open-location signal. This is emitted when the user
* selects a location to open in the view.
*/
@@ -2198,8 +2198,8 @@ gtk_places_view_class_init (GtkPlacesViewClass *klass)
/*
* GtkPlacesView::open-location:
* @view: the object which received the signal.
- * @location: (type Gio.File): #GFile to which the caller should switch.
- * @open_flags: a single value from #GtkPlacesOpenFlags specifying how the @location
+ * @location: (type Gio.File): GFile to which the caller should switch.
+ * @open_flags: a single value from GtkPlacesOpenFlags specifying how the @location
* should be opened.
*
* The places view emits this signal when the user selects a location
@@ -2377,13 +2377,13 @@ gtk_places_view_init (GtkPlacesView *self)
/*
* gtk_places_view_new:
*
- * Creates a new #GtkPlacesView widget.
+ * Creates a new GtkPlacesView widget.
*
* The application should connect to at least the
- * #GtkPlacesView::open-location signal to be notified
+ * GtkPlacesView::open-location signal to be notified
* when the user makes a selection in the view.
*
- * Returns: a newly created #GtkPlacesView
+ * Returns: a newly created GtkPlacesView
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_places_view_new (void)
@@ -2393,7 +2393,7 @@ gtk_places_view_new (void)
/*
* gtk_places_view_set_open_flags:
- * @view: a #GtkPlacesView
+ * @view: a GtkPlacesView
* @flags: Bitmask of modes in which the calling application can open locations
*
* Sets the way in which the calling application can open new locations from
@@ -2405,11 +2405,11 @@ gtk_places_view_new (void)
* application can open new locations, so that the view can display (or not)
* the “Open in new tab” and “Open in new window” menu items as appropriate.
*
- * When the #GtkPlacesView::open-location signal is emitted, its flags
+ * When the GtkPlacesView::open-location signal is emitted, its flags
* argument will be set to one of the @flags that was passed in
* gtk_places_view_set_open_flags().
*
- * Passing 0 for @flags will cause #GTK_PLACES_OPEN_NORMAL to always be sent
+ * Passing 0 for @flags will cause GTK_PLACES_OPEN_NORMAL to always be sent
* to callbacks for the “open-location” signal.
*/
void
@@ -2433,11 +2433,11 @@ gtk_places_view_set_open_flags (GtkPlacesView *view,
/*
* gtk_places_view_get_open_flags:
- * @view: a #GtkPlacesSidebar
+ * @view: a GtkPlacesSidebar
*
* Gets the open flags.
*
- * Returns: the #GtkPlacesOpenFlags of @view
+ * Returns: the GtkPlacesOpenFlags of @view
*/
GtkPlacesOpenFlags
gtk_places_view_get_open_flags (GtkPlacesView *view)
@@ -2449,7 +2449,7 @@ gtk_places_view_get_open_flags (GtkPlacesView *view)
/*
* gtk_places_view_get_search_query:
- * @view: a #GtkPlacesView
+ * @view: a GtkPlacesView
*
* Retrieves the current search query from @view.
*
@@ -2465,7 +2465,7 @@ gtk_places_view_get_search_query (GtkPlacesView *view)
/*
* gtk_places_view_set_search_query:
- * @view: a #GtkPlacesView
+ * @view: a GtkPlacesView
* @query_text: the query, or NULL.
*
* Sets the search query of @view. The search is immediately performed
@@ -2491,7 +2491,7 @@ gtk_places_view_set_search_query (GtkPlacesView *view,
/*
* gtk_places_view_get_loading:
- * @view: a #GtkPlacesView
+ * @view: a GtkPlacesView
*
* Returns %TRUE if the view is loading locations.
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c b/gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c
index 8018d861c7..3d183f07b2 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
* content. `<attribute>` elements can be marked for translation with a
* `translatable="yes"` attribute. It is also possible to specify message
* context and translator comments, using the context and comments attributes.
- * To make use of this, the #GtkBuilder must have been given the gettext
+ * To make use of this, the `GtkBuilder` must have been given the gettext
* domain to use.
*
* The following attributes are used when constructing menu items:
@@ -655,16 +655,16 @@ gtk_popover_menu_new (void)
/*<private>
* gtk_popover_menu_open_submenu:
- * @popover: a #GtkPopoverMenu
+ * @popover: a `GtkPopoverMenu`
* @name: the name of the menu to switch to
*
* Opens a submenu of the @popover. The @name
* must be one of the names given to the submenus
- * of @popover with #GtkPopoverMenu:submenu, or
+ * of @popover with `GtkPopoverMenu:submenu`, or
* "main" to switch back to the main menu.
*
- * #GtkModelButton will open submenus automatically
- * when the #GtkModelButton:menu-name property is set,
+ * `GtkModelButton` will open submenus automatically
+ * when the `GtkModelButton:menu-name` property is set,
* so this function is only needed when you are using
* other kinds of widgets to initiate menu changes.
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpopovermenubar.c b/gtk/gtkpopovermenubar.c
index 193e77baa6..fe91374a6d 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpopovermenubar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkpopovermenubar.c
@@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ gtk_popover_menu_bar_add_child (GtkPopoverMenuBar *bar,
/**
* gtk_popover_menu_bar_remove_child:
* @bar: a `GtkPopoverMenuBar`
- * @child: the #GtkWidget to remove
+ * @child: the `GtkWidget` to remove
*
* Removes a widget that has previously been added with
* gtk_popover_menu_bar_add_child().
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c b/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c
index 63894df2d2..9e84ba3088 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c
@@ -455,8 +455,7 @@ gtk_print_backend_set_list_done (GtkPrintBackend *backend)
* Returns the current list of printers.
*
* Returns: (element-type GtkPrinter) (transfer container):
- * A list of #GtkPrinter objects. The list should be freed
- * with g_list_free().
+ * A list of `GtkPrinter` objects
*/
GList *
gtk_print_backend_get_printer_list (GtkPrintBackend *backend)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprinter.c b/gtk/gtkprinter.c
index 28bcb8043b..1507637157 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprinter.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprinter.c
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ gtk_printer_class_init (GtkPrinterClass *class)
/**
* GtkPrinter::details-acquired:
- * @printer: the #GtkPrinter on which the signal is emitted
+ * @printer: the `GtkPrinter` on which the signal is emitted
* @success: %TRUE if the details were successfully acquired
*
* Emitted in response to a request for detailed information
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ gtk_printer_get_name (GtkPrinter *printer)
/**
* gtk_printer_get_description:
- * @printer: a #GtkPrinter
+ * @printer: a `GtkPrinter`
*
* Gets the description of the printer.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprinter.h b/gtk/gtkprinter.h
index 9243c5c11b..bd63d8008d 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprinter.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkprinter.h
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ gboolean gtk_printer_get_hard_margins_for_paper_size (GtkPrinter
/**
* GtkPrinterFunc:
- * @printer: a #GtkPrinter
+ * @printer: a `GtkPrinter`
* @data: (closure): user data passed to gtk_enumerate_printers()
*
* The type of function passed to gtk_enumerate_printers().
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprinteroptionset.c b/gtk/gtkprinteroptionset.c
index 8fe831bf56..54fcc46bbe 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprinteroptionset.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprinteroptionset.c
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ gtk_printer_option_set_clear_conflicts (GtkPrinterOptionSet *set)
/**
* gtk_printer_option_set_get_groups:
- * @set: a #GtkPrinterOptionSet
+ * @set: a `GtkPrinterOptionSet`
*
* Gets the groups in this set.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintjob.c b/gtk/gtkprintjob.c
index f71156d9de..945a43a0d9 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprintjob.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprintjob.c
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ gtk_print_job_class_init (GtkPrintJobClass *class)
/**
* GtkPrintJob::status-changed:
- * @job: the #GtkPrintJob object on which the signal was emitted
+ * @job: the `GtkPrintJob` object on which the signal was emitted
*
* Emitted when the status of a job changes.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintjob.h b/gtk/gtkprintjob.h
index 47b14c7149..ea9be52ac2 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprintjob.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkprintjob.h
@@ -37,9 +37,9 @@ typedef struct _GtkPrintJob GtkPrintJob;
/**
* GtkPrintJobCompleteFunc:
- * @print_job: the #GtkPrintJob
+ * @print_job: the `GtkPrintJob`
* @user_data: user data that has been passed to gtk_print_job_send()
- * @error: a #GError that contains error information if the sending
+ * @error: a `GError` that contains error information if the sending
* of the print job failed, otherwise %NULL
*
* The type of callback that is passed to gtk_print_job_send().
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintoperation-unix.c b/gtk/gtkprintoperation-unix.c
index 32411ed22b..644100898b 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprintoperation-unix.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprintoperation-unix.c
@@ -962,11 +962,11 @@ get_page_setup_dialog (GtkWindow *parent,
/**
* gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog:
* @parent: (nullable): transient parent
- * @page_setup: (nullable): an existing #GtkPageSetup
- * @settings: a #GtkPrintSettings
+ * @page_setup: (nullable): an existing `GtkPageSetup`
+ * @settings: a `GtkPrintSettings`
*
* Runs a page setup dialog, letting the user modify the values from
- * @page_setup. If the user cancels the dialog, the returned #GtkPageSetup
+ * @page_setup. If the user cancels the dialog, the returned `GtkPageSetup`
* is identical to the passed in @page_setup, otherwise it contains the
* modifications done in the dialog.
*
@@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ get_page_setup_dialog (GtkWindow *parent,
* setup dialog. See gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog_async() if this is
* a problem.
*
- * Returns: (transfer full): a new #GtkPageSetup
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a new `GtkPageSetup`
*/
GtkPageSetup *
gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog (GtkWindow *parent,
@@ -1013,16 +1013,16 @@ gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog (GtkWindow *parent,
/**
* gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog_async:
* @parent: (nullable): transient parent
- * @page_setup: (nullable): an existing #GtkPageSetup
- * @settings: a #GtkPrintSettings
+ * @page_setup: (nullable): an existing `GtkPageSetup`
+ * @settings: a `GtkPrintSettings`
* @done_cb: (scope async): a function to call when the user saves
* the modified page setup
* @data: user data to pass to @done_cb
- *
- * Runs a page setup dialog, letting the user modify the values from @page_setup.
*
- * In contrast to gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog(), this function returns after
- * showing the page setup dialog on platforms that support this, and calls @done_cb
+ * Runs a page setup dialog, letting the user modify the values from @page_setup.
+ *
+ * In contrast to gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog(), this function returns after
+ * showing the page setup dialog on platforms that support this, and calls @done_cb
* from a signal handler for the ::response signal of the dialog.
*/
void
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintoperation.h b/gtk/gtkprintoperation.h
index fc6f6e5a56..360c0859b6 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprintoperation.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkprintoperation.h
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ struct _GtkPrintOperationClass
/**
* GTK_PRINT_ERROR:
*
- * The error domain for #GtkPrintError errors.
+ * The error domain for `GtkPrintError` errors.
*/
#define GTK_PRINT_ERROR gtk_print_error_quark ()
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ GtkPageSetup *gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog (GtkWindow
/**
* GtkPageSetupDoneFunc:
- * @page_setup: the #GtkPageSetup that has been passed to
+ * @page_setup: the `GtkPageSetup` that has been passed to
* gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog_async()
* @data: (closure): user data that has been passed to
* gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog_async()
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintoperationpreview.c b/gtk/gtkprintoperationpreview.c
index 20c8acf527..3c2d9b36df 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprintoperationpreview.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprintoperationpreview.c
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ gtk_print_operation_preview_base_init (gpointer g_iface)
/**
* GtkPrintOperationPreview::ready:
* @preview: the object on which the signal is emitted
- * @context: the current #GtkPrintContext
+ * @context: the current `GtkPrintContext`
*
* The ::ready signal gets emitted once per preview operation,
* before the first page is rendered.
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintsettings.c b/gtk/gtkprintsettings.c
index dbc8a099e8..ad6371b47f 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprintsettings.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprintsettings.c
@@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_duplex (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
/**
* gtk_print_settings_set_duplex:
* @settings: a `GtkPrintSettings`
- * @duplex: a #GtkPrintDuplex value
+ * @duplex: a `GtkPrintDuplex` value
*
* Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DUPLEX.
*/
@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_quality (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
/**
* gtk_print_settings_set_quality:
* @settings: a `GtkPrintSettings`
- * @quality: a #GtkPrintQuality value
+ * @quality: a `GtkPrintQuality` value
*
* Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_QUALITY.
*/
@@ -954,7 +954,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_page_set (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
/**
* gtk_print_settings_set_page_set:
* @settings: a `GtkPrintSettings`
- * @page_set: a #GtkPageSet value
+ * @page_set: a `GtkPageSet` value
*
* Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_SET.
*/
@@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_number_up_layout (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
/**
* gtk_print_settings_set_number_up_layout:
* @settings: a `GtkPrintSettings`
- * @number_up_layout: a #GtkNumberUpLayout value
+ * @number_up_layout: a `GtkNumberUpLayout` value
*
* Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT.
*/
@@ -1281,7 +1281,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_print_pages (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
/**
* gtk_print_settings_set_print_pages:
* @settings: a `GtkPrintSettings`
- * @pages: a #GtkPrintPages value
+ * @pages: a `GtkPrintPages` value
*
* Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINT_PAGES.
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprivate.c b/gtk/gtkprivate.c
index ef19feb43a..ce7077e7c2 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprivate.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprivate.c
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ _gtk_ensure_resources (void)
/*
* gtk_get_portal_interface_version:
- * @connection: a session #GDBusConnection
+ * @connection: a session `GDBusConnection`
* @interface_name: the interface name for the portal interface
* we're interested in.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprogressbar.c b/gtk/gtkprogressbar.c
index 2af936066a..d49c7f4868 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprogressbar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprogressbar.c
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
*
* # Accessibility
*
- * `GtkProgressBar` uses the #GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_PROGRESS_BAR role.
+ * `GtkProgressBar` uses the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_PROGRESS_BAR role.
*/
typedef struct _GtkProgressBarClass GtkProgressBarClass;
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c b/gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c
index b019a7b6b4..caccf6653c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
/*
* GtkPropertyLookupListModel:
*
- * #GtkPropertyLookupListModel is a #GListModel implementation that takes an
+ * `GtkPropertyLookupListModel` is a `GListModel` implementation that takes an
* object and a property and then recursively looks up the next element using
* the property on the previous object.
*
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ gtk_property_lookup_list_model_class_init (GtkPropertyLookupListModelClass *klas
/**
* GtkPropertyLookupListModel:item-type:
*
- * The #GType for elements of this object
+ * The `GType` for elements of this object
*/
properties[PROP_ITEM_TYPE] =
g_param_spec_gtype ("item-type",
diff --git a/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c b/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c
index 00cb6c7af9..639e2d23e7 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c
@@ -995,7 +995,7 @@ gtk_recent_manager_add_full (GtkRecentManager *manager,
* gtk_recent_manager_remove_item:
* @manager: a `GtkRecentManager`
* @uri: the URI of the item you wish to remove
- * @error: (nullable): return location for a #GError
+ * @error: (nullable): return location for a `GError`
*
* Removes a resource pointed by @uri from the recently used resources
* list handled by a recent manager.
@@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@ build_recent_info (GBookmarkFile *bookmarks,
* gtk_recent_manager_lookup_item:
* @manager: a `GtkRecentManager`
* @uri: a URI
- * @error: (nullable): a return location for a #GError
+ * @error: (nullable): a return location for a `GError`
*
* Searches for a URI inside the recently used resources list, and
* returns a `GtkRecentInfo` containing information about the resource
@@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ gtk_recent_manager_lookup_item (GtkRecentManager *manager,
* @uri: the URI of a recently used resource
* @new_uri: (nullable): the new URI of the recently used resource, or
* %NULL to remove the item pointed by @uri in the list
- * @error: (nullable): a return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+ * @error: (nullable): a return location for a `GError`
*
* Changes the location of a recently used resource from @uri to @new_uri.
*
@@ -1332,7 +1332,7 @@ purge_recent_items_list (GtkRecentManager *manager,
/**
* gtk_recent_manager_purge_items:
* @manager: a `GtkRecentManager`
- * @error: (nullable): a return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+ * @error: (nullable): a return location for a `GError`
*
* Purges every item from the recently used resources list.
*
@@ -1652,7 +1652,7 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_mime_type (GtkRecentInfo *info)
* Gets the the time when the resource
* was added to the recently used resources list.
*
- * Returns: (transfer none): a #GDateTime for the time
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a `GDateTime` for the time
* when the resource was added
*/
GDateTime *
@@ -1670,8 +1670,8 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_added (GtkRecentInfo *info)
* Gets the time when the meta-data
* for the resource was last modified.
*
- * Returns: (transfer none): a #GDateTime for the time
- * when the resource was last modified
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a `GDateTime` for the time
+ * when the resource was last modified
*/
GDateTime *
gtk_recent_info_get_modified (GtkRecentInfo *info)
@@ -1688,7 +1688,7 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_modified (GtkRecentInfo *info)
* Gets the time when the meta-data
* for the resource was last visited.
*
- * Returns: (transfer none): a #GDateTime for the time
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a `GDateTime` for the time
* when the resource was last visited
*/
GDateTime *
@@ -1879,8 +1879,7 @@ gtk_recent_info_last_application (GtkRecentInfo *info)
*
* Retrieves the icon associated to the resource MIME type.
*
- * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): a #GIcon containing the icon, or %NULL.
- * Use g_object_unref() when finished using the icon
+ * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): a `GIcon` containing the icon
*/
GIcon *
gtk_recent_info_get_gicon (GtkRecentInfo *info)
@@ -2279,13 +2278,14 @@ gtk_recent_info_has_group (GtkRecentInfo *info,
* @app_name: (nullable): the name of the application that should
* be mapped to a `GAppInfo`; if %NULL is used then the default
* application for the MIME type is used
- * @error: (nullable): return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+ * @error: (nullable): return location for a `GError`
*
* Creates a `GAppInfo` for the specified `GtkRecentInfo`
*
- * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): the newly created `GAppInfo`,
- * or %NULL. In case of error, @error will be set either with a
- * %GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR or a %G_IO_ERROR
+ * In case of error, @error will be set either with a
+ * %GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR or a %G_IO_ERROR
+ *
+ * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): the newly created `GAppInfo`
*/
GAppInfo *
gtk_recent_info_create_app_info (GtkRecentInfo *info,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.h b/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.h
index 1f4c378ec3..2779c75c92 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.h
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ struct _GtkRecentManager
/**
* GtkRecentManagerClass:
*
- * #GtkRecentManagerClass contains only private data.
+ * `GtkRecentManagerClass` contains only private data.
*/
struct _GtkRecentManagerClass
{
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ struct _GtkRecentManagerClass
* resources file.
* @GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR_UNKNOWN: unspecified error.
*
- * Error codes for #GtkRecentManager operations
+ * Error codes for `GtkRecentManager` operations
*/
typedef enum
{
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ typedef enum
/**
* GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR:
*
- * The #GError domain for #GtkRecentManager errors.
+ * The `GError` domain for `GtkRecentManager` errors.
*/
#define GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR (gtk_recent_manager_error_quark ())
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
diff --git a/gtk/gtkrender.c b/gtk/gtkrender.c
index 1a18290353..414b940517 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkrender.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkrender.c
@@ -60,14 +60,14 @@ gtk_do_render_icon (GtkStyleContext *context,
/**
* gtk_render_check:
- * @context: a #GtkStyleContext
- * @cr: a #cairo_t
+ * @context: a `GtkStyleContext`
+ * @cr: a `cairo_t`
* @x: X origin of the rectangle
* @y: Y origin of the rectangle
* @width: rectangle width
* @height: rectangle height
*
- * Renders a checkmark (as in a #GtkCheckButton).
+ * Renders a checkmark (as in a `GtkCheckButton`).
*
* The %GTK_STATE_FLAG_CHECKED state determines whether the check is
* on or off, and %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT determines whether it
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ gtk_render_check (GtkStyleContext *context,
/**
* gtk_render_option:
- * @context: a #GtkStyleContext
- * @cr: a #cairo_t
+ * @context: a `GtkStyleContext`
+ * @cr: a `cairo_t`
* @x: X origin of the rectangle
* @y: Y origin of the rectangle
* @width: rectangle width
@@ -130,8 +130,8 @@ gtk_render_option (GtkStyleContext *context,
/**
* gtk_render_arrow:
- * @context: a #GtkStyleContext
- * @cr: a #cairo_t
+ * @context: a `GtkStyleContext`
+ * @cr: a `cairo_t`
* @angle: arrow angle from 0 to 2 * %G_PI, being 0 the arrow pointing to the north
* @x: X origin of the render area
* @y: Y origin of the render area
@@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ gtk_render_arrow (GtkStyleContext *context,
/**
* gtk_render_background:
- * @context: a #GtkStyleContext
- * @cr: a #cairo_t
+ * @context: a `GtkStyleContext`
+ * @cr: a `cairo_t`
* @x: X origin of the rectangle
* @y: Y origin of the rectangle
* @width: rectangle width
@@ -208,8 +208,8 @@ gtk_render_background (GtkStyleContext *context,
/**
* gtk_render_frame:
- * @context: a #GtkStyleContext
- * @cr: a #cairo_t
+ * @context: a `GtkStyleContext`
+ * @cr: a `cairo_t`
* @x: X origin of the rectangle
* @y: Y origin of the rectangle
* @width: rectangle width
@@ -254,14 +254,14 @@ gtk_render_frame (GtkStyleContext *context,
/**
* gtk_render_expander:
- * @context: a #GtkStyleContext
- * @cr: a #cairo_t
+ * @context: a `GtkStyleContext`
+ * @cr: a `cairo_t`
* @x: X origin of the rectangle
* @y: Y origin of the rectangle
* @width: rectangle width
* @height: rectangle height
*
- * Renders an expander (as used in #GtkTreeView and #GtkExpander) in the area
+ * Renders an expander (as used in `GtkTreeView` and `GtkExpander`) in the area
* defined by @x, @y, @width, @height. The state %GTK_STATE_FLAG_CHECKED
* determines whether the expander is collapsed or expanded.
*
@@ -288,8 +288,8 @@ gtk_render_expander (GtkStyleContext *context,
/**
* gtk_render_focus:
- * @context: a #GtkStyleContext
- * @cr: a #cairo_t
+ * @context: a `GtkStyleContext`
+ * @cr: a `cairo_t`
* @x: X origin of the rectangle
* @y: Y origin of the rectangle
* @width: rectangle width
@@ -333,11 +333,11 @@ gtk_render_focus (GtkStyleContext *context,
/**
* gtk_render_layout:
- * @context: a #GtkStyleContext
- * @cr: a #cairo_t
+ * @context: a `GtkStyleContext`
+ * @cr: a `cairo_t`
* @x: X origin
* @y: Y origin
- * @layout: the #PangoLayout to render
+ * @layout: the `PangoLayout` to render
*
* Renders @layout on the coordinates @x, @y
**/
@@ -370,8 +370,8 @@ gtk_render_layout (GtkStyleContext *context,
/**
* gtk_render_line:
- * @context: a #GtkStyleContext
- * @cr: a #cairo_t
+ * @context: a `GtkStyleContext`
+ * @cr: a `cairo_t`
* @x0: X coordinate for the origin of the line
* @y0: Y coordinate for the origin of the line
* @x1: X coordinate for the end of the line
@@ -410,16 +410,15 @@ gtk_render_line (GtkStyleContext *context,
/**
* gtk_render_handle:
- * @context: a #GtkStyleContext
- * @cr: a #cairo_t
+ * @context: a `GtkStyleContext`
+ * @cr: a `cairo_t`
* @x: X origin of the rectangle
* @y: Y origin of the rectangle
* @width: rectangle width
* @height: rectangle height
*
- * Renders a handle (as in #GtkPaned and
- * #GtkWindow’s resize grip), in the rectangle
- * determined by @x, @y, @width, @height.
+ * Renders a handle (as in `GtkPaned` and `GtkWindow`’s resize grip),
+ * in the rectangle determined by @x, @y, @width, @height.
*
* Handles rendered for the paned and grip classes:
*
@@ -447,14 +446,14 @@ gtk_render_handle (GtkStyleContext *context,
/**
* gtk_render_activity:
- * @context: a #GtkStyleContext
- * @cr: a #cairo_t
+ * @context: a `GtkStyleContext`
+ * @cr: a `cairo_t`
* @x: X origin of the rectangle
* @y: Y origin of the rectangle
* @width: rectangle width
* @height: rectangle height
*
- * Renders an activity indicator (such as in #GtkSpinner).
+ * Renders an activity indicator (such as in `GtkSpinner`).
* The state %GTK_STATE_FLAG_CHECKED determines whether there is
* activity going on.
**/
@@ -477,11 +476,11 @@ gtk_render_activity (GtkStyleContext *context,
/**
* gtk_render_icon:
- * @context: a #GtkStyleContext
- * @cr: a #cairo_t
- * @texture: a #GdkTexture containing the icon to draw
+ * @context: a `GtkStyleContext`
+ * @cr: a `cairo_t`
+ * @texture: a `GdkTexture` containing the icon to draw
* @x: X position for the @texture
- * @y: Y position for the @texture
+ * @y: Y position for the @texture
*
* Renders the icon in @texture at the specified @x and @y coordinates.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkrootprivate.h b/gtk/gtkrootprivate.h
index d4c3174ae0..b7aa076880 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkrootprivate.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkrootprivate.h
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
/**
* GtkRootIface:
*
- * The list of functions that must be implemented for the #GtkRoot interface.
+ * The list of functions that must be implemented for the `GtkRoot` interface.
*/
struct _GtkRootInterface
{
diff --git a/gtk/gtkscale.c b/gtk/gtkscale.c
index a44c863a73..d9620e9461 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkscale.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkscale.c
@@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ gtk_scale_new (GtkOrientation orientation,
* @step is a power of ten. If the resulting precision is not suitable
* for your needs, use [method@Gtk.Scale.set_digits] to correct it.
*
- * Returns: a new #GtkScale
+ * Returns: a new `GtkScale`
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_scale_new_with_range (GtkOrientation orientation,
@@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ update_value_position (GtkScale *scale)
/**
* gtk_scale_set_draw_value: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=draw-value)
- * @scale: a #GtkScale
+ * @scale: a `GtkScale`
* @draw_value: %TRUE to draw the value
*
* Specifies whether the current value is displayed as a string next
@@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@ gtk_scale_get_layout (GtkScale *scale)
/**
* gtk_scale_get_layout_offsets:
- * @scale: a #GtkScale
+ * @scale: a `GtkScale`
* @x: (out) (optional): location to store X offset of layout
* @y: (out) (optional): location to store Y offset of layout
*
@@ -1674,9 +1674,9 @@ gtk_scale_clear_marks (GtkScale *scale)
* @scale: a `GtkScale`
* @value: the value at which the mark is placed, must be between
* the lower and upper limits of the scales’ adjustment
- * @position: where to draw the mark. For a horizontal scale, #GTK_POS_TOP
+ * @position: where to draw the mark. For a horizontal scale, %GTK_POS_TOP
* and %GTK_POS_LEFT are drawn above the scale, anything else below.
- * For a vertical scale, #GTK_POS_LEFT and %GTK_POS_TOP are drawn to
+ * For a vertical scale, %GTK_POS_LEFT and %GTK_POS_TOP are drawn to
* the left of the scale, anything else to the right.
* @markup: (nullable): Text to be shown at the mark, using Pango markup
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkscale.h b/gtk/gtkscale.h
index 3b650e0271..d7d11f8d01 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkscale.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkscale.h
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ struct _GtkScaleClass
/**
* GtkScaleFormatValueFunc:
- * @scale: The #GtkScale
+ * @scale: The `GtkScale`
* @value: The numeric value to format
* @user_data: (closure): user data
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkscalebutton.c b/gtk/gtkscalebutton.c
index 0bcb97f459..2012cf49d2 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkscalebutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkscalebutton.c
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ gtk_scale_button_class_init (GtkScaleButtonClass *klass)
* 50% of the scale, and the second one for the top 50%.
*
* It is recommended to use at least 3 icons so that the
- * #GtkScaleButton reflects the current value of the scale
+ * `GtkScaleButton` reflects the current value of the scale
* better for the users.
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
diff --git a/gtk/gtksearchentry.c b/gtk/gtksearchentry.c
index 255bd018e5..dd7ca5b170 100644
--- a/gtk/gtksearchentry.c
+++ b/gtk/gtksearchentry.c
@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ capture_widget_key_handled (GtkEventControllerKey *controller,
/**
* gtk_search_entry_set_key_capture_widget:
* @entry: a `GtkSearchEntry`
- * @widget: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GtkWidget
+ * @widget: (nullable) (transfer none): a `GtkWidget`
*
* Sets @widget as the widget that @entry will capture key
* events from.
diff --git a/gtk/gtkselectionmodel.h b/gtk/gtkselectionmodel.h
index 936a7d141d..a956d32a08 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkselectionmodel.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkselectionmodel.h
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ G_DECLARE_INTERFACE (GtkSelectionModel, gtk_selection_model, GTK, SELECTION_MODE
* @is_selected: Return if the item at the given position is selected.
* @get_selection_in_range: Return a bitset with all currently selected
* items in the given range. By default, this function will call
- * #GtkSelectionModel::is_selected() on all items in the given range.
+ * `GtkSelectionModel::is_selected()` on all items in the given range.
* @select_item: Select the item in the given position. If the operation
* is known to fail, return %FALSE.
* @unselect_item: Unselect the item in the given position. If the
@@ -56,8 +56,8 @@ G_DECLARE_INTERFACE (GtkSelectionModel, gtk_selection_model, GTK, SELECTION_MODE
* See gtk_selection_model_set_selection() for a detailed explanation
* of this function.
*
- * The list of virtual functions for the #GtkSelectionModel interface.
- * No function must be implemented, but unless #GtkSelectionModel::is_selected()
+ * The list of virtual functions for the `GtkSelectionModel` interface.
+ * No function must be implemented, but unless `GtkSelectionModel::is_selected()`
* is implemented, it will not be possible to select items in the set.
*
* The model does not need to implement any functions to support either
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ G_DECLARE_INTERFACE (GtkSelectionModel, gtk_selection_model, GTK, SELECTION_MODE
* it means that users cannot select or unselect items in a list widget
* using the model.
*
- * All selection functions fall back to #GtkSelectionModel::set_selection()
+ * All selection functions fall back to `GtkSelectionModel::set_selection()`
* so it is sufficient to implement just that function for full selection
* support.
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkseparator.c b/gtk/gtkseparator.c
index 53f831dde6..5eb8dc35b7 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkseparator.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkseparator.c
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
*
* # Accessibility
*
- * `GtkSeparator` uses the #GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_SEPARATOR role.
+ * `GtkSeparator` uses the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_SEPARATOR role.
*/
typedef struct _GtkSeparatorClass GtkSeparatorClass;
diff --git a/gtk/gtksettings.c b/gtk/gtksettings.c
index 186bebf6aa..95da9e1be3 100644
--- a/gtk/gtksettings.c
+++ b/gtk/gtksettings.c
@@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class)
* GtkSettings:gtk-primary-button-warps-slider:
*
* If the value of this setting is %TRUE, clicking the primary button in a
- * #GtkRange trough will move the slider, and hence set the range’s value, to
+ * `GtkRange` trough will move the slider, and hence set the range’s value, to
* the point that you clicked.
*
* If it is %FALSE, a primary click will cause the slider/value to move
diff --git a/gtk/gtkshortcut.c b/gtk/gtkshortcut.c
index c2bbabf80f..37620b6fb4 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkshortcut.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkshortcut.c
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
* The actual work is usually done via [class@Gtk.ShortcutController],
* which decides if and when to activate a shortcut. Using that controller
* directly however is rarely necessary as various higher level
- * convenience APIs exist on #GtkWidgets that make it easier to use
+ * convenience APIs exist on `GtkWidget`s that make it easier to use
* shortcuts in GTK.
*
* `GtkShortcut` does provide functionality to make it easy for users
diff --git a/gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c b/gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c
index 8db04d71e6..a2a71c4f71 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c
@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ gtk_shortcut_controller_get_scope (GtkShortcutController *self)
* The mnemonics modifiers determines which modifiers need to be pressed to allow
* activation of shortcuts with mnemonics triggers.
*
- * GTK normally uses the Alt modifier for mnemonics, except in #GtkPopoverMenus,
+ * GTK normally uses the Alt modifier for mnemonics, except in `GtkPopoverMenu`s,
* where mnemonics can be triggered without any modifiers. It should be very
* rarely necessary to change this, and doing so is likely to interfere with
* other shortcuts.
diff --git a/gtk/gtkshortcutmanager.h b/gtk/gtkshortcutmanager.h
index 79dc6e583c..50359a51f1 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkshortcutmanager.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkshortcutmanager.h
@@ -36,14 +36,15 @@ G_DECLARE_INTERFACE (GtkShortcutManager, gtk_shortcut_manager, GTK, SHORTCUT_MAN
/**
* GtkShortcutManagerInterface:
- * @add_controller: Add a #GtkShortcutController to be managed.
- * @remove_controller: Remove a #GtkShortcutController that had previously
+ * @add_controller: Add a `GtkShortcutController` to be managed.
+ * @remove_controller: Remove a `GtkShortcutController` that had previously
* been added
*
- * The list of functions that can be implemented for the #GtkShortcutManager interface.
+ * The list of functions that can be implemented for the `GtkShortcutManager`
+ * interface.
*
- * Note that no function is mandatory to implement, the default implementation will work
- * fine.
+ * Note that no function is mandatory to implement, the default implementation
+ * will work fine.
*/
struct _GtkShortcutManagerInterface
{
diff --git a/gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c b/gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c
index 0d0064897c..bd4cfce061 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c
@@ -317,8 +317,8 @@ gtk_shortcut_trigger_print_label (GtkShortcutTrigger *self,
* architectures or even different versions of GTK. Do not use this
* function as a basis for building protocols or file formats.
*
- * The types of @trigger is #gconstpointer only to allow use of this
- * function with #GHashTable. They must each be a `GtkShortcutTrigger`.
+ * The types of @trigger is `gconstpointer` only to allow use of this
+ * function with `GHashTable`. They must each be a `GtkShortcutTrigger`.
*
* Returns: a hash value corresponding to @trigger
*/
@@ -339,8 +339,8 @@ gtk_shortcut_trigger_hash (gconstpointer trigger)
*
* Checks if @trigger1 and @trigger2 trigger under the same conditions.
*
- * The types of @one and @two are #gconstpointer only to allow use of this
- * function with #GHashTable. They must each be a `GtkShortcutTrigger`.
+ * The types of @one and @two are `gconstpointer` only to allow use of this
+ * function with `GHashTable`. They must each be a `GtkShortcutTrigger`.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @trigger1 and @trigger2 are equal
*/
@@ -356,8 +356,8 @@ gtk_shortcut_trigger_equal (gconstpointer trigger1,
* @trigger1: (type GtkShortcutTrigger): a `GtkShortcutTrigger`
* @trigger2: (type GtkShortcutTrigger): a `GtkShortcutTrigger`
*
- * The types of @trigger1 and @trigger2 are #gconstpointer only to allow
- * use of this function as a #GCompareFunc.
+ * The types of @trigger1 and @trigger2 are `gconstpointer` only to allow
+ * use of this function as a `GCompareFunc`.
*
* They must each be a `GtkShortcutTrigger`.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkshow.c b/gtk/gtkshow.c
index 9577901118..d1a0906989 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkshow.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkshow.c
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ window_handle_exported (GtkWindow *window,
* @parent: (nullable): parent window
* @uri: the uri to show
* @timestamp: timestamp from the event that triggered this call, or %GDK_CURRENT_TIME
- * @cancellable: (nullable): a #GCancellable to cancel the launch
+ * @cancellable: (nullable): a `GCancellable` to cancel the launch
* @callback: (scope async): a callback to call when the action is complete
* @user_data: (closure callback): data to pass to @callback
*
@@ -135,8 +135,8 @@ gtk_show_uri_full (GtkWindow *parent,
/**
* gtk_show_uri_full_finish:
- * @parent: the #GtkWindow passed to gtk_show_uri()
- * @result: #GAsyncResult that was passed to @callback
+ * @parent: the `GtkWindow` passed to gtk_show_uri()
+ * @result: `GAsyncResult` that was passed to @callback
* @error: return location for an error
*
* Finishes the gtk_show_uri() call and returns the result
diff --git a/gtk/gtksignallistitemfactory.c b/gtk/gtksignallistitemfactory.c
index b56b2c19f0..a2d0240ffe 100644
--- a/gtk/gtksignallistitemfactory.c
+++ b/gtk/gtksignallistitemfactory.c
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
* was emitted on a listitem, the listitem will be destroyed and not be used again.
*
* Note that during the signal emissions, changing properties on the
- * #GtkListItems passed will not trigger notify signals as the listitem's
+ * `GtkListItem`s passed will not trigger notify signals as the listitem's
* notifications are frozen. See g_object_freeze_notify() for details.
*
* For tracking changes in other properties in the `GtkListItem`, the
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ gtk_signal_list_item_factory_class_init (GtkSignalListItemFactoryClass *klass)
/**
* GtkSignalListItemFactory::setup:
* @self: The `GtkSignalListItemFactory`
- * @listitem: The #GtkListItem to set up
+ * @listitem: The `GtkListItem` to set up
*
* Emitted when a new listitem has been created and needs to be setup for use.
*
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ gtk_signal_list_item_factory_class_init (GtkSignalListItemFactoryClass *klass)
/**
* GtkSignalListItemFactory::bind:
* @self: The `GtkSignalListItemFactory`
- * @listitem: The #GtkListItem to bind
+ * @listitem: The `GtkListItem` to bind
*
* Emitted when a new [property@Gtk.ListItem:item] has been set
* on the @listitem and should be bound for use.
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ gtk_signal_list_item_factory_class_init (GtkSignalListItemFactoryClass *klass)
/**
* GtkSignalListItemFactory::unbind:
* @self: The `GtkSignalListItemFactory`
- * @listitem: The #GtkListItem to unbind
+ * @listitem: The `GtkListItem` to unbind
*
* Emitted when a listitem has been removed from use in a list widget
* and its new [property@Gtk.ListItem:item] is about to be unset.
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ gtk_signal_list_item_factory_class_init (GtkSignalListItemFactoryClass *klass)
/**
* GtkSignalListItemFactory::teardown:
* @self: The `GtkSignalListItemFactory`
- * @listitem: The #GtkListItem to teardown
+ * @listitem: The `GtkListItem` to teardown
*
* Emitted when a listitem is about to be destroyed.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtksizerequest.c b/gtk/gtksizerequest.c
index 8f038596e1..935112061a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtksizerequest.c
+++ b/gtk/gtksizerequest.c
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ gtk_widget_query_size_for_orientation (GtkWidget *widget,
/**
* gtk_widget_measure:
- * @widget: A #GtkWidget instance
+ * @widget: A `GtkWidget` instance
* @orientation: the orientation to measure
* @for_size: Size for the opposite of @orientation, i.e.
* if @orientation is %GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, this is
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ gtk_widget_query_size_for_orientation (GtkWidget *widget,
* if it is allocated at a height of 300 pixels.
*
* See [GtkWidget’s geometry management section](class.Widget.html#height-for-width-geometry-management) for
- * a more details on implementing #GtkWidgetClass.measure().
+ * a more details on implementing `GtkWidgetClass.measure()`.
*/
void
gtk_widget_measure (GtkWidget *widget,
diff --git a/gtk/gtksnapshot.c b/gtk/gtksnapshot.c
index 261c41860f..b0b1222c66 100644
--- a/gtk/gtksnapshot.c
+++ b/gtk/gtksnapshot.c
@@ -1523,7 +1523,7 @@ gtk_snapshot_to_node (GtkSnapshot *snapshot)
* add more nodes to @snapshot. The only function that should
* be called after this is g_object_unref().
*
- * Returns: (transfer full): a new #GdkPaintable
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a new `GdkPaintable`
*/
GdkPaintable *
gtk_snapshot_to_paintable (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
@@ -1848,7 +1848,7 @@ gtk_snapshot_perspective (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
/**
* gtk_snapshot_append_node:
* @snapshot: a `GtkSnapshot`
- * @node: a #GskRenderNode
+ * @node: a `GskRenderNode`
*
* Appends @node to the current render node of @snapshot,
* without changing the current node.
@@ -2072,7 +2072,7 @@ gtk_snapshot_render_focus (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
* @context: the `GtkStyleContext` to use
* @x: X origin of the rectangle
* @y: Y origin of the rectangle
- * @layout: the #PangoLayout to render
+ * @layout: the `PangoLayout` to render
*
* Creates a render node for rendering @layout according to the style
* information in @context, and appends it to the current node of @snapshot,
diff --git a/gtk/gtksorter.c b/gtk/gtksorter.c
index 9fe8a906cb..f40c15311f 100644
--- a/gtk/gtksorter.c
+++ b/gtk/gtksorter.c
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ gtk_sorter_class_init (GtkSorterClass *class)
/**
* GtkSorter::changed:
- * @self: The #GtkSorter
+ * @self: The `GtkSorter`
* @change: how the sorter changed
*
* Emitted whenever the sorter changed.
diff --git a/gtk/gtksorter.h b/gtk/gtksorter.h
index 6cc248ec38..668aa9507c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtksorter.h
+++ b/gtk/gtksorter.h
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
/**
* GtkSorterOrder:
- * @GTK_SORTER_ORDER_PARTIAL: A partial order. Any #GtkOrdering is possible.
+ * @GTK_SORTER_ORDER_PARTIAL: A partial order. Any `GtkOrdering` is possible.
* @GTK_SORTER_ORDER_NONE: No order, all elements are considered equal.
* gtk_sorter_compare() will only return %GTK_ORDERING_EQUAL.
* @GTK_SORTER_ORDER_TOTAL: A total order. gtk_sorter_compare() will only
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ G_DECLARE_DERIVABLE_TYPE (GtkSorter, gtk_sorter, GTK, SORTER, GObject)
/**
* GtkSorterClass
* @compare: Compare two items. See gtk_sorter_compare() for details.
- * @get_order: Get the #GtkSorderOrder that applies to the current sorter.
+ * @get_order: Get the `GtkSorderOrder` that applies to the current sorter.
* If unimplemented, it returns %GTK_SORTER_ORDER_PARTIAL.
*
* The virtual table for `GtkSorter`.
diff --git a/gtk/gtksortkeys.c b/gtk/gtksortkeys.c
index 032c60b4f2..9aa7a3f689 100644
--- a/gtk/gtksortkeys.c
+++ b/gtk/gtksortkeys.c
@@ -135,10 +135,10 @@ static const GtkSortKeysClass GTK_EQUAL_SORT_KEYS_CLASS =
/*<private>
* gtk_sort_keys_new_equal:
*
- * Creates a new #GtkSortKeys that compares every element as equal.
+ * Creates a new GtkSortKeys that compares every element as equal.
* This is useful when sorters are in an invalid configuration.
*
- * Returns: a new #GtkSortKeys
+ * Returns: a new GtkSortKeys
**/
GtkSortKeys *
gtk_sort_keys_new_equal (void)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkspinbutton.c b/gtk/gtkspinbutton.c
index 9a41486cde..ac1b2e1568 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkspinbutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkspinbutton.c
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ gtk_spin_button_class_init (GtkSpinButtonClass *class)
/**
* GtkSpinButton::change-value:
* @spin_button: the object on which the signal was emitted
- * @scroll: a #GtkScrollType to specify the speed and amount of change
+ * @scroll: a `GtkScrollType` to specify the speed and amount of change
*
* Emitted when the user initiates a value change.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkspinbutton.h b/gtk/gtkspinbutton.h
index 350d0c3979..d5f9287888 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkspinbutton.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkspinbutton.h
@@ -54,9 +54,9 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
/**
* GtkSpinButtonUpdatePolicy:
- * @GTK_UPDATE_ALWAYS: When refreshing your #GtkSpinButton, the value is
+ * @GTK_UPDATE_ALWAYS: When refreshing your `GtkSpinButton`, the value is
* always displayed
- * @GTK_UPDATE_IF_VALID: When refreshing your #GtkSpinButton, the value is
+ * @GTK_UPDATE_IF_VALID: When refreshing your `GtkSpinButton`, the value is
* only displayed if it is valid within the bounds of the spin button's
* adjustment
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkstack.c b/gtk/gtkstack.c
index 4d77e89ef4..d53eb0653a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkstack.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkstack.c
@@ -1751,7 +1751,7 @@ gtk_stack_get_hhomogeneous (GtkStack *stack)
* @stack: a `GtkStack`
* @vhomogeneous: %TRUE to make @stack vertically homogeneous
*
- * Sets the #GtkStack to be vertically homogeneous or not.
+ * Sets the `GtkStack` to be vertically homogeneous or not.
*
* If it is homogeneous, the `GtkStack` will request the same
* height for all its children. If it isn't, the stack
@@ -1941,7 +1941,7 @@ gtk_stack_set_interpolate_size (GtkStack *stack,
* gtk_stack_get_interpolate_size: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=interpolate-size)
* @stack: A `GtkStack`
*
- * Returns whether the #GtkStack is set up to interpolate between
+ * Returns whether the `GtkStack` is set up to interpolate between
* the sizes of children on page switch.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if child sizes are interpolated
diff --git a/gtk/gtkstacksidebar.c b/gtk/gtkstacksidebar.c
index 41631859d1..49d26de430 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkstacksidebar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkstacksidebar.c
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ gtk_stack_sidebar_set_stack (GtkStackSidebar *self,
*
* Retrieves the stack.
*
- * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the associated #GtkStack or
+ * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the associated `GtkStack` or
* %NULL if none has been set explicitly
*/
GtkStack *
diff --git a/gtk/gtkstylecontext.c b/gtk/gtkstylecontext.c
index 5427e67879..fcf123b011 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkstylecontext.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkstylecontext.c
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
* queries information from all attached `GtkStyleProviders`. Style
* providers can be either attached explicitly to the context through
* [method@Gtk.StyleContext.add_provider], or to the display through
- * [func@Gtk.StyleContext.add_provider_for_display]. The resulting
+ * [type_func@Gtk.StyleContext.add_provider_for_display]. The resulting
* style is a combination of all providers’ information in priority order.
*
* For GTK widgets, any `GtkStyleContext` returned by
@@ -354,11 +354,11 @@ gtk_style_context_new_for_node (GtkCssNode *node)
* Note that a style provider added by this function only affects
* the style of the widget to which @context belongs. If you want
* to affect the style of all widgets, use
- * [func@Gtk.StyleContext.add_provider_for_display].
+ * [type_func@Gtk.StyleContext.add_provider_for_display].
*
* Note: If both priorities are the same, a `GtkStyleProvider`
* added through this function takes precedence over another added
- * through [func@Gtk.StyleContext.add_provider_for_display].
+ * through [type_func@Gtk.StyleContext.add_provider_for_display].
*/
void
gtk_style_context_add_provider (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -1124,8 +1124,8 @@ snapshot_insertion_cursor (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
* @x: X origin
* @y: Y origin
* @layout: the `PangoLayout` of the text
- * @index: the index in the #PangoLayout
- * @direction: the #PangoDirection of the text
+ * @index: the index in the `PangoLayout`
+ * @direction: the `PangoDirection` of the text
*
* Draws a text caret using @snapshot at the specified index of @layout.
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c b/gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c
index f753070402..f560d25fd5 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c
@@ -124,11 +124,11 @@ _gtk_style_property_init (GtkStyleProperty *property)
* parsing fails, %FALSE will be returned and @value will be
* left uninitialized.
*
- * Only if @property is a #GtkCssShorthandProperty, the @value will
- * always be a #GtkCssValue whose values can be queried with
+ * Only if @property is a `GtkCssShorthandProperty`, the @value will
+ * always be a `GtkCssValue` whose values can be queried with
* _gtk_css_array_value_get_nth().
*
- * Returns: (nullable): %NULL on failure or the parsed #GtkCssValue
+ * Returns: (nullable): %NULL on failure or the parsed `GtkCssValue`
**/
GtkCssValue *
_gtk_style_property_parse_value (GtkStyleProperty *property,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkstyleprovider.c b/gtk/gtkstyleprovider.c
index 1c404ad368..1b2b499257 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkstyleprovider.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkstyleprovider.c
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
* `GtkStyleContext`.
*
* See [method@Gtk.StyleContext.add_provider] and
- * [func@Gtk.StyleContext.add_provider_for_display] for
+ * [type_func@Gtk.StyleContext.add_provider_for_display] for
* adding `GtkStyleProviders`.
*
* GTK uses the `GtkStyleProvider` implementation for CSS in
diff --git a/gtk/gtkstyleprovider.h b/gtk/gtkstyleprovider.h
index 64abae73a3..9a8913f078 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkstyleprovider.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkstyleprovider.h
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
* The priority used for style information provided
* via `GtkSettings`.
*
- * This priority is higher than #GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_THEME
+ * This priority is higher than %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_THEME
* to let settings override themes.
*/
#define GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_SETTINGS 400
diff --git a/gtk/gtktestatcontext.c b/gtk/gtktestatcontext.c
index e8f3754ea9..3e30b27d10 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktestatcontext.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktestatcontext.c
@@ -118,14 +118,14 @@ gtk_test_at_context_init (GtkTestATContext *self)
/*< private >
* gtk_test_at_context_new:
- * @accessible_role: the #GtkAccessibleRole for the AT context
- * @accessible: the #GtkAccessible instance which owns the AT context
- * @display: a #GdkDisplay
+ * @accessible_role: the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the AT context
+ * @accessible: the `GtkAccessible` instance which owns the AT context
+ * @display: a `GdkDisplay`
*
- * Creates a new #GtkTestATContext instance for @accessible, using the
+ * Creates a new `GtkTestATContext` instance for @accessible, using the
* given @accessible_role.
*
- * Returns: (transfer full): the newly created #GtkTestATContext instance
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the newly created `GtkTestATContext` instance
*/
GtkATContext *
gtk_test_at_context_new (GtkAccessibleRole accessible_role,
@@ -141,10 +141,10 @@ gtk_test_at_context_new (GtkAccessibleRole accessible_role,
/**
* gtk_test_accessible_has_role:
- * @accessible: a #GtkAccessible
- * @role: a #GtkAccessibleRole
+ * @accessible: a `GtkAccessible`
+ * @role: a `GtkAccessibleRole`
*
- * Checks whether the #GtkAccessible:accessible-role of the accessible
+ * Checks whether the `GtkAccessible:accessible-role` of the accessible
* is @role.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the role matches
@@ -160,10 +160,10 @@ gtk_test_accessible_has_role (GtkAccessible *accessible,
/**
* gtk_test_accessible_has_property:
- * @accessible: a #GtkAccessible
- * @property: a #GtkAccessibleProperty
+ * @accessible: a `GtkAccessible`
+ * @property: a `GtkAccessibleProperty`
*
- * Checks whether the #GtkAccessible has @property set.
+ * Checks whether the `GtkAccessible` has @property set.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the @property is set in the @accessible
*/
@@ -184,8 +184,8 @@ gtk_test_accessible_has_property (GtkAccessible *accessible,
/**
* gtk_test_accessible_check_property:
- * @accessible: a #GtkAccessible
- * @property: a #GtkAccessibleProperty
+ * @accessible: a `GtkAccessible`
+ * @property: a `GtkAccessibleProperty`
* @...: the expected value of @property
*
* Checks whether the accessible @property of @accessible is set to
@@ -236,10 +236,10 @@ out:
/**
* gtk_test_accessible_has_state:
- * @accessible: a #GtkAccessible
- * @state: a #GtkAccessibleState
+ * @accessible: a `GtkAccessible`
+ * @state: a `GtkAccessibleState`
*
- * Checks whether the #GtkAccessible has @state set.
+ * Checks whether the `GtkAccessible` has @state set.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the @state is set in the @accessible
*/
@@ -260,8 +260,8 @@ gtk_test_accessible_has_state (GtkAccessible *accessible,
/**
* gtk_test_accessible_check_state:
- * @accessible: a #GtkAccessible
- * @state: a #GtkAccessibleState
+ * @accessible: a `GtkAccessible`
+ * @state: a `GtkAccessibleState`
* @...: the expected value of @state
*
* Checks whether the accessible @state of @accessible is set to
@@ -312,10 +312,10 @@ out:
/**
* gtk_test_accessible_has_relation:
- * @accessible: a #GtkAccessible
- * @relation: a #GtkAccessibleRelation
+ * @accessible: a `GtkAccessible`
+ * @relation: a `GtkAccessibleRelation`
*
- * Checks whether the #GtkAccessible has @relation set.
+ * Checks whether the `GtkAccessible` has @relation set.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the @relation is set in the @accessible
*/
@@ -336,8 +336,8 @@ gtk_test_accessible_has_relation (GtkAccessible *accessible,
/**
* gtk_test_accessible_check_relation:
- * @accessible: a #GtkAccessible
- * @relation: a #GtkAccessibleRelation
+ * @accessible: a `GtkAccessible`
+ * @relation: a `GtkAccessibleRelation`
* @...: the expected value of @relation
*
* Checks whether the accessible @relation of @accessible is set to
@@ -393,9 +393,9 @@ out:
* @line: the line in @file
* @func: a function name in @file
* @expr: the expression being tested
- * @accessible: a #GtkAccessible
- * @expected_role: the expected #GtkAccessibleRole
- * @actual_role: the actual #GtkAccessibleRole
+ * @accessible: a `GtkAccessible`
+ * @expected_role: the expected `GtkAccessibleRole`
+ * @actual_role: the actual `GtkAccessibleRole`
*
* Prints an assertion message for gtk_test_accessible_assert_role().
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtktestatcontext.h b/gtk/gtktestatcontext.h
index 574b79a7dc..b4adfb3414 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktestatcontext.h
+++ b/gtk/gtktestatcontext.h
@@ -30,10 +30,10 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
/**
* gtk_test_accessible_assert_role:
- * @accessible: a #GtkAccessible
- * @role: a #GtkAccessibleRole
+ * @accessible: a `GtkAccessible`
+ * @role: a `GtkAccessibleRole`
*
- * Checks whether a #GtkAccessible implementation has the given @role,
+ * Checks whether a `GtkAccessible` implementation has the given @role,
* and raises an assertion if the condition is failed.
*/
#define gtk_test_accessible_assert_role(accessible,role) \
@@ -50,11 +50,11 @@ G_STMT_START { \
/**
* gtk_test_accessible_assert_property:
- * @accessible: a #GtkAccessible
- * @property: a #GtkAccessibleProperty
+ * @accessible: a `GtkAccessible`
+ * @property: a `GtkAccessibleProperty`
* @...: the value of @property
*
- * Checks whether a #GtkAccessible implementation has its accessible
+ * Checks whether a `GtkAccessible` implementation has its accessible
* property set to the expected value, and raises an assertion if the
* condition is not satisfied.
*/
@@ -72,11 +72,11 @@ G_STMT_START { \
/**
* gtk_test_accessible_assert_relation:
- * @accessible: a #GtkAccessible
- * @relation: a #GtkAccessibleRelation
+ * @accessible: a `GtkAccessible`
+ * @relation: a `GtkAccessibleRelation`
* @...: the expected value of @relation
*
- * Checks whether a #GtkAccessible implementation has its accessible
+ * Checks whether a `GtkAccessible` implementation has its accessible
* relation set to the expected value, and raises an assertion if the
* condition is not satisfied.
*/
@@ -94,11 +94,11 @@ G_STMT_START { \
/**
* gtk_test_accessible_assert_state:
- * @accessible: a #GtkAccessible
- * @state: a #GtkAccessibleRelation
+ * @accessible: a `GtkAccessible`
+ * @state: a `GtkAccessibleRelation`
* @...: the expected value of @state
*
- * Checks whether a #GtkAccessible implementation has its accessible
+ * Checks whether a `GtkAccessible` implementation has its accessible
* state set to the expected value, and raises an assertion if the
* condition is not satisfied.
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtktext.c b/gtk/gtktext.c
index 8db3495a44..0791fe063c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktext.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktext.c
@@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@ gtk_text_class_init (GtkTextClass *class)
/**
* GtkText::move-cursor:
* @self: the object which received the signal
- * @step: the granularity of the move, as a #GtkMovementStep
+ * @step: the granularity of the move, as a `GtkMovementStep`
* @count: the number of @step units to move
* @extend: %TRUE if the move should extend the selection
*
@@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@ gtk_text_class_init (GtkTextClass *class)
/**
* GtkText::delete-from-cursor:
* @self: the object which received the signal
- * @type: the granularity of the deletion, as a #GtkDeleteType
+ * @type: the granularity of the deletion, as a `GtkDeleteType`
* @count: the number of @type units to delete
*
* Emitted when the user initiates a text deletion.
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextattributes.c b/gtk/gtktextattributes.c
index 19becb030e..738caa6bc1 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextattributes.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktextattributes.c
@@ -55,10 +55,10 @@
/**
* gtk_text_attributes_new:
*
- * Creates a #GtkTextAttributes, which describes
+ * Creates a `GtkTextAttributes`, which describes
* a set of properties on some text.
*
- * Returns: a new #GtkTextAttributes,
+ * Returns: a new `GtkTextAttributes`,
* free with gtk_text_attributes_unref().
*/
GtkTextAttributes*
@@ -82,9 +82,9 @@ gtk_text_attributes_new (void)
/**
* gtk_text_attributes_copy:
- * @src: a #GtkTextAttributes to be copied
+ * @src: a `GtkTextAttributes` to be copied
*
- * Copies @src and returns a new #GtkTextAttributes.
+ * Copies @src and returns a new `GtkTextAttributes`.
*
* Returns: a copy of @src,
* free with gtk_text_attributes_unref()
@@ -102,8 +102,8 @@ gtk_text_attributes_copy (GtkTextAttributes *src)
/**
* gtk_text_attributes_copy_values:
- * @src: a #GtkTextAttributes
- * @dest: another #GtkTextAttributes
+ * @src: a `GtkTextAttributes`
+ * @dest: another `GtkTextAttributes`
*
* Copies the values from @src to @dest so that @dest has
* the same values as @src. Frees existing values in @dest.
@@ -184,11 +184,11 @@ gtk_text_attributes_copy_values (GtkTextAttributes *src,
/**
* gtk_text_attributes_ref:
- * @values: a #GtkTextAttributes
+ * @values: a `GtkTextAttributes`
*
* Increments the reference count on @values.
*
- * Returns: the #GtkTextAttributes that were passed in
+ * Returns: the `GtkTextAttributes` that were passed in
**/
GtkTextAttributes *
gtk_text_attributes_ref (GtkTextAttributes *values)
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ gtk_text_attributes_ref (GtkTextAttributes *values)
/**
* gtk_text_attributes_unref:
- * @values: a #GtkTextAttributes
+ * @values: a `GtkTextAttributes`
*
* Decrements the reference count on @values, freeing the structure
* if the reference count reaches 0.
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextattributes.h b/gtk/gtktextattributes.h
index b7dfa9ce7b..05f7750247 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextattributes.h
+++ b/gtk/gtktextattributes.h
@@ -60,26 +60,6 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
typedef struct _GtkTextAttributes GtkTextAttributes;
typedef struct _GtkTextAppearance GtkTextAppearance;
-/**
- * GtkTextAppearance:
- * @bg_color: Background #GdkColor.
- * @fg_color: Foreground #GdkColor.
- * @rise: Super/subscript rise, can be negative.
- * @underline: #PangoUnderline
- * @overline: #PangoOverline
- * @strikethrough: Strikethrough style
- * @draw_bg: Whether to use background-related values; this is
- * irrelevant for the values struct when in a tag, but is used for
- * the composite values struct; it’s true if any of the tags being
- * composited had background stuff set.
- * @inside_selection: This are only used when we are actually laying
- * out and rendering a paragraph; not when a #GtkTextAppearance is
- * part of a #GtkTextAttributes.
- * @is_text: This are only used when we are actually laying
- * out and rendering a paragraph; not when a #GtkTextAppearance is
- * part of a #GtkTextAttributes.
- * @rgba: #GdkRGBA
- */
struct _GtkTextAppearance
{
GdkRGBA *bg_rgba;
@@ -112,10 +92,10 @@ struct _GtkTextAppearance
/**
* GtkTextAttributes:
- * @appearance: #GtkTextAppearance for text.
- * @justification: #GtkJustification for text.
- * @direction: #GtkTextDirection for text.
- * @font: #PangoFontDescription for text.
+ * @appearance: GtkTextAppearance for text.
+ * @justification: GtkJustification for text.
+ * @direction: GtkTextDirection for text.
+ * @font: `PangoFontDescription` for text.
* @font_scale: Font scale factor.
* @left_margin: Width of the left margin in pixels.
* @right_margin: Width of the right margin in pixels.
@@ -124,9 +104,9 @@ struct _GtkTextAppearance
* @pixels_below_lines: Pixels of blank space below paragraphs.
* @pixels_inside_wrap: Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in
* a paragraph.
- * @tabs: Custom #PangoTabArray for this text.
- * @wrap_mode: #GtkWrapMode for text.
- * @language: #PangoLanguage for text.
+ * @tabs: Custom `PangoTabArray` for this text.
+ * @wrap_mode: `GtkWrapMode` for text.
+ * @language: `PangoLanguage` for text.
* @invisible: Hide the text.
* @bg_full_height: Background is fit to full line height rather than
* baseline +/- ascent/descent (font height).
@@ -134,7 +114,7 @@ struct _GtkTextAppearance
* @no_fallback: Whether to disable font fallback.
* @letter_spacing: Extra space to insert between graphemes, in Pango units
*
- * Using #GtkTextAttributes directly should rarely be necessary.
+ * Using GtkTextAttributes directly should rarely be necessary.
* It’s primarily useful with gtk_text_iter_get_attributes().
* As with most GTK structs, the fields in this struct should only
* be read, never modified directly.
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextbtree.c b/gtk/gtktextbtree.c
index 6d02b70098..0acc023a09 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextbtree.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktextbtree.c
@@ -2999,19 +2999,21 @@ _gtk_text_btree_get_mark_by_name (GtkTextBTree *tree,
/**
* gtk_text_mark_set_visible:
- * @mark: a #GtkTextMark
+ * @mark: a GtkTextMark
* @setting: visibility of mark
- *
- * Sets the visibility of @mark; the insertion point is normally
- * visible, i.e. you can see it as a vertical bar. Also, the text
- * widget uses a visible mark to indicate where a drop will occur when
- * dragging-and-dropping text. Most other marks are not visible.
+ *
+ * Sets the visibility of @mark.
+ *
+ * The insertion point is normally visible, i.e. you can see it as
+ * a vertical bar. Also, the text widget uses a visible mark to
+ * indicate where a drop will occur when dragging-and-dropping text.
+ * Most other marks are not visible.
+ *
* Marks are not visible by default.
- *
- **/
+ */
void
-gtk_text_mark_set_visible (GtkTextMark *mark,
- gboolean setting)
+gtk_text_mark_set_visible (GtkTextMark *mark,
+ gboolean setting)
{
GtkTextLineSegment *seg;
@@ -5012,13 +5014,13 @@ gtk_text_btree_node_invalidate_upward (GtkTextBTreeNode *node, gpointer view_id)
/**
* _gtk_text_btree_is_valid:
- * @tree: a #GtkTextBTree
+ * @tree: a GtkTextBTree
* @view_id: ID for the view
*
- * Check to see if the entire #GtkTextBTree is valid or not for
+ * Check to see if the entire GtkTextBTree is valid or not for
* the given view.
*
- * Returns: %TRUE if the entire #GtkTextBTree is valid
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the entire GtkTextBTree is valid
**/
gboolean
_gtk_text_btree_is_valid (GtkTextBTree *tree,
@@ -5208,7 +5210,7 @@ gtk_text_btree_node_validate (BTreeView *view,
/**
* _gtk_text_btree_validate:
- * @tree: a #GtkTextBTree
+ * @tree: a GtkTextBTree
* @view_id: view id
* @max_pixels: the maximum number of pixels to validate. (No more
* than one paragraph beyond this limit will be validated)
@@ -5216,7 +5218,7 @@ gtk_text_btree_node_validate (BTreeView *view,
* @old_height: location to store old height of validated region
* @new_height: location to store new height of validated region
*
- * Validate a single contiguous invalid region of a #GtkTextBTree for
+ * Validate a single contiguous invalid region of a GtkTextBTree for
* a given view.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if a region has been validated, %FALSE if the
@@ -5396,7 +5398,7 @@ gtk_text_btree_node_check_valid_downward (GtkTextBTreeNode *node,
/**
* _gtk_text_btree_validate_line:
- * @tree: a #GtkTextBTree
+ * @tree: a GtkTextBTree
* @line: line to validate
* @view_id: view ID for the view to validate
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextbuffer.c b/gtk/gtktextbuffer.c
index 80127c3fde..61533875fd 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextbuffer.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktextbuffer.c
@@ -2462,14 +2462,14 @@ gtk_text_buffer_set_mark (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* side of the text you’re typing).
*
* The caller of this function does not own a
- * reference to the returned #GtkTextMark, so you can ignore the
+ * reference to the returned `GtkTextMark`, so you can ignore the
* return value if you like. Marks are owned by the buffer and go
* away when the buffer does.
*
* Emits the `GtkTextBuffer`::mark-set signal as notification of
* the mark's initial placement.
*
- * Returns: (transfer none): the new #GtkTextMark object
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the new `GtkTextMark` object
*/
GtkTextMark*
gtk_text_buffer_create_mark (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
@@ -2615,7 +2615,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_delete_mark (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* Returns the mark named @name in buffer @buffer, or %NULL if no such
* mark exists in the buffer.
*
- * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GtkTextMark
+ * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a `GtkTextMark`
**/
GtkTextMark*
gtk_text_buffer_get_mark (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextbuffer.h b/gtk/gtktextbuffer.h
index e7e6a4dc65..83ea8f47cf 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextbuffer.h
+++ b/gtk/gtktextbuffer.h
@@ -57,23 +57,23 @@ struct _GtkTextBuffer
/**
* GtkTextBufferClass:
* @parent_class: The object class structure needs to be the first.
- * @insert_text: The class handler for the #GtkTextBuffer::insert-text signal.
- * @insert_paintable: The class handler for the #GtkTextBuffer::insert-paintable signal.
- * @insert_child_anchor: The class handler for the #GtkTextBuffer::insert-child-anchor signal.
- * @delete_range: The class handler for the #GtkTextBuffer::delete-range signal.
- * @changed: The class handler for the #GtkTextBuffer::changed signal.
- * @modified_changed: The class handler for the #GtkTextBuffer::modified-changed signal.
- * @mark_set: The class handler for the #GtkTextBuffer::mark-set signal.
- * @mark_deleted: The class handler for the #GtkTextBuffer::mark-deleted signal.
- * @apply_tag: The class handler for the #GtkTextBuffer::apply-tag signal.
- * @remove_tag: The class handler for the #GtkTextBuffer::remove-tag signal.
- * @begin_user_action: The class handler for the #GtkTextBuffer::begin-user-action signal.
- * @end_user_action: The class handler for the #GtkTextBuffer::end-user-action signal.
- * @paste_done: The class handler for the #GtkTextBuffer::paste-done signal.
- * @undo: The class handler for the #GtkTextBuffer::undo signal
- * @redo: The class handler for the #GtkTextBuffer::redo signal
+ * @insert_text: The class handler for the `GtkTextBuffer::insert-text` signal.
+ * @insert_paintable: The class handler for the `GtkTextBuffer::insert-paintable` signal.
+ * @insert_child_anchor: The class handler for the `GtkTextBuffer::insert-child-anchor` signal.
+ * @delete_range: The class handler for the `GtkTextBuffer::delete-range` signal.
+ * @changed: The class handler for the `GtkTextBuffer::changed` signal.
+ * @modified_changed: The class handler for the `GtkTextBuffer::modified-changed` signal.
+ * @mark_set: The class handler for the `GtkTextBuffer::mark-set` signal.
+ * @mark_deleted: The class handler for the `GtkTextBuffer::mark-deleted` signal.
+ * @apply_tag: The class handler for the `GtkTextBuffer::apply-tag` signal.
+ * @remove_tag: The class handler for the `GtkTextBuffer::remove-tag` signal.
+ * @begin_user_action: The class handler for the `GtkTextBuffer::begin-user-action` signal.
+ * @end_user_action: The class handler for the `GtkTextBuffer::end-user-action` signal.
+ * @paste_done: The class handler for the `GtkTextBuffer::paste-done` signal.
+ * @undo: The class handler for the `GtkTextBuffer::undo` signal
+ * @redo: The class handler for the `GtkTextBuffer::redo` signal
*
- * The class structure for #GtkTextBuffer.
+ * The class structure for `GtkTextBuffer`.
*/
struct _GtkTextBufferClass
{
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextiter.c b/gtk/gtktextiter.c
index e19befe88d..7157233641 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextiter.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktextiter.c
@@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_has_tag (const GtkTextIter *iter,
/**
* gtk_text_iter_get_tags:
- * @iter: a #GtkTextIter
+ * @iter: a `GtkTextIter`
*
* Returns a list of tags that apply to @iter, in ascending order of
* priority.
@@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_get_tags (const GtkTextIter *iter)
* of text.
*
* Non-editable text is “locked” and can’t be changed by the
- * user via #GtkTextView. If no tags applied to this text affect
+ * user via `GtkTextView`. If no tags applied to this text affect
* editability, @default_setting will be returned.
*
* You don’t want to use this function to decide whether text can be
@@ -2490,7 +2490,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_chars (GtkTextIter *iter, int count)
/**
* gtk_text_iter_forward_text_chars:
- * @iter: a #GtkTextIter
+ * @iter: a `GtkTextIter`
* @count: number of chars to move
*
* Moves forward by @count text characters.
@@ -2513,7 +2513,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_text_chars (GtkTextIter *iter,
/**
* gtk_text_iter_backward_text_chars:
- * @iter: a #GtkTextIter
+ * @iter: a `GtkTextIter`
* @count: number of chars to move
*
* Moves backward by @count text characters (paintables, widgets,
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextlayout.c b/gtk/gtktextlayout.c
index ec8307a742..ea5e85a577 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextlayout.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktextlayout.c
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ gtk_text_layout_set_contexts (GtkTextLayout *layout,
/**
* gtk_text_layout_set_overwrite_mode:
- * @layout: a #GtkTextLayout
+ * @layout: a `GtkTextLayout`
* @overwrite: overwrite mode
*
* Sets overwrite mode
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ gtk_text_layout_set_keyboard_direction (GtkTextLayout *layout,
/**
* gtk_text_layout_get_buffer:
- * @layout: a #GtkTextLayout
+ * @layout: a `GtkTextLayout`
*
* Gets the text buffer used by the layout. See
* gtk_text_layout_set_buffer().
@@ -526,12 +526,12 @@ gtk_text_layout_set_screen_width (GtkTextLayout *layout, int width)
/**
* gtk_text_layout_set_cursor_visible:
- * @layout: a #GtkTextLayout
+ * @layout: a `GtkTextLayout`
* @cursor_visible: If %FALSE, then the insertion cursor will not
* be shown, even if the text is editable.
*
* Sets whether the insertion cursor should be shown. Generally,
- * widgets using #GtkTextLayout will hide the cursor when the
+ * widgets using `GtkTextLayout` will hide the cursor when the
* widget does not have the input focus.
*/
void
@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ gtk_text_layout_set_cursor_visible (GtkTextLayout *layout,
/**
* gtk_text_layout_get_cursor_visible:
- * @layout: a #GtkTextLayout
+ * @layout: a `GtkTextLayout`
*
* Returns whether the insertion cursor will be shown.
*
@@ -576,9 +576,9 @@ gtk_text_layout_get_cursor_visible (GtkTextLayout *layout)
/**
* gtk_text_layout_set_preedit_string:
- * @layout: a #PangoLayout
+ * @layout: a `PangoLayout`
* @preedit_string: a string to display at the insertion point
- * @preedit_attrs: a #PangoAttrList of attributes that apply to @preedit_string
+ * @preedit_attrs: a `PangoAttrList` of attributes that apply to @preedit_string
* @cursor_pos: position of cursor within preedit string in chars
*
* Set the preedit string and attributes. The preedit string is a
@@ -859,9 +859,9 @@ gtk_text_layout_free_line_data (GtkTextLayout *layout,
/**
* gtk_text_layout_is_valid:
- * @layout: a #GtkTextLayout
+ * @layout: a `GtkTextLayout`
*
- * Check if there are any invalid regions in a #GtkTextLayout’s buffer
+ * Check if there are any invalid regions in a `GtkTextLayout`’s buffer
*
* Returns: %TRUE if any invalid regions were found
*/
@@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ update_layout_size (GtkTextLayout *layout)
/**
* gtk_text_layout_validate_yrange:
- * @layout: a #GtkTextLayout
+ * @layout: a `GtkTextLayout`
* @anchor: iter pointing into a line that will be used as the
* coordinate origin
* @y0_: offset from the top of the line pointed to by @anchor at
@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ update_layout_size (GtkTextLayout *layout)
* which to end validation. (The offset here is in pixels
* after validation.)
*
- * Ensure that a region of a #GtkTextLayout is valid. The ::changed
+ * Ensure that a region of a `GtkTextLayout` is valid. The ::changed
* signal will be emitted if any lines are validated.
*/
void
@@ -1022,11 +1022,11 @@ gtk_text_layout_validate_yrange (GtkTextLayout *layout,
/**
* gtk_text_layout_validate:
- * @tree: a #GtkTextLayout
+ * @tree: a `GtkTextLayout`
* @max_pixels: the maximum number of pixels to validate. (No more
* than one paragraph beyond this limit will be validated)
*
- * Validate regions of a #GtkTextLayout. The ::changed signal will
+ * Validate regions of a `GtkTextLayout`. The ::changed signal will
* be emitted for each region validated.
**/
void
@@ -1785,8 +1785,8 @@ add_child_attrs (GtkTextLayout *layout,
/*
* get_block_cursor:
- * @layout: a #GtkTextLayout
- * @display: a #GtkTextLineDisplay
+ * @layout: a `GtkTextLayout`
+ * @display: a `GtkTextLineDisplay`
* @insert_iter: iter pointing to the cursor location
* @insert_index: cursor offset in the @display’s layout, it may
* be different from @insert_iter’s offset in case when preedit
@@ -2730,7 +2730,7 @@ get_line_at_y (GtkTextLayout *layout,
/**
* gtk_text_layout_get_line_at_y:
- * @layout: a #GtkLayout
+ * @layout: a `GtkLayout`
* @target_iter: the iterator in which the result is stored
* @y: the y position
* @line_top: location to store the y coordinate of the
@@ -2824,8 +2824,8 @@ gtk_text_layout_get_iter_at_position (GtkTextLayout *layout,
/**
* gtk_text_layout_get_cursor_locations:
- * @layout: a #GtkTextLayout
- * @iter: a #GtkTextIter
+ * @layout: a `GtkTextLayout`
+ * @iter: a `GtkTextIter`
* @strong_pos: (out) (optional): location to store the strong cursor position
* @weak_pos: (out) (optional): location to store the weak cursor position
*
@@ -2894,8 +2894,8 @@ gtk_text_layout_get_cursor_locations (GtkTextLayout *layout,
/**
* _gtk_text_layout_get_block_cursor:
- * @layout: a #GtkTextLayout
- * @pos: a #GdkRectangle to store block cursor position
+ * @layout: a `GtkTextLayout`
+ * @pos: a `GdkRectangle` to store block cursor position
*
* If layout is to display a block cursor, calculates its position
* and returns %TRUE. Otherwise it returns %FALSE. In case when
@@ -2955,8 +2955,8 @@ _gtk_text_layout_get_block_cursor (GtkTextLayout *layout,
/**
* gtk_text_layout_get_line_yrange:
- * @layout: a #GtkTextLayout
- * @iter: a #GtkTextIter
+ * @layout: a `GtkTextLayout`
+ * @iter: a `GtkTextIter`
* @y: (nullable): location to store the top of the paragraph in pixels
* @height: (nullable): location to store the height of the paragraph in pixels
*
@@ -3171,8 +3171,8 @@ find_display_line_above (GtkTextLayout *layout,
/**
* gtk_text_layout_clamp_iter_to_vrange:
- * @layout: a #GtkTextLayout
- * @iter: a #GtkTextIter
+ * @layout: a `GtkTextLayout`
+ * @iter: a `GtkTextIter`
* @top: the top of the range
* @bottom: the bottom the range
*
@@ -3217,8 +3217,8 @@ gtk_text_layout_clamp_iter_to_vrange (GtkTextLayout *layout,
/**
* gtk_text_layout_move_iter_to_previous_line:
- * @layout: a #GtkLayout
- * @iter: a #GtkTextIter
+ * @layout: a `GtkLayout`
+ * @iter: a `GtkTextIter`
*
* Move the iterator to the beginning of the previous line. The lines
* of a wrapped paragraph are treated as distinct for this operation.
@@ -3336,8 +3336,8 @@ gtk_text_layout_move_iter_to_previous_line (GtkTextLayout *layout,
/**
* gtk_text_layout_move_iter_to_next_line:
- * @layout: a #GtkLayout
- * @iter: a #GtkTextIter
+ * @layout: a `GtkLayout`
+ * @iter: a `GtkTextIter`
*
* Move the iterator to the beginning of the next line. The
* lines of a wrapped paragraph are treated as distinct for
@@ -3413,7 +3413,7 @@ gtk_text_layout_move_iter_to_next_line (GtkTextLayout *layout,
/**
* gtk_text_layout_move_iter_to_line_end:
- * @layout: a #GtkTextLayout
+ * @layout: a `GtkTextLayout`
* @direction: if negative, move to beginning of line, otherwise
move to end of line.
*
@@ -3474,7 +3474,7 @@ gtk_text_layout_move_iter_to_line_end (GtkTextLayout *layout,
/**
* gtk_text_layout_iter_starts_line:
- * @layout: a #GtkTextLayout
+ * @layout: a `GtkTextLayout`
* @iter: iterator to test
*
* Tests whether an iterator is at the start of a display line.
@@ -3533,9 +3533,9 @@ gtk_text_layout_get_iter_at_line (GtkTextLayout *layout,
/**
* gtk_text_layout_move_iter_to_x:
- * @layout: a #GtkTextLayout
- * @iter: a #GtkTextIter
- * @x: X coordinate
+ * @layout: a `GtkTextLayout`
+ * @iter: a `GtkTextIter`
+ * @x: X coordinate
*
* Keeping the iterator on the same line of the layout, move it to the
* specified X coordinate. The lines of a wrapped paragraph are
@@ -3592,9 +3592,9 @@ gtk_text_layout_move_iter_to_x (GtkTextLayout *layout,
/**
* gtk_text_layout_move_iter_visually:
- * @layout: a #GtkTextLayout
- * @iter: a #GtkTextIter
- * @count: number of characters to move (negative moves left, positive moves right)
+ * @layout: a `GtkTextLayout`
+ * @iter: a `GtkTextIter`
+ * @count: number of characters to move (negative moves left, positive moves right)
*
* Move the iterator a given number of characters visually, treating
* it as the strong cursor position. If @count is positive, then the
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextlinedisplaycache.c b/gtk/gtktextlinedisplaycache.c
index 677de11572..7f2a22c713 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextlinedisplaycache.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktextlinedisplaycache.c
@@ -257,9 +257,9 @@ gtk_text_line_display_cache_invalidate_display (GtkTextLineDisplayCache *cache,
/*
* gtk_text_line_display_cache_get:
- * @cache: a #GtkTextLineDisplayCache
- * @layout: a GtkTextLayout
- * @line: a GtkTextLine
+ * @cache: a `GtkTextLineDisplayCache`
+ * @layout: a `GtkTextLayout`
+ * @line: a `GtkTextLine`
* @size_only: if only line sizing is needed
*
* Gets a GtkTextLineDisplay for @line.
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ gtk_text_line_display_cache_invalidate_display (GtkTextLineDisplayCache *cache,
* It's possible that calling this function will cause some existing
* cached displays to be released and destroyed.
*
- * Returns: (transfer full) (not nullable): a #GtkTextLineDisplay
+ * Returns: (transfer full) (not nullable): a `GtkTextLineDisplay`
*/
GtkTextLineDisplay *
gtk_text_line_display_cache_get (GtkTextLineDisplayCache *cache,
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextprivate.h b/gtk/gtktextprivate.h
index 0fde7d8fe4..b6a61843af 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextprivate.h
+++ b/gtk/gtktextprivate.h
@@ -34,30 +34,30 @@ typedef struct _GtkTextClass GtkTextClass;
/*<private>
* GtkTextClass:
* @parent_class: The parent class.
- * @activate: Class handler for the #GtkText::activate signal. The default
+ * @activate: Class handler for the `GtkText::activate` signal. The default
* implementation activates the gtk.activate-default action.
- * @move_cursor: Class handler for the #GtkText::move-cursor signal. The
- * default implementation specifies the standard #GtkText cursor movement
+ * @move_cursor: Class handler for the `GtkText::move-cursor` signal. The
+ * default implementation specifies the standard `GtkText` cursor movement
* behavior.
- * @insert_at_cursor: Class handler for the #GtkText::insert-at-cursor signal.
+ * @insert_at_cursor: Class handler for the `GtkText::insert-at-cursor` signal.
* The default implementation inserts text at the cursor.
- * @delete_from_cursor: Class handler for the #GtkText::delete-from-cursor
+ * @delete_from_cursor: Class handler for the `GtkText::delete-from-cursor`
* signal. The default implementation deletes the selection or the specified
* number of characters or words.
- * @backspace: Class handler for the #GtkText::backspace signal. The default
+ * @backspace: Class handler for the `GtkText::backspace` signal. The default
* implementation deletes the selection or a single character or word.
- * @cut_clipboard: Class handler for the #GtkText::cut-clipboard signal. The
+ * @cut_clipboard: Class handler for the `GtkText::cut-clipboard` signal. The
* default implementation cuts the selection, if one exists.
- * @copy_clipboard: Class handler for the #GtkText::copy-clipboard signal. The
+ * @copy_clipboard: Class handler for the `GtkText::copy-clipboard` signal. The
* default implementation copies the selection, if one exists.
- * @paste_clipboard: Class handler for the #GtkText::paste-clipboard signal.
+ * @paste_clipboard: Class handler for the `GtkText::paste-clipboard` signal.
* The default implementation pastes at the current cursor position or over
* the current selection if one exists.
- * @toggle_overwrite: Class handler for the #GtkText::toggle-overwrite signal.
+ * @toggle_overwrite: Class handler for the `GtkText::toggle-overwrite` signal.
* The default implementation toggles overwrite mode and blinks the cursor.
- * @insert_emoji: Class handler for the #GtkText::insert-emoji signal.
+ * @insert_emoji: Class handler for the `GtkText::insert-emoji` signal.
*
- * Class structure for #GtkText. All virtual functions have a default
+ * Class structure for `GtkText`. All virtual functions have a default
* implementation. Derived classes may set the virtual function pointers for the
* signal handlers to %NULL, but must keep @get_text_area_size and
* @get_frame_size non-%NULL; either use the default implementation, or provide
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextutil.c b/gtk/gtktextutil.c
index 83f45a8e13..24dcc7f8b5 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextutil.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktextutil.c
@@ -90,13 +90,13 @@ limit_layout_lines (PangoLayout *layout)
/**
* gtk_text_util_create_drag_icon:
- * @widget: #GtkWidget to extract the pango context
+ * @widget: `GtkWidget` to extract the pango context
* @text: a #char to render the icon
* @len: length of @text, or -1 for NUL-terminated text
*
* Creates a drag and drop icon from @text.
*
- * Returns: (transfer full): a #GdkPaintable to use as DND icon
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a `GdkPaintable` to use as DND icon
*/
GdkPaintable *
gtk_text_util_create_drag_icon (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ layout_get_char_width (PangoLayout *layout)
/*
* _gtk_text_util_get_block_cursor_location
- * @layout: a #PangoLayout
+ * @layout: a `PangoLayout`
* @index: index at which cursor is located
* @pos: cursor location
* @at_line_end: whether cursor is drawn at line end, not over some
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextview.c b/gtk/gtktextview.c
index d15c020d14..7c2431042f 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextview.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktextview.c
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
*
* ## Accessibility
*
- * `GtkTextView` uses the #GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_TEXT_BOX role.
+ * `GtkTextView` uses the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_TEXT_BOX role.
*/
/* How scrolling, validation, exposes, etc. work.
@@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@ gtk_text_view_class_init (GtkTextViewClass *klass)
/**
* GtkTextView::move-cursor:
* @text_view: the object which received the signal
- * @step: the granularity of the move, as a #GtkMovementStep
+ * @step: the granularity of the move, as a `GtkMovementStep`
* @count: the number of @step units to move
* @extend_selection: %TRUE if the move should extend the selection
*
@@ -1211,7 +1211,7 @@ gtk_text_view_class_init (GtkTextViewClass *klass)
/**
* GtkTextView::move-viewport:
* @text_view: the object which received the signal
- * @step: the granularity of the movement, as a #GtkScrollStep
+ * @step: the granularity of the movement, as a `GtkScrollStep`
* @count: the number of @step units to move
*
* Gets emitted to move the viewport.
@@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ gtk_text_view_class_init (GtkTextViewClass *klass)
/**
* GtkTextView::delete-from-cursor:
* @text_view: the object which received the signal
- * @type: the granularity of the deletion, as a #GtkDeleteType
+ * @type: the granularity of the deletion, as a `GtkDeleteType`
* @count: the number of @type units to delete
*
* Gets emitted when the user initiates a text deletion.
@@ -3697,7 +3697,7 @@ gtk_text_view_get_indent (GtkTextView *text_view)
/**
* gtk_text_view_set_tabs: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=tabs)
* @text_view: a `GtkTextView`
- * @tabs: tabs as a #PangoTabArray
+ * @tabs: tabs as a `PangoTabArray`
*
* Sets the default tab stops for paragraphs in @text_view.
*
@@ -9208,7 +9208,7 @@ text_window_get_height (GtkTextWindow *win)
/**
* gtk_text_view_buffer_to_window_coords:
* @text_view: a `GtkTextView`
- * @win: a #GtkTextWindowType
+ * @win: a `GtkTextWindowType`
* @buffer_x: buffer x coordinate
* @buffer_y: buffer y coordinate
* @window_x: (out) (optional): window x coordinate return location
@@ -9271,7 +9271,7 @@ gtk_text_view_buffer_to_window_coords (GtkTextView *text_view,
/**
* gtk_text_view_window_to_buffer_coords:
* @text_view: a `GtkTextView`
- * @win: a #GtkTextWindowType
+ * @win: a `GtkTextWindowType`
* @window_x: window x coordinate
* @window_y: window y coordinate
* @buffer_x: (out) (optional): buffer x coordinate return location
@@ -9434,7 +9434,7 @@ ensure_child (GtkTextView *text_view,
/**
* gtk_text_view_add_overlay:
* @text_view: a `GtkTextView`
- * @child: a #GtkWidget
+ * @child: a `GtkWidget`
* @xpos: X position of child in window coordinates
* @ypos: Y position of child in window coordinates
*
@@ -9447,7 +9447,7 @@ ensure_child (GtkTextView *text_view,
* @child will scroll with the text view.
*
* If instead you want a widget that will not move with the
- * `GtkTextView` contents see #GtkOverlay.
+ * `GtkTextView` contents see `GtkOverlay`.
*/
void
gtk_text_view_add_overlay (GtkTextView *text_view,
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextview.h b/gtk/gtktextview.h
index 1c18d087b5..2b412e6500 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextview.h
+++ b/gtk/gtktextview.h
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
* @GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_TOP: Top border window.
* @GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_BOTTOM: Bottom border window.
*
- * Used to reference the parts of #GtkTextView.
+ * Used to reference the parts of `GtkTextView`.
*/
typedef enum
{
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ typedef enum
* @GTK_TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_BELOW_TEXT: The layer rendered below the text (but above the background).
* @GTK_TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_ABOVE_TEXT: The layer rendered above the text.
*
- * Used to reference the layers of #GtkTextView for the purpose of customized
+ * Used to reference the layers of `GtkTextView` for the purpose of customized
* drawing with the ::snapshot_layer vfunc.
*/
typedef enum
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ typedef enum
* a triple-click for example.
*
* Granularity types that extend the text selection. Use the
- * #GtkTextView::extend-selection signal to customize the selection.
+ * `GtkTextView::extend-selection` signal to customize the selection.
*/
typedef enum
{
@@ -117,25 +117,25 @@ struct _GtkTextView
/**
* GtkTextViewClass:
* @parent_class: The object class structure needs to be the first
- * @move_cursor: The class handler for the #GtkTextView::move-cursor
+ * @move_cursor: The class handler for the `GtkTextView::move-cursor`
* keybinding signal.
- * @set_anchor: The class handler for the #GtkTextView::set-anchor
+ * @set_anchor: The class handler for the `GtkTextView::set-anchor`
* keybinding signal.
- * @insert_at_cursor: The class handler for the #GtkTextView::insert-at-cursor
+ * @insert_at_cursor: The class handler for the `GtkTextView::insert-at-cursor`
* keybinding signal.
- * @delete_from_cursor: The class handler for the #GtkTextView::delete-from-cursor
+ * @delete_from_cursor: The class handler for the `GtkTextView::delete-from-cursor`
* keybinding signal.
- * @backspace: The class handler for the #GtkTextView::backspace
+ * @backspace: The class handler for the `GtkTextView::backspace`
* keybinding signal.
- * @cut_clipboard: The class handler for the #GtkTextView::cut-clipboard
+ * @cut_clipboard: The class handler for the `GtkTextView::cut-clipboard`
* keybinding signal
- * @copy_clipboard: The class handler for the #GtkTextView::copy-clipboard
+ * @copy_clipboard: The class handler for the `GtkTextView::copy-clipboard`
* keybinding signal.
- * @paste_clipboard: The class handler for the #GtkTextView::paste-clipboard
+ * @paste_clipboard: The class handler for the `GtkTextView::paste-clipboard`
* keybinding signal.
- * @toggle_overwrite: The class handler for the #GtkTextView::toggle-overwrite
+ * @toggle_overwrite: The class handler for the `GtkTextView::toggle-overwrite`
* keybinding signal.
- * @create_buffer: The create_buffer vfunc is called to create a #GtkTextBuffer
+ * @create_buffer: The create_buffer vfunc is called to create a `GtkTextBuffer`
* for the text view. The default implementation is to just call
* gtk_text_buffer_new().
* @snapshot_layer: The snapshot_layer vfunc is called before and after the text
@@ -143,8 +143,8 @@ struct _GtkTextView
* in a subclass to draw customized content underneath or above the
* text. In the %GTK_TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_BELOW_TEXT and %GTK_TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_ABOVE_TEXT
* layers the drawing is done in the buffer coordinate space.
- * @extend_selection: The class handler for the #GtkTextView::extend-selection signal.
- * @insert_emoji: The class handler for the #GtkTextView::insert-emoji signal.
+ * @extend_selection: The class handler for the `GtkTextView::extend-selection` signal.
+ * @insert_emoji: The class handler for the `GtkTextView::insert-emoji` signal.
*/
struct _GtkTextViewClass
{
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextviewchild.c b/gtk/gtktextviewchild.c
index a44a9e786b..80170f99a2 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextviewchild.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktextviewchild.c
@@ -378,8 +378,8 @@ gtk_text_view_child_class_init (GtkTextViewChildClass *klass)
/**
* GtkTextViewChild:window-type:
*
- * The "window-type" property is the #GtkTextWindowType of the
- * #GtkTextView that the child is attached.
+ * The "window-type" property is the `GtkTextWindowType` of the
+ * `GtkTextView` that the child is attached.
*/
properties[PROP_WINDOW_TYPE] =
g_param_spec_enum ("window-type",
diff --git a/gtk/gtktooltip.c b/gtk/gtktooltip.c
index 62fd6b6c13..9836eb0331 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktooltip.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktooltip.c
@@ -240,8 +240,8 @@ gtk_tooltip_set_text (GtkTooltip *tooltip,
/**
* gtk_tooltip_set_icon:
- * @tooltip: a #GtkTooltip
- * @paintable: (nullable): a #GdkPaintable
+ * @tooltip: a `GtkTooltip`
+ * @paintable: (nullable): a `GdkPaintable`
*
* Sets the icon of the tooltip (which is in front of the text) to be
* @paintable. If @paintable is %NULL, the image will be hidden.
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ gtk_tooltip_set_icon (GtkTooltip *tooltip,
/**
* gtk_tooltip_set_icon_from_icon_name:
- * @tooltip: a #GtkTooltip
+ * @tooltip: a `GtkTooltip`
* @icon_name: (nullable): an icon name
*
* Sets the icon of the tooltip (which is in front of the text) to be
@@ -277,8 +277,8 @@ gtk_tooltip_set_icon_from_icon_name (GtkTooltip *tooltip,
/**
* gtk_tooltip_set_icon_from_gicon:
- * @tooltip: a #GtkTooltip
- * @gicon: (nullable): a #GIcon representing the icon
+ * @tooltip: a `GtkTooltip`
+ * @gicon: (nullable): a `GIcon` representing the icon
*
* Sets the icon of the tooltip (which is in front of the text)
* to be the icon indicated by @gicon with the size indicated
@@ -296,13 +296,13 @@ gtk_tooltip_set_icon_from_gicon (GtkTooltip *tooltip,
/**
* gtk_tooltip_set_custom:
- * @tooltip: a #GtkTooltip
- * @custom_widget: (nullable): a #GtkWidget, or %NULL to unset the old custom widget.
+ * @tooltip: a `GtkTooltip`
+ * @custom_widget: (nullable): a `GtkWidget`, or %NULL to unset the old custom widget.
*
* Replaces the widget packed into the tooltip with
* @custom_widget. @custom_widget does not get destroyed when the tooltip goes
* away.
- * By default a box with a #GtkImage and #GtkLabel is embedded in
+ * By default a box with a `GtkImage` and `GtkLabel` is embedded in
* the tooltip, which can be configured using gtk_tooltip_set_markup()
* and gtk_tooltip_set_icon().
*/
@@ -323,15 +323,15 @@ gtk_tooltip_set_custom (GtkTooltip *tooltip,
/**
* gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area:
- * @tooltip: a #GtkTooltip
- * @rect: a #GdkRectangle
+ * @tooltip: a `GtkTooltip`
+ * @rect: a `GdkRectangle`
*
* Sets the area of the widget, where the contents of this tooltip apply,
* to be @rect (in widget coordinates). This is especially useful for
- * properly setting tooltips on #GtkTreeView rows and cells, #GtkIconViews,
+ * properly setting tooltips on `GtkTreeView` rows and cells, `GtkIconViews`,
* etc.
*
- * For setting tooltips on #GtkTreeView, please refer to the convenience
+ * For setting tooltips on `GtkTreeView`, please refer to the convenience
* functions for this: gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_row() and
* gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_cell().
*/
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area (GtkTooltip *tooltip,
/*
* gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query:
- * @display: a #GdkDisplay
+ * @display: a `GdkDisplay`
*
* Triggers a new tooltip query on @display, in order to update the current
* visible tooltip, or to show/hide the current tooltip. This function is
diff --git a/gtk/gtktrashmonitor.c b/gtk/gtktrashmonitor.c
index a0788083a6..1a39ce1871 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktrashmonitor.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktrashmonitor.c
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ _gtk_trash_monitor_init (GtkTrashMonitor *monitor)
* _gtk_trash_monitor_get:
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a new reference to the singleton
- * #GtkTrashMonitor object. Be sure to call g_object_unref() on it when you are
+ * GtkTrashMonitor object. Be sure to call g_object_unref() on it when you are
* done with the trash monitor.
*/
GtkTrashMonitor *
@@ -249,9 +249,9 @@ _gtk_trash_monitor_get (void)
/*
* _gtk_trash_monitor_get_icon:
- * @monitor: a #GtkTrashMonitor
+ * @monitor: a GtkTrashMonitor
*
- * Returns: (transfer full): the #GIcon that should be used to represent
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the GIcon that should be used to represent
* the state of the trash folder on screen, based on whether there is trash or
* not.
*/
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ _gtk_trash_monitor_get_icon (GtkTrashMonitor *monitor)
/*
* _gtk_trash_monitor_get_has_trash:
- * @monitor: a #GtkTrashMonitor
+ * @monitor: a GtkTrashMonitor
*
* Returns: #TRUE if there is trash in the trash:/// folder, or #FALSE otherwise.
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreednd.c b/gtk/gtktreednd.c
index 4d1b8fc58e..5f29a4e616 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreednd.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktreednd.c
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
* On the other hand, if you write to the high-level API, then all the
* bookkeeping of rows is done for you, as well as things like hover-to-open
* and auto-scroll, but your models have to implement the
- * #GtkTreeDragSource and #GtkTreeDragDest interfaces.
+ * `GtkTreeDragSource` and `GtkTreeDragDest` interfaces.
*/
/**
@@ -113,10 +113,10 @@ gtk_tree_drag_dest_get_type (void)
/**
* gtk_tree_drag_source_row_draggable:
- * @drag_source: a #GtkTreeDragSource
+ * @drag_source: a `GtkTreeDragSource`
* @path: row on which user is initiating a drag
*
- * Asks the #GtkTreeDragSource whether a particular row can be used as
+ * Asks the `GtkTreeDragSource` whether a particular row can be used as
* the source of a DND operation. If the source doesn’t implement
* this interface, the row is assumed draggable.
*
@@ -142,10 +142,10 @@ gtk_tree_drag_source_row_draggable (GtkTreeDragSource *drag_source,
/**
* gtk_tree_drag_source_drag_data_delete:
- * @drag_source: a #GtkTreeDragSource
+ * @drag_source: a `GtkTreeDragSource`
* @path: row that was being dragged
*
- * Asks the #GtkTreeDragSource to delete the row at @path, because
+ * Asks the `GtkTreeDragSource` to delete the row at @path, because
* it was moved somewhere else via drag-and-drop. Returns %FALSE
* if the deletion fails because @path no longer exists, or for
* some model-specific reason. Should robustly handle a @path no
@@ -167,14 +167,14 @@ gtk_tree_drag_source_drag_data_delete (GtkTreeDragSource *drag_source,
/**
* gtk_tree_drag_source_drag_data_get:
- * @drag_source: a #GtkTreeDragSource
+ * @drag_source: a `GtkTreeDragSource`
* @path: row that was dragged
*
- * Asks the #GtkTreeDragSource to return a #GdkContentProvider representing
+ * Asks the `GtkTreeDragSource` to return a `GdkContentProvider` representing
* the row at @path. Should robustly handle a @path no
* longer found in the model!
*
- * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): a #GdkContentProvider for the
+ * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): a `GdkContentProvider` for the
* given @path
**/
GdkContentProvider *
@@ -191,11 +191,11 @@ gtk_tree_drag_source_drag_data_get (GtkTreeDragSource *drag_source,
/**
* gtk_tree_drag_dest_drag_data_received:
- * @drag_dest: a #GtkTreeDragDest
+ * @drag_dest: a `GtkTreeDragDest`
* @dest: row to drop in front of
* @value: data to drop
*
- * Asks the #GtkTreeDragDest to insert a row before the path @dest,
+ * Asks the `GtkTreeDragDest` to insert a row before the path @dest,
* deriving the contents of the row from @value. If @dest is
* outside the tree so that inserting before it is impossible, %FALSE
* will be returned. Also, %FALSE may be returned if the new row is
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ gtk_tree_drag_dest_drag_data_received (GtkTreeDragDest *drag_dest,
/**
* gtk_tree_drag_dest_row_drop_possible:
- * @drag_dest: a #GtkTreeDragDest
+ * @drag_dest: a `GtkTreeDragDest`
* @dest_path: destination row
* @value: the data being dropped
*
@@ -268,12 +268,12 @@ G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GtkTreeRowData, gtk_tree_row_data,
/**
* gtk_tree_create_row_drag_content:
- * @tree_model: a #GtkTreeModel
+ * @tree_model: a `GtkTreeModel`
* @path: a row in @tree_model
*
* Creates a content provider for dragging @path from @tree_model.
*
- * Returns: (transfer full): a new #GdkContentProvider
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a new `GdkContentProvider`
*/
GdkContentProvider *
gtk_tree_create_row_drag_content (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
@@ -313,8 +313,8 @@ gtk_tree_create_row_drag_content (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
/**
* gtk_tree_get_row_drag_data:
- * @value: a #GValue
- * @tree_model: (nullable) (optional) (transfer none) (out): a #GtkTreeModel
+ * @value: a `GValue`
+ * @tree_model: (nullable) (optional) (transfer none) (out): a `GtkTreeModel`
* @path: (nullable) (optional) (out): row in @tree_model
*
* Obtains a @tree_model and @path from value of target type
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreednd.h b/gtk/gtktreednd.h
index d63b35fa61..df4dacf188 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreednd.h
+++ b/gtk/gtktreednd.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
/**
* GTK_TYPE_TREE_ROW_DATA:
- * Magic #GType to use when dragging rows in a #GtkTreeModel.
+ * Magic `GType` to use when dragging rows in a `GtkTreeModel`.
*
* Data in this format will be provided by gtk_tree_create_row_drag_content()
* and can be consumed via gtk_tree_get_row_drag_data().
@@ -48,11 +48,11 @@ typedef struct _GtkTreeDragSourceIface GtkTreeDragSourceIface;
/**
* GtkTreeDragSourceIface:
- * @row_draggable: Asks the #GtkTreeDragSource whether a particular
+ * @row_draggable: Asks the `GtkTreeDragSource` whether a particular
* row can be used as the source of a DND operation.
- * @drag_data_get: Asks the #GtkTreeDragSource to fill in
+ * @drag_data_get: Asks the `GtkTreeDragSource` to fill in
* selection_data with a representation of the row at path.
- * @drag_data_delete: Asks the #GtkTreeDragSource to delete the row at
+ * @drag_data_delete: Asks the `GtkTreeDragSource` to delete the row at
* path, because it was moved somewhere else via drag-and-drop.
*/
struct _GtkTreeDragSourceIface
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ typedef struct _GtkTreeDragDestIface GtkTreeDragDestIface;
/**
* GtkTreeDragDestIface:
- * @drag_data_received: Asks the #GtkTreeDragDest to insert a row
+ * @drag_data_received: Asks the `GtkTreeDragDest` to insert a row
* before the path dest, deriving the contents of the row from
* selection_data.
* @row_drop_possible: Determines whether a drop is possible before
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreemodel.c b/gtk/gtktreemodel.c
index 77741dc7b2..fff7d836f0 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreemodel.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktreemodel.c
@@ -32,17 +32,17 @@
*
* The tree interface used by GtkTreeView
*
- * The #GtkTreeModel interface defines a generic tree interface for
- * use by the #GtkTreeView widget. It is an abstract interface, and
+ * The `GtkTreeModel` interface defines a generic tree interface for
+ * use by the `GtkTreeView` widget. It is an abstract interface, and
* is designed to be usable with any appropriate data structure. The
* programmer just has to implement this interface on their own data
- * type for it to be viewable by a #GtkTreeView widget.
+ * type for it to be viewable by a `GtkTreeView` widget.
*
* The model is represented as a hierarchical tree of strongly-typed,
* columned data. In other words, the model can be seen as a tree where
* every node has different values depending on which column is being
* queried. The type of data found in a column is determined by using
- * the GType system (ie. #G_TYPE_INT, #GTK_TYPE_BUTTON, #G_TYPE_POINTER,
+ * the GType system (ie. %G_TYPE_INT, %GTK_TYPE_BUTTON, %G_TYPE_POINTER,
* etc). The types are homogeneous per column across all nodes. It is
* important to note that this interface only provides a way of examining
* a model and observing changes. The implementation of each individual
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
*
* In order to make life simpler for programmers who do not need to
* write their own specialized model, two generic models are provided
- * — the #GtkTreeStore and the #GtkListStore. To use these, the
+ * — the `GtkTreeStore` and the `GtkListStore`. To use these, the
* developer simply pushes data into these models as necessary. These
* models provide the data structure as well as all appropriate tree
* interfaces. As a result, implementing drag and drop, sorting, and
@@ -79,14 +79,14 @@
* way. One can convert a path to an iterator by calling
* gtk_tree_model_get_iter(). These iterators are the primary way
* of accessing a model and are similar to the iterators used by
- * #GtkTextBuffer. They are generally statically allocated on the
+ * `GtkTextBuffer`. They are generally statically allocated on the
* stack and only used for a short time. The model interface defines
* a set of operations using them for navigating the model.
*
* It is expected that models fill in the iterator with private data.
- * For example, the #GtkListStore model, which is internally a simple
+ * For example, the `GtkListStore` model, which is internally a simple
* linked list, stores a list node in one of the pointers. The
- * #GtkTreeModelSort stores an array and an offset in two of the
+ * `GtkTreeModel`Sort stores an array and an offset in two of the
* pointers. Additionally, there is an integer field. This field is
* generally filled with a unique stamp per model. This stamp is for
* catching errors resulting from using invalid iterators with a model.
@@ -97,11 +97,11 @@
* to own all outstanding iterators and nothing needs to be done to
* free them from the user’s point of view. Additionally, some models
* guarantee that an iterator is valid for as long as the node it refers
- * to is valid (most notably the #GtkTreeStore and #GtkListStore).
+ * to is valid (most notably the `GtkTreeStore` and `GtkListStore`).
* Although generally uninteresting, as one always has to allow for
* the case where iterators do not persist beyond a signal, some very
* important performance enhancements were made in the sort model.
- * As a result, the #GTK_TREE_MODEL_ITERS_PERSIST flag was added to
+ * As a result, the %GTK_TREE_MODEL_ITERS_PERSIST flag was added to
* indicate this behavior.
*
* To help show some common operation of a model, some examples are
@@ -142,8 +142,8 @@
* This second example shows a quick way of iterating through a list
* and getting a string and an integer from each row. The
* populate_model() function used below is not
- * shown, as it is specific to the #GtkListStore. For information on
- * how to write such a function, see the #GtkListStore documentation.
+ * shown, as it is specific to the `GtkListStore`. For information on
+ * how to write such a function, see the `GtkListStore` documentation.
*
* ## Reading data from a `GtkTreeModel`
*
@@ -197,11 +197,11 @@
* }
* ```
*
- * The #GtkTreeModel interface contains two methods for reference
+ * The `GtkTreeModel` interface contains two methods for reference
* counting: gtk_tree_model_ref_node() and gtk_tree_model_unref_node().
* These two methods are optional to implement. The reference counting
* is meant as a way for views to let models know when nodes are being
- * displayed. #GtkTreeView will take a reference on a node when it is
+ * displayed. `GtkTreeView` will take a reference on a node when it is
* visible, which means the node is either in the toplevel or expanded.
* Being displayed does not mean that the node is currently directly
* visible to the user in the viewport. Based on this reference counting
@@ -351,9 +351,9 @@ gtk_tree_model_base_init (gpointer g_class)
/**
* GtkTreeModel::row-changed:
- * @tree_model: the #GtkTreeModel on which the signal is emitted
- * @path: a #GtkTreePath-struct identifying the changed row
- * @iter: a valid #GtkTreeIter-struct pointing to the changed row
+ * @tree_model: the `GtkTreeModel` on which the signal is emitted
+ * @path: a `GtkTreePath` identifying the changed row
+ * @iter: a valid `GtkTreeIter` pointing to the changed row
*
* This signal is emitted when a row in the model has changed.
*/
@@ -386,9 +386,9 @@ gtk_tree_model_base_init (gpointer g_class)
/**
* GtkTreeModel::row-inserted:
- * @tree_model: the #GtkTreeModel on which the signal is emitted
- * @path: a #GtkTreePath-struct identifying the new row
- * @iter: a valid #GtkTreeIter-struct pointing to the new row
+ * @tree_model: the `GtkTreeModel` on which the signal is emitted
+ * @path: a `GtkTreePath` identifying the new row
+ * @iter: a valid `GtkTreeIter` pointing to the new row
*
* This signal is emitted when a new row has been inserted in
* the model.
@@ -414,9 +414,9 @@ gtk_tree_model_base_init (gpointer g_class)
/**
* GtkTreeModel::row-has-child-toggled:
- * @tree_model: the #GtkTreeModel on which the signal is emitted
- * @path: a #GtkTreePath-struct identifying the row
- * @iter: a valid #GtkTreeIter-struct pointing to the row
+ * @tree_model: the `GtkTreeModel` on which the signal is emitted
+ * @path: a `GtkTreePath` identifying the row
+ * @iter: a valid `GtkTreeIter` pointing to the row
*
* This signal is emitted when a row has gotten the first child
* row or lost its last child row.
@@ -437,8 +437,8 @@ gtk_tree_model_base_init (gpointer g_class)
/**
* GtkTreeModel::row-deleted:
- * @tree_model: the #GtkTreeModel on which the signal is emitted
- * @path: a #GtkTreePath-struct identifying the row
+ * @tree_model: the `GtkTreeModel` on which the signal is emitted
+ * @path: a `GtkTreePath` identifying the row
*
* This signal is emitted when a row has been deleted.
*
@@ -463,17 +463,17 @@ gtk_tree_model_base_init (gpointer g_class)
/**
* GtkTreeModel::rows-reordered: (skip)
- * @tree_model: the #GtkTreeModel on which the signal is emitted
- * @path: a #GtkTreePath-struct identifying the tree node whose children
+ * @tree_model: the `GtkTreeModel` on which the signal is emitted
+ * @path: a `GtkTreePath` identifying the tree node whose children
* have been reordered
- * @iter: a valid #GtkTreeIter-struct pointing to the node whose children
+ * @iter: a valid `GtkTreeIter` pointing to the node whose children
* have been reordered, or %NULL if the depth of @path is 0
* @new_order: an array of integers mapping the current position
* of each child to its old position before the re-ordering,
* i.e. @new_order`[newpos] = oldpos`
*
* This signal is emitted when the children of a node in the
- * #GtkTreeModel have been reordered.
+ * `GtkTreeModel` have been reordered.
*
* Note that this signal is not emitted
* when rows are reordered by DND, since this is implemented
@@ -596,10 +596,10 @@ rows_reordered_marshal (GClosure *closure,
/**
* gtk_tree_path_new:
*
- * Creates a new #GtkTreePath-struct.
+ * Creates a new `GtkTreePath`
* This refers to a row.
*
- * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreePath-struct.
+ * Returns: A newly created `GtkTreePath`.
*/
GtkTreePath *
gtk_tree_path_new (void)
@@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_new (void)
* gtk_tree_path_new_from_string:
* @path: The string representation of a path
*
- * Creates a new #GtkTreePath-struct initialized to @path.
+ * Creates a new `GtkTreePath` initialized to @path.
*
* @path is expected to be a colon separated list of numbers.
* For example, the string “10:4:0” would create a path of depth
@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_new (void)
* child of that 11th child, and the 1st child of that 5th child.
* If an invalid path string is passed in, %NULL is returned.
*
- * Returns: (nullable): A newly-created #GtkTreePath
+ * Returns: (nullable): A newly-created `GtkTreePath`
*/
GtkTreePath *
gtk_tree_path_new_from_string (const char *path)
@@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_new_from_string (const char *path)
*
* Creates a new path with @first_index and @varargs as indices.
*
- * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreePath-struct
+ * Returns: A newly created `GtkTreePath`
*/
GtkTreePath *
gtk_tree_path_new_from_indices (int first_index,
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_new_from_indices (int first_index,
*
* Creates a new path with the given @indices array of @length.
*
- * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreePath-struct
+ * Returns: A newly created `GtkTreePath`
*/
GtkTreePath *
gtk_tree_path_new_from_indicesv (int *indices,
@@ -769,11 +769,11 @@ gtk_tree_path_to_string (GtkTreePath *path)
/**
* gtk_tree_path_new_first:
*
- * Creates a new #GtkTreePath-struct.
+ * Creates a new `GtkTreePath`.
*
* The string representation of this path is “0”.
*
- * Returns: A new #GtkTreePath-struct
+ * Returns: A new `GtkTreePath`
*/
GtkTreePath *
gtk_tree_path_new_first (void)
@@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_new_first (void)
/**
* gtk_tree_path_append_index:
- * @path: a #GtkTreePath-struct
+ * @path: a `GtkTreePath`
* @index_: the index
*
* Appends a new index to a path.
@@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_append_index (GtkTreePath *path,
/**
* gtk_tree_path_prepend_index:
- * @path: a #GtkTreePath-struct
+ * @path: a `GtkTreePath`
* @index_: the index
*
* Prepends a new index to a path.
@@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_prepend_index (GtkTreePath *path,
/**
* gtk_tree_path_get_depth:
- * @path: a #GtkTreePath-struct
+ * @path: a `GtkTreePath`
*
* Returns the current depth of @path.
*
@@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_get_depth (GtkTreePath *path)
/**
* gtk_tree_path_get_indices: (skip)
- * @path: a #GtkTreePath-struct
+ * @path: a `GtkTreePath`
*
* Returns the current indices of @path.
*
@@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_get_indices_with_depth (GtkTreePath *path,
/**
* gtk_tree_path_free:
- * @path: (nullable): a #GtkTreePath-struct
+ * @path: (nullable): a `GtkTreePath`
*
* Frees @path. If @path is %NULL, it simply returns.
*/
@@ -923,11 +923,11 @@ gtk_tree_path_free (GtkTreePath *path)
/**
* gtk_tree_path_copy:
- * @path: a #GtkTreePath-struct
+ * @path: a `GtkTreePath`
*
- * Creates a new #GtkTreePath-struct as a copy of @path.
+ * Creates a new `GtkTreePath` as a copy of @path.
*
- * Returns: a new #GtkTreePath-struct
+ * Returns: a new `GtkTreePath`
*/
GtkTreePath *
gtk_tree_path_copy (const GtkTreePath *path)
@@ -950,8 +950,8 @@ G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GtkTreePath, gtk_tree_path,
/**
* gtk_tree_path_compare:
- * @a: a #GtkTreePath-struct
- * @b: a #GtkTreePath-struct to compare with
+ * @a: a `GtkTreePath`
+ * @b: a `GtkTreePath` to compare with
*
* Compares two paths.
*
@@ -986,8 +986,8 @@ gtk_tree_path_compare (const GtkTreePath *a,
/**
* gtk_tree_path_is_ancestor:
- * @path: a #GtkTreePath-struct
- * @descendant: another #GtkTreePath-struct
+ * @path: a `GtkTreePath`
+ * @descendant: another `GtkTreePath`
*
* Returns %TRUE if @descendant is a descendant of @path.
*
@@ -1019,8 +1019,8 @@ gtk_tree_path_is_ancestor (GtkTreePath *path,
/**
* gtk_tree_path_is_descendant:
- * @path: a #GtkTreePath-struct
- * @ancestor: another #GtkTreePath-struct
+ * @path: a `GtkTreePath`
+ * @ancestor: another `GtkTreePath`
*
* Returns %TRUE if @path is a descendant of @ancestor.
*
@@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_is_descendant (GtkTreePath *path,
/**
* gtk_tree_path_next:
- * @path: a #GtkTreePath-struct
+ * @path: a `GtkTreePath`
*
* Moves the @path to point to the next node at the current depth.
*/
@@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_next (GtkTreePath *path)
/**
* gtk_tree_path_prev:
- * @path: a #GtkTreePath-struct
+ * @path: a `GtkTreePath`
*
* Moves the @path to point to the previous node at the
* current depth, if it exists.
@@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_prev (GtkTreePath *path)
/**
* gtk_tree_path_up:
- * @path: a #GtkTreePath-struct
+ * @path: a `GtkTreePath`
*
* Moves the @path to point to its parent node, if it has a parent.
*
@@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_up (GtkTreePath *path)
/**
* gtk_tree_path_down:
- * @path: a #GtkTreePath-struct
+ * @path: a `GtkTreePath`
*
* Moves @path to point to the first child of the current path.
*/
@@ -1129,7 +1129,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_down (GtkTreePath *path)
/**
* gtk_tree_iter_copy:
- * @iter: a #GtkTreeIter-struct
+ * @iter: a `GtkTreeIter`
*
* Creates a dynamically allocated tree iterator as a copy of @iter.
*
@@ -1175,11 +1175,11 @@ G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GtkTreeIter, gtk_tree_iter,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_get_flags:
- * @tree_model: a #GtkTreeModel
+ * @tree_model: a `GtkTreeModel`
*
* Returns a set of flags supported by this interface.
*
- * The flags are a bitwise combination of #GtkTreeModelFlags.
+ * The flags are a bitwise combination of `GtkTreeModel`Flags.
* The flags supported should not change during the lifetime
* of the @tree_model.
*
@@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_get_flags (GtkTreeModel *tree_model)
/**
* gtk_tree_model_get_n_columns:
- * @tree_model: a #GtkTreeModel
+ * @tree_model: a `GtkTreeModel`
*
* Returns the number of columns supported by @tree_model.
*
@@ -1221,7 +1221,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_get_n_columns (GtkTreeModel *tree_model)
/**
* gtk_tree_model_get_column_type:
- * @tree_model: a #GtkTreeModel
+ * @tree_model: a `GtkTreeModel`
* @index_: the column index
*
* Returns the type of the column.
@@ -1245,9 +1245,9 @@ gtk_tree_model_get_column_type (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_get_iter:
- * @tree_model: a #GtkTreeModel
- * @iter: (out): the uninitialized #GtkTreeIter-struct
- * @path: the #GtkTreePath-struct
+ * @tree_model: a `GtkTreeModel`
+ * @iter: (out): the uninitialized `GtkTreeIter`
+ * @path: the `GtkTreePath`
*
* Sets @iter to a valid iterator pointing to @path. If @path does
* not exist, @iter is set to an invalid iterator and %FALSE is returned.
@@ -1276,9 +1276,9 @@ gtk_tree_model_get_iter (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_get_iter_from_string:
- * @tree_model: a #GtkTreeModel
- * @iter: (out): an uninitialized #GtkTreeIter-struct
- * @path_string: a string representation of a #GtkTreePath-struct
+ * @tree_model: a `GtkTreeModel`
+ * @iter: (out): an uninitialized `GtkTreeIter`
+ * @path_string: a string representation of a `GtkTreePath`
*
* Sets @iter to a valid iterator pointing to @path_string, if it
* exists. Otherwise, @iter is left invalid and %FALSE is returned.
@@ -1342,8 +1342,8 @@ gtk_tree_model_get_string_from_iter (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_get_iter_first:
- * @tree_model: a #GtkTreeModel
- * @iter: (out): the uninitialized #GtkTreeIter-struct
+ * @tree_model: a `GtkTreeModel`
+ * @iter: (out): the uninitialized `GtkTreeIter`
*
* Initializes @iter with the first iterator in the tree
* (the one at the path "0") and returns %TRUE. Returns
@@ -1370,14 +1370,14 @@ gtk_tree_model_get_iter_first (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_get_path:
- * @tree_model: a #GtkTreeModel
- * @iter: the #GtkTreeIter-struct
+ * @tree_model: a `GtkTreeModel`
+ * @iter: the `GtkTreeIter`
*
- * Returns a newly-created #GtkTreePath-struct referenced by @iter.
+ * Returns a newly-created `GtkTreePath` referenced by @iter.
*
* This path should be freed with gtk_tree_path_free().
*
- * Returns: a newly-created #GtkTreePath-struct
+ * Returns: a newly-created `GtkTreePath`
*/
GtkTreePath *
gtk_tree_model_get_path (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
@@ -1396,10 +1396,10 @@ gtk_tree_model_get_path (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_get_value:
- * @tree_model: a #GtkTreeModel
- * @iter: the #GtkTreeIter-struct
+ * @tree_model: a `GtkTreeModel`
+ * @iter: the `GtkTreeIter`
* @column: the column to lookup the value at
- * @value: (out) (transfer none): an empty #GValue to set
+ * @value: (out) (transfer none): an empty `GValue` to set
*
* Initializes and sets @value to that at @column.
*
@@ -1426,8 +1426,8 @@ gtk_tree_model_get_value (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_iter_next:
- * @tree_model: a #GtkTreeModel
- * @iter: (in): the #GtkTreeIter-struct
+ * @tree_model: a `GtkTreeModel`
+ * @iter: (in): the `GtkTreeIter`
*
* Sets @iter to point to the node following it at the current level.
*
@@ -1474,8 +1474,8 @@ gtk_tree_model_iter_previous_default (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_iter_previous:
- * @tree_model: a #GtkTreeModel
- * @iter: (in): the #GtkTreeIter-struct
+ * @tree_model: a `GtkTreeModel`
+ * @iter: (in): the `GtkTreeIter`
*
* Sets @iter to point to the previous node at the current level.
*
@@ -1506,9 +1506,9 @@ gtk_tree_model_iter_previous (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_iter_children:
- * @tree_model: a #GtkTreeModel
- * @iter: (out): the new #GtkTreeIter-struct to be set to the child
- * @parent: (nullable): the #GtkTreeIter
+ * @tree_model: a `GtkTreeModel`
+ * @iter: (out): the new `GtkTreeIter` to be set to the child
+ * @parent: (nullable): the `GtkTreeIter`
*
* Sets @iter to point to the first child of @parent.
*
@@ -1541,8 +1541,8 @@ gtk_tree_model_iter_children (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_iter_has_child:
- * @tree_model: a #GtkTreeModel
- * @iter: the #GtkTreeIter-struct to test for children
+ * @tree_model: a `GtkTreeModel`
+ * @iter: the `GtkTreeIter` to test for children
*
* Returns %TRUE if @iter has children, %FALSE otherwise.
*
@@ -1565,8 +1565,8 @@ gtk_tree_model_iter_has_child (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_iter_n_children:
- * @tree_model: a #GtkTreeModel
- * @iter: (nullable): the #GtkTreeIter
+ * @tree_model: a `GtkTreeModel`
+ * @iter: (nullable): the `GtkTreeIter`
*
* Returns the number of children that @iter has.
*
@@ -1591,9 +1591,9 @@ gtk_tree_model_iter_n_children (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_iter_nth_child:
- * @tree_model: a #GtkTreeModel
- * @iter: (out): the #GtkTreeIter to set to the nth child
- * @parent: (nullable): the #GtkTreeIter to get the child from
+ * @tree_model: a `GtkTreeModel`
+ * @iter: (out): the `GtkTreeIter` to set to the nth child
+ * @parent: (nullable): the `GtkTreeIter` to get the child from
* @n: the index of the desired child
*
* Sets @iter to be the child of @parent, using the given index.
@@ -1628,9 +1628,9 @@ gtk_tree_model_iter_nth_child (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_iter_parent:
- * @tree_model: a #GtkTreeModel
- * @iter: (out): the new #GtkTreeIter-struct to set to the parent
- * @child: the #GtkTreeIter-struct
+ * @tree_model: a `GtkTreeModel`
+ * @iter: (out): the new `GtkTreeIter` to set to the parent
+ * @child: the `GtkTreeIter`
*
* Sets @iter to be the parent of @child.
*
@@ -1665,8 +1665,8 @@ gtk_tree_model_iter_parent (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_ref_node:
- * @tree_model: a #GtkTreeModel
- * @iter: the #GtkTreeIter-struct
+ * @tree_model: a `GtkTreeModel`
+ * @iter: the `GtkTreeIter`
*
* Lets the tree ref the node.
*
@@ -1701,8 +1701,8 @@ gtk_tree_model_ref_node (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_unref_node:
- * @tree_model: a #GtkTreeModel
- * @iter: the #GtkTreeIter-struct
+ * @tree_model: a `GtkTreeModel`
+ * @iter: the `GtkTreeIter`
*
* Lets the tree unref the node.
*
@@ -1764,7 +1764,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_get (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_get_valist:
- * @tree_model: a #GtkTreeModel
+ * @tree_model: a `GtkTreeModel`
* @iter: a row in @tree_model
* @var_args: va_list of column/return location pairs
*
@@ -1816,11 +1816,11 @@ gtk_tree_model_get_valist (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_row_changed:
- * @tree_model: a #GtkTreeModel
- * @path: a #GtkTreePath-struct pointing to the changed row
- * @iter: a valid #GtkTreeIter-struct pointing to the changed row
+ * @tree_model: a `GtkTreeModel`
+ * @path: a `GtkTreePath` pointing to the changed row
+ * @iter: a valid `GtkTreeIter` pointing to the changed row
*
- * Emits the #GtkTreeModel::row-changed signal on @tree_model.
+ * Emits the `GtkTreeModel::row-changed` signal on @tree_model.
*/
void
gtk_tree_model_row_changed (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
@@ -1836,11 +1836,11 @@ gtk_tree_model_row_changed (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_row_inserted:
- * @tree_model: a #GtkTreeModel
- * @path: a #GtkTreePath-struct pointing to the inserted row
- * @iter: a valid #GtkTreeIter-struct pointing to the inserted row
+ * @tree_model: a `GtkTreeModel`
+ * @path: a `GtkTreePath` pointing to the inserted row
+ * @iter: a valid `GtkTreeIter` pointing to the inserted row
*
- * Emits the #GtkTreeModel::row-inserted signal on @tree_model.
+ * Emits the `GtkTreeModel::row-inserted` signal on @tree_model.
*/
void
gtk_tree_model_row_inserted (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
@@ -1856,11 +1856,11 @@ gtk_tree_model_row_inserted (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_row_has_child_toggled:
- * @tree_model: a #GtkTreeModel
- * @path: a #GtkTreePath-struct pointing to the changed row
- * @iter: a valid #GtkTreeIter-struct pointing to the changed row
+ * @tree_model: a `GtkTreeModel`
+ * @path: a `GtkTreePath` pointing to the changed row
+ * @iter: a valid `GtkTreeIter` pointing to the changed row
*
- * Emits the #GtkTreeModel::row-has-child-toggled signal on
+ * Emits the `GtkTreeModel::row-has-child-toggled` signal on
* @tree_model. This should be called by models after the child
* state of a node changes.
*/
@@ -1882,7 +1882,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_row_has_child_toggled (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
* @path: a `GtkTreePath` pointing to the previous location of
* the deleted row
*
- * Emits the #GtkTreeModel::row-deleted signal on @tree_model.
+ * Emits the `GtkTreeModel`::row-deleted signal on @tree_model.
*
* This should be called by models after a row has been removed.
* The location pointed to by @path should be the location that
@@ -1934,7 +1934,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_rows_reordered (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
* @tree_model: a `GtkTreeModel`
* @path: a `GtkTreePath` pointing to the tree node whose children
* have been reordered
- * @iter: (nullable): a valid #GtkTreeIter-struct pointing to the node
+ * @iter: (nullable): a valid `GtkTreeIter` pointing to the node
* whose children have been reordered, or %NULL if the depth
* of @path is 0
* @new_order: (array length=length): an array of integers
@@ -2003,7 +2003,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_foreach_helper (GtkTreeModel *model,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_foreach:
- * @model: a #GtkTreeModel
+ * @model: a `GtkTreeModel`
* @func: (scope call): a function to be called on each row
* @user_data: (closure): user data to passed to @func
*
@@ -2277,8 +2277,8 @@ gtk_tree_row_reference_unref_path (GtkTreePath *path,
/**
* gtk_tree_row_reference_new:
- * @model: a #GtkTreeModel
- * @path: a valid #GtkTreePath-struct to monitor
+ * @model: a `GtkTreeModel`
+ * @path: a valid `GtkTreePath` to monitor
*
* Creates a row reference based on @path.
*
@@ -2287,7 +2287,7 @@ gtk_tree_row_reference_unref_path (GtkTreePath *path,
* propagated, and the path is updated appropriately. If
* @path isn’t a valid path in @model, then %NULL is returned.
*
- * Returns: (nullable): a newly allocated #GtkTreeRowReference
+ * Returns: (nullable): a newly allocated `GtkTreeRowReference`
*/
GtkTreeRowReference *
gtk_tree_row_reference_new (GtkTreeModel *model,
@@ -2305,9 +2305,9 @@ gtk_tree_row_reference_new (GtkTreeModel *model,
/**
* gtk_tree_row_reference_new_proxy:
- * @proxy: a proxy #GObject
- * @model: a #GtkTreeModel
- * @path: a valid #GtkTreePath-struct to monitor
+ * @proxy: a proxy `GObject`
+ * @model: a `GtkTreeModel`
+ * @path: a valid `GtkTreePath` to monitor
*
* You do not need to use this function.
*
@@ -2325,7 +2325,7 @@ gtk_tree_row_reference_new (GtkTreeModel *model,
* These functions must be called exactly once per proxy when the
* corresponding signal on the model is emitted. This single call
* updates all row references for that proxy. Since built-in GTK
- * objects like #GtkTreeView already use this mechanism internally,
+ * objects like `GtkTreeView` already use this mechanism internally,
* using them as the proxy object will produce unpredictable results.
* Further more, passing the same object as @model and @proxy
* doesn’t work for reasons of internal implementation.
@@ -2334,7 +2334,7 @@ gtk_tree_row_reference_new (GtkTreeModel *model,
* need to carefully monitor exactly when a row reference updates
* itself, and is not generally needed by most applications.
*
- * Returns: (nullable): a newly allocated #GtkTreeRowReference
+ * Returns: (nullable): a newly allocated `GtkTreeRowReference`
*/
GtkTreeRowReference *
gtk_tree_row_reference_new_proxy (GObject *proxy,
@@ -2395,7 +2395,7 @@ gtk_tree_row_reference_new_proxy (GObject *proxy,
/**
* gtk_tree_row_reference_get_path:
- * @reference: a #GtkTreeRowReference
+ * @reference: a `GtkTreeRowReference`
*
* Returns a path that the row reference currently points to,
* or %NULL if the path pointed to is no longer valid.
@@ -2418,7 +2418,7 @@ gtk_tree_row_reference_get_path (GtkTreeRowReference *reference)
/**
* gtk_tree_row_reference_get_model:
- * @reference: a #GtkTreeRowReference
+ * @reference: a `GtkTreeRowReference`
*
* Returns the model that the row reference is monitoring.
*
@@ -2434,7 +2434,7 @@ gtk_tree_row_reference_get_model (GtkTreeRowReference *reference)
/**
* gtk_tree_row_reference_valid:
- * @reference: (nullable): a #GtkTreeRowReference
+ * @reference: (nullable): a `GtkTreeRowReference`
*
* Returns %TRUE if the @reference is non-%NULL and refers to
* a current valid path.
@@ -2453,9 +2453,9 @@ gtk_tree_row_reference_valid (GtkTreeRowReference *reference)
/**
* gtk_tree_row_reference_copy:
- * @reference: a #GtkTreeRowReference
+ * @reference: a `GtkTreeRowReference`
*
- * Copies a #GtkTreeRowReference.
+ * Copies a `GtkTreeRowReference`.
*
* Returns: a copy of @reference
*/
@@ -2469,7 +2469,7 @@ gtk_tree_row_reference_copy (GtkTreeRowReference *reference)
/**
* gtk_tree_row_reference_free:
- * @reference: (nullable): a #GtkTreeRowReference
+ * @reference: (nullable): a `GtkTreeRowReference`
*
* Free’s @reference. @reference may be %NULL
*/
@@ -2511,12 +2511,12 @@ gtk_tree_row_reference_free (GtkTreeRowReference *reference)
/**
* gtk_tree_row_reference_inserted:
- * @proxy: a #GObject
+ * @proxy: a `GObject`
* @path: the row position that was inserted
*
* Lets a set of row reference created by
* gtk_tree_row_reference_new_proxy() know that the
- * model emitted the #GtkTreeModel::row-inserted signal.
+ * model emitted the `GtkTreeModel`::row-inserted signal.
*/
void
gtk_tree_row_reference_inserted (GObject *proxy,
@@ -2529,12 +2529,12 @@ gtk_tree_row_reference_inserted (GObject *proxy,
/**
* gtk_tree_row_reference_deleted:
- * @proxy: a #GObject
+ * @proxy: a `GObject`
* @path: the path position that was deleted
*
* Lets a set of row reference created by
* gtk_tree_row_reference_new_proxy() know that the
- * model emitted the #GtkTreeModel::row-deleted signal.
+ * model emitted the `GtkTreeModel`::row-deleted signal.
*/
void
gtk_tree_row_reference_deleted (GObject *proxy,
@@ -2547,14 +2547,14 @@ gtk_tree_row_reference_deleted (GObject *proxy,
/**
* gtk_tree_row_reference_reordered: (skip)
- * @proxy: a #GObject
+ * @proxy: a `GObject`
* @path: the parent path of the reordered signal
* @iter: the iter pointing to the parent of the reordered
* @new_order: (array): the new order of rows
*
* Lets a set of row reference created by
* gtk_tree_row_reference_new_proxy() know that the
- * model emitted the #GtkTreeModel::rows-reordered signal.
+ * model emitted the `GtkTreeModel`::rows-reordered signal.
*/
void
gtk_tree_row_reference_reordered (GObject *proxy,
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreemodel.h b/gtk/gtktreemodel.h
index d802bdbd77..db862be0e9 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreemodel.h
+++ b/gtk/gtktreemodel.h
@@ -44,9 +44,9 @@ typedef struct _GtkTreeModelIface GtkTreeModelIface;
/**
* GtkTreeModelForeachFunc:
- * @model: the #GtkTreeModel being iterated
- * @path: the current #GtkTreePath
- * @iter: the current #GtkTreeIter
+ * @model: the `GtkTreeModel` being iterated
+ * @path: the current `GtkTreePath`
+ * @iter: the current `GtkTreeIter`
* @data: (closure): The user data passed to gtk_tree_model_foreach()
*
* Type of the callback passed to gtk_tree_model_foreach() to
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ typedef gboolean (* GtkTreeModelForeachFunc) (GtkTreeModel *model, GtkTreePath *
*
* They are returned by [method@Gtk.TreeModel.get_flags], and must be
* static for the lifetime of the object. A more complete description
- * of #GTK_TREE_MODEL_ITERS_PERSIST can be found in the overview of
+ * of %GTK_TREE_MODEL_ITERS_PERSIST can be found in the overview of
* this section.
*/
typedef enum
@@ -84,8 +84,8 @@ typedef enum
* @user_data2: model-specific data
* @user_data3: model-specific data
*
- * The #GtkTreeIter is the primary structure
- * for accessing a #GtkTreeModel. Models are expected to put a unique
+ * The `GtkTreeIter` is the primary structure
+ * for accessing a `GtkTreeModel`. Models are expected to put a unique
* integer in the @stamp member, and put
* model-specific data in the three @user_data
* members.
@@ -108,11 +108,11 @@ struct _GtkTreeIter
* @row_deleted: Signal emitted when a row has been deleted.
* @rows_reordered: Signal emitted when the children of a node in the
* GtkTreeModel have been reordered.
- * @get_flags: Get #GtkTreeModelFlags supported by this interface.
+ * @get_flags: Get `GtkTreeModelFlags` supported by this interface.
* @get_n_columns: Get the number of columns supported by the model.
* @get_column_type: Get the type of the column.
* @get_iter: Sets iter to a valid iterator pointing to path.
- * @get_path: Gets a newly-created #GtkTreePath referenced by iter.
+ * @get_path: Gets a newly-created `GtkTreePath` referenced by iter.
* @get_value: Initializes and sets value to that at column.
* @iter_next: Sets iter to point to the node following it at the
* current level.
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ gboolean gtk_tree_path_is_descendant (GtkTreePath *path,
* GtkTreeRowReference:
*
* A GtkTreeRowReference tracks model changes so that it always refers to the
- * same row (a #GtkTreePath refers to a position, not a fixed row). Create a
+ * same row (a `GtkTreePath` refers to a position, not a fixed row). Create a
* new GtkTreeRowReference with gtk_tree_row_reference_new().
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c b/gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c
index 8bf686488d..68310fc2d5 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c
@@ -27,9 +27,9 @@
/**
* GtkTreeModelFilter:
*
- * A GtkTreeModel which hides parts of an underlying tree model
+ * A `GtkTreeModel` which hides parts of an underlying tree model
*
- * A #GtkTreeModelFilter is a tree model which wraps another tree model,
+ * A `GtkTreeModelFilter` is a tree model which wraps another tree model,
* and can do the following things:
*
* - Filter specific rows, based on data from a “visible column”, a column
@@ -44,21 +44,21 @@
* on the given child model.
*
* - Set a different root node, also known as a “virtual root”. You can pass
- * in a #GtkTreePath indicating the root node for the filter at construction
+ * in a `GtkTreePath` indicating the root node for the filter at construction
* time.
*
- * The basic API is similar to #GtkTreeModelSort. For an example on its usage,
- * see the section on #GtkTreeModelSort.
+ * The basic API is similar to `GtkTreeModelSort`. For an example on its usage,
+ * see the section on `GtkTreeModelSort`.
*
- * When using #GtkTreeModelFilter, it is important to realize that
- * #GtkTreeModelFilter maintains an internal cache of all nodes which are
+ * When using `GtkTreeModelFilter`, it is important to realize that
+ * `GtkTreeModelFilter` maintains an internal cache of all nodes which are
* visible in its clients. The cache is likely to be a subtree of the tree
- * exposed by the child model. #GtkTreeModelFilter will not cache the entire
+ * exposed by the child model. `GtkTreeModelFilter` will not cache the entire
* child model when unnecessary to not compromise the caching mechanism
* that is exposed by the reference counting scheme. If the child model
* implements reference counting, unnecessary signals may not be emitted
- * because of reference counting rule 3, see the #GtkTreeModel
- * documentation. (Note that e.g. #GtkTreeStore does not implement
+ * because of reference counting rule 3, see the `GtkTreeModel`
+ * documentation. (Note that e.g. `GtkTreeStore` does not implement
* reference counting and will always emit all signals, even when
* the receiving node is not visible).
*
@@ -68,29 +68,29 @@
* or its parents. Usually, having a dependency on the state of any child
* node is not possible, unless references are taken on these explicitly.
* When no such reference exists, no signals may be received for these child
- * nodes (see reference counting rule number 3 in the #GtkTreeModel section).
+ * nodes (see reference counting rule number 3 in the `GtkTreeModel` section).
*
* Determining the visibility state of a given node based on the state
* of its child nodes is a frequently occurring use case. Therefore,
- * #GtkTreeModelFilter explicitly supports this. For example, when a node
+ * `GtkTreeModelFilter` explicitly supports this. For example, when a node
* does not have any children, you might not want the node to be visible.
* As soon as the first row is added to the node’s child level (or the
* last row removed), the node’s visibility should be updated.
*
* This introduces a dependency from the node on its child nodes. In order
- * to accommodate this, #GtkTreeModelFilter must make sure the necessary
+ * to accommodate this, `GtkTreeModelFilter` must make sure the necessary
* signals are received from the child model. This is achieved by building,
- * for all nodes which are exposed as visible nodes to #GtkTreeModelFilter's
+ * for all nodes which are exposed as visible nodes to `GtkTreeModelFilter`'s
* clients, the child level (if any) and take a reference on the first node
* in this level. Furthermore, for every row-inserted, row-changed or
* row-deleted signal (also these which were not handled because the node
- * was not cached), #GtkTreeModelFilter will check if the visibility state
+ * was not cached), `GtkTreeModelFilter` will check if the visibility state
* of any parent node has changed.
*
* Beware, however, that this explicit support is limited to these two
* cases. For example, if you want a node to be visible only if two nodes
* in a child’s child level (2 levels deeper) are visible, you are on your
- * own. In this case, either rely on #GtkTreeStore to emit all signals
+ * own. In this case, either rely on `GtkTreeStore` to emit all signals
* because it does not implement reference counting, or for models that
* do implement reference counting, obtain references on these child levels
* yourself.
@@ -3753,13 +3753,13 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_set_root (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_filter_new:
- * @child_model: A #GtkTreeModel.
- * @root: (nullable): A #GtkTreePath
+ * @child_model: A `GtkTreeModel`.
+ * @root: (nullable): A `GtkTreePath`
*
- * Creates a new #GtkTreeModel, with @child_model as the child_model
+ * Creates a new `GtkTreeModel`, with @child_model as the child_model
* and @root as the virtual root.
*
- * Returns: (transfer full): A new #GtkTreeModel.
+ * Returns: (transfer full): A new `GtkTreeModel`.
*/
GtkTreeModel *
gtk_tree_model_filter_new (GtkTreeModel *child_model,
@@ -3775,11 +3775,11 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_new (GtkTreeModel *child_model,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_filter_get_model:
- * @filter: A #GtkTreeModelFilter.
+ * @filter: A `GtkTreeModelFilter`
*
* Returns a pointer to the child model of @filter.
*
- * Returns: (transfer none): A pointer to a #GtkTreeModel.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A pointer to a `GtkTreeModel`
*/
GtkTreeModel *
gtk_tree_model_filter_get_model (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter)
@@ -3791,8 +3791,8 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_get_model (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter)
/**
* gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_func:
- * @filter: A #GtkTreeModelFilter
- * @func: A #GtkTreeModelFilterVisibleFunc, the visible function
+ * @filter: A `GtkTreeModelFilter`
+ * @func: A `GtkTreeModelFilterVisibleFunc`, the visible function
* @data: (nullable): User data to pass to the visible function
* @destroy: (nullable): Destroy notifier of @data
*
@@ -3851,10 +3851,10 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_func (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_filter_set_modify_func:
- * @filter: A #GtkTreeModelFilter.
+ * @filter: A `GtkTreeModelFilter`
* @n_columns: The number of columns in the filter model.
- * @types: (array length=n_columns): The #GTypes of the columns.
- * @func: A #GtkTreeModelFilterModifyFunc
+ * @types: (array length=n_columns): The `GType`s of the columns.
+ * @func: A `GtkTreeModelFilterModifyFunc`
* @data: (nullable): User data to pass to the modify function
* @destroy: (nullable): Destroy notifier of @data
*
@@ -3893,8 +3893,8 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_set_modify_func (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_column:
- * @filter: A #GtkTreeModelFilter
- * @column: A #int which is the column containing the visible information
+ * @filter: A `GtkTreeModelFilter`
+ * @column: A `int` which is the column containing the visible information
*
* Sets @column of the child_model to be the column where @filter should
* look for visibility information. @columns should be a column of type
@@ -3922,9 +3922,9 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_column (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_filter_convert_child_iter_to_iter:
- * @filter: A #GtkTreeModelFilter.
- * @filter_iter: (out): An uninitialized #GtkTreeIter.
- * @child_iter: A valid #GtkTreeIter pointing to a row on the child model.
+ * @filter: A `GtkTreeModelFilter`
+ * @filter_iter: (out): An uninitialized `GtkTreeIter`
+ * @child_iter: A valid `GtkTreeIter` pointing to a row on the child model.
*
* Sets @filter_iter to point to the row in @filter that corresponds to the
* row pointed at by @child_iter. If @filter_iter was not set, %FALSE is
@@ -3967,9 +3967,9 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_convert_child_iter_to_iter (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_filter_convert_iter_to_child_iter:
- * @filter: A #GtkTreeModelFilter.
- * @child_iter: (out): An uninitialized #GtkTreeIter.
- * @filter_iter: A valid #GtkTreeIter pointing to a row on @filter.
+ * @filter: A `GtkTreeModelFilter`
+ * @child_iter: (out): An uninitialized `GtkTreeIter`
+ * @filter_iter: A valid `GtkTreeIter` pointing to a row on @filter.
*
* Sets @child_iter to point to the row pointed to by @filter_iter.
*/
@@ -4099,8 +4099,8 @@ gtk_real_tree_model_filter_convert_child_path_to_path (GtkTreeModelFilter *filte
/**
* gtk_tree_model_filter_convert_child_path_to_path:
- * @filter: A #GtkTreeModelFilter.
- * @child_path: A #GtkTreePath to convert.
+ * @filter: A `GtkTreeModelFilter`
+ * @child_path: A `GtkTreePath` to convert.
*
* Converts @child_path to a path relative to @filter. That is, @child_path
* points to a path in the child model. The rerturned path will point to the
@@ -4108,7 +4108,7 @@ gtk_real_tree_model_filter_convert_child_path_to_path (GtkTreeModelFilter *filte
* child model or points to a row which is not visible in @filter, then %NULL
* is returned.
*
- * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): A newly allocated #GtkTreePath
+ * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): A newly allocated `GtkTreePath`
*/
GtkTreePath *
gtk_tree_model_filter_convert_child_path_to_path (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter,
@@ -4141,15 +4141,15 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_convert_child_path_to_path (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_filter_convert_path_to_child_path:
- * @filter: A #GtkTreeModelFilter.
- * @filter_path: A #GtkTreePath to convert.
+ * @filter: A `GtkTreeModelFilter`
+ * @filter_path: A `GtkTreePath` to convert.
*
* Converts @filter_path to a path on the child model of @filter. That is,
* @filter_path points to a location in @filter. The returned path will
* point to the same location in the model not being filtered. If @filter_path
* does not point to a location in the child model, %NULL is returned.
*
- * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): A newly allocated #GtkTreePath
+ * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): A newly allocated `GtkTreePath`
*/
GtkTreePath *
gtk_tree_model_filter_convert_path_to_child_path (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter,
@@ -4228,7 +4228,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_refilter_helper (GtkTreeModel *model,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_filter_refilter:
- * @filter: A #GtkTreeModelFilter.
+ * @filter: A `GtkTreeModelFilter`
*
* Emits ::row_changed for each row in the child model, which causes
* the filter to re-evaluate whether a row is visible or not.
@@ -4246,7 +4246,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_refilter (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter)
/**
* gtk_tree_model_filter_clear_cache:
- * @filter: A #GtkTreeModelFilter.
+ * @filter: A `GtkTreeModelFilter`
*
* This function should almost never be called. It clears the @filter
* of any cached iterators that haven’t been reffed with
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.h b/gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.h
index 28ca44c996..f29509289a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.h
+++ b/gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.h
@@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
/**
* GtkTreeModelFilterVisibleFunc:
- * @model: the child model of the #GtkTreeModelFilter
- * @iter: a #GtkTreeIter pointing to the row in @model whose visibility
+ * @model: the child model of the `GtkTreeModelFilter`
+ * @iter: a `GtkTreeIter` pointing to the row in @model whose visibility
* is determined
* @data: (closure): user data given to gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_func()
*
@@ -51,9 +51,9 @@ typedef gboolean (* GtkTreeModelFilterVisibleFunc) (GtkTreeModel *model,
/**
* GtkTreeModelFilterModifyFunc:
- * @model: the #GtkTreeModelFilter
- * @iter: a #GtkTreeIter pointing to the row whose display values are determined
- * @value: (out caller-allocates): A #GValue which is already initialized for
+ * @model: the `GtkTreeModelFilter`
+ * @iter: a `GtkTreeIter` pointing to the row whose display values are determined
+ * @value: (out caller-allocates): A `GValue` which is already initialized for
* with the correct type for the column @column.
* @column: the column whose display value is determined
* @data: (closure): user data given to gtk_tree_model_filter_set_modify_func()
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c b/gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c
index 104bf304c7..1ef440da06 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c
@@ -33,23 +33,23 @@
*
* A GtkTreeModel which makes an underlying tree model sortable
*
- * The #GtkTreeModelSort is a model which implements the #GtkTreeSortable
+ * The `GtkTreeModelSort` is a model which implements the `GtkTreeSortable`
* interface. It does not hold any data itself, but rather is created with
* a child model and proxies its data. It has identical column types to
* this child model, and the changes in the child are propagated. The
* primary purpose of this model is to provide a way to sort a different
* model without modifying it. Note that the sort function used by
- * #GtkTreeModelSort is not guaranteed to be stable.
+ * `GtkTreeModelSort` is not guaranteed to be stable.
*
* The use of this is best demonstrated through an example. In the
- * following sample code we create two #GtkTreeView widgets each with a
+ * following sample code we create two `GtkTreeView` widgets each with a
* view of the same data. As the model is wrapped here by a
- * #GtkTreeModelSort, the two #GtkTreeViews can each sort their
+ * `GtkTreeModelSort`, the two `GtkTreeView`s can each sort their
* view of the data without affecting the other. By contrast, if we
* simply put the same model in each widget, then sorting the first would
* sort the second.
*
- * ## Using a #GtkTreeModelSort
+ * ## Using a `GtkTreeModelSort`
*
* |[<!-- language="C" -->
* {
@@ -79,8 +79,8 @@
* ]|
*
* To demonstrate how to access the underlying child model from the sort
- * model, the next example will be a callback for the #GtkTreeSelection
- * #GtkTreeSelection::changed signal. In this callback, we get a string
+ * model, the next example will be a callback for the `GtkTreeSelection`
+ * `GtkTreeSelection::changed` signal. In this callback, we get a string
* from COLUMN_1 of the model. We then modify the string, find the same
* selected row on the child model, and change the row there.
*
@@ -526,11 +526,11 @@ gtk_tree_model_sort_drag_source_init (GtkTreeDragSourceIface *iface)
/**
* gtk_tree_model_sort_new_with_model: (constructor)
- * @child_model: A #GtkTreeModel
+ * @child_model: A `GtkTreeModel`
*
- * Creates a new #GtkTreeModelSort, with @child_model as the child model.
+ * Creates a new `GtkTreeModelSort`, with @child_model as the child model.
*
- * Returns: (transfer full) (type Gtk.TreeModelSort): A new #GtkTreeModelSort.
+ * Returns: (transfer full) (type Gtk.TreeModelSort): A new `GtkTreeModelSort`.
*/
GtkTreeModel *
gtk_tree_model_sort_new_with_model (GtkTreeModel *child_model)
@@ -2110,8 +2110,8 @@ gtk_tree_model_sort_elt_get_path (SortLevel *level,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_sort_set_model:
- * @tree_model_sort: The #GtkTreeModelSort.
- * @child_model: (nullable): A #GtkTreeModel
+ * @tree_model_sort: The `GtkTreeModelSort`.
+ * @child_model: (nullable): A `GtkTreeModel`
*
* Sets the model of @tree_model_sort to be @model. If @model is %NULL,
* then the old model is unset. The sort function is unset as a result
@@ -2194,9 +2194,9 @@ gtk_tree_model_sort_set_model (GtkTreeModelSort *tree_model_sort,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_sort_get_model:
- * @tree_model: a #GtkTreeModelSort
+ * @tree_model: a `GtkTreeModelSort`
*
- * Returns the model the #GtkTreeModelSort is sorting.
+ * Returns the model the `GtkTreeModelSort` is sorting.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the "child model" being sorted
**/
@@ -2272,15 +2272,15 @@ gtk_real_tree_model_sort_convert_child_path_to_path (GtkTreeModelSort *tree_mode
/**
* gtk_tree_model_sort_convert_child_path_to_path:
- * @tree_model_sort: A #GtkTreeModelSort
- * @child_path: A #GtkTreePath to convert
+ * @tree_model_sort: A `GtkTreeModelSort`
+ * @child_path: A `GtkTreePath` to convert
*
* Converts @child_path to a path relative to @tree_model_sort. That is,
* @child_path points to a path in the child model. The returned path will
* point to the same row in the sorted model. If @child_path isn’t a valid
* path on the child model, then %NULL is returned.
*
- * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): A newly allocated #GtkTreePath
+ * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): A newly allocated `GtkTreePath`
**/
GtkTreePath *
gtk_tree_model_sort_convert_child_path_to_path (GtkTreeModelSort *tree_model_sort,
@@ -2295,9 +2295,9 @@ gtk_tree_model_sort_convert_child_path_to_path (GtkTreeModelSort *tree_model_sor
/**
* gtk_tree_model_sort_convert_child_iter_to_iter:
- * @tree_model_sort: A #GtkTreeModelSort
- * @sort_iter: (out): An uninitialized #GtkTreeIter.
- * @child_iter: A valid #GtkTreeIter pointing to a row on the child model
+ * @tree_model_sort: A `GtkTreeModelSort`
+ * @sort_iter: (out): An uninitialized `GtkTreeIter`
+ * @child_iter: A valid `GtkTreeIter` pointing to a row on the child model
*
* Sets @sort_iter to point to the row in @tree_model_sort that corresponds to
* the row pointed at by @child_iter. If @sort_iter was not set, %FALSE
@@ -2344,8 +2344,8 @@ gtk_tree_model_sort_convert_child_iter_to_iter (GtkTreeModelSort *tree_model_sor
/**
* gtk_tree_model_sort_convert_path_to_child_path:
- * @tree_model_sort: A #GtkTreeModelSort
- * @sorted_path: A #GtkTreePath to convert
+ * @tree_model_sort: A `GtkTreeModelSort`
+ * @sorted_path: A `GtkTreePath` to convert
*
* Converts @sorted_path to a path on the child model of @tree_model_sort.
* That is, @sorted_path points to a location in @tree_model_sort. The
@@ -2353,7 +2353,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_sort_convert_child_iter_to_iter (GtkTreeModelSort *tree_model_sor
* sorted. If @sorted_path does not point to a location in the child model,
* %NULL is returned.
*
- * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): A newly allocated #GtkTreePath
+ * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): A newly allocated `GtkTreePath`
**/
GtkTreePath *
gtk_tree_model_sort_convert_path_to_child_path (GtkTreeModelSort *tree_model_sort,
@@ -2414,9 +2414,9 @@ gtk_tree_model_sort_convert_path_to_child_path (GtkTreeModelSort *tree_model_sor
/**
* gtk_tree_model_sort_convert_iter_to_child_iter:
- * @tree_model_sort: A #GtkTreeModelSort
- * @child_iter: (out): An uninitialized #GtkTreeIter
- * @sorted_iter: A valid #GtkTreeIter pointing to a row on @tree_model_sort.
+ * @tree_model_sort: A `GtkTreeModelSort`
+ * @child_iter: (out): An uninitialized `GtkTreeIter`
+ * @sorted_iter: A valid `GtkTreeIter` pointing to a row on @tree_model_sort.
*
* Sets @child_iter to point to the row pointed to by @sorted_iter.
**/
@@ -2680,11 +2680,11 @@ gtk_tree_model_sort_clear_cache_helper (GtkTreeModelSort *tree_model_sort,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_sort_reset_default_sort_func:
- * @tree_model_sort: A #GtkTreeModelSort
+ * @tree_model_sort: A `GtkTreeModelSort`
*
* This resets the default sort function to be in the “unsorted” state. That
* is, it is in the same order as the child model. It will re-sort the model
- * to be in the same order as the child model only if the #GtkTreeModelSort
+ * to be in the same order as the child model only if the `GtkTreeModelSort`
* is in “unsorted” state.
**/
void
@@ -2713,7 +2713,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_sort_reset_default_sort_func (GtkTreeModelSort *tree_model_sort)
/**
* gtk_tree_model_sort_clear_cache:
- * @tree_model_sort: A #GtkTreeModelSort
+ * @tree_model_sort: A `GtkTreeModelSort`
*
* This function should almost never be called. It clears the @tree_model_sort
* of any cached iterators that haven’t been reffed with
@@ -2757,13 +2757,13 @@ gtk_tree_model_sort_iter_is_valid_helper (GtkTreeIter *iter,
/**
* gtk_tree_model_sort_iter_is_valid:
- * @tree_model_sort: A #GtkTreeModelSort.
- * @iter: A #GtkTreeIter.
+ * @tree_model_sort: A `GtkTreeModelSort`.
+ * @iter: A `GtkTreeIter`
*
* > This function is slow. Only use it for debugging and/or testing
* > purposes.
*
- * Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this #GtkTreeModelSort.
+ * Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this `GtkTreeModelSort`.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the iter is valid, %FALSE if the iter is invalid.
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreeselection.c b/gtk/gtktreeselection.c
index 368d3e77ec..f3ab4d449b 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreeselection.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktreeselection.c
@@ -31,15 +31,15 @@
*
* The selection object for GtkTreeView
*
- * The #GtkTreeSelection object is a helper object to manage the selection
- * for a #GtkTreeView widget. The #GtkTreeSelection object is
- * automatically created when a new #GtkTreeView widget is created, and
+ * The `GtkTreeSelection` object is a helper object to manage the selection
+ * for a `GtkTreeView` widget. The `GtkTreeSelection` object is
+ * automatically created when a new `GtkTreeView` widget is created, and
* cannot exist independently of this widget. The primary reason the
- * #GtkTreeSelection objects exists is for cleanliness of code and API.
+ * `GtkTreeSelection` objects exists is for cleanliness of code and API.
* That is, there is no conceptual reason all these functions could not be
- * methods on the #GtkTreeView widget instead of a separate function.
+ * methods on the `GtkTreeView` widget instead of a separate function.
*
- * The #GtkTreeSelection object is gotten from a #GtkTreeView by calling
+ * The `GtkTreeSelection` object is gotten from a `GtkTreeView` by calling
* gtk_tree_view_get_selection(). It can be manipulated to check the
* selection status of the tree, as well as select and deselect individual
* rows. Selection is done completely view side. As a result, multiple
@@ -49,9 +49,9 @@
* first.
*
* One of the important things to remember when monitoring the selection of
- * a view is that the #GtkTreeSelection::changed signal is mostly a hint.
+ * a view is that the `GtkTreeSelection`::changed signal is mostly a hint.
* That is, it may only emit one signal when a range of rows is selected.
- * Additionally, it may on occasion emit a #GtkTreeSelection::changed signal
+ * Additionally, it may on occasion emit a `GtkTreeSelection`::changed signal
* when nothing has happened (mostly as a result of programmers calling
* select_row on an already selected row).
*/
@@ -220,10 +220,10 @@ gtk_tree_selection_get_property (GObject *object,
/**
* _gtk_tree_selection_new:
*
- * Creates a new #GtkTreeSelection object. This function should not be invoked,
- * as each #GtkTreeView will create its own #GtkTreeSelection.
+ * Creates a new `GtkTreeSelection` object. This function should not be invoked,
+ * as each `GtkTreeView` will create its own `GtkTreeSelection`.
*
- * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreeSelection object.
+ * Returns: A newly created `GtkTreeSelection` object.
**/
GtkTreeSelection*
_gtk_tree_selection_new (void)
@@ -237,12 +237,12 @@ _gtk_tree_selection_new (void)
/**
* _gtk_tree_selection_new_with_tree_view:
- * @tree_view: The #GtkTreeView.
+ * @tree_view: The `GtkTreeView`.
*
- * Creates a new #GtkTreeSelection object. This function should not be invoked,
- * as each #GtkTreeView will create its own #GtkTreeSelection.
+ * Creates a new `GtkTreeSelection` object. This function should not be invoked,
+ * as each `GtkTreeView` will create its own `GtkTreeSelection`.
*
- * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreeSelection object.
+ * Returns: A newly created `GtkTreeSelection` object.
**/
GtkTreeSelection*
_gtk_tree_selection_new_with_tree_view (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -259,11 +259,11 @@ _gtk_tree_selection_new_with_tree_view (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* _gtk_tree_selection_set_tree_view:
- * @selection: A #GtkTreeSelection.
- * @tree_view: The #GtkTreeView.
+ * @selection: A `GtkTreeSelection`.
+ * @tree_view: The `GtkTreeView`.
*
- * Sets the #GtkTreeView of @selection. This function should not be invoked, as
- * it is used internally by #GtkTreeView.
+ * Sets the `GtkTreeView` of @selection. This function should not be invoked, as
+ * it is used internally by `GtkTreeView`.
**/
void
_gtk_tree_selection_set_tree_view (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
@@ -279,11 +279,11 @@ _gtk_tree_selection_set_tree_view (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
/**
* gtk_tree_selection_set_mode:
- * @selection: A #GtkTreeSelection.
+ * @selection: A `GtkTreeSelection`.
* @type: The selection mode
*
* Sets the selection mode of the @selection. If the previous type was
- * #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, then the anchor is kept selected, if it was
+ * %GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, then the anchor is kept selected, if it was
* previously selected.
**/
void
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ gtk_tree_selection_set_mode (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
/**
* gtk_tree_selection_get_mode:
- * @selection: a #GtkTreeSelection
+ * @selection: a `GtkTreeSelection`
*
* Gets the selection mode for @selection. See
* gtk_tree_selection_set_mode().
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ gtk_tree_selection_get_mode (GtkTreeSelection *selection)
/**
* gtk_tree_selection_set_select_function:
- * @selection: A #GtkTreeSelection.
+ * @selection: A `GtkTreeSelection`.
* @func: (nullable): The selection function. May be %NULL
* @data: The selection function’s data. May be %NULL
* @destroy: The destroy function for user data. May be %NULL
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ gtk_tree_selection_set_select_function (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
/**
* gtk_tree_selection_get_select_function: (skip)
- * @selection: A #GtkTreeSelection.
+ * @selection: A `GtkTreeSelection`.
*
* Returns the current selection function.
*
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ gtk_tree_selection_get_select_function (GtkTreeSelection *selection)
/**
* gtk_tree_selection_get_user_data: (skip)
- * @selection: A #GtkTreeSelection.
+ * @selection: A `GtkTreeSelection`.
*
* Returns the user data for the selection function.
*
@@ -434,11 +434,11 @@ gtk_tree_selection_get_user_data (GtkTreeSelection *selection)
/**
* gtk_tree_selection_get_tree_view:
- * @selection: A #GtkTreeSelection
+ * @selection: A `GtkTreeSelection`
*
* Returns the tree view associated with @selection.
*
- * Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkTreeView
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A `GtkTreeView`
**/
GtkTreeView *
gtk_tree_selection_get_tree_view (GtkTreeSelection *selection)
@@ -450,15 +450,15 @@ gtk_tree_selection_get_tree_view (GtkTreeSelection *selection)
/**
* gtk_tree_selection_get_selected:
- * @selection: A #GtkTreeSelection.
- * @model: (out) (optional) (transfer none): A pointer to set to the #GtkTreeModel, or NULL.
- * @iter: (out) (optional): The #GtkTreeIter, or NULL.
+ * @selection: A `GtkTreeSelection`.
+ * @model: (out) (optional) (transfer none): A pointer to set to the `GtkTreeModel`
+ * @iter: (out) (optional): The `GtkTreeIter`
*
* Sets @iter to the currently selected node if @selection is set to
- * #GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE or #GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE. @iter may be NULL if you
+ * %GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE or %GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE. @iter may be NULL if you
* just want to test if @selection has any selected nodes. @model is filled
* with the current model as a convenience. This function will not work if you
- * use @selection is #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE.
+ * use @selection is %GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE.
*
* Returns: TRUE, if there is a selected node.
**/
@@ -520,12 +520,12 @@ gtk_tree_selection_get_selected (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
/**
* gtk_tree_selection_get_selected_rows:
- * @selection: A #GtkTreeSelection.
- * @model: (out) (optional) (transfer none): A pointer to set to the #GtkTreeModel
+ * @selection: A `GtkTreeSelection`.
+ * @model: (out) (optional) (transfer none): A pointer to set to the `GtkTreeModel`
*
* Creates a list of path of all selected rows. Additionally, if you are
* planning on modifying the model after calling this function, you may
- * want to convert the returned list into a list of #GtkTreeRowReferences.
+ * want to convert the returned list into a list of `GtkTreeRowReference`s.
* To do this, you can use gtk_tree_row_reference_new().
*
* To free the return value, use:
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ gtk_tree_selection_get_selected (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
* g_list_free_full (list, (GDestroyNotify) gtk_tree_path_free);
* ]|
*
- * Returns: (element-type GtkTreePath) (transfer full): A #GList containing a #GtkTreePath for each selected
row.
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkTreePath) (transfer full): A `GList` containing a `GtkTreePath` for each
selected row.
**/
GList *
gtk_tree_selection_get_selected_rows (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
@@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ gtk_tree_selection_count_selected_rows_helper (GtkTreeRBTree *tree,
/**
* gtk_tree_selection_count_selected_rows:
- * @selection: A #GtkTreeSelection.
+ * @selection: A `GtkTreeSelection`.
*
* Returns the number of rows that have been selected in @tree.
*
@@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ model_changed (gpointer data)
/**
* gtk_tree_selection_selected_foreach:
- * @selection: A #GtkTreeSelection.
+ * @selection: A `GtkTreeSelection`.
* @func: (scope call): The function to call for each selected node.
* @data: user data to pass to the function.
*
@@ -829,8 +829,8 @@ out:
/**
* gtk_tree_selection_select_path:
- * @selection: A #GtkTreeSelection.
- * @path: The #GtkTreePath to be selected.
+ * @selection: A `GtkTreeSelection`.
+ * @path: The `GtkTreePath` to be selected.
*
* Select the row at @path.
**/
@@ -869,8 +869,8 @@ gtk_tree_selection_select_path (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
/**
* gtk_tree_selection_unselect_path:
- * @selection: A #GtkTreeSelection.
- * @path: The #GtkTreePath to be unselected.
+ * @selection: A `GtkTreeSelection`.
+ * @path: The `GtkTreePath` to be unselected.
*
* Unselects the row at @path.
**/
@@ -905,8 +905,8 @@ gtk_tree_selection_unselect_path (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
/**
* gtk_tree_selection_select_iter:
- * @selection: A #GtkTreeSelection.
- * @iter: The #GtkTreeIter to be selected.
+ * @selection: A `GtkTreeSelection`.
+ * @iter: The `GtkTreeIter` to be selected.
*
* Selects the specified iterator.
**/
@@ -936,8 +936,8 @@ gtk_tree_selection_select_iter (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
/**
* gtk_tree_selection_unselect_iter:
- * @selection: A #GtkTreeSelection.
- * @iter: The #GtkTreeIter to be unselected.
+ * @selection: A `GtkTreeSelection`.
+ * @iter: The `GtkTreeIter` to be unselected.
*
* Unselects the specified iterator.
**/
@@ -966,8 +966,8 @@ gtk_tree_selection_unselect_iter (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
/**
* gtk_tree_selection_path_is_selected:
- * @selection: A #GtkTreeSelection.
- * @path: A #GtkTreePath to check selection on.
+ * @selection: A `GtkTreeSelection`.
+ * @path: A `GtkTreePath` to check selection on.
*
* Returns %TRUE if the row pointed to by @path is currently selected. If @path
* does not point to a valid location, %FALSE is returned
@@ -1003,8 +1003,8 @@ gtk_tree_selection_path_is_selected (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
/**
* gtk_tree_selection_iter_is_selected:
- * @selection: A #GtkTreeSelection
- * @iter: A valid #GtkTreeIter
+ * @selection: A `GtkTreeSelection`
+ * @iter: A valid `GtkTreeIter`
*
* Returns %TRUE if the row at @iter is currently selected.
*
@@ -1096,9 +1096,9 @@ gtk_tree_selection_real_select_all (GtkTreeSelection *selection)
/**
* gtk_tree_selection_select_all:
- * @selection: A #GtkTreeSelection.
+ * @selection: A `GtkTreeSelection`.
*
- * Selects all the nodes. @selection must be set to #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE
+ * Selects all the nodes. @selection must be set to %GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE
* mode.
**/
void
@@ -1200,7 +1200,7 @@ gtk_tree_selection_real_unselect_all (GtkTreeSelection *selection)
/**
* gtk_tree_selection_unselect_all:
- * @selection: A #GtkTreeSelection.
+ * @selection: A `GtkTreeSelection`.
*
* Unselects all the nodes.
**/
@@ -1311,12 +1311,12 @@ gtk_tree_selection_real_modify_range (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
/**
* gtk_tree_selection_select_range:
- * @selection: A #GtkTreeSelection.
+ * @selection: A `GtkTreeSelection`.
* @start_path: The initial node of the range.
* @end_path: The final node of the range.
*
* Selects a range of nodes, determined by @start_path and @end_path inclusive.
- * @selection must be set to #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE mode.
+ * @selection must be set to %GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE mode.
**/
void
gtk_tree_selection_select_range (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
@@ -1335,7 +1335,7 @@ gtk_tree_selection_select_range (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
/**
* gtk_tree_selection_unselect_range:
- * @selection: A #GtkTreeSelection.
+ * @selection: A `GtkTreeSelection`.
* @start_path: The initial node of the range.
* @end_path: The initial node of the range.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreeselection.h b/gtk/gtktreeselection.h
index 40f46fac6d..ca82a24164 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreeselection.h
+++ b/gtk/gtktreeselection.h
@@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
/**
* GtkTreeSelectionFunc:
- * @selection: A #GtkTreeSelection
- * @model: A #GtkTreeModel being viewed
- * @path: The #GtkTreePath of the row in question
+ * @selection: A `GtkTreeSelection`
+ * @model: A `GtkTreeModel` being viewed
+ * @path: The `GtkTreePath` of the row in question
* @path_currently_selected: %TRUE, if the path is currently selected
* @data: (closure): user data
*
@@ -56,9 +56,9 @@ typedef gboolean (* GtkTreeSelectionFunc) (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
/**
* GtkTreeSelectionForeachFunc:
- * @model: The #GtkTreeModel being viewed
- * @path: The #GtkTreePath of a selected row
- * @iter: A #GtkTreeIter pointing to a selected row
+ * @model: The `GtkTreeModel` being viewed
+ * @path: The `GtkTreePath` of a selected row
+ * @iter: A `GtkTreeIter` pointing to a selected row
* @data: (closure): user data
*
* A function used by gtk_tree_selection_selected_foreach() to map all
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreesortable.c b/gtk/gtktreesortable.c
index dca92dc513..622bc24603 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreesortable.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktreesortable.c
@@ -27,8 +27,8 @@
*
* The interface for sortable models used by GtkTreeView
*
- * #GtkTreeSortable is an interface to be implemented by tree models which
- * support sorting. The #GtkTreeView uses the methods provided by this interface
+ * `GtkTreeSortable` is an interface to be implemented by tree models which
+ * support sorting. The `GtkTreeView` uses the methods provided by this interface
* to sort the model.
*/
@@ -93,9 +93,9 @@ gtk_tree_sortable_base_init (gpointer g_class)
/**
* gtk_tree_sortable_sort_column_changed:
- * @sortable: A #GtkTreeSortable
+ * @sortable: A `GtkTreeSortable`
*
- * Emits a #GtkTreeSortable::sort-column-changed signal on @sortable.
+ * Emits a `GtkTreeSortable::sort-column-changed` signal on @sortable.
*/
void
gtk_tree_sortable_sort_column_changed (GtkTreeSortable *sortable)
@@ -107,9 +107,9 @@ gtk_tree_sortable_sort_column_changed (GtkTreeSortable *sortable)
/**
* gtk_tree_sortable_get_sort_column_id:
- * @sortable: A #GtkTreeSortable
+ * @sortable: A `GtkTreeSortable`
* @sort_column_id: (out): The sort column id to be filled in
- * @order: (out): The #GtkSortType to be filled in
+ * @order: (out): The `GtkSortType` to be filled in
*
* Fills in @sort_column_id and @order with the current sort column and the
* order. It returns %TRUE unless the @sort_column_id is
@@ -138,13 +138,13 @@ gtk_tree_sortable_get_sort_column_id (GtkTreeSortable *sortable,
/**
* gtk_tree_sortable_set_sort_column_id:
- * @sortable: A #GtkTreeSortable
+ * @sortable: A `GtkTreeSortable`
* @sort_column_id: the sort column id to set
* @order: The sort order of the column
*
* Sets the current sort column to be @sort_column_id. The @sortable will
* resort itself to reflect this change, after emitting a
- * #GtkTreeSortable::sort-column-changed signal. @sort_column_id may either be
+ * `GtkTreeSortable::sort-column-changed` signal. @sort_column_id may either be
* a regular column id, or one of the following special values:
*
* - %GTK_TREE_SORTABLE_DEFAULT_SORT_COLUMN_ID: the default sort function
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ gtk_tree_sortable_set_sort_column_id (GtkTreeSortable *sortable,
/**
* gtk_tree_sortable_set_sort_func:
- * @sortable: A #GtkTreeSortable
+ * @sortable: A `GtkTreeSortable`
* @sort_column_id: the sort column id to set the function for
* @sort_func: The comparison function
* @user_data: (closure): User data to pass to @sort_func
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ gtk_tree_sortable_set_sort_func (GtkTreeSortable *sortable,
/**
* gtk_tree_sortable_set_default_sort_func:
- * @sortable: A #GtkTreeSortable
+ * @sortable: A `GtkTreeSortable`
* @sort_func: The comparison function
* @user_data: (closure): User data to pass to @sort_func
* @destroy: (nullable): Destroy notifier of @user_data
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ gtk_tree_sortable_set_default_sort_func (GtkTreeSortable *sortable,
/**
* gtk_tree_sortable_has_default_sort_func:
- * @sortable: A #GtkTreeSortable
+ * @sortable: A `GtkTreeSortable`
*
* Returns %TRUE if the model has a default sort function. This is used
* primarily by GtkTreeViewColumns in order to determine if a model can
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreesortable.h b/gtk/gtktreesortable.h
index 56f3567305..04eb918899 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreesortable.h
+++ b/gtk/gtktreesortable.h
@@ -57,9 +57,9 @@ typedef struct _GtkTreeSortableIface GtkTreeSortableIface;
/**
* GtkTreeIterCompareFunc:
- * @model: The #GtkTreeModel the comparison is within
- * @a: A #GtkTreeIter in @model
- * @b: Another #GtkTreeIter in @model
+ * @model: The `GtkTreeModel` the comparison is within
+ * @a: A `GtkTreeIter` in @model
+ * @b: Another `GtkTreeIter` in @model
* @user_data: Data passed when the compare func is assigned e.g. by
* gtk_tree_sortable_set_sort_func()
*
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ typedef struct _GtkTreeSortableIface GtkTreeSortableIface;
* respectively.
*
* If two iters compare as equal, their order in the sorted model
- * is undefined. In order to ensure that the #GtkTreeSortable behaves as
+ * is undefined. In order to ensure that the `GtkTreeSortable` behaves as
* expected, the GtkTreeIterCompareFunc must define a partial order on
* the model, i.e. it must be reflexive, antisymmetric and transitive.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreestore.c b/gtk/gtktreestore.c
index 0374f36b2d..0d0ac54c0a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreestore.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktreestore.c
@@ -33,17 +33,17 @@
*
* A tree-like data structure that can be used with the GtkTreeView
*
- * The #GtkTreeStore object is a list model for use with a #GtkTreeView
- * widget. It implements the #GtkTreeModel interface, and consequently,
+ * The `GtkTreeStore` object is a list model for use with a `GtkTreeView`
+ * widget. It implements the `GtkTreeModel` interface, and consequently,
* can use all of the methods available there. It also implements the
- * #GtkTreeSortable interface so it can be sorted by the view. Finally,
+ * `GtkTreeSortable` interface so it can be sorted by the view. Finally,
* it also implements the tree
* [drag and drop][gtk3-GtkTreeView-drag-and-drop]
* interfaces.
*
* # GtkTreeStore as GtkBuildable
*
- * The GtkTreeStore implementation of the #GtkBuildable interface allows
+ * The GtkTreeStore implementation of the `GtkBuildable` interface allows
* to specify the model columns with a <columns> element that may contain
* multiple <column> elements, each specifying one model column. The “type”
* attribute specifies the data type for the column.
@@ -301,17 +301,22 @@ gtk_tree_store_init (GtkTreeStore *tree_store)
/**
* gtk_tree_store_new:
* @n_columns: number of columns in the tree store
- * @...: all #GType types for the columns, from first to last
+ * @...: all `GType` types for the columns, from first to last
*
* Creates a new tree store as with @n_columns columns each of the types passed
* in. Note that only types derived from standard GObject fundamental types
* are supported.
*
- * As an example, `gtk_tree_store_new (3, G_TYPE_INT, G_TYPE_STRING,
- * GDK_TYPE_TEXTURE);` will create a new #GtkTreeStore with three columns, of type
- * #int, #gchararray, and #GdkTexture respectively.
+ * As an example,
*
- * Returns: a new #GtkTreeStore
+ * ```
+ * gtk_tree_store_new (3, G_TYPE_INT, G_TYPE_STRING, GDK_TYPE_TEXTURE);
+ * ```
+ *
+ * will create a new `GtkTreeStore` with three columns, of type
+ * `int`, `gchararray`, and `GdkTexture` respectively.
+ *
+ * Returns: a new `GtkTreeStore`
**/
GtkTreeStore *
gtk_tree_store_new (int n_columns,
@@ -347,11 +352,11 @@ gtk_tree_store_new (int n_columns,
/**
* gtk_tree_store_newv: (rename-to gtk_tree_store_new)
* @n_columns: number of columns in the tree store
- * @types: (array length=n_columns): an array of #GType types for the columns, from first to last
+ * @types: (array length=n_columns): an array of `GType` types for the columns, from first to last
*
* Non vararg creation function. Used primarily by language bindings.
*
- * Returns: (transfer full): a new #GtkTreeStore
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a new `GtkTreeStore`
**/
GtkTreeStore *
gtk_tree_store_newv (int n_columns,
@@ -382,14 +387,14 @@ gtk_tree_store_newv (int n_columns,
/**
* gtk_tree_store_set_column_types:
- * @tree_store: A #GtkTreeStore
+ * @tree_store: A `GtkTreeStore`
* @n_columns: Number of columns for the tree store
- * @types: (array length=n_columns): An array of #GType types, one for each column
+ * @types: (array length=n_columns): An array of `GType` types, one for each column
*
- * This function is meant primarily for #GObjects that inherit from
- * #GtkTreeStore, and should only be used when constructing a new
- * #GtkTreeStore. It will not function after a row has been added,
- * or a method on the #GtkTreeModel interface is called.
+ * This function is meant primarily for `GObjects` that inherit from
+ * `GtkTreeStore`, and should only be used when constructing a new
+ * `GtkTreeStore`. It will not function after a row has been added,
+ * or a method on the `GtkTreeModel` interface is called.
**/
void
gtk_tree_store_set_column_types (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
@@ -436,7 +441,7 @@ gtk_tree_store_set_n_columns (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
/**
* gtk_tree_store_set_column_type:
- * @tree_store: a #GtkTreeStore
+ * @tree_store: a `GtkTreeStore`
* @column: column number
* @type: type of the data to be stored in @column
*
@@ -932,8 +937,8 @@ gtk_tree_store_real_set_value (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
/**
* gtk_tree_store_set_value:
- * @tree_store: a #GtkTreeStore
- * @iter: A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified
+ * @tree_store: a `GtkTreeStore`
+ * @iter: A valid `GtkTreeIter` for the row being modified
* @column: column number to modify
* @value: new value for the cell
*
@@ -1077,8 +1082,8 @@ gtk_tree_store_set_valist_internal (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
/**
* gtk_tree_store_set_valuesv: (rename-to gtk_tree_store_set)
- * @tree_store: A #GtkTreeStore
- * @iter: A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified
+ * @tree_store: A `GtkTreeStore`
+ * @iter: A valid `GtkTreeIter` for the row being modified
* @columns: (array length=n_values): an array of column numbers
* @values: (array length=n_values): an array of GValues
* @n_values: the length of the @columns and @values arrays
@@ -1122,8 +1127,8 @@ gtk_tree_store_set_valuesv (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
/**
* gtk_tree_store_set_valist:
- * @tree_store: A #GtkTreeStore
- * @iter: A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified
+ * @tree_store: A `GtkTreeStore`
+ * @iter: A valid `GtkTreeIter` for the row being modified
* @var_args: va_list of column/value pairs
*
* See gtk_tree_store_set(); this version takes a va_list for
@@ -1162,8 +1167,8 @@ gtk_tree_store_set_valist (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
/**
* gtk_tree_store_set:
- * @tree_store: A #GtkTreeStore
- * @iter: A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified
+ * @tree_store: A `GtkTreeStore`
+ * @iter: A valid `GtkTreeIter` for the row being modified
* @...: pairs of column number and value, terminated with -1
*
* Sets the value of one or more cells in the row referenced by @iter.
@@ -1190,8 +1195,8 @@ gtk_tree_store_set (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
/**
* gtk_tree_store_remove:
- * @tree_store: A #GtkTreeStore
- * @iter: A valid #GtkTreeIter
+ * @tree_store: A `GtkTreeStore`
+ * @iter: A valid `GtkTreeIter`
*
* Removes @iter from @tree_store. After being removed, @iter is set to the
* next valid row at that level, or invalidated if it previously pointed to the
@@ -1258,9 +1263,9 @@ gtk_tree_store_remove (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
/**
* gtk_tree_store_insert:
- * @tree_store: A #GtkTreeStore
- * @iter: (out): An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row
- * @parent: (nullable): A valid #GtkTreeIter
+ * @tree_store: A `GtkTreeStore`
+ * @iter: (out): An unset `GtkTreeIter` to set to the new row
+ * @parent: (nullable): A valid `GtkTreeIter`
* @position: position to insert the new row, or -1 for last
*
* Creates a new row at @position. If parent is non-%NULL, then the row will be
@@ -1320,10 +1325,10 @@ gtk_tree_store_insert (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
/**
* gtk_tree_store_insert_before:
- * @tree_store: A #GtkTreeStore
- * @iter: (out): An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row
- * @parent: (nullable): A valid #GtkTreeIter
- * @sibling: (nullable): A valid #GtkTreeIter
+ * @tree_store: A `GtkTreeStore`
+ * @iter: (out): An unset `GtkTreeIter` to set to the new row
+ * @parent: (nullable): A valid `GtkTreeIter`
+ * @sibling: (nullable): A valid `GtkTreeIter`
*
* Inserts a new row before @sibling. If @sibling is %NULL, then the row will
* be appended to @parent ’s children. If @parent and @sibling are %NULL, then
@@ -1401,10 +1406,10 @@ gtk_tree_store_insert_before (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
/**
* gtk_tree_store_insert_after:
- * @tree_store: A #GtkTreeStore
- * @iter: (out): An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row
- * @parent: (nullable): A valid #GtkTreeIter
- * @sibling: (nullable): A valid #GtkTreeIter
+ * @tree_store: A `GtkTreeStore`
+ * @iter: (out): An unset `GtkTreeIter` to set to the new row
+ * @parent: (nullable): A valid `GtkTreeIter`
+ * @sibling: (nullable): A valid `GtkTreeIter`
*
* Inserts a new row after @sibling. If @sibling is %NULL, then the row will be
* prepended to @parent ’s children. If @parent and @sibling are %NULL, then
@@ -1483,9 +1488,9 @@ gtk_tree_store_insert_after (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
/**
* gtk_tree_store_insert_with_values:
- * @tree_store: A #GtkTreeStore
- * @iter: (out) (optional): An unset #GtkTreeIter to set the new row
- * @parent: (nullable): A valid #GtkTreeIter
+ * @tree_store: A `GtkTreeStore`
+ * @iter: (out) (optional): An unset `GtkTreeIter` to set the new row
+ * @parent: (nullable): A valid `GtkTreeIter`
* @position: position to insert the new row, or -1 to append after existing rows
* @...: pairs of column number and value, terminated with -1
*
@@ -1573,9 +1578,9 @@ gtk_tree_store_insert_with_values (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
/**
* gtk_tree_store_insert_with_valuesv: (rename-to gtk_tree_store_insert_with_values)
- * @tree_store: A #GtkTreeStore
- * @iter: (out) (optional): An unset #GtkTreeIter to set the new row
- * @parent: (nullable): A valid #GtkTreeIter
+ * @tree_store: A `GtkTreeStore`
+ * @iter: (out) (optional): An unset `GtkTreeIter` to set the new row
+ * @parent: (nullable): A valid `GtkTreeIter`
* @position: position to insert the new row, or -1 for last
* @columns: (array length=n_values): an array of column numbers
* @values: (array length=n_values): an array of GValues
@@ -1649,9 +1654,9 @@ gtk_tree_store_insert_with_valuesv (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
/**
* gtk_tree_store_prepend:
- * @tree_store: A #GtkTreeStore
- * @iter: (out): An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the prepended row
- * @parent: (nullable): A valid #GtkTreeIter
+ * @tree_store: A `GtkTreeStore`
+ * @iter: (out): An unset `GtkTreeIter` to set to the prepended row
+ * @parent: (nullable): A valid `GtkTreeIter`
*
* Prepends a new row to @tree_store. If @parent is non-%NULL, then it will prepend
* the new row before the first child of @parent, otherwise it will prepend a row
@@ -1708,9 +1713,9 @@ gtk_tree_store_prepend (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
/**
* gtk_tree_store_append:
- * @tree_store: A #GtkTreeStore
- * @iter: (out): An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the appended row
- * @parent: (nullable): A valid #GtkTreeIter
+ * @tree_store: A `GtkTreeStore`
+ * @iter: (out): An unset `GtkTreeIter` to set to the appended row
+ * @parent: (nullable): A valid `GtkTreeIter`
*
* Appends a new row to @tree_store. If @parent is non-%NULL, then it will append the
* new row after the last child of @parent, otherwise it will append a row to
@@ -1767,9 +1772,9 @@ gtk_tree_store_append (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
/**
* gtk_tree_store_is_ancestor:
- * @tree_store: A #GtkTreeStore
- * @iter: A valid #GtkTreeIter
- * @descendant: A valid #GtkTreeIter
+ * @tree_store: A `GtkTreeStore`
+ * @iter: A valid `GtkTreeIter`
+ * @descendant: A valid `GtkTreeIter`
*
* Returns %TRUE if @iter is an ancestor of @descendant. That is, @iter is the
* parent (or grandparent or great-grandparent) of @descendant.
@@ -1792,8 +1797,8 @@ gtk_tree_store_is_ancestor (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
/**
* gtk_tree_store_iter_depth:
- * @tree_store: A #GtkTreeStore
- * @iter: A valid #GtkTreeIter
+ * @tree_store: A `GtkTreeStore`
+ * @iter: A valid `GtkTreeIter`
*
* Returns the depth of @iter. This will be 0 for anything on the root level, 1
* for anything down a level, etc.
@@ -1864,7 +1869,7 @@ gtk_tree_store_increment_stamp (GtkTreeStore *tree_store)
/**
* gtk_tree_store_clear:
- * @tree_store: a #GtkTreeStore
+ * @tree_store: a `GtkTreeStore`
*
* Removes all rows from @tree_store
**/
@@ -1903,13 +1908,13 @@ gtk_tree_store_iter_is_valid_helper (GtkTreeIter *iter,
/**
* gtk_tree_store_iter_is_valid:
- * @tree_store: A #GtkTreeStore.
- * @iter: A #GtkTreeIter.
+ * @tree_store: A `GtkTreeStore`.
+ * @iter: A `GtkTreeIter`.
*
* WARNING: This function is slow. Only use it for debugging and/or testing
* purposes.
*
- * Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this #GtkTreeStore.
+ * Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this `GtkTreeStore`.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the iter is valid, %FALSE if the iter is invalid.
**/
@@ -2319,9 +2324,9 @@ gtk_tree_store_reorder (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
/**
* gtk_tree_store_swap:
- * @tree_store: A #GtkTreeStore.
- * @a: A #GtkTreeIter.
- * @b: Another #GtkTreeIter.
+ * @tree_store: A `GtkTreeStore`.
+ * @a: A `GtkTreeIter`.
+ * @b: Another `GtkTreeIter`.
*
* Swaps @a and @b in the same level of @tree_store. Note that this function
* only works with unsorted stores.
@@ -2783,9 +2788,9 @@ free_paths_and_out:
/**
* gtk_tree_store_move_before:
- * @tree_store: A #GtkTreeStore.
- * @iter: A #GtkTreeIter.
- * @position: (nullable): A #GtkTreeIter
+ * @tree_store: A `GtkTreeStore`
+ * @iter: A `GtkTreeIter`
+ * @position: (nullable): A `GtkTreeIter`
*
* Moves @iter in @tree_store to the position before @position. @iter and
* @position should be in the same level. Note that this function only
@@ -2802,9 +2807,9 @@ gtk_tree_store_move_before (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
/**
* gtk_tree_store_move_after:
- * @tree_store: A #GtkTreeStore.
- * @iter: A #GtkTreeIter.
- * @position: (nullable): A #GtkTreeIter.
+ * @tree_store: A `GtkTreeStore`
+ * @iter: A `GtkTreeIter`.
+ * @position: (nullable): A `GtkTreeIter`.
*
* Moves @iter in @tree_store to the position after @position. @iter and
* @position should be in the same level. Note that this function only
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreeview.c b/gtk/gtktreeview.c
index 2d67d3e5ad..5ee23dea7c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreeview.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktreeview.c
@@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_class_init (GtkTreeViewClass *class)
* GtkTreeView:fixed-height-mode:
*
* Setting the ::fixed-height-mode property to %TRUE speeds up
- * #GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height.
+ * `GtkTreeView` by assuming that all rows have the same height.
* Only enable this option if all rows are the same height.
* Please see gtk_tree_view_set_fixed_height_mode() for more
* information on this option.
@@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_class_init (GtkTreeViewClass *class)
* %GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE and %GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE.
*
* This mode is primarily intended for treeviews in popups, e.g.
- * in #GtkComboBox or #GtkEntryCompletion.
+ * in `GtkComboBox` or `GtkEntryCompletion`.
*/
tree_view_props[PROP_HOVER_SELECTION] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("hover-selection",
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_class_init (GtkTreeViewClass *class)
* over them.
*
* This mode is primarily intended for treeviews in popups, e.g.
- * in #GtkComboBox or #GtkEntryCompletion.
+ * in `GtkComboBox` or `GtkEntryCompletion`.
*/
tree_view_props[PROP_HOVER_EXPAND] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("hover-expand",
@@ -1166,8 +1166,8 @@ gtk_tree_view_class_init (GtkTreeViewClass *class)
/**
* GtkTreeView::row-activated:
* @tree_view: the object on which the signal is emitted
- * @path: the #GtkTreePath for the activated row
- * @column: the #GtkTreeViewColumn in which the activation occurred
+ * @path: the `GtkTreePath` for the activated row
+ * @column: the `GtkTreeViewColumn` in which the activation occurred
*
* The "row-activated" signal is emitted when the method
* gtk_tree_view_row_activated() is called, when the user double
@@ -1179,7 +1179,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_class_init (GtkTreeViewClass *class)
*
* For selection handling refer to the
* [tree widget conceptual overview][TreeWidget]
- * as well as #GtkTreeSelection.
+ * as well as `GtkTreeSelection`.
*/
tree_view_signals[ROW_ACTIVATED] =
g_signal_new (I_("row-activated"),
@@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_class_init (GtkTreeViewClass *class)
/**
* GtkTreeView::move-cursor:
* @tree_view: the object on which the signal is emitted.
- * @step: the granularity of the move, as a #GtkMovementStep.
+ * @step: the granularity of the move, as a `GtkMovementStep`.
* %GTK_MOVEMENT_LOGICAL_POSITIONS, %GTK_MOVEMENT_VISUAL_POSITIONS,
* %GTK_MOVEMENT_DISPLAY_LINES, %GTK_MOVEMENT_PAGES and
* %GTK_MOVEMENT_BUFFER_ENDS are supported.
@@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_class_init (GtkTreeViewClass *class)
* @extend: whether to extend the selection
* @modify: whether to modify the selection
*
- * The #GtkTreeView::move-cursor signal is a [keybinding
+ * The `GtkTreeView`::move-cursor signal is a [keybinding
* signal][GtkSignalAction] which gets emitted when the user
* presses one of the cursor keys.
*
@@ -1341,7 +1341,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_class_init (GtkTreeViewClass *class)
* g_signal_emit_by_name() if they need to control the cursor
* programmatically. In contrast to gtk_tree_view_set_cursor() and
* gtk_tree_view_set_cursor_on_cell() when moving horizontally
- * #GtkTreeView::move-cursor does not reset the current selection.
+ * `GtkTreeView`::move-cursor does not reset the current selection.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @step is supported, %FALSE otherwise.
*/
@@ -7554,11 +7554,11 @@ column_sizing_notify (GObject *object,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_set_fixed_height_mode:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
* @enable: %TRUE to enable fixed height mode
*
* Enables or disables the fixed height mode of @tree_view.
- * Fixed height mode speeds up #GtkTreeView by assuming that all
+ * Fixed height mode speeds up `GtkTreeView` by assuming that all
* rows have the same height.
* Only enable this option if all rows are the same height and all
* columns are of type %GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.
@@ -7605,7 +7605,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_fixed_height_mode (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_fixed_height_mode:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
*
* Returns whether fixed height mode is turned on for @tree_view.
*
@@ -10183,9 +10183,9 @@ gtk_tree_view_adjustment_changed (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_new:
*
- * Creates a new #GtkTreeView widget.
+ * Creates a new `GtkTreeView` widget.
*
- * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreeView widget.
+ * Returns: A newly created `GtkTreeView` widget.
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_tree_view_new (void)
@@ -10197,9 +10197,9 @@ gtk_tree_view_new (void)
* gtk_tree_view_new_with_model:
* @model: the model.
*
- * Creates a new #GtkTreeView widget with the model initialized to @model.
+ * Creates a new `GtkTreeView` widget with the model initialized to @model.
*
- * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreeView widget.
+ * Returns: A newly created `GtkTreeView` widget.
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_tree_view_new_with_model (GtkTreeModel *model)
@@ -10212,12 +10212,12 @@ gtk_tree_view_new_with_model (GtkTreeModel *model)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_model:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
*
- * Returns the model the #GtkTreeView is based on. Returns %NULL if the
+ * Returns the model the `GtkTreeView` is based on. Returns %NULL if the
* model is unset.
*
- * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): A #GtkTreeModel
+ * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): A `GtkTreeModel`
**/
GtkTreeModel *
gtk_tree_view_get_model (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -10231,10 +10231,10 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_model (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_set_model:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView.
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`.
* @model: (nullable): The model.
*
- * Sets the model for a #GtkTreeView. If the @tree_view already has a model
+ * Sets the model for a `GtkTreeView`. If the @tree_view already has a model
* set, it will remove it before setting the new model. If @model is %NULL,
* then it will unset the old model.
**/
@@ -10384,11 +10384,11 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_model (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_selection:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView.
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`.
*
- * Gets the #GtkTreeSelection associated with @tree_view.
+ * Gets the `GtkTreeSelection` associated with @tree_view.
*
- * Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkTreeSelection object.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A `GtkTreeSelection` object.
**/
GtkTreeSelection *
gtk_tree_view_get_selection (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -10467,7 +10467,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_do_set_vadjustment (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_headers_visible:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView.
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`.
*
* Returns %TRUE if the headers on the @tree_view are visible.
*
@@ -10485,7 +10485,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_headers_visible (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_set_headers_visible:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView.
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`.
* @headers_visible: %TRUE if the headers are visible
*
* Sets the visibility state of the headers.
@@ -10536,7 +10536,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_headers_visible (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_columns_autosize:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView.
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`.
*
* Resizes all columns to their optimal width. Only works after the
* treeview has been realized.
@@ -10566,7 +10566,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_columns_autosize (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_set_headers_clickable:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView.
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`.
* @setting: %TRUE if the columns are clickable.
*
* Allow the column title buttons to be clicked.
@@ -10597,7 +10597,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_headers_clickable (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_headers_clickable:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView.
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`.
*
* Returns whether all header columns are clickable.
*
@@ -10620,10 +10620,10 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_headers_clickable (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_set_activate_on_single_click:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
* @single: %TRUE to emit row-activated on a single click
*
- * Cause the #GtkTreeView::row-activated signal to be emitted
+ * Cause the `GtkTreeView`::row-activated signal to be emitted
* on a single click instead of a double click.
**/
void
@@ -10645,7 +10645,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_activate_on_single_click:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
*
* Gets the setting set by gtk_tree_view_set_activate_on_single_click().
*
@@ -10666,8 +10666,8 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_activate_on_single_click (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_append_column:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView.
- * @column: The #GtkTreeViewColumn to add.
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`.
+ * @column: The `GtkTreeViewColumn` to add.
*
* Appends @column to the list of columns. If @tree_view has “fixed_height”
* mode enabled, then @column must have its “sizing” property set to be
@@ -10688,8 +10688,8 @@ gtk_tree_view_append_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_remove_column:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView.
- * @column: The #GtkTreeViewColumn to remove.
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`.
+ * @column: The `GtkTreeViewColumn` to remove.
*
* Removes @column from @tree_view.
*
@@ -10752,8 +10752,8 @@ gtk_tree_view_remove_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_insert_column:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView.
- * @column: The #GtkTreeViewColumn to be inserted.
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`.
+ * @column: The `GtkTreeViewColumn` to be inserted.
* @position: The position to insert @column in.
*
* This inserts the @column into the @tree_view at @position. If @position is
@@ -10818,13 +10818,13 @@ gtk_tree_view_insert_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_insert_column_with_attributes:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`
* @position: The position to insert the new column in
* @title: The title to set the header to
- * @cell: The #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @cell: The `GtkCellRenderer`
* @...: A %NULL-terminated list of attributes
*
- * Creates a new #GtkTreeViewColumn and inserts it into the @tree_view at
+ * Creates a new `GtkTreeViewColumn` and inserts it into the @tree_view at
* @position. If @position is -1, then the newly created column is inserted at
* the end. The column is initialized with the attributes given. If @tree_view
* has “fixed_height” mode enabled, then the new column will have its sizing
@@ -10872,7 +10872,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_insert_column_with_attributes (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_insert_column_with_data_func:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
* @position: Position to insert, -1 for append
* @title: column title
* @cell: cell renderer for column
@@ -10880,8 +10880,8 @@ gtk_tree_view_insert_column_with_attributes (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* @data: data for @func
* @dnotify: destroy notifier for @data
*
- * Convenience function that inserts a new column into the #GtkTreeView
- * with the given cell renderer and a #GtkTreeCellDataFunc to set cell renderer
+ * Convenience function that inserts a new column into the `GtkTreeView`
+ * with the given cell renderer and a `GtkTreeCellDataFunc` to set cell renderer
* attributes (normally using data from the model). See also
* gtk_tree_view_column_set_cell_data_func(), gtk_tree_view_column_pack_start().
* If @tree_view has “fixed_height” mode enabled, then the new column will have its
@@ -10916,7 +10916,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_insert_column_with_data_func (GtkTreeView *tree_vie
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_n_columns:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
*
* Queries the number of columns in the given @tree_view.
*
@@ -10934,12 +10934,12 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_n_columns (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_column:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView.
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`.
* @n: The position of the column, counting from 0.
*
- * Gets the #GtkTreeViewColumn at the given position in the #tree_view.
+ * Gets the `GtkTreeViewColumn` at the given position in the #tree_view.
*
- * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): The #GtkTreeViewColumn, or %NULL if the
+ * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): The `GtkTreeViewColumn`, or %NULL if the
* position is outside the range of columns.
**/
GtkTreeViewColumn *
@@ -10961,12 +10961,12 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_columns:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`
*
- * Returns a #GList of all the #GtkTreeViewColumn s currently in @tree_view.
+ * Returns a `GList` of all the `GtkTreeViewColumn`s currently in @tree_view.
* The returned list must be freed with g_list_free ().
*
- * Returns: (element-type GtkTreeViewColumn) (transfer container): A list of #GtkTreeViewColumn s
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkTreeViewColumn) (transfer container): A list of `GtkTreeViewColumn`s
**/
GList *
gtk_tree_view_get_columns (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -10980,9 +10980,9 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_columns (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_move_column_after:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView
- * @column: The #GtkTreeViewColumn to be moved.
- * @base_column: (nullable): The #GtkTreeViewColumn to be moved relative to
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`
+ * @column: The `GtkTreeViewColumn` to be moved.
+ * @base_column: (nullable): The `GtkTreeViewColumn` to be moved relative to
*
* Moves @column to be after to @base_column. If @base_column is %NULL, then
* @column is placed in the first position.
@@ -11036,7 +11036,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_move_column_after (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_set_expander_column:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`
* @column: (nullable): %NULL, or the column to draw the expander arrow at.
*
* Sets the column to draw the expander arrow at. It must be in @tree_view.
@@ -11065,7 +11065,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_expander_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_expander_column:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`
*
* Returns the column that is the current expander column,
* or %NULL if none has been set.
@@ -11090,7 +11090,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_expander_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_set_column_drag_function:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView.
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`.
* @func: (nullable): A function to determine which columns are reorderable
* @user_data: (closure): User data to be passed to @func
* @destroy: (nullable): Destroy notifier for @user_data
@@ -11098,9 +11098,9 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_expander_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
* Sets a user function for determining where a column may be dropped when
* dragged. This function is called on every column pair in turn at the
* beginning of a column drag to determine where a drop can take place. The
- * arguments passed to @func are: the @tree_view, the #GtkTreeViewColumn being
- * dragged, the two #GtkTreeViewColumn s determining the drop spot, and
- * @user_data. If either of the #GtkTreeViewColumn arguments for the drop spot
+ * arguments passed to @func are: the @tree_view, the `GtkTreeViewColumn` being
+ * dragged, the two `GtkTreeViewColumn`s determining the drop spot, and
+ * @user_data. If either of the `GtkTreeViewColumn` arguments for the drop spot
* are %NULL, then they indicate an edge. If @func is set to be %NULL, then
* @tree_view reverts to the default behavior of allowing all columns to be
* dropped everywhere.
@@ -11125,7 +11125,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_column_drag_function (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_scroll_to_point:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
* @tree_x: X coordinate of new top-left pixel of visible area, or -1
* @tree_y: Y coordinate of new top-left pixel of visible area, or -1
*
@@ -11160,9 +11160,9 @@ gtk_tree_view_scroll_to_point (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_scroll_to_cell:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView.
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`.
* @path: (nullable): The path of the row to move to
- * @column: (nullable): The #GtkTreeViewColumn to move horizontally to
+ * @column: (nullable): The `GtkTreeViewColumn` to move horizontally to
* @use_align: whether to use alignment arguments, or %FALSE.
* @row_align: The vertical alignment of the row specified by @path.
* @col_align: The horizontal alignment of the column specified by @column.
@@ -11281,9 +11281,9 @@ gtk_tree_view_scroll_to_cell (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_row_activated:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView
- * @path: The #GtkTreePath to be activated.
- * @column: The #GtkTreeViewColumn to be activated.
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`
+ * @path: The `GtkTreePath` to be activated.
+ * @column: The `GtkTreeViewColumn` to be activated.
*
* Activates the cell determined by @path and @column.
**/
@@ -11330,7 +11330,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_expand_all_emission_helper (GtkTreeRBTree *tree,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_expand_all:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView.
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`.
*
* Recursively expands all nodes in the @tree_view.
**/
@@ -11362,7 +11362,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_expand_all (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_collapse_all:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView.
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`.
*
* Recursively collapses all visible, expanded nodes in @tree_view.
**/
@@ -11400,7 +11400,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_collapse_all (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_expand_to_path:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView.
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`.
* @path: path to a row.
*
* Expands the row at @path. This will also expand all parent rows of
@@ -11527,7 +11527,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_real_expand_row (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_expand_row:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
* @path: path to a row
* @open_all: whether to recursively expand, or just expand immediate children
*
@@ -11666,7 +11666,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_real_collapse_row (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_collapse_row:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
* @path: path to a row in the @tree_view
*
* Collapses a row (hides its child rows, if they exist).
@@ -11727,7 +11727,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_map_expanded_rows_helper (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_map_expanded_rows:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`
* @func: (scope call): A function to be called
* @data: User data to be passed to the function.
*
@@ -11755,8 +11755,8 @@ gtk_tree_view_map_expanded_rows (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_row_expanded:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView.
- * @path: A #GtkTreePath to test expansion state.
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`.
+ * @path: A `GtkTreePath` to test expansion state.
*
* Returns %TRUE if the node pointed to by @path is expanded in @tree_view.
*
@@ -11782,7 +11782,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_row_expanded (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_reorderable:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
*
* Retrieves whether the user can reorder the tree via drag-and-drop. See
* gtk_tree_view_set_reorderable().
@@ -11801,16 +11801,16 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_reorderable (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_set_reorderable:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView.
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`.
* @reorderable: %TRUE, if the tree can be reordered.
*
* This function is a convenience function to allow you to reorder
- * models that support the #GtkTreeDragSourceIface and the
- * #GtkTreeDragDestIface. Both #GtkTreeStore and #GtkListStore support
+ * models that support the `GtkTreeDragSourceIface` and the
+ * `GtkTreeDragDestIface`. Both `GtkTreeStore` and `GtkListStore` support
* these. If @reorderable is %TRUE, then the user can reorder the
* model by dragging and dropping rows. The developer can listen to
- * these changes by connecting to the model’s #GtkTreeModel::row-inserted
- * and #GtkTreeModel::row-deleted signals. The reordering is implemented
+ * these changes by connecting to the model’s `GtkTreeModel::row-inserted`
+ * and `GtkTreeModel::row-deleted` signals. The reordering is implemented
* by setting up the tree view as a drag source and destination.
* Therefore, drag and drop can not be used in a reorderable view for any
* other purpose.
@@ -11930,7 +11930,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_real_set_cursor (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_cursor:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`
* @path: (out) (transfer full) (optional) (nullable): A pointer to be
* filled with the current cursor path
* @focus_column: (out) (transfer none) (optional) (nullable): A
@@ -11940,7 +11940,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_real_set_cursor (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* the cursor isn’t currently set, then *@path will be %NULL. If no column
* currently has focus, then *@focus_column will be %NULL.
*
- * The returned #GtkTreePath must be freed with gtk_tree_path_free() when
+ * The returned `GtkTreePath` must be freed with gtk_tree_path_free() when
* you are done with it.
**/
void
@@ -11969,9 +11969,9 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_cursor (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_set_cursor:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView
- * @path: A #GtkTreePath
- * @focus_column: (nullable): A #GtkTreeViewColumn
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`
+ * @path: A `GtkTreePath`
+ * @focus_column: (nullable): A `GtkTreeViewColumn`
* @start_editing: %TRUE if the specified cell should start being edited.
*
* Sets the current keyboard focus to be at @path, and selects it. This is
@@ -11998,10 +11998,10 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_cursor (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_set_cursor_on_cell:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView
- * @path: A #GtkTreePath
- * @focus_column: (nullable): A #GtkTreeViewColumn
- * @focus_cell: (nullable): A #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`
+ * @path: A `GtkTreePath`
+ * @focus_column: (nullable): A `GtkTreeViewColumn`
+ * @focus_cell: (nullable): A `GtkCellRenderer`
* @start_editing: %TRUE if the specified cell should start being edited.
*
* Sets the current keyboard focus to be at @path, and selects it. This is
@@ -12074,13 +12074,13 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_cursor_on_cell (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView.
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`.
* @x: The x position to be identified (relative to bin_window).
* @y: The y position to be identified (relative to bin_window).
- * @path: (out) (optional) (nullable): A pointer to a #GtkTreePath
+ * @path: (out) (optional) (nullable): A pointer to a `GtkTreePath`
* pointer to be filled in
* @column: (out) (transfer none) (optional) (nullable): A pointer to
- * a #GtkTreeViewColumn pointer to be filled in
+ * a `GtkTreeViewColumn` pointer to be filled in
* @cell_x: (out) (optional): A pointer where the X coordinate
* relative to the cell can be placed
* @cell_y: (out) (optional): A pointer where the Y coordinate
@@ -12091,7 +12091,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_cursor_on_cell (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* coordinates must be converted using
* gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords(). It is primarily for
* things like popup menus. If @path is non-%NULL, then it will be filled
- * with the #GtkTreePath at that point. This path should be freed with
+ * with the `GtkTreePath` at that point. This path should be freed with
* gtk_tree_path_free(). If @column is non-%NULL, then it will be filled
* with the column at that point. @cell_x and @cell_y return the coordinates
* relative to the cell background (i.e. the @background_area passed to
@@ -12245,9 +12245,9 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_cell_area_y_offset (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_cell_area:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
- * @path: (nullable): a #GtkTreePath for the row, or %NULL to get only horizontal coordinates
- * @column: (nullable): a #GtkTreeViewColumn for the column, or %NULL to get only vertical coordinates
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
+ * @path: (nullable): a `GtkTreePath` for the row, or %NULL to get only horizontal coordinates
+ * @column: (nullable): a `GtkTreeViewColumn` for the column, or %NULL to get only vertical coordinates
* @rect: (out): rectangle to fill with cell rect
*
* Fills the bounding rectangle in bin_window coordinates for the cell at the
@@ -12371,9 +12371,9 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_row_y_offset (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_background_area:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
- * @path: (nullable): a #GtkTreePath for the row, or %NULL to get only horizontal coordinates
- * @column: (nullable): a #GtkTreeViewColumn for the column, or %NULL to get only vertical coordinates
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
+ * @path: (nullable): a `GtkTreePath` for the row, or %NULL to get only horizontal coordinates
+ * @column: (nullable): a `GtkTreeViewColumn` for the column, or %NULL to get only vertical coordinates
* @rect: (out): rectangle to fill with cell background rect
*
* Fills the bounding rectangle in bin_window coordinates for the cell at the
@@ -12428,7 +12428,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_background_area (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_visible_rect:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
* @visible_rect: (out): rectangle to fill
*
* Fills @visible_rect with the currently-visible region of the
@@ -12461,7 +12461,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_visible_rect (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_tree_coords:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
* @wx: X coordinate relative to the widget
* @wy: Y coordinate relative to the widget
* @tx: (out): return location for tree X coordinate
@@ -12491,7 +12491,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_tree_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_convert_tree_to_widget_coords:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
* @tx: X coordinate relative to the tree
* @ty: Y coordinate relative to the tree
* @wx: (out): return location for widget X coordinate
@@ -12521,7 +12521,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_convert_tree_to_widget_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
* @wx: X coordinate relative to the widget
* @wy: Y coordinate relative to the widget
* @bx: (out): return location for bin_window X coordinate
@@ -12548,7 +12548,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_convert_bin_window_to_widget_coords:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
* @bx: bin_window X coordinate
* @by: bin_window Y coordinate
* @wx: (out): return location for widget X coordinate
@@ -12575,7 +12575,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_convert_bin_window_to_widget_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_convert_tree_to_bin_window_coords:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
* @tx: tree X coordinate
* @ty: tree Y coordinate
* @bx: (out): return location for X coordinate relative to bin_window
@@ -12603,7 +12603,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_convert_tree_to_bin_window_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_convert_bin_window_to_tree_coords:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
* @bx: X coordinate relative to bin_window
* @by: Y coordinate relative to bin_window
* @tx: (out): return location for tree X coordinate
@@ -12693,13 +12693,13 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_visible_range (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_is_blank_at_pos:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`
* @x: The x position to be identified (relative to bin_window)
* @y: The y position to be identified (relative to bin_window)
- * @path: (out) (optional) (nullable): A pointer to a #GtkTreePath pointer to
+ * @path: (out) (optional) (nullable): A pointer to a `GtkTreePath` pointer to
* be filled in
* @column: (out) (transfer none) (optional) (nullable): A pointer to a
- * #GtkTreeViewColumn pointer to be filled in
+ * `GtkTreeViewColumn` pointer to be filled in
* @cell_x: (out) (optional): A pointer where the X coordinate relative to the
* cell can be placed
* @cell_y: (out) (optional): A pointer where the Y coordinate relative to the
@@ -12811,14 +12811,14 @@ unset_reorderable (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_source:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
* @start_button_mask: Mask of allowed buttons to start drag
* @formats: the target formats that the drag will support
* @actions: the bitmask of possible actions for a drag from this
* widget
*
* Turns @tree_view into a drag source for automatic DND. Calling this
- * method sets #GtkTreeView:reorderable to %FALSE.
+ * method sets `GtkTreeView`:reorderable to %FALSE.
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_source (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -12844,13 +12844,13 @@ gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_source (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_dest:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
* @formats: the target formats that the drag will support
* @actions: the bitmask of possible actions for a drag from this
* widget
*
* Turns @tree_view into a drop destination for automatic DND. Calling
- * this method sets #GtkTreeView:reorderable to %FALSE.
+ * this method sets `GtkTreeView`:reorderable to %FALSE.
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_dest (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -12885,11 +12885,11 @@ gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_dest (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_unset_rows_drag_source:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
*
* Undoes the effect of
* gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_source(). Calling this method sets
- * #GtkTreeView:reorderable to %FALSE.
+ * `GtkTreeView`:reorderable to %FALSE.
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_unset_rows_drag_source (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -12917,11 +12917,11 @@ gtk_tree_view_unset_rows_drag_source (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_unset_rows_drag_dest:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
*
* Undoes the effect of
* gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_dest(). Calling this method sets
- * #GtkTreeView:reorderable to %FALSE.
+ * `GtkTreeView`:reorderable to %FALSE.
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_unset_rows_drag_dest (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -12953,7 +12953,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_unset_rows_drag_dest (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_set_drag_dest_row:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
* @path: (nullable): The path of the row to highlight
* @pos: Specifies whether to drop before, after or into the row
*
@@ -13019,7 +13019,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_drag_dest_row (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_drag_dest_row:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
* @path: (out) (optional) (nullable): Return location for the path of the highlighted row
* @pos: (out) (optional): Return location for the drop position
*
@@ -13053,7 +13053,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_drag_dest_row (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_dest_row_at_pos:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
* @drag_x: the position to determine the destination row for
* @drag_y: the position to determine the destination row for
* @path: (out) (optional) (nullable): Return location for the path of
@@ -13172,10 +13172,10 @@ gtk_treeview_snapshot_border (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
/* KEEP IN SYNC WITH GTK_TREE_VIEW_BIN_EXPOSE */
/**
* gtk_tree_view_create_row_drag_icon:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
- * @path: a #GtkTreePath in @tree_view
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
+ * @path: a `GtkTreePath` in @tree_view
*
- * Creates a #cairo_surface_t representation of the row at @path.
+ * Creates a `cairo_surface_t` representation of the row at @path.
* This image is used for a drag icon.
*
* Returns: (transfer full) (nullable): a newly-allocated surface of the drag icon.
@@ -13327,7 +13327,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_create_row_drag_icon (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_set_enable_search:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`
* @enable_search: %TRUE, if the user can search interactively
*
* If @enable_search is set, then the user can type in text to search through
@@ -13355,7 +13355,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_enable_search (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_enable_search:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`
*
* Returns whether or not the tree allows to start interactive searching
* by typing in text.
@@ -13375,7 +13375,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_enable_search (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_search_column:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`
*
* Gets the column searched on by the interactive search code.
*
@@ -13393,7 +13393,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_search_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_set_search_column:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`
* @column: the column of the model to search in, or -1 to disable searching
*
* Sets @column as the column where the interactive search code should
@@ -13424,7 +13424,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_search_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_search_equal_func: (skip)
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`
*
* Returns the compare function currently in use.
*
@@ -13443,14 +13443,14 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_search_equal_func (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_set_search_equal_func:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`
* @search_equal_func: the compare function to use during the search
* @search_user_data: (nullable): user data to pass to @search_equal_func
* @search_destroy: (nullable): Destroy notifier for @search_user_data
*
* Sets the compare function for the interactive search capabilities; note
* that somewhat like strcmp() returning 0 for equality
- * #GtkTreeViewSearchEqualFunc returns %FALSE on matches.
+ * `GtkTreeView`SearchEqualFunc returns %FALSE on matches.
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_set_search_equal_func (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -13475,9 +13475,9 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_search_equal_func (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_search_entry:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`
*
- * Returns the #GtkEntry which is currently in use as interactive search
+ * Returns the `GtkEntry` which is currently in use as interactive search
* entry for @tree_view. In case the built-in entry is being used, %NULL
* will be returned.
*
@@ -13498,7 +13498,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_search_entry (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_set_search_entry:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`
* @entry: (nullable): the entry the interactive search code of @tree_view should use
*
* Sets the entry which the interactive search code will use for this
@@ -14168,7 +14168,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_stop_editing (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_set_hover_selection:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
* @hover: %TRUE to enable hover selection mode
*
* Enables or disables the hover selection mode of @tree_view.
@@ -14194,7 +14194,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_hover_selection (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_hover_selection:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
*
* Returns whether hover selection mode is turned on for @tree_view.
*
@@ -14212,7 +14212,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_hover_selection (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_set_hover_expand:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
* @expand: %TRUE to enable hover selection mode
*
* Enables or disables the hover expansion mode of @tree_view.
@@ -14237,7 +14237,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_hover_expand (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_hover_expand:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
*
* Returns whether hover expansion mode is turned on for @tree_view.
*
@@ -14255,11 +14255,11 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_hover_expand (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_set_rubber_banding:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
* @enable: %TRUE to enable rubber banding
*
* Enables or disables rubber banding in @tree_view. If the selection mode
- * is #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubber banding will allow the user to select
+ * is %GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubber banding will allow the user to select
* multiple rows by dragging the mouse.
**/
void
@@ -14280,10 +14280,10 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_rubber_banding (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_rubber_banding:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
*
* Returns whether rubber banding is turned on for @tree_view. If the
- * selection mode is #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubber banding will allow the
+ * selection mode is %GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubber banding will allow the
* user to select multiple rows by dragging the mouse.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if rubber banding in @tree_view is enabled.
@@ -14298,7 +14298,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_rubber_banding (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_is_rubber_banding_active:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
*
* Returns whether a rubber banding operation is currently being done
* in @tree_view.
@@ -14322,7 +14322,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_is_rubber_banding_active (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_row_separator_func: (skip)
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
*
* Returns the current row separator function.
*
@@ -14340,8 +14340,8 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_row_separator_func (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_set_row_separator_func:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
- * @func: (nullable): a #GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
+ * @func: (nullable): a `GtkTreeView`RowSeparatorFunc
* @data: (nullable): user data to pass to @func
* @destroy: (nullable): destroy notifier for @data
*
@@ -14373,11 +14373,11 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_row_separator_func (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_grid_lines:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
*
* Returns which grid lines are enabled in @tree_view.
*
- * Returns: a #GtkTreeViewGridLines value indicating which grid lines
+ * Returns: a `GtkTreeView`GridLines value indicating which grid lines
* are enabled.
*/
GtkTreeViewGridLines
@@ -14392,8 +14392,8 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_grid_lines (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_set_grid_lines:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
- * @grid_lines: a #GtkTreeViewGridLines value indicating which grid lines to
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
+ * @grid_lines: a `GtkTreeView`GridLines value indicating which grid lines to
* enable.
*
* Sets which grid lines to draw in @tree_view.
@@ -14420,7 +14420,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_grid_lines (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_enable_tree_lines:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView.
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`.
*
* Returns whether or not tree lines are drawn in @tree_view.
*
@@ -14439,7 +14439,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_enable_tree_lines (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_set_enable_tree_lines:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
* @enabled: %TRUE to enable tree line drawing, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Sets whether to draw lines interconnecting the expanders in @tree_view.
@@ -14471,7 +14471,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_enable_tree_lines (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_set_show_expanders:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
* @enabled: %TRUE to enable expander drawing, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Sets whether to draw and enable expanders and indent child rows in
@@ -14501,7 +14501,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_show_expanders (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_show_expanders:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView.
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`.
*
* Returns whether or not expanders are drawn in @tree_view.
*
@@ -14520,7 +14520,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_show_expanders (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_set_level_indentation:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
* @indentation: the amount, in pixels, of extra indentation in @tree_view.
*
* Sets the amount of extra indentation for child levels to use in @tree_view
@@ -14542,7 +14542,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_level_indentation (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_level_indentation:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView.
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`.
*
* Returns the amount, in pixels, of extra indentation for child levels
* in @tree_view.
@@ -14562,9 +14562,9 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_level_indentation (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_row:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
- * @tooltip: a #GtkTooltip
- * @path: a #GtkTreePath
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
+ * @tooltip: a `GtkTooltip`
+ * @path: a `GtkTreePath`
*
* Sets the tip area of @tooltip to be the area covered by the row at @path.
* See also gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative.
@@ -14583,11 +14583,11 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_row (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_cell:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
- * @tooltip: a #GtkTooltip
- * @path: (nullable): a #GtkTreePath
- * @column: (nullable): a #GtkTreeViewColumn
- * @cell: (nullable): a #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
+ * @tooltip: a `GtkTooltip`
+ * @path: (nullable): a `GtkTreePath`
+ * @column: (nullable): a `GtkTreeViewColumn`
+ * @cell: (nullable): a `GtkCellRenderer`
*
* Sets the tip area of @tooltip to the area @path, @column and @cell have
* in common. For example if @path is %NULL and @column is set, the tip
@@ -14801,16 +14801,16 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_query_cb (GtkWidget *widget,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
* @column: an integer, which is a valid column number for @tree_view’s model
*
* If you only plan to have simple (text-only) tooltips on full rows, you
- * can use this function to have #GtkTreeView handle these automatically
+ * can use this function to have `GtkTreeView` handle these automatically
* for you. @column should be set to the column in @tree_view’s model
* containing the tooltip texts, or -1 to disable this feature.
*
- * When enabled, #GtkWidget:has-tooltip will be set to %TRUE and
- * @tree_view will connect a #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal handler.
+ * When enabled, `GtkWidget:has-tooltip` will be set to %TRUE and
+ * @tree_view will connect a `GtkWidget::query-tooltip` signal handler.
*
* Note that the signal handler sets the text with gtk_tooltip_set_markup(),
* so &, <, etc have to be escaped in the text.
@@ -14849,7 +14849,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_get_tooltip_column:
- * @tree_view: a #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: a `GtkTreeView`
*
* Returns the column of @tree_view’s model which is being used for
* displaying tooltips on @tree_view’s rows.
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreeview.h b/gtk/gtktreeview.h
index 0910ad23ac..878b4b0b44 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreeview.h
+++ b/gtk/gtktreeview.h
@@ -63,10 +63,10 @@ typedef struct _GtkTreeSelection GtkTreeSelection;
/**
* GtkTreeViewColumnDropFunc:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView
- * @column: The #GtkTreeViewColumn being dragged
- * @prev_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn on one side of @column
- * @next_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn on the other side of @column
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`
+ * @column: The `GtkTreeViewColumn` being dragged
+ * @prev_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn` on one side of @column
+ * @next_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn` on the other side of @column
* @data: (closure): user data
*
* Function type for determining whether @column can be dropped in a
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ typedef gboolean (* GtkTreeViewColumnDropFunc) (GtkTreeView *tree_vi
/**
* GtkTreeViewMappingFunc:
- * @tree_view: A #GtkTreeView
+ * @tree_view: A `GtkTreeView`
* @path: The path that’s expanded
* @user_data: user data
*
@@ -100,10 +100,10 @@ typedef void (* GtkTreeViewMappingFunc) (GtkTreeView *tree_vi
/**
* GtkTreeViewSearchEqualFunc:
- * @model: the #GtkTreeModel being searched
+ * @model: the `GtkTreeModel` being searched
* @column: the search column set by gtk_tree_view_set_search_column()
* @key: the key string to compare with
- * @iter: a #GtkTreeIter pointing the row of @model that should be compared
+ * @iter: a `GtkTreeIter` pointing the row of @model that should be compared
* with @key.
* @search_data: (closure): user data from gtk_tree_view_set_search_equal_func()
*
@@ -122,13 +122,13 @@ typedef gboolean (*GtkTreeViewSearchEqualFunc) (GtkTreeModel *model,
/**
* GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc:
- * @model: the #GtkTreeModel
- * @iter: a #GtkTreeIter pointing at a row in @model
+ * @model: the `GtkTreeModel`
+ * @iter: a `GtkTreeIter` pointing at a row in @model
* @data: (closure): user data
*
* Function type for determining whether the row pointed to by @iter should
* be rendered as a separator. A common way to implement this is to have a
- * boolean column in the model, whose values the #GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc
+ * boolean column in the model, whose values the `GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc`
* returns.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the row is a separator
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c b/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c
index 46350b5dbb..66ac2ad02e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c
@@ -48,13 +48,13 @@
*
* A visible column in a GtkTreeView widget
*
- * The GtkTreeViewColumn object represents a visible column in a #GtkTreeView widget.
+ * The GtkTreeViewColumn object represents a visible column in a `GtkTreeView` widget.
* It allows to set properties of the column header, and functions as a holding pen
* for the cell renderers which determine how the data in the column is displayed.
*
* Please refer to the [tree widget conceptual overview][TreeWidget]
* for an overview of all the objects and data types related to the tree widget and
- * how they work together, and to the #GtkTreeView documentation for specifics about
+ * how they work together, and to the `GtkTreeView` documentation for specifics about
* the CSS node structure for treeviews and their headers.
*/
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_class_init (GtkTreeViewColumnClass *class)
/**
* GtkTreeViewColumn::clicked:
- * @column: the #GtkTreeViewColumn that emitted the signal
+ * @column: the `GtkTreeViewColumn` that emitted the signal
*
* Emitted when the column's header has been clicked.
*/
@@ -415,10 +415,10 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_class_init (GtkTreeViewColumnClass *class)
/**
* GtkTreeViewColumn:cell-area:
*
- * The #GtkCellArea used to layout cell renderers for this column.
+ * The `GtkCellArea` used to layout cell renderers for this column.
*
* If no area is specified when creating the tree view column with gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_area()
- * a horizontally oriented #GtkCellAreaBox will be used.
+ * a horizontally oriented `GtkCellAreaBox` will be used.
*/
tree_column_props[PROP_CELL_AREA] =
g_param_spec_object ("cell-area",
@@ -1487,9 +1487,9 @@ _gtk_tree_view_column_is_blank_at_pos (GtkTreeViewColumn *column,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_new:
*
- * Creates a new #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * Creates a new `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
*
- * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * Returns: A newly created `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
**/
GtkTreeViewColumn *
gtk_tree_view_column_new (void)
@@ -1503,11 +1503,11 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_new (void)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_area:
- * @area: the #GtkCellArea that the newly created column should use to layout cells.
+ * @area: the `GtkCellArea` that the newly created column should use to layout cells.
*
- * Creates a new #GtkTreeViewColumn using @area to render its cells.
+ * Creates a new `GtkTreeViewColumn` using @area to render its cells.
*
- * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * Returns: A newly created `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
*/
GtkTreeViewColumn *
gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area)
@@ -1523,13 +1523,13 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_attributes:
* @title: The title to set the header to
- * @cell: The #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @cell: The `GtkCellRenderer`
* @...: A %NULL-terminated list of attributes
*
- * Creates a new #GtkTreeViewColumn with a number of default values.
+ * Creates a new `GtkTreeViewColumn` with a number of default values.
* This is equivalent to calling gtk_tree_view_column_set_title(),
* gtk_tree_view_column_pack_start(), and
- * gtk_tree_view_column_set_attributes() on the newly created #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * gtk_tree_view_column_set_attributes() on the newly created `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
*
* Here’s a simple example:
* |[<!-- language="C" -->
@@ -1547,7 +1547,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area)
* }
* ]|
*
- * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * Returns: A newly created `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
**/
GtkTreeViewColumn *
gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_attributes (const char *title,
@@ -1571,8 +1571,8 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_attributes (const char *title,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_pack_start:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
- * @cell: The #GtkCellRenderer.
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
+ * @cell: The `GtkCellRenderer`
* @expand: %TRUE if @cell is to be given extra space allocated to @tree_column.
*
* Packs the @cell into the beginning of the column. If @expand is %FALSE, then
@@ -1589,8 +1589,8 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_pack_start (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_pack_end:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
- * @cell: The #GtkCellRenderer.
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
+ * @cell: The `GtkCellRenderer`
* @expand: %TRUE if @cell is to be given extra space allocated to @tree_column.
*
* Adds the @cell to end of the column. If @expand is %FALSE, then the @cell
@@ -1607,7 +1607,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_pack_end (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_clear:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`
*
* Unsets all the mappings on all renderers on the @tree_column.
**/
@@ -1619,16 +1619,18 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_clear (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_add_attribute:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
- * @cell_renderer: the #GtkCellRenderer to set attributes on
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`
+ * @cell_renderer: the `GtkCellRenderer` to set attributes on
* @attribute: An attribute on the renderer
* @column: The column position on the model to get the attribute from.
*
- * Adds an attribute mapping to the list in @tree_column. The @column is the
+ * Adds an attribute mapping to the list in @tree_column.
+ *
+ * The @column is the
* column of the model to get a value from, and the @attribute is the
* parameter on @cell_renderer to be set from the value. So for example
* if column 2 of the model contains strings, you could have the
- * “text” attribute of a #GtkCellRendererText get its values from
+ * “text” attribute of a `GtkCellRendererText` get its values from
* column 2.
**/
void
@@ -1666,11 +1668,12 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_attributesv (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_set_attributes:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn
- * @cell_renderer: the #GtkCellRenderer we’re setting the attributes of
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`
+ * @cell_renderer: the `GtkCellRenderer` we’re setting the attributes of
* @...: A %NULL-terminated list of attributes
*
* Sets the attributes in the list as the attributes of @tree_column.
+ *
* The attributes should be in attribute/column order, as in
* gtk_tree_view_column_add_attribute(). All existing attributes
* are removed, and replaced with the new attributes.
@@ -1693,13 +1696,15 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_attributes (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_set_cell_data_func:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn
- * @cell_renderer: A #GtkCellRenderer
- * @func: (nullable): The #GtkTreeCellDataFunc to use.
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`
+ * @cell_renderer: A `GtkCellRenderer`
+ * @func: (nullable): The `GtkTreeCellDataFunc` to use.
* @func_data: (closure): The user data for @func.
* @destroy: The destroy notification for @func_data
*
- * Sets the #GtkTreeCellDataFunc to use for the column. This
+ * Sets the `GtkTreeCellDataFunc` to use for the column.
+ *
+ * This
* function is used instead of the standard attributes mapping for
* setting the column value, and should set the value of @tree_column's
* cell renderer as appropriate. @func may be %NULL to remove an
@@ -1721,9 +1726,9 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_cell_data_func (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_clear_attributes:
- * @tree_column: a #GtkTreeViewColumn
- * @cell_renderer: a #GtkCellRenderer to clear the attribute mapping on.
- *
+ * @tree_column: a `GtkTreeViewColumn`
+ * @cell_renderer: a `GtkCellRenderer` to clear the attribute mapping on.
+ *
* Clears all existing attributes previously set with
* gtk_tree_view_column_set_attributes().
**/
@@ -1737,7 +1742,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_clear_attributes (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_set_spacing:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
* @spacing: distance between cell renderers in pixels.
*
* Sets the spacing field of @tree_column, which is the number of pixels to
@@ -1765,7 +1770,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_spacing (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_get_spacing:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
*
* Returns the spacing of @tree_column.
*
@@ -1787,7 +1792,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_get_spacing (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_set_visible:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
* @visible: %TRUE if the @tree_column is visible.
*
* Sets the visibility of @tree_column.
@@ -1819,7 +1824,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_visible (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_get_visible:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
*
* Returns %TRUE if @tree_column is visible.
*
@@ -1836,13 +1841,15 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_get_visible (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_set_resizable:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`
* @resizable: %TRUE, if the column can be resized
*
* If @resizable is %TRUE, then the user can explicitly resize the column by
- * grabbing the outer edge of the column button. If resizable is %TRUE and
- * sizing mode of the column is #GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_AUTOSIZE, then the sizing
- * mode is changed to #GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_GROW_ONLY.
+ * grabbing the outer edge of the column button.
+ *
+ * If resizable is %TRUE and
+ * sizing mode of the column is %GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_AUTOSIZE, then the sizing
+ * mode is changed to %GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_GROW_ONLY.
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_column_set_resizable (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
@@ -1870,7 +1877,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_resizable (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_get_resizable:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`
*
* Returns %TRUE if the @tree_column can be resized by the end user.
*
@@ -1887,8 +1894,8 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_get_resizable (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_set_sizing:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
- * @type: The #GtkTreeViewColumnSizing.
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
+ * @type: The `GtkTreeViewColumn`Sizing.
*
* Sets the growth behavior of @tree_column to @type.
**/
@@ -1917,7 +1924,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_sizing (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_get_sizing:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
*
* Returns the current type of @tree_column.
*
@@ -1933,7 +1940,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_get_sizing (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_get_width:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
*
* Returns the current size of @tree_column in pixels.
*
@@ -1949,7 +1956,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_get_width (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_get_x_offset:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
*
* Returns the current X offset of @tree_column in pixels.
*
@@ -2048,14 +2055,14 @@ _gtk_tree_view_column_allocate (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_set_fixed_width:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
* @fixed_width: The new fixed width, in pixels, or -1.
*
* If @fixed_width is not -1, sets the fixed width of @tree_column; otherwise
* unsets it. The effective value of @fixed_width is clamped between the
* minimum and maximum width of the column; however, the value stored in the
* “fixed-width” property is not clamped. If the column sizing is
- * #GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_GROW_ONLY or #GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_AUTOSIZE, setting
+ * %GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_GROW_ONLY or %GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_AUTOSIZE, setting
* a fixed width overrides the automatically calculated width. Note that
* @fixed_width is only a hint to GTK; the width actually allocated to the
* column may be greater or less than requested.
@@ -2088,7 +2095,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_fixed_width (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_get_fixed_width:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
*
* Gets the fixed width of the column. This may not be the actual displayed
* width of the column; for that, use gtk_tree_view_column_get_width().
@@ -2105,7 +2112,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_get_fixed_width (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_set_min_width:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
* @min_width: The minimum width of the column in pixels, or -1.
*
* Sets the minimum width of the @tree_column. If @min_width is -1, then the
@@ -2150,7 +2157,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_min_width (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_get_min_width:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
*
* Returns the minimum width in pixels of the @tree_column, or -1 if no minimum
* width is set.
@@ -2167,7 +2174,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_get_min_width (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_set_max_width:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
* @max_width: The maximum width of the column in pixels, or -1.
*
* Sets the maximum width of the @tree_column. If @max_width is -1, then the
@@ -2214,7 +2221,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_max_width (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_get_max_width:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
*
* Returns the maximum width in pixels of the @tree_column, or -1 if no maximum
* width is set.
@@ -2231,7 +2238,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_get_max_width (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_clicked:
- * @tree_column: a #GtkTreeViewColumn
+ * @tree_column: a `GtkTreeViewColumn`
*
* Emits the “clicked” signal on the column. This function will only work if
* @tree_column is clickable.
@@ -2251,7 +2258,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_clicked (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_set_title:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
* @title: The title of the @tree_column.
*
* Sets the title of the @tree_column. If a custom widget has been set, then
@@ -2278,7 +2285,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_title (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_get_title:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
*
* Returns the title of the widget.
*
@@ -2295,7 +2302,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_get_title (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_set_expand:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
* @expand: %TRUE if the column should expand to fill available space.
*
* Sets the column to take available extra space. This space is shared equally
@@ -2333,7 +2340,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_expand (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_get_expand:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
*
* Returns %TRUE if the column expands to fill available space.
*
@@ -2349,7 +2356,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_get_expand (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_set_clickable:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
* @clickable: %TRUE if the header is active.
*
* Sets the header to be active if @clickable is %TRUE. When the header is
@@ -2376,7 +2383,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_clickable (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_get_clickable:
- * @tree_column: a #GtkTreeViewColumn
+ * @tree_column: a `GtkTreeViewColumn`
*
* Returns %TRUE if the user can click on the header for the column.
*
@@ -2392,11 +2399,11 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_get_clickable (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_set_widget:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
- * @widget: (nullable): A child #GtkWidget
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
+ * @widget: (nullable): A child `GtkWidget`
*
* Sets the widget in the header to be @widget. If widget is %NULL, then the
- * header button is set with a #GtkLabel set to the title of @tree_column.
+ * header button is set with a `GtkLabel` set to the title of @tree_column.
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_column_set_widget (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
@@ -2440,7 +2447,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_get_widget (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_set_alignment:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
* @xalign: The alignment, which is between [0.0 and 1.0] inclusive.
*
* Sets the alignment of the title or custom widget inside the column header.
@@ -2469,7 +2476,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_alignment (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_get_alignment:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
*
* Returns the current x alignment of @tree_column. This value can range
* between 0.0 and 1.0.
@@ -2486,7 +2493,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_get_alignment (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_set_reorderable:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`
* @reorderable: %TRUE, if the column can be reordered.
*
* If @reorderable is %TRUE, then the column can be reordered by the end user
@@ -2515,7 +2522,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_reorderable (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_get_reorderable:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`
*
* Returns %TRUE if the @tree_column can be reordered by the user.
*
@@ -2532,7 +2539,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_get_reorderable (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_column_id:
- * @tree_column: a #GtkTreeViewColumn
+ * @tree_column: a `GtkTreeViewColumn`
* @sort_column_id: The @sort_column_id of the model to sort on.
*
* Sets the logical @sort_column_id that this column sorts on when this column
@@ -2612,7 +2619,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_get_sort_column_id (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_indicator:
- * @tree_column: a #GtkTreeViewColumn
+ * @tree_column: a `GtkTreeViewColumn`
* @setting: %TRUE to display an indicator that the column is sorted
*
* Call this function with a @setting of %TRUE to display an arrow in
@@ -2639,7 +2646,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_indicator (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_get_sort_indicator:
- * @tree_column: a #GtkTreeViewColumn
+ * @tree_column: a `GtkTreeViewColumn`
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_indicator().
*
@@ -2655,7 +2662,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_get_sort_indicator (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_order:
- * @tree_column: a #GtkTreeViewColumn
+ * @tree_column: a `GtkTreeViewColumn`
* @order: sort order that the sort indicator should indicate
*
* Changes the appearance of the sort indicator.
@@ -2686,7 +2693,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_order (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_get_sort_order:
- * @tree_column: a #GtkTreeViewColumn
+ * @tree_column: a `GtkTreeViewColumn`
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_order().
*
@@ -2702,16 +2709,16 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_get_sort_order (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_cell_set_cell_data:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
- * @tree_model: The #GtkTreeModel to get the cell renderers attributes from.
- * @iter: The #GtkTreeIter to get the cell renderer’s attributes from.
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
+ * @tree_model: The `GtkTreeModel` to get the cell renderers attributes from.
+ * @iter: The `GtkTreeIter` to get the cell renderer’s attributes from.
* @is_expander: %TRUE, if the row has children
* @is_expanded: %TRUE, if the row has visible children
*
* Sets the cell renderer based on the @tree_model and @iter. That is, for
* every attribute mapping in @tree_column, it will get a value from the set
* column on the @iter, and use that value to set the attribute on the cell
- * renderer. This is used primarily by the #GtkTreeView.
+ * renderer. This is used primarily by the `GtkTreeView`.
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_column_cell_set_cell_data (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
@@ -2731,14 +2738,14 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_cell_set_cell_data (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_cell_get_size:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
* @x_offset: (out) (optional): location to return x offset of a cell relative to @cell_area
* @y_offset: (out) (optional): location to return y offset of a cell relative to @cell_area
* @width: (out) (optional): location to return width needed to render a cell
* @height: (out) (optional): location to return height needed to render a cell
*
* Obtains the width and height needed to render the column. This is used
- * primarily by the #GtkTreeView.
+ * primarily by the `GtkTreeView`.
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_column_cell_get_size (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
@@ -2784,14 +2791,14 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_cell_get_size (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_cell_snapshot:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
- * @snapshot: #GtkSnapshot to draw to
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`.
+ * @snapshot: `GtkSnapshot` to draw to
* @background_area: entire cell area (including tree expanders and maybe padding on the sides)
* @cell_area: area normally rendered by a cell renderer
* @flags: flags that affect rendering
*
* Renders the cell contained by #tree_column. This is used primarily by the
- * #GtkTreeView.
+ * `GtkTreeView`.
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_column_cell_snapshot (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
@@ -2838,7 +2845,7 @@ _gtk_tree_view_column_cell_event (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_cell_is_visible:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`
*
* Returns %TRUE if any of the cells packed into the @tree_column are visible.
* For this to be meaningful, you must first initialize the cells with
@@ -2874,8 +2881,8 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_cell_is_visible (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_focus_cell:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn
- * @cell: A #GtkCellRenderer
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`
+ * @cell: A `GtkCellRenderer`
*
* Sets the current keyboard focus to be at @cell, if the column contains
* 2 or more editable and activatable cells.
@@ -2977,7 +2984,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_cell_get_position (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_queue_resize:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`
*
* Flags the column, and the cell renderers added to this column, to have
* their sizes renegotiated.
@@ -2993,9 +3000,9 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_queue_resize (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_get_tree_view:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`
*
- * Returns the #GtkTreeView wherein @tree_column has been inserted.
+ * Returns the `GtkTreeView` wherein @tree_column has been inserted.
* If @column is currently not inserted in any tree view, %NULL is
* returned.
*
@@ -3012,7 +3019,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_get_tree_view (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
/**
* gtk_tree_view_column_get_button:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`
*
* Returns the button used in the treeview column header
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.h b/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.h
index cac13b4cdc..ae13503a0a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.h
+++ b/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.h
@@ -56,10 +56,10 @@ typedef enum
/**
* GtkTreeCellDataFunc:
- * @tree_column: A #GtkTreeViewColumn
- * @cell: The #GtkCellRenderer that is being rendered by @tree_column
- * @tree_model: The #GtkTreeModel being rendered
- * @iter: A #GtkTreeIter of the current row rendered
+ * @tree_column: A `GtkTreeViewColumn`
+ * @cell: The `GtkCellRenderer` that is being rendered by @tree_column
+ * @tree_model: The `GtkTreeModel` being rendered
+ * @iter: A `GtkTreeIter` of the current row rendered
* @data: (closure): user data
*
* A function to set the properties of a cell instead of just using the
diff --git a/gtk/gtktypes.h b/gtk/gtktypes.h
index 342b62c843..79720618f0 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktypes.h
+++ b/gtk/gtktypes.h
@@ -59,12 +59,15 @@ typedef struct _GtkWindow GtkWindow;
/**
* GTK_INVALID_LIST_POSITION:
*
- * The value used to refer to a guaranteed invalid position in a #GListModel. This
- * value may be returned from some functions, others may accept it as input.
- * Its interpretation may differ for different functions.
+ * The value used to refer to a guaranteed invalid position
+ * in a `GListModel`.
*
- * Refer to each function's documentation for if this value is allowed and what it
- * does.
+ * This value may be returned from some functions, others may
+ * accept it as input. Its interpretation may differ for different
+ * functions.
+ *
+ * Refer to each function's documentation for if this value is
+ * allowed and what it does.
*/
#define GTK_INVALID_LIST_POSITION (0xffffffffU)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkwidget.c b/gtk/gtkwidget.c
index 4015465632..7b106f6c85 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkwidget.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkwidget.c
@@ -1920,7 +1920,7 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
* @y: the y coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
* been emitted, relative to @widget's top
* @keyboard_mode: %TRUE if the tooltip was triggered using the keyboard
- * @tooltip: a #GtkTooltip
+ * @tooltip: a `GtkTooltip`
*
* Emitted when the widgets tooltip is about to be shown.
*
@@ -3027,7 +3027,7 @@ static guint tick_callback_id;
* frame or every few frames. The tick callback does not automatically
* imply a relayout or repaint. If you want a repaint or relayout, and
* aren’t changing widget properties that would trigger that (for example,
- * changing the text of a #GtkLabel), then you will have to call
+ * changing the text of a `GtkLabel`), then you will have to call
* [method@Gtk.Widget.queue_resize] or [method@Gtk.Widget.queue_draw]
* yourself.
*
@@ -6479,7 +6479,7 @@ gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
/**
* gtk_widget_set_font_options:
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
- * @options: (nullable): a #cairo_font_options_t
+ * @options: (nullable): a `cairo_font_options_t`
* to unset any previously set default font options
*
* Sets the `cairo_font_options_t` used for Pango rendering
@@ -6907,7 +6907,7 @@ gtk_widget_child_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* The default [signal@Gtk.Widget::keynav-failed] handler returns
* %FALSE for %GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD and %GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD.
- * For the other values of #GtkDirectionType it returns %TRUE.
+ * For the other values of `GtkDirectionType` it returns %TRUE.
*
* Whenever the default handler returns %TRUE, it also calls
* [method@Gtk.Widget.error_bell] to notify the user of the
@@ -7773,7 +7773,7 @@ gtk_widget_adjust_baseline_request (GtkWidget *widget,
* _gtk_widget_list_devices:
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
*
- * Returns the list of pointer #GdkDevices that are currently
+ * Returns the list of pointer `GdkDevice`s that are currently
* on top of @widget. Free the list
* with g_free(), the elements are owned by GTK and must
* not be freed.
@@ -7808,7 +7808,7 @@ _gtk_widget_list_devices (GtkWidget *widget,
* _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing:
* @from: the `GtkWidget` the virtual pointer is leaving.
* @to: the `GtkWidget` the virtual pointer is moving to.
- * @mode: the #GdkCrossingMode to place on the synthesized events.
+ * @mode: the `GdkCrossingMode` to place on the synthesized events.
*
* Generate crossing event(s) on widget state (sensitivity) or GTK grab change.
*/
@@ -11254,7 +11254,7 @@ gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
/**
* gtk_widget_get_template_child:
* @widget: A `GtkWidget`
- * @widget_type: The #GType to get a template child for
+ * @widget_type: The `GType` to get a template child for
* @name: The “id” of the child defined in the template XML
*
* Fetch an object build from the template XML for @widget_type in
@@ -11427,7 +11427,7 @@ gtk_widget_cancel_event_sequence (GtkWidget *widget,
/**
* gtk_widget_add_controller:
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
- * @controller: (transfer full): a #GtkEventController that hasn't been
+ * @controller: (transfer full): a `GtkEventController` that hasn't been
* added to a widget yet
*
* Adds @controller to @widget so that it will receive events.
@@ -11456,7 +11456,7 @@ gtk_widget_add_controller (GtkWidget *widget,
/**
* gtk_widget_remove_controller:
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
- * @controller: (transfer none): a #GtkEventController
+ * @controller: (transfer none): a `GtkEventController`
*
* Removes @controller from @widget, so that it doesn't process
* events anymore.
diff --git a/gtk/gtkwidget.h b/gtk/gtkwidget.h
index 53f218b133..fd1cc031f5 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkwidget.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkwidget.h
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ typedef gboolean (*GtkTickCallback) (GtkWidget *widget,
* @width: the widget’s desired width
* @height: the widget’s desired height
*
- * A #GtkRequisition-struct represents the desired size of a widget. See
+ * A `GtkRequisition` represents the desired size of a widget. See
* [GtkWidget’s geometry management section][geometry-management] for
* more information.
*/
@@ -126,14 +126,16 @@ struct _GtkWidget
* means that either it or any of its parents up to the toplevel
* widget have been set as hidden.
* @realize: Signal emitted when widget is associated with a
- * #GdkSurface, which means that gtk_widget_realize() has been called or
+ * `GdkSurface`, which means that gtk_widget_realize() has been called or
* the widget has been mapped (that is, it is going to be drawn).
* @unrealize: Signal emitted when the GdkSurface associated with
* widget is destroyed, which means that gtk_widget_unrealize() has
* been called or the widget has been unmapped (that is, it is going
* to be hidden).
- * @root: Called when the widget gets added to a #GtkRoot widget. Must chain up
- * @unroot: Called when the widget is about to be removed from its #GtkRoot widget. Must chain up
+ * @root: Called when the widget gets added to a `GtkRoot` widget. Must
+ * chain up
+ * @unroot: Called when the widget is about to be removed from its
+ * `GtkRoot` widget. Must chain up
* @size_allocate: Called to set the allocation, if the widget does
* not have a layout manager.
* @state_flags_changed: Signal emitted when the widget state changes,
@@ -146,14 +148,14 @@ struct _GtkWidget
* it prefers to be allocated in %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH or
* %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_WIDTH_FOR_HEIGHT mode.
* %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH means the widget prefers to have
- * #GtkWidgetClass.measure() called first to get the default width (passing
+ * `GtkWidgetClass.measure()` called first to get the default width (passing
* a for_size of -1), then again to get the height for said default width.
* %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_CONSTANT_SIZE disables any height-for-width or
* width-for-height geometry management for said widget and is the
* default return.
* It’s important to note that any widget
* which trades height-for-width or width-for-height must respond properly
- * to a for_size value >= -1 passed to #GtkWidgetClass.measure, for both
+ * to a for_size value >= -1 passed to `GtkWidgetClass.measure`, for both
* possible orientations.
* @measure: Called to obtain the minimum and natural size of the widget,
* if the widget does not have a layout manager.
@@ -163,7 +165,7 @@ struct _GtkWidget
* @mnemonic_activate: Activates the @widget if @group_cycling is
* %FALSE, and just grabs the focus if @group_cycling is %TRUE.
* @grab_focus: Causes @widget to have the keyboard focus for the
- * #GtkWindow it’s inside.
+ * `GtkWindow` it’s inside.
* @focus: Vfunc for gtk_widget_child_focus()
* @set_focus_child: Sets the focused child of a widget. Must chain up
* @move_focus: Signal emitted when a change of focus is requested
@@ -725,7 +727,7 @@ void gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
/**
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback:
- * @widget_class: a #GtkWidgetClass
+ * @widget_class: a `GtkWidgetClass`
* @callback: the callback symbol
*
* Binds a callback function defined in a template to the @widget_class.
@@ -742,7 +744,7 @@ void gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
/**
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child:
- * @widget_class: a #GtkWidgetClass
+ * @widget_class: a `GtkWidgetClass`
* @TypeName: the type name of this widget
* @member_name: name of the instance member in the instance struct for @data_type
*
@@ -762,7 +764,7 @@ void gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
/**
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_internal:
- * @widget_class: a #GtkWidgetClass
+ * @widget_class: a `GtkWidgetClass`
* @TypeName: the type name, in CamelCase
* @member_name: name of the instance member in the instance struct for @data_type
*
@@ -784,7 +786,7 @@ void gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
/**
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_private:
- * @widget_class: a #GtkWidgetClass
+ * @widget_class: a `GtkWidgetClass`
* @TypeName: the type name of this widget
* @member_name: name of the instance private member in the private struct for @data_type
*
@@ -805,7 +807,7 @@ void gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
/**
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_internal_private:
- * @widget_class: a #GtkWidgetClass
+ * @widget_class: a `GtkWidgetClass`
* @TypeName: the type name, in CamelCase
* @member_name: name of the instance private member on the private struct for @data_type
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkwidgetprivate.h b/gtk/gtkwidgetprivate.h
index 2863787e24..bc6eb0bf7f 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkwidgetprivate.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkwidgetprivate.h
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ struct _GtkWidgetPrivate
char *name;
/* The root this widget belongs to or %NULL if widget is not
- * rooted or is a #GtkRoot itself.
+ * rooted or is a GtkRoot itself.
*/
GtkRoot *root;
diff --git a/gtk/gtkwindow.c b/gtk/gtkwindow.c
index 4d9830d607..501341bd22 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkwindow.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkwindow.c
@@ -4503,7 +4503,7 @@ update_window_style_classes (GtkWindow *window)
}
/* _gtk_window_set_allocation:
- * @window: a #GtkWindow
+ * @window: a `GtkWindow`
* @allocation: the original allocation for the window
* @allocation_out: @allocation taking decorations into
* consideration
@@ -5146,7 +5146,7 @@ gtk_window_css_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
/*
* _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default:
- * @window: a #GtkWindow
+ * @window: a `GtkWindow`
* @widget: a widget inside of @window
*
* Checks whether the focus and default widgets of @window are
@@ -6805,7 +6805,7 @@ gtk_window_grab_notify (GtkWindow *window,
/**
* gtk_window_set_handle_menubar_accel: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=handle-menubar-accel)
- * @window: a #GtkWindow
+ * @window: a `GtkWindow`
* @handle_menubar_accel: %TRUE to make @window handle F10
*
* Sets whether this window should react to F10 key presses
@@ -6834,7 +6834,7 @@ gtk_window_set_handle_menubar_accel (GtkWindow *window,
/**
* gtk_window_get_handle_menubar_accel: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=handle-menubar-accel)
- * @window: a #GtkWindow
+ * @window: a `GtkWindow`
*
* Returns whether this window reacts to F10 key presses by
* activating a menubar it contains.
diff --git a/gtk/gtkwindow.h b/gtk/gtkwindow.h
index a7e9a5bc4f..c60a1d426f 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkwindow.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkwindow.h
@@ -60,9 +60,9 @@ struct _GtkWindow
* @activate_default: Activates the default widget for the window.
* @keys_changed: Signal gets emitted when the set of accelerators or
* mnemonics that are associated with window changes.
- * @enable_debugging: Class handler for the #GtkWindow::enable-debugging
+ * @enable_debugging: Class handler for the `GtkWindow::enable-debugging`
* keybinding signal.
- * @close_request: Class handler for the #GtkWindow::close-request signal.
+ * @close_request: Class handler for the `GtkWindow::close-request` signal.
*/
struct _GtkWindowClass
{
diff --git a/gtk/timsort/gtktimsort.c b/gtk/timsort/gtktimsort.c
index 7aadef0dda..67846674e2 100644
--- a/gtk/timsort/gtktimsort.c
+++ b/gtk/timsort/gtktimsort.c
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ gtk_tim_sort_set_change (GtkTimSortRun *out_change,
/*<private>
* gtk_tim_sort_get_runs:
- * @self: a #GtkTimSort
+ * @self: a GtkTimSort
* @runs: (out) (caller-allocates): Place to store the 0-terminated list of
* runs
*
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ gtk_tim_sort_get_runs (GtkTimSort *self,
/*<private>
* gtk_tim_sort_set_runs:
- * @self: a freshly initialized #GtkTimSort
+ * @self: a freshly initialized GtkTimSort
* @runs: (array length=zero-terminated): a 0-terminated list of runs
*
* Sets the list of runs. A run is a range of items that are already
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ gtk_tim_sort_set_runs (GtkTimSort *self,
/*
* gtk_tim_sort_set_max_merge_size:
- * @self: a #GtkTimSort
+ * @self: a GtkTimSort
* @max_merge_size: Maximum size of a merge step, 0 for unlimited
*
* Sets the maximum size of a merge step. Every time
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ gtk_tim_sort_set_max_merge_size (GtkTimSort *self,
/**
* gtk_tim_sort_get_progress:
- * @self: a #GtkTimSort
+ * @self: a GtkTimSort
*
* Does a progress estimate about sort progress, estimates relative
* to the number of items to sort.
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ gtk_tim_sort_get_progress (GtkTimSort *self)
/*
* gtk_tim_sort_step:
- * @self: a #GtkTimSort
+ * @self: a GtkTimSort
* @out_change: (optional): Return location for changed
* area. If a change did not cause any changes (for example,
* if an already sorted array gets sorted), out_change
[
Date Prev][
Date Next] [
Thread Prev][
Thread Next]
[
Thread Index]
[
Date Index]
[
Author Index]
